reek Area Superfund Site
nit 2, Folcroft Landfill
aTOiDelawafe Counties,
M&LPRO&^d
t)
28 March 2012
EA Engineering, Science,
Technology, inc.
-------
This page intentionally left blank.
-------
FINAL
Quality Assurance Project Plan (QAPP) for
Remedial Investigation/Feasibility Study (RI/FS) Oversight
Lower Darby Creek Area Superfund Site
Operable Unit (OU) 2, Folcroft Site
Philadelphia and Delaware Counties, Pennsylvania
Prepared for:
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Region III
Philadelphia, PA
Prepared by:
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc.
Work Assignment No. 027, Contract EP-S3-07-07
March 2012
-------
This page intentionally left blank.
2
-------
Lower Darby Creek Area Superfund Site (OU2 - Folcroft Landfill)
QAPP for RI/FS Oversight
March 2012
Revision 1
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Table of Contents i
List of Appendices iii
List of Acronyms and Abbreviations iiii
1.0 Introduction 1
2.0 Background 1
3.0 QAPP Worksheets 2
4.0 References 2
QAPP WORKSHEETS
QAPP Worksheet #1 Title and Approval Page 1-1
QAPP Worksheet #2 Quality Assurance Proj ect Plan Identifying Information 2-1
QAPP Worksheet #3 Di stributi on Li st 3-1
QAPP Worksheet #4 Project Personnel Sign-Off Sheet 4-1
QAPP Worksheet #5 Project Organizational Chart 5-1
QAPP Worksheet #6 Communication Pathways 6-1
QAPP Worksheet #7 Personnel Responsibilities and Qualifications Table 7-1
QAPP Worksheet #8 Special Personnel Training Requirements 8-1
QAPP Worksheet #9 Project Scoping Session Participants Sheet 9-1
QAPP Worksheet #10 Problem Definition 10-1
QAPP Worksheet #11 Project Quality Objectives/Systematic Planning Process Statements 11-1
QAPP Worksheet #12 Measurement Performance Criteria Table 12-1
QAPP Worksheet #13 Secondary Data Criteria and Limitations Table 13-1
QAPP Worksheet #14 Summary of Proj ect Tasks 14-1
QAPP Worksheet #15 Reference Limits and Evaluation Tables 15-1
QAPP Worksheet #16 Project Schedule/Timeline 16-1
QAPP Worksheet #17 Sampling Design and Rationale 17-1
QAPP Worksheet #18 Sampling Locations and Methods/SOP Requirements Table 18-1
QAPP Worksheet #19 Analytical SOP Requirements Table 19-1
QAPP Worksheet #20 Field Quality Control Sample Summary Table 20-1
QAPP Worksheet #21 Project Sampling SOP Reference Table 21-1
QAPP Worksheet #22 Field Equipment Calibration, Maintenance, Testing, and Inspection
Table 22-1
QAPP Worksheet #23 Analytical SOP Reference Table 23-1
QAPP Worksheet #24 Analytical Instrument Calibration Table 24-1
QAPP Worksheet #25 Analytical Instrument and Equipment Maintenance, Testing, and
Inspection Table 25-1
Lower Darby Creek Area Superfund Site OU2-Folcroft Landfill
Quality Assurance Project Planfor RI/FS Oversight
Page i
-------
Lower Darby Creek Area Superfund Site (OU2 - Folcroft Landfill) March 2012
QAPP for RI/FS Oversight Revision 1
QAPP Worksheet #26 Sample Handling System 26-1
QAPP Worksheet #27 Sample Custody Requirements 27-1
QAPP Worksheet #28 Quality Control Samples Table 28-1
QAPP Worksheet #29 Project Documents and Records Table 29-1
QAPP Worksheet #30 Analytical Services Table 30-1
QAPP Worksheet #31 Planned Project Assessment Table 31-1
QAPP Worksheet #32 Assessment Findings and Response Actions 32-1
QAPP Worksheet #33 Quality Assurance Management Reports Table 33-1
QAPP Worksheet #34 Sampling and Analysis Verification (Step I) Process Table 34-1
QAPP Worksheet #35 Sampling and Analysis Validation (Steps Ha and lib) Process Table 35-1
QAPP Worksheet #36 Sampling and Analysis Validation (Steps Ha and lib) Summary Table . 36-1
QAPP Worksheet #37 Data Usability Assessment 37-1
FIGURES
Figure 1 Site Location Map
Figure 10-1 Conceptual Site Model for Ecological Exposures
Figure 10-2 Conceptual Site Model for Human Exposures
Figure 10-3 Previous Survey and Sampling Locations in the LDCA
Figure 11-1 Sub-bottom/Bathymetry
Figure 11-2 Decision Units for IncrementSediment Samples
Figure 11-3 Proposed Sediment Coring Locations
Figure 11-4 Proposed Turtle Collection Locations
Figure 11-5 Number of Multiple Increment Samples Required to Achieve a 95% Confidence
Width
Lower Darby Creek Area Superfund Site OU2-Folcroft Landfill
Quality Assurance Project Planfor RI/FS Oversight
Page ii
-------
Lower Darby Creek Area Superfund Site (OU2 - Folcroft Landfill)
QAPP for RI/FS Oversight
March 2012
Revision 1
LIST OF APPENDICES
Number Title
A STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES
SOP-1 Procedures for Bathymetry and Sub-Bottom Profile Surveys
SOP-2 Increment Sampling Procedure for Increment Collection
SOP-3 Procedure for Sampling Using Vibracore Technology
SOP-4 Standard Operating Procedure for Sample Packing and Shipping
SOP-5 Standard Operating Procedure for Field Decontamination
SOP-6 Procedure for Sampling Snapping Turtle Tissue
SOP-7 ERT User Manual for Scribe CLP Sampling
SOP-21 Standard Operating Procedure for Sediment Sampling
SOP-22 Standard Operating Procedure for Sediment and Benthic Macrointertebrate
Sampling with Eckman Grab
SOP-3 5 Standard Operating Procedure for Small Boat Operations
SOP-57 Standard Operating Procedure for Incremental Sampling
SOP-59 Standard Operating Procedure for Field Logbook
SOP-A1 Draft Analytical Method for Determination of Acid Volatile Sulfide in Sediment
(EP A-821 -R-91-100)
SOP-A2 Sediment Bioaccumulation Test with Lumbriculus variegates (EPA-600-R-99-064)
SOP-A3 28-Day Sediment Toxicity Test with Hyalellaazteca (EPA/600/R-99/064)
SOP-A4 Sediment Toxicity Test (Daily Renewal) with Midge (Chironomussp.) EPA 100.2
SOP-A5 Method 83 3 0B: Collecting and Processing of Representative Samples for Energetic
Residues in Solid Matrices from Military Training Ranges
SOP-A11 Photoionization Detector
SOP-A12 Additional Procedures for Collection and Analysis of Incremental Samples
B FIELD FORMS
Form 1 Field Calibration Form for Photoionization Detector
Lower Darby Creek Area Superfund Site OU2-Folcroft Landfill
Quality Assurance Project Planfor RI/FS Oversight
Page iii
-------
Lower Darby Creek Area Superfund Site (OU2 - Folcroft Landfill)
QAPP for RI/FS Oversight
March 2012
Revision 1
LIST OF ACRONYMS AND ABBREVIATIONS
ANSETS Analytical Services Tracking System
AVS Acid Volatile Sulfide
B.A. Bachelor of Arts
BAF Bioaccumulation Factor
BERA Baseline Ecological Risk Assessment
BOD Biological Oxygen Demand
B. S. B achel or of S ci ence
BSAF Biota-Sediment Accumulation Factors
BTAG Biological Technical Assistance Group
°C Degrees Celsius
CAB Cellulose Acetate Butyrate
CAS Chemical Abstract Service
CBC Statement of Work for Analysis of Chlorinated Biphenyl Congeners
CCB Continuing Calibration Blank
CCV Continuing Calibration Verification
CDM CDM Federal Programs Corporation
CERCLA Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability
Act
CFR Code of Federal Regulations
CIH Certified Industrial Hygienist
CLP Contract Laboratory Program
COC Chain of Custody
COD Chemical Oxygen Demand
COPC Contaminant of Potential Concern
CPR Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation
CRQL Contract Required Quantitation Limit
CSM Conceptual Site Model
CSP Certified Safety Professional
CVAA Cold Vapor Atomic Absorption
Lower Darby Creek Area Superfund Site OU2-Folcroft Landfill
Quality Assurance Project Planfor RI/FS Oversight
Page iv
-------
Lower Darby Creek Area Superfund Site (OU2 - Folcroft Landfill)
QAPP for RI/FS Oversight
March 2012
Revision 1
DGPS Digital Global Positioning System
DLM Statement of Work for Analysis of Dibenzo-p-dioxins and Chlorinated
Dibenzofurans
DNCR Pennsylvania Department of Conservation and Natural Resources
DQI Data Quality Indicator
DQO Data Quality Objective
DU Decision Unit
EA EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc.
EDD Electronic Data Deliverable
EPA United States Environmental Protection Agency
EPC Exposure Point Concentration
FD Field Duplicate
FWS U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service
g Gram(s)
GC/MS Gas Chromatograph/Mass Spectrometer
GC/ECD Gas Chromatograph/Electron Capture Detector
GPS Global Positioning System
HASP Health and Safety Plan
HAZWOPER Hazardous Waste Operations and Emergency Response
HHRA Human Health Risk Assessment
HRGC/HRMS High Resolution Gas Chromatograph/Mass Spectrometer
HSCA Hazardous Sites Cleanup Act
1-95 Interstate 95
ICB Initial Calibration Blank
ICP-AES Inductively Coupled Plasma-Atomic Emission Spectroscopy
ICP-MS Inductively Coupled Plasma- Mass Spectroscopy
ICV Initial Calibration Verification
IDW Investigation-Derived Waste
ISM Inorganic Superfund Method
ITR Independent Technical Review
Lower Darby Creek Area Superfund Site OU2-Folcroft Landfill
Quality Assurance Project Planfor RI/FS Oversight
Page v
-------
Lower Darby Creek Area Superfund Site (OU2 - Folcroft Landfill)
QAPP for RI/FS Oversight
March 2012
Revision 1
LCD
LCS
LDCA
LFB
LFM
MDL
mg/kg
MI
M.S.
MS/MSD
NA
ng/kg
NPL
OS
OSHA
OU
PADEP
PAH
PCB
P.E.
P.G.
PID
PM
PPE
PQO
PVC
Liquid Crystal Display
Laboratory Control Samples
Lower Darby Creek Area
Laboratory Fortified Blank
Laboratory Fortified Matrix
Method Detection Limit
Milligram(s) Per Kilogram
Multiple Increment
Master of Science
Matrix Spike/Matrix Spike Duplicate
Not Applicable/Not Available
Nanogram(s) Per Kilogram
National Priorities List
Oversight
Occupational Safety and Health Administration
Operable Unit
Pennsylvania Department of Environmental Protection
Polycyclic Aromatic Hydrocarbon
Polychlorinated Biphenyl
Professional Engineer
Professional Geologist
Photoionization Detector
Project Manager
Personal Protective Equipment
Project Quality Objective
Polyvinyl Chloride
Lower Darby Creek Area Superfund Site OU2-Folcroft Landfill
Quality Assurance Project Planfor RI/FS Oversight
Page vi
-------
Lower Darby Creek Area Superfund Site (OU2 - Folcroft Landfill)
QAPP for RI/FS Oversight
March 2012
Revision 1
QAPP Quality Assurance Proj ect Plan
QA Quality Assurance
QC Quality Control
QCS Quality Control Sample
RA Risk Assessment
RI Remedial Investigation
RI/FS Remedial Investigation/Feasibility Study
RPD Relative Percent Difference
RSCC Regional Sample Control Coordinator
RSD Relative Standard Deviation
RSL Regional Screening Level
SAV Submerged Aquatic Vegetation
SDG Sample Delivery Group
SEM Simultaneously Extracted Metals
SLERA Screening Level Ecological Risk Assessment
SOM Statement of Work for Organics Analysis
SOP Standard Operating Procedure
SSHO Site Safety and Health Officer
SVOC Semivolatile Organic Compound
TAL Target Analyte Li st
TBD To Be Determined
TCL Target Compound List
TCLP Toxicity Characteristic Leaching Procedure
TDS Total Dissolved Solid
TEF Toxic Equivalency Factor
TOC Total Organic Carbon
TSS Total Suspended Solids
UFP Uniform Federal Policy
US ACE U.S. Army Corps of Engineers
Lower Darby Creek Area Superfund Site OU2-Folcroft Landfill
Quality Assurance Project Planfor RI/FS Oversight
Page vii
-------
Lower Darby Creek Area Superfund Site (OU2 - Folcroft Landfill) March 2012
QAPP for RI/FS Oversight Revision 1
VOC Volatile Organic Compound
WHO World Health Organization
Lower Darby Creek Area Superfund Site OU2-Folcroft Landfill
Quality Assurance Project Planfor RI/FS Oversight
Page viii
-------
Lower Darby Creek Area Superfund Site (OU2 - Folcroft Landfill)
QAPP for RI/FS Oversight
March 2012
Revision 1
1. INTRODUCTION
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. (EA) has prepared this Quality Assurance
Project Plan (QAPP) for Remedial Investigation/Feasibility Study (RI/FS) Oversight (OS)
activities for the Lower Darby Creek Area (LDCA) Superfund Site (Operable Unit [OU] 2-
Folcroft Landfill), Philadelphia and Delaware Counties, Pennsylvania. Together, the QAPP and
Field Sampling Plan (EA 201 la) constitute the Sample Analysis Plan (SAP) for this project. The
overall objective of the RI/FS is to collect a sufficient number of samples in support of a Risk
Assessment (RA) (both human health and ecological) for the LDCA and determine the nature
and extent of contaminantsin surface andsubsurface sediments. Specifically, the field sampling
effort will collect media samples to determine the concentrations of site-specific contaminants of
potential concern (COPCs) in surface and subsurface sediment and tissue.
This QAPP documents the project organization, specific procedures for execution of the work,
quality control (QC), and the assessment and oversight planning that will help ensure the quality
of the investigation. It follows the Uniform Federal Policy (UFP) QAPP format (IDQTF 2005)
and includes the UFP worksheets, Standard Operating Procedures (SOPs) (Appendix A) used for
analytical services as part of the RI/FS activities, and the necessary field forms (Appendix B).
2. BACKGROUND
The Lower Darby Creek is located in an industrialized portion of southeastern Delaware County
and southwestern Philadelphia County. Several municipalities are located within or bordering
the LDCA including the City of Philadelphia, Darby Township, Folcroft Borough, and others.
Interstate 95 (1-95) and the Philadelphia International Airport are located within one-half mile
east and southeast of the LDCA (Figure 1). Within the LDCA there are multiple potential
sources of contamination. In the northeastern portion of the LDCA are two former landfills: the
Clearview Landfill and the Folcroft Landfill and Annex, as well as several other current or
former industrial and/or small business operations. Along the Lower Darby Creek are private
residences, a boat dock/launch, 1-95, a commercial railway, and a wildlife refuge/recreation area.
In 2001 the Clearview Landfill and the Folcroft Landfill and Annex were placed on the
Superfund National Priorities List (NPL) designated by the U.S. Environmental Protection
Agency (EPA) as two separate operable units: OU-1, Clearview Landfill and OU-2, Folcroft
Landfill and Annex. Within the LDCA, Clearview Landfill is located along the eastern bank of
Darby and Cobbs Creeks, near 83rd Street and Buist Avenue in Folcroft, Pennsylvania.
Lower Darby Creek Area Superfund Site OU2-Folcroft Landfill
Quality Assurance Project Planfor RI/FS Oversight
Page 1
-------
Lower Darby Creek Area Superfund Site (OU2 - Folcroft Landfill)
QAPP for RI/FS Oversight
March 2012
Revision 1
Currently, the southern end of Clearview is used by several businesses, including a waste transfer
station, a truck/equipment storing and snow plowing business, an auto repair and salvage
operation, and a drum recycling operation. Local residents access the Clearview area for
walking, riding all-terrain vehicles, hunting deer, and other outdoor activities. Folcroft Landfill
and Annex are located within the John Heinz National Wildlife Refuge (the "Refuge") which
includes Tinicum Marsh, the largest freshwater marsh in Pennsylvania. Folcroft is a peninsula of
land bordered by the Lower Darby Creek to the east and southeast, Hermesprota Creek to the
west, tidal marsh to the southwest, and to the north by the former Delaware County incinerator
(currently the Delaware County Emergency Services Training Center) and the former Darby
Creek Joint Authority Sewage Treatment Plant.
3. QAPP WORKSHEETS
Per the UFP QAPP format (IDQTF 2005), this document provides the completed and relevant
UFP QAPP worksheets for the project, each of which is provided as an independent section in
the following pages. SOPs are provided in Appendix A. In some cases, the QAPP indicates that
more information regarding analytical procedures or field methodologies will be added to the
document as specific laboratories and field work subcontractors are selected.
4. REFERENCES
CDM. 2010a. Screening Level Ecological Risk Assessment of Aquatic Habitats Associated with
the Lower Darby Creek Superfund Site. Revised Draft. Folcroft Borough, Delaware County,
Pennsylvania. January.
CDM 2010b.Trip Report for April 2010 Fish Sampling Event, Lower Darby Creek Area
Superfund Site - Operable Unit 2 (Folcroft Landfill).Draft.July.
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc.201 la. Field Sampling Plan, Remedial
Investigation/Feasibility Study (RI/FS) Oversight, Lower Darby Creek Area Superfund
SiteOperable Unit (OU) 2, Folcroft Site, Philadelphia and Delaware Counties,
Pennsylvania.Draft.Prepared for USEPA Region 3.November 2011.
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. 201 lb. Meeting Minutes for Lower Darby
Creek Area - Folcroft Landfill: Meeting to Discuss Data Quality Objectives and Study
Approach. EPA Region 3 Regional Office. 1 August 2011
Lower Darby Creek Area Superfund Site OU2-Folcroft Landfill
Quality Assurance Project Planfor RI/FS Oversight
Page 2
-------
Lower Darby Creek Area Superfund Site (OU2 - Folcroft Landfill)
QAPP for RI/FS Oversight
March 2012
Revision 1
Hathaway JE, G Schaalje, RO Gilbert, BA Pulsipher, and BD Matzke. 2008. "Determining the
Optimum Number of Increments in Composite Sampling." Environmental and Ecological
Statistics.
Intergovernmental Data Quality Task Force (IDQTF). 2005. Uniform Federal Policy for
Quality Assurance Project Plans.
Tetra Tech NUS, Inc. 2010. Remedial Investigation Report for the Lower Darby Creek Area
Site, Clearview Landfill Operable Unit 1 (OU-1). May.
US Army Corps of Engineers (USACE). 2002. Engineer Manual for Hydrographic Surveying.
EM 1110-2-1003.
Lower Darby Creek Area Superfund Site OU2-Folcroft Landfill
Quality Assurance Project Planfor RI/FS Oversight
Page 3
-------
Lower Darby Creek Area Superfund Site (OU2 - Folcroft Landfill) March 2012
QAPP for RI/FS Oversight Revision 1
This page intentionally left blank.
Lower Darby Creek Area Superfund Site OU2-Folcroft Landfill
Quality Assurance Project Planfor RI/FS Oversight
Page 4
-------
Lower Darby Creek Area Superfund Site (OU2 - Folcroft Landfill)
QAPP for RJ7FS Oversight
March 2012
Revision 1
'ICINITY MAP
FIGURE 1
Site Location Map
Lower Darby Creek Area Superfund Site
Operable Unit (OU) 2, Folcroft Site
Philadelphia and Delaware Counties, PA
Lower Darby Creek Area Superfund Site OU2-Folcroft Landfill
Quality Assurance Project Planfor RI/FS Oversight
Page 5
-------
Lower Darby Creek Area Superfund Site (OU2 - Folcroft Landfill)
QAPP for RI/FS Oversight
March 2012
Revision 1
This page intentionally left blank.
Lower Darby Creek Area Superfund Site OU2-Folcroft Landfill
Quality Assurance Project Planfor RI/FS Oversight
Page 6
-------
QAPP WORKSHEETS
-------
This page intentionally left blank.
-------
EA Project No, 1453027
Revision: FINAL
Worksheet 1, Page 1-1 of 1-2
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. March 2012
QAPP Worksheet #1
Title and Approval Page
Title: Quality Assurance Project Plan (QAPP) for Remedial Investigation/Feasibility Study (Rl/FS)
Oversight
Site Name/Project Namc:RI/FS Oversight at Lower Darby Creek Area Superfund Site, OU2 - Folcroft
Landfill
Site Location:Delaware and Philadelphia Counties, Pennsylvania
Revision Number: 1
Revision Date: 12 March 2012
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) Region 111
Lead Organization
Michael Ciarlo 15 Loveton Circle (410) 771-4950
EA Engineering, Science, and Sparks, MD21152 meiarlo@caest.com
Technology, Inc. (EA)
Preparer's Name and Organizational Affiliation
Preparer's Address, Telephone .Number, and L-niail Address
28 March 2012
Preparation Date (Day/Month/Year)
Approval
Signatures;
Joe/
Signature/Date
La&zeri, Program Manager, EA
Printed Name / Title, Organization
~JX£-4
Signature/Date
David Straume, Project Manager, EA
Printed Name / Title, Organization
Signature/Date
Michael Ciarlo, Risk Assessor/Task Manager, EA
Printed Name / Title, Organization
Lower Darby Creek Area Superftml Site
OU2 -Folcroft Landfill
Quality Assurance Project Plan
for RI/FS Oversight
-------
EA Project No. 145302?
Revision: FINAL
Worksheet !- Page 1-2 of 1-2
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. March 2012
T/W-vxuj] Cl Hv-v
Signature Dale
Daniel Hinckley, Project Chemist. EA
Printed Name / Titlsj, Organization
j
4 c
V
s'sb' attfre'Date
Joshua Barber. Rcmediai_Project Manager, MPA Region HI
Printed Name Title. Organization
Document Control No.DarbvOU2 RI/FS QAPP-00
Lower Darby Creek Area Superfund Site
Ob'2-l'olcroft Landfill
Quality Assurance Project Plan
for Ri'TS Oversight
-------
EA Project No. 1453027
Revision: FINAL
Worksheet, Page 2-1 of 2-4
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. March 2012
QAPP Worksheet #2
QAPP Identifying Information
Site Name/Project Name: Remedial Investigation/Feasibility Study Oversight at Lower Darby Creek
Area Superfund Site, OU2 - Folcroft Landfill
Site Location: Delaware and Philadelphia Counties, Pennsylvania
Operable Unit: 2
Work Assignment Number: 027RICOD366
Title:Quality Assurance Project Plan (QAPP) for RI/FS Oversight
Revision Number: 1
Revision Date:November2011
Contractor Name: EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc.
Contract Title: RI/FS Oversight, Lower Darby Creek Area Superfund Site (OU2 - Folcroft Landfill)
Contract Number: EP-S3-07-07
1. Identify guidance used to prepare QAPP:
. Intergovernmental Data Quality Task Force, UniformPolicy for Quality Assurance
nnn- DTir AD A 4977R5 Project Plans (Part 1 -UFP-QAPP Manual). Evaluating, Assessing,
andDocumenting Environmental Data Collection and UsePrograms. March 2005.
onnR Intergovernmental Data Quality Task Force, UniformPolicy for Quality Assurance
nnn nw An aT?ms7 Project Plans (Part 2B "Qualit.v Assurance (QA)/Quality Control (QC)
Compendium:Minimum QA/QC Activities. March 2005.
EPA QA/R-5 U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) Requirements for Quality Assurance
EPA-240-B-01 / 003 Project Plans.March 2001.
2. Identify regulatory program:Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act
(CERCLA)
3. Identify approval entity:EPA Region III
4. Indicate whether the QAPP is a generic or aflTroject-specifRSQAPP. (circle one)
5. List dates of scoping sessions that were held:27 June 2011,1 August 2011
6. List dates and titles of QAPP documents written for previous site work, if applicable:
Title Approval Date
NA NA
7. List organizational partners (stakeholders) and connection with lead organization:
EPA Region III, lead organization
U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service (FWS), site owner
Pennsylvania Department of Environmental Protection (PADEP), stakeholder
CDM, EPA oversight contractor
8. List data users:
EPA (Joshua Barber, Remedial Project Manager)
FWS (Gary Stolz)
CDM (Mary Jo Apakian, Project Manager)
PADEP (Colin Wade, Project Manager)
See QAPP Worksheet #9 for additional potential data users
Lower Darby Creek Area Superfund Site
OU2-Folcroft Landfill
Quality Assurance Project Plan
for RI/FS Oversight
-------
EA Project No. 1453027
Revision: FINAL
Worksheet, Page 2-2 of 2-4
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. March 2012
9. If any required QAPP elements and required information are not applicable to the project, then circle
the omitted QAPP elements and required information on the attached table. Provide an explanation for
their exclusion below: None.
Required QAPP Element(s) and
Corresponding QAPP Section(s)
Required Information
QAPP Worksheet
Number or other
location
PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND OBJECTIVES
2.1 Title and Approval Page
Title and Approval Page
1
2.2 Document Format and Table of Contents
2.2.1 Document Control Format
2.2.2 Document Control Numbering System
2.2.3 Table of Contents
2.2.4 QAPP Identifying Information
Table of Contents
QAPP Identifying Information
Document Control System
2
Not included
2.3 Distribution List and Project Personnel Sign-
Off Sheet
2.3.1 Distribution List
2.3.2 Project Personnel Sign-Off Sheet
Distribution List
Project Personnel Sign-Off Sheet
3
4
2.4 Project Organization
2.4.2 Project Organizational Chart
2.4.2 Communication Pathways
2.4.3 Personnel Responsibilities and
Qualifications
2.4.4 Special Training Requirements and
Certification
Project Organizational Chart
Communication Pathways
Personnel Responsibilities and
Qualifications Table
Special Personnel Training
Requirements Table
5
6
7
8
2.5 Project Planning/Problem Definition
2.5.1 Project Planning (Scoping)
2.5.2 Problem Definition, Site History, and
Background
Project Planning Session
Documentation
Project Scoping Session
Participants Sheet
Problem Definition, Site History,
and Background
Site Maps (Historical and Present)
9
10
10
2.6 Project Quality Objectives and Measurement
Performance Criteria
2.6.1 Developing of Project Quality
Objectives Using the Systematic
Planning Process
2.6.2 Measurement Performance Criteria
Site-Specific Project Quality
Objectives
Measurement Performance Criteria
Tables
11
12
2.7 Secondary Data Evaluation
Sources of Secondary Data and
Information
Secondary Data Criteria and
Limitations Table
13
13
2.8 Project Overview and Schedule
2.8.1 Proj ect Overview
2.8.2 Project Schedule
Summary of Proj ect Tasks
Reference Limits and Evaluation
Table (includes Screening Criteria)
Project Schedule/Timeline Table
14
15
16
Lower Darby Creek Area Superfund Site
OU2-Folcroft Landfill
Quality Assurance Project Plan
for RI/FS Oversight
-------
EA Project No. 1453027
Revision: FINAL
Worksheet, Page 2-3 of 2-4
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. March 2012
MEASUREMENT/DATA ACQUISITION
3.1 Sampling Tasks
3.1.1 Sampling Process Design and
Rationale
3.1.2 Sampling Procedures and
Requirements
3.1.2.1 Sampling Collection Procedures
3.1.2.2 Sample Containers, Volume, and
Preservation
3.1.2.3 Equipment/Sample Containers
Cleaning and Decontamination
Procedures
3.1.2.4 Field Equipment Calibration,
Maintenance, Testing, and
Inspection Procedures
3.1.2.5 Supply Inspection and Acceptance
Procedures
3.1.2.6 Field Documentation Procedures
Sampling Design and Rationale
Sample Location Map
Sampling Locations and Methods/
Standard Operating Procedure
(SOP) Requirements Table
Analytical Methods/SOP
Requirements Table
Field Quality Control Sample
Summary Table
Sampling SOPs
Project Sampling SOP References
Table
Field Equipment Calibration,
Maintenance, Testing, and
Inspection Table
17
14
18
19
20
Appendix A
21
22
3.2 Analytical Tasks
3.2.1 Analytical SOPs
3.2.2 Analytical Instruction Calibration
Procedures
3.2.3 Analytical Instrument and Equipment
Maintenance, Testing, and Inspection
Procedures
3.2.4 Analytical Supply Inspection and
Acceptance Procedures
Analytical SOPs
Analytical SOP References Table
Analytical Instrument Calibration
Table
Analytical Instrument and
Equipment Maintenance, Testing,
and Inspection Table
Appendix A
23
24
25
3.3 Sample Collection Documentation,
Handling, Tracking, and Custody
Procedures
3.3.1 Sample Collection Documentation
3.3.2 Sample Handling and Tracking System
3.3.3 Sample Custody
Sample Collection Documentation,
Handling, Tracking, and Custody
SOPs
Sample Container Identification
Sample Handling System
Example Chain-of-Custody Form
and Seal
Appendix A
19
26, 27
Scribe (V3.8)
3.4 Quality Control Samples
3.4.2 Sampling Quality Control Samples
3.4.2 Analytical Quality Control Samples
Quality Control Samples Table
28
3.5 Data Management Tasks
3.5.1 Proj ect Documentation and Records
3.5.2 Data Package Deliverables
3.5.3 Data Reporting Formats
3.5.4 Data Handling and Management
3.5.5 Data Tracking and Control
Project Documents and Records
Table
Analytical Services Table
Data Management SOPs
29
30
Appendix A
ASSESSMENT/OVERSIGHT
4.2 Assessments and Response Actions
4.2.1 Planned Assessments
4.2.2 Assessment Findings and Corrective
Action Responses
Planned Project Assessments
Table
Assessment Findings and
Corrective Action Responses
Table
31
32
4.2 Quality Assurance Management Reports
Quality Assurance Management
Reports Table
33
4.3 Final Proj ect Report
NA
Lower Darby Creek Area Superfund Site
OU2-Folcroft Landfill
Quality Assurance Project Plan
for RI/FS Oversight
-------
EA Project No. 1453027
Revision: FINAL
Worksheet, Page 2-4 of 2-4
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. March 2012
DATA REVIEW
5.1 Overview
NA
5.2 Data Review Steps
5.2.1 Step I: Verification
5.2.2 Step II: Validation
5.2.2.1 Step Ha Validation Activities
5.2.2.2 Step lib Validation Activities
5.2.3 Step III: Usability Assessment
5.2.3.1 Data Limitations and Actions
From Usability Assessment
5.2.3.2 Activities
Verification (Step I) Process
Table
Validation (Steps Ha and lib)
Process Table
Validation (Steps Ha and lib)
Summary Table
Usability Assessment
34
35
36
37
5.3 Streamlining Data Review
5.3.1 Data Review Steps to be Streamlined
5.3.2 Criteria for Streamlining Data Review
5.3.3 Amounts and Type of Data
Appropriate for Streamlining
Verification (Step I) Process
Table
34
NOTE: NA = Not Applicable
Lower Darby Creek Area Superfund Site
OU2-Folcroft Landfill
Quality Assurance Project Plan
for RI/FS Oversight
-------
EA Project No. 1453027
Revision: FINAL
Worksheet3, Page 3-1 of 3-1
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. March 2012
QAPP Worksheet #3
Distribution List
(List those entities to whom copies of the approved QAPP, subsequent QAPP revisions, addenda, and amendments are sent)
QAPP Recipient
Title
Organization
Telephone Number
E-mail Address
Joshua Barber
Remedial Project Manager
EPA Region III
215-814-3393
barber.joshua@epamail.epa.gov
David Straume
EA Project Manager
EA
410-329-5114
dstraume@eaest. com
Michael Ciarlo
Task Manager
EA
410-771-4950
mciarlo@eaest.com
John Matkowski
Task Lead - Vibracore Sampling
EA
410-771-4950
jmatkowski@eaest.com
Kristen Rigney
Task Lead - IncrementalSediment Sampling
EA
410-771-4950
krigney@eaest.com
Daniel Hinckley
Project Chemist
EA
717- 848-5017x 1502
dhinckley@eaest.com
Mary Jo Apakian
CDM Project Manager
CDM
215-636-0600
ApakianMJ@cdm.com
NOTE: QAPP = Quality Assurance Project Plan
EPA = United States Environmental Protection Agency
EA = EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc.
CDM = CDM Federal Programs Corporation
Lower Darby Creek Area Superfund Site
OU2-Folcroft Landfill
Quality Assurance Project Plan
for RI/FS Oversight
-------
EA Project No. 1453027
Revision: FINAL
Worksheets Page 4-1 of 4-1
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. March 2012
QAPP Worksheet #4
Project Personnel Sign-Off Sheet
Organization: Contractor - EAEngineering, Science, and Technology
Project Personnel
Title
Telephone Number
Signature
Date QAPP Read
David Straume
Project Manager
410-329-5114
Michael Ciarlo
Task Manager
410-771-4950
Peggy Derrick
QA/QC and Senior Technical
Review
410-329-5126
David Santoro
QA/QC and Corporate Review
410-329-5114
John Matkowski
Task Lead -Vibracore Sampling
410-771-4950
Kristen Rigney
Task Lead - Incremental Sediment
Sampling
410-771-4950
Daniel Hinckley
Project Chemist
717-848-5017x1502
NOTE: EA = EA Engineering, Science, and Technology
QA = Quality Assurance
QC = Quality Control
Lower Darby Creek Area Superfund Site
OU2-Folcroft Landfill
Quality Assurance Project Plan
for RI/FS Oversight
-------
EA Project No. 1453027
Revision: FINAL
Worksheet5, Page 5-1 of 5-1
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. March 2012
QAPP Worksheet #5
Project Organizational Chart
Lower Darby Creek Area Superfund Site
OU2-Folcroft Landfill
Quality Assurance Project Plan
for RI/FS Oversight
-------
EA Project No. 1453027
Revision: FINAL
Worksheet6, Page 6-1 of 6-1
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. March 2012
QAPP Worksheet #6
Communication Pathways
Communication Drivers
Responsible Entity
Name
Phone Number
Role/Procedure
EPA Oversight
Remedial Project
Manager
Joshua Barber
215-814-3393
Primary EPA point of contact.
Contractor communication
with EPA
Project Manager
David Straume
410-329-5114
Point of contact for all technical, QA, and administrative
matters in regard to the Contractor's implementation of
the project (verbal, written or electronic).
Change to QAPP
Project Chemist
Daniel Hinckley
717-848-5017
xl502
Will notify project manager of approval of minor change
(verbal, written or electronic); complete field change
request for efficiency or changed conditions.
Change to QAPP
Task Manager
Michael Ciarlo
410-771-4950
For minor changes, will notify field task leads of Project
Chemist's approval. For major changes, will notify EPA
prior to implementation for review/approval; Project
Manager must sign official corrective action
documentation (written only).
Technical or QA issues
(including deviation from
QAPP) during implementation
of the project
Field Task Leads
John Matkowski and
Kristen Rigney
410-771-4950
Will notify the Project Manager of any significant
technical or QA issues during the field investigation.
NOTE:
EPA = United States Environmental Protection Agency
QA = Quality Assurance
QAPP = Quality Assurance Project Plan
QC = Quality Control
Lower Darby Creek Area Superfund Site
OU2-Folcroft Landfill
Quality Assurance Project Plan
for RI/FS Oversight
-------
EA Project No. 1453027
Revision: FINAL
Worksheet7, Page 7-1 of 7-4
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. March 2012
QAPP Worksheet #7
Personnel Responsibilities and Qualifications Table
Name
Title
Organizational
Affiliation
Qualifications
(as appropriate)
Responsibilities
Joel Lazzeri
Program
Manager
EA
P.G., M.S. Geology, B.S. Geology; Federal
Programs Manager; 21 years of experience in
project management, supervising large field
efforts, and providing technical, quality
assurance, and management advisory
services to clients.
• Provides corporate commitment to allocate necessary
resources.
• Assists in coordination with EPA.
Dave Straume
Project
Manager
EA
B.S. Industrial Technology; Program
Manager for EA's EPA Targeted
Brownfields Assessment Contract and
Project Manager for EA's EPA Region III
RACII Contract, with 20 years of experience
including environmental assessments,
subsurface characterization, remedial
investigations and remedial actions.
• Controls overall project management and schedule and
cost tracking.
• Oversees data management and reporting
requirements, including work plans and completion
reports.
• Manages budget and costs of subcontractors and
vendors.
• Updates EPA on the budgetary status of the project.
Mike Ciarlo
Ecological
Risk
Assessor/Task
Manager
EA
M.S. Environmental Science, B.S. Biology;
16 years of experience including project
management and task management, field
environmental surveys and sampling,
remediation of contaminated sediments,
more than 40 ecological risk assessments.
• Oversees technical implementation of the project
• Approving the Health and Safety Plan (HASP) and
providing overall supervisory control for safety and
health protocols
Peggy Derrick
QA/QC and
Senior
Technical
Review
EA
M.S. Marine Estuarine Environmental
Science, B.A. Biology; 21 years of
experience including extensive project
management, sediment sampling and
analysis, habitat assessment and
characterization, bioaccumulation studies.
• Serves as Senior Technical Reviewer of technical
approach and documents.
• Provides input and technical direction for work
breakdown structure, scoping documents, and cost
estimates.
Lower Darby Creek Area Superfund Site
OU2-Folcroft Landfill
Quality Assurance Project Plan
for RI/FS Oversight
-------
EA Project No. 1453027
Revision: FINAL
Worksheet7, Page 7-2 of 7-4
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. March 2012
Name
Title
Organizational
Affiliation
Qualifications
(as appropriate)
Responsibilities
Daniel
Hinckley
Project
Chemist
EA
Ph.D. Marine Chemistry, Chemical
Oceanography; 28 years of experience
specializing in human health and ecological
risk assessment, environmental fate and
transport, environmental characterization,
quality assurance/quality control issues
related to work plans, health and safety
documents, and reports.
• Project development associated with data
management.
• Analytical/chemical quality control for all sampling.
• Reviews and approves this Quality Assurance Project
Plan.
• Oversees the analytical lab.
• Reviews data to ensure project is meeting the Quality
Assurance Project Plan requirements.
Pete Garger
Corporate
Health and
Safety Officer
EA
CIH, CSP; M.S. Environmental Health
Science, B.S. Chemistry; More than 25 years
of experience in environmental safety and
health including management for numerous
EPA projects. Certified to lead 30-Hour and
10-Hour Construction Safety Training
requirements.
• Directs overall health and safety compliance.
• Ensures compliance with Occupational Safety and
Health Administration (OSHA) regulations, EA
policy, PADEP policy, and EPA procedures.
• Maintains records associated with employee training,
annual health and safety training requirements, and
subcontractor performance.
• Reports directly to the EA Program Manager,
independent of the project organization.
Dave Santoro
QA/QC and
Corporate
Review
EA
P.E., B.A. Agricultural Engineering; Over 40
years of experience, including assessment
and remediation of contaminated sites,
landfill design and leachate management.
• Monitors project work, procedures, and
documentation.
• Identifies quality problems for key management.
• Initiates, recommends, and/or provides solutions to
quality problems.
• Assures implementation of corrective actions.
Lower Darby Creek Area Superfund Site
OU2-Folcroft Landfill
Quality Assurance Project Plan
for RI/FS Oversight
-------
EA Project No. 1453027
Revision: FINAL
Worksheet7, Page 7-3 of 7-4
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. March 2012
Name
Title
Organizational
Affiliation
Qualifications
(as appropriate)
Responsibilities
John
Matkowski
Task Lead -
Vibracore
Sampling
EA
M.S. Environmental Science and Policy, B.S.
Marine Science; 11 years of experience
including sediment sampling using Vibracore
and grab sampling, and benthic sample
collection.
• Oversees Vibracore team and monitors for compliance
with the approved Work Plan and Quality Assurance
Project Plan.
• Observes and records procedures used for site
activities and any deficiencies.
• Interacts daily with EA and other site personnel, as
needed.
• Oversees subcontractors and suppliers.
• Supervises daily implementation of the site safety
plan, compliance with federal, state, and OSHA safety
and health regulations, and performs onsite training.
Kristen Rigney
Task Lead -
IncrementalSed
iment
Sampling, Site
Safety and
Health Officer
(SSHO)
EA
B.S. Environmental Science, GIS Post
Baccalaureate Certificate; 5 years of
experience including sediment sampling and
collection of marine tissue and benthic
samples.
• Oversees increment sampling team and monitors for
compliance with the approved Work Plan and Quality
Assurance Project Plan.
• Observes and records procedures used for site
activities and any deficiencies.
• Interacts daily with EA and other site personnel, as
needed.
• Oversees subcontractors and suppliers.
• Supervises daily implementation of the site safety
plan, compliance with federal, state, and OSHA safety
and health regulations, and performs onsite training.
• Ensures compliance with EA, client, and project-
specific health and safety requirements.
• Provides initial and daily safety briefings to all site
workers, subcontractors, and visitors.
• Supervises decontamination activities and the use,
maintenance, and disposal of personal protective
equipment.
• Stops work for safety and health issues.
Lower Darby Creek Area Superfund Site
OU2-Folcroft Landfill
Quality Assurance Project Plan
for RI/FS Oversight
-------
EA Project No. 1453027
Revision: FINAL
Worksheet7, Page 7-4 of 7-4
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. March 2012
Organizational
Qualifications
Name
Title
Affiliation
(as appropriate)
Responsibilities
Mike Powell
Statistician
EA
M.S. Environmental Engineering, M.S.
Zoology, B.S. Zoology; 21 years of
• Advises on development of sampling strategy, to
optimize usability of data.
experience including toxicology and risk
• Performs statistical analyses on site data.
assessment analyses, sediment sampling and
analysis, biological sampling, statistical
analysis and biostatistics.
NOTE: B.A.
= Bachelor of Arts
B.S.
= Bachelor of Science
CIH
= Certified Industrial Hygienist
CSP
= Certified Safety Professional
EPA
= U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
GIS
= Geographic Information System
HASP
= Health and Safety Plan
M.S.
= Master of Science
OSHA
= Occupational Safety and Health Administration
P.E.
= Professional Engineer
P.G.
= Professional Geologist
QA/QC
= Quality Assurance/Quality Control
SSHO
= Site Safety and Health Officer
Lower Darby Creek Area Superfund Site
OU2-Folcroft Landfill
Quality Assurance Project Plan
for RI/FS Oversight
-------
EA Project No. 1453027
Revision: FINAL
Worksheet8, Page 8-1 of 8-1
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. March 2012
QAPP Worksheet #8
Special Personnel Training Requirements Table
Project
Function
Specialized Training
- Title or
Description of
Course
Training Provider
Training Date
Personnel/
Groups
Receiving
Training
Personnel Titles/
Organizational
Affiliation
Location of Training
Records/Certificates
Work Plan and QAPP
Familiarization Training
Project Manager
Training will be
conducted or
confirmed prior to
commencement of
field activities
Project Team
EA - Task Manager, Task
Leads for Sampling, QC
and QA personnel, other
field personnel
Project File
Field Sampling
CPR/ First Aid
American Red Cross
or other
Training will be
conducted or
confirmed prior to
commencement of
field activities
At least two Field
Team members
who will be present
during each task
EA - Task Leads, other
field personnel
Documentation of special
training requirements will
be maintained onsite by
EA
29 CFR
1910.120
Training
(HAZWOPER)
Various Vendors
Field Team
EA - All field team
members
Documentation of special
training requirements will
be maintained onsite by
EA
Site Specific
Equipment
Familiarization
Training
Task Leads
Field Team
EA - Field personnel
Project File
NOTE: EA = EA Engineering, Science, and Technology
CFR = Code of Federal Regulations
CPR = Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation
HAZWOPER = Hazardous Waste Operations and Emergency Response
Lower Darby Creek Area Superfund Site
OU2-Folcroft Landfill
Quality Assurance Project Plan
for RI/FS Oversight
-------
EA Project No. 1453027
Revision: FINAL
Worksheets Page 9-1 of 9-5
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. March 2012
QAPP Worksheet #9-1
Project Scoping Session Participants Sheet
Site Name/Project Name: Lower Darby Creek Area Superfund Site, OU2 - Folcroft Landfill
Site Location: Delaware and Philadelphia Counties, Pennsylvania
Operable Unit: 2
Work Assignment Number: 027
Date of Sessions: 1 August 2011
Scoping Session Purpose:Meeting to Discuss Data Quality Objectives and Study Approach
Name
Title
Affiliation
Phone #
E-mail Address
Project Role
Josh Barber
Region III Remedial
Project Manager
EPA
215-814-3393
barber.joshua@epamail.epa.gov
EPA Remedial Project
Manager
Bruce Pluta
Region IIIBTAG
Coordinator
EPA
215-814-2380
bruce.pluta@epamail.epa.gov
EPA Region 3 BTAG
Coordinator
Katie Matta
Region III BTAG
Coordinator
EPA
215-814-3358
katie.matta@epamail.epa.gov
EPA Region 3 BTAG
Reviewer
Linda Watson
Region III Toxicologist
EPA
215-814-2997
linda.watson@epamail.epa.gov
EPA Region 3
Toxicologist
Mary Jo Apakian
Project Manager
CDM
215-636-0600
—
CDM Project Manager
David Sembrot
Risk Assessor
CDM
215-636-0600
—
CDM Risk Assessor
George Molnar
Risk Assessor
CDM
215-636-0600
—
CDM Scientist
Mike Ciarlo
Ecological Risk
Assessor
EA
410-771-4950
mciarlo@eaest.com
Ecological Risk
Assessor/Task Manager
Mike Powell
Statistician
EA
410-771-4950
mpowell@eaest.com
Statistician
Dan Hinckley
Senior Chemist
EA
717-848-5017x1502
dhinckley@eaest.com
Project Chemist
Comments/Decisions:The group reached general consensus on the conceptual site model, data quality objectives (DQOs) and general methods.(See meeting minutes below.)
Action Items: EA will proceed with production of the work plan based on the information gained in the meeting. EA will also proceed with grain size sampling and site
reconnaissance during the week of 8 August 2011.
EA will coordinate with both EPA and refuge staff.
NOTE: BTAG = Biological Technical Assistance Group
CDM = CDM Federal Programs Corporation
EA = EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc.
EPA = U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
Lower Darby Creek Area Superfund Site
OU2-Folcroft Landfill
Quality Assurance Project Plan
for RI/FS Oversight
-------
EA Project No. 1453027
Revision: FINAL
Worksheets Page 9-2 of 9-5
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. March 2012
Meeting Minutes for Lower Darby Creek Area - FolcroftLandfill
Meeting to Discuss Data Quality Objectives and Study Approach
The meeting was held in order to discuss the general study approach and data quality objectives (DQOs) for field sampling and surveys associated
with EPA Contract No. EP-S3-07-07 / Work Assignment No. 027RICOD366 (Lower Darby Folcroft). The goal of the meeting was to establish
early agreement on the DQOs of the field effort to be performed by EA to ensure that resulting data meets the needs of the risk assessment to be
performed by CDM.
Josh Barber began the meeting with introductions and a brief overview of the roles of EA and CDM in the LDCA RI/FS. Mike Ciarlo then
presented a series of slides (Attachment A) reviewing EA's current understanding of the Conceptual Site Model, DQOs, and study design based on
existing documents, preliminary data evaluation, and a site visit. The group discussed these items in the general order presented below, and
provided input and recommendations for EA in further development of the approach.
Conceptual Site Model
The primary sources to Lower Darby Creek and Cobbs Creek are the two landfills (Folcroft and Clearview), the industries located in Folcroft and
Darby Townships, and the Tinicum WWTP. The primary chemicals of concern based on sampling data and site history are metals, pesticides,
PCBs, PAHs, and dioxins/furans. VOCs are also a concern in groundwater. Transport may occur through erosion with deposition into the marsh.
It may also occur through runoff and exfiltration at groundwater seeps. Adsorption to sediments and bioaccumulation in the food chain are
important fate processes. For wildlife and mobile aquatic receptors, it is assumed that individual organisms may move throughout the marsh and
creek. More sessile benthic organisms are likely to receive exposure in more localized areas of the marsh and open water habitats.
DQOs
EA identified two types of DQOs: those related most directly to characterization of nature and extent, and those related most directly to data inputs
for the risk assessment. Nature and extent DQOs include:
¦ Characterization of subsurface (>12 inches below sediment surface) sediment concentrations
¦ Characterization of surface (<12 inches below sediment surface) sediment concentrations within specific habitats
¦ Characterization of patterns of erosion & sedimentation
¦ Characterization of surface water/groundwater connection
Risk assessment DQOs include:
¦ Characterization of surface sediment exposure point concentrations
¦ Characterization of toxicity to aquatic organisms
¦ Characterization of bioaccumulation into invertebrates & turtles
The group discussed DQOs for surface water and groundwater. It was agreed that specific groundwater DQOs could not be determined until the
PRP contractor presents their plan for characterizing the connection between groundwater and surface water. The need for surface water was
discussed. It was agreed that collection of additional surface water data would not provide data important to the risk assessment, because surface
Lower Darby Creek Area Superfund Site
OU2-Folcroft Landfill
Quality Assurance Project Plan
for RI/FS Oversight
-------
EA Project No. 1453027
Revision: FINAL
Worksheets Page 9-3 of 9-5
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. March 2012
water concentrations have already been characterized in previous studies. At best, additional surface water sampling would capture a snapshot of
water concentrations. Surface water sampling may aid in characterizing the groundwater-surface water connection, but such sampling could not
occur until a clearer understanding was gained from PRP studies. It was agreed that consideration of surface water would not be necessary in
wildlife exposure models.
Sediment Coring
Sediment coring is planned to characterize concentrations in the subsurface. Vibracoring or hand coring is planned at 25 locations, to be finalized
in the FSP. Approximately half are planned for deposits in the creek channel and half for the marsh. Cores will be processed, most likely at EA's
warehouse, and lithology recorded. Samples will either be collected from strata based on lithology, or from depth intervals corresponding to
typical exposure scenarios (i.e. 1 to 2 foot intervals). The group discussed field screening techniques that could be used to seek strata containing
contamination from past depositional events. XRF was identified as too time-consuming due to the need to dry samples. Immunoassays were
identified as potentially too expensive to warrant consideration in a case where little chemical may be present. Josh Barber identified a Photo-
Ionization Detector (PID) as a potentially useful tool, and it was agreed that use of a PID would be considered.
The group also discussed the potential use of radio-dating to determine the age of sediments and deposition rates. It was agreed that, while this
may provide some data, it would not provide data immediately useful to characterizing nature and extent of contamination, and would be more
useful in later stages of remedial planning. At most, an extra core from each location may be collected and archived for later radio-dating should
this prove feasible and useful. The group discussed the fact that characterizing erosion and deposition was intended more as a guide to planning
the location and depth of sediment cores rather than as an input to the risk assessment itself. In particular, profiling may aid in characterizing the
broad areas of the creek near the mouth that may be depositional and may serve as a historic collection point for sediments. It was agreed that
some core locations would be moved to these locations, and discussion proceeded to bathymetry and sub-bottom profiling.
Bathymetry and Sub-Bottom Profiling
Mike Ciarlo discussed plans for collecting bathymetry, which included several topographic survey transects at right angles through the Folcroft
Landfill marsh. The group discussed the fact that, while these may be useful, the originally intended purpose for including bathymetry in the
scope of work was to inform decisions regarding sediment coring. Mary Jo Apakian and George Molnar discussed the successful use of sub-
bottom profiling at other sites to identify areas of sediment deposition and characterize sediment strata. Mike Ciarlo indicated that he would look
into sub-bottom profiling of the creek channel and include that instead of or in addition to marsh surveys and channel bathymetry.
Incremental Sampling
The group discussed the approach for incremental sampling. Mike Ciarlo and Mike Powell presented the results of a preliminary statistical
analysis of data from surface sediment sampling associated with Folcroft Landfill. Mike Ciarlo also presented maps of preliminary Decision Units
(DUs). The analysis indicated that there are trade-offs between the number of incrementalsamples collected from each DU and the number of
increments collected per sample. The group discussed the planned use of data in the risk assessment, and the number of DUs. It was agreed that
data from the individual DUs would likely be combined in data groupings based on anticipated exposure. It was further agreed that collection of
Lower Darby Creek Area Superfund Site
OU2-Folcroft Landfill
Quality Assurance Project Plan
for RI/FS Oversight
-------
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc.
EA Project No. 1453027
Revision: FINAL
Worksheets Page 9-4 of 9-5
March 2012
30 to 50 increments per DU would likely be infeasible, and that focusing statistical analyses on specific habitats and COPCs would likely indicate
sufficiency of 30 to 50 increments to characterize the mean concentration of COPCs. The group determined that analysis of more than 1 combined
incremental samplefrom each DU was likely unnecessary, and that dividing DUs into substrata is also not necessary since interest in spatial extent
within a DU is not a focus for this study. It was agreed that 10% to 15% of incrementalsamples would be duplicates, with at least 1 duplicate
collected for each habitat type in order to aid in characterizing variation within habitats.
Regarding collection methods, Mike Ciarlo noted that site reconnaissance would likely be performed on 11 August 2011 and would include
collection of grain size data from 20 samples and trial sampling using several devices. Group discussed a number of sampling devices and access
options to be explored by EA. Regarding grain size, Mr. Barber explained that fine grained sediments may require less labor-intensive preparation
for analytical testing, which may decrease analytical costs; Mr. Hinckley noted that it may be preferable to utilize incremental samplingpreparation
methods regardless of grain size to maintain consistency.
Toxicity Test and Bioaccumulation Tests
Toxicity and bioaccumulation tests were discussed. EA plans to collect grab samples for the tests collected with sediment cores. Chemical
analytical results from the surface fraction of cores will be used to interpret test results. EA plans to store material for the tests until chemical
analytical results are received. This phased approach allows selection of a subset of 10 samples for testing that provide a gradient of
concentrations.
Mike Ciarlo noted that longer toxicity tests may produce more variability, and recommended use of a 10 day chironomid test for survival and
growth endpoints, and a longer 28-day amphipod test for survival, growth and reproduction endpoints. The group agreed that these tests are
consistent with standard methods. For bioaccumulation, a 28-day lumbricid worm test would be used. Mr. Ciarlo stated that the current plan was
to utilize EA's toxicity testing lab in Sparks, Maryland, for testing. The group noted that procurement considerations may apply, despite the cost
efficiencies of performing tests within EA.
Turtle Tissue Collection
Turtle tissue collection was discussed. Mr. Ciarlo noted that, contrary to the slides, the primary purpose of turtle tissue collection is to support
human health risk assessment. It was discussed that 10 specimens may be too many, and that a smaller number may meet DQOs. It was agreed
that EPA and EA would follow up with the state and health agencies regarding permitting and whether protocols for sampling snapping turtle
tissue are already in place. Additionally, refuge staff or state agencies may be of assistance in planning or performing work.
The group reached general consensus on the conceptual site model, DQOs and general methods. It was agreed that EA would proceed with
production of the work plan based on the information gained in the meeting. EA will also proceed with grain size sampling and site
reconnaissance during the week of 8 August 2011. EA will coordinate with both EPA and refuge staff. EA may request additional time to prepare
the work plan to allow exploration of sub-bottom profiling and incorporation of reconnaissance results.
Next Steps
Lower Darby Creek Area Superfund Site
OU2-Folcroft Landfill
Quality Assurance Project Plan
for RI/FS Oversight
-------
EA Project No. 1453027
Revision: FINAL
Worksheets Page 9-5 of 9-5
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. March 2012
QAPP Worksheet #9-2
Project Scoping Session Participants Sheet
Site Name/Project Name: Lower Darby Creek Area Superfund Site, OU2 - Folcroft Landfill
Site Location: Delaware and Philadelphia Counties, Pennsylvania
Operable Unit: 2
Work Assignment Number: 027
Date of Sessions:27 June 2011
Scoping Session Purpose:Kickoff Meeting and Site Visit
Name
Title
Affiliation
Phone #
E-mail Address
Project Role
Josh Barber
Region III Remedial
Project Manager
EPA
215-814-3393
barber.joshua@epamail.epa.gov
EPA Remedial Project
Manager
Bruce Pluta
Region III BTAG
Coordinator
EPA
215-814-2380
bruce.pluta@epamail.epa.gov
EPA Region 3 BTAG
Coordinator
Ryan Bower
Region III Hydrogeologist
EPA
215-814-2997
ryan.bower@epamail.epa.gov
EPA Region 3 BTAG
Hydrologist
Gary Stolz
USFWS Representative
FWS
215-365-3118,
gary_stolz@fws.gov
USFWS Representative
Tim Cherry
Hazardous Sites Cleanup
Act (HSCA) Supervisor
PADEP
484-250-5728
—
PADEP Supervisor
Colin Wade
Project Manager
PADEP
484-250-5900
—
PADEP Project Manager
Joel Lazzeri
Federal Program Manager
EA
410-771-4950
jlazzeri@eaest.com
Program Manager
Dave Straume
Project Manager
EA
410-771-4950
dstraume@eaest.com
Project Manager
Mike Ciarlo
Ecological Risk Assessor
EA
410-771-4950
mciarlo@eaest.com
Ecological Risk
Assessor/Task Manager
Comments/Decisions:U.S. FWS personnel may complete the turtle collection portion of this sampling effort; however, EA should include turtle collection procedures in the
planning documents in case FWS personnel are unable to collect the turtles. For standard sediment and tissue samples, the EPA Contract Laboratory Program (CLP) process can be
used. U.S. FWS personnel can provide insight on access and good equipment (e.g., boat types) that can be used for the sampling event.
Action Items: EA will review the site background information and the previously identified Decision Units (DUs) to determine if they are sufficient for the risk assessment (RA)
sampling needs, and will then attend a meeting with EPA and CDM prior to Work Plan submittal to discuss the proposed sampling approach to allow input from CDM. EA will
collect 10 to 20 grain size samples prior to preparation of the sampling plan to aid in planning incremental sampling analytical techniques.
NOTE: BTAG
EA
EPA
FWS
Biological Technical Assistance Group
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc.
U. S. Environmental Protection Agency
U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service
PADEP
Pennsylvania Department of Environmental Protection
Lower Darby Creek Area Superfund Site
OU2-Folcroft Landfill
Quality Assurance Project Plan
for RI/FS Oversight
-------
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc.
EA Project No. 1453027
Revision: FINAL
WorksheetlO, Page 10-1 of 10-12
March 2012
QAPP Worksheet #10
Problem Definition
10.1 PROBLEM TO BE ADDRESSED BY THE PROJECT
The Remedial Investigation/Feasibility Study (RI/FS) Oversight of the Lower Darby Creek Area (LDCA)
Superfund Site is being conducted in support of the LDCA baseline risk assessment (BRA). In January
2010, CDM completed the Revised Draft Screening Level Ecological Risk Assessment (SLERA) of
Aquatic Habitats Associated with the Lower Darby Creek Superfund
-------
EA Project No. 1453027
Revision: FINAL
WorksheetlO, Page 10-2 of 10-12
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. March 2012
These questions will be examined using chemical data and sub-bottom profiling from three target areas:
marsh and tributaries in proximity to and potentially impacted by Folcroft landfill, Lower Darby Creek
main channel deposits, and restored wetlands and marsh further downstream of the Folcroft Landfill.
10.3 INFORMATION ON ENVIRONMENTAL INDICATORS: LDCA CONCEPTUAL SITE
MODEL
A CSM has been developed for the LDCA based on information available from site visits, scoping
meetings, and previous studies. The site itself is largely undeveloped, as it is located in the John Heinz
National Wildlife Refuge, which includes Folcroft Landfill and adjacent creeks and wetlands. The refuge
is open to the public and contains a network of trails and a canoe launch. Fishing is permitted, but taking
of frogs, snakes and turtles is prohibited. The Folcroft Landfill Annex is bordered to the northwest by a
business park.
The SLERA (CDM 2010a) includes a detailed CSM for potential ecological exposures in aquatic habitats
associated with the Folcroft Landfill and Annex (Figure 10-1). This CSM indicates that complete
exposure pathways are present for aquatic animals including invertebrates, mammals, birds, fish, reptiles,
and amphibians, to ingest or otherwise contact sediments, surface waters, and/or prey that may contain
COPCs. No complete exposure pathways were identified for vegetation or terrestrial animals, and there
are no complete pathways for ecological exposure to soils or airborne particulates.
A preliminary CSM for potential human exposures was developed (Figure 10-2), based on the
recreational activities expected to occur at the site and the sources and release mechanisms identified in
Figure 10-1. The potential exposures for recreational users are associated with surface water and
sediment while boating and fishing, and with ingestion of animals including fish and turtles. Potential
exposures for site workers are related to contact with sediment and water.
10.4 OBSERVATIONS FROM SITE RECONNAISSANCE AND SYNPOSIS OF SECONDARY
DATA
The LDCA has been the subject of numerous previous investigations associated with the LDCA
Superfund Site, OU1: Clearview Landfill Superfund Site, or OU2: Folcroft Landfill. These investigations
have provided information that answers numerous environmental questions that are relevant to risk
assessment but not listed above. They also provide information relevant to the questions being asked as
part of this project. The following subsections discuss each of these efforts, environmental questions
answered, and the data provided relevant to this effort.
10.4.1 LDCA Superfund Site Revised Draft SLERA (2010)
In 2010, CDM completed the SLERA for the LDCA in order to evaluate the potential ecological impact
of contaminants at the site (CDM 2010a). Based on historical activities and previous investigations,
contaminants present in surface water and sediments were evaluated in the SLERA to determine their
potential risk to ecological receptors. Surficial sediment and surface water samples were collected in May
2008 from Darby Creek, Hermesprota Creek, Muckinapattis Creek, Tinicum Marsh, and an unnamed
tributary west of the Annex. Sample locations are presented in Figure 10-3.
Sediment and surface water samples were analyzed for metals (including cyanide), volatile organic
compounds (VOCs), semivolatile organic compounds (SVOCs), pesticides, and polychlorinated
biphenyls (PCBs), and 11 samples were analyzed for dioxins/furans. Results of the analyses showed the
Lower Darby Creek Area Superfund Site
OU2-Folcroft Landfill
Quality Assurance Project Plan
for RI/FS Oversight
-------
EA Project No. 1453027
Revision: FINAL
WorksheetlO, Page 10-3 of 10-12
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. March 2012
highest frequency and concentrations of contaminants were found within depositional areas within the
marsh immediately south and west of the Folcroft Landfill and north of Darby Creek. Areas with fewer
contaminants and lower concentrations included the main channel of Darby Creek and upstream reaches
of associated tributaries. These areas are prone to frequent scouring or flushing.
Surface water samples were analyzed for metals (including cyanide), VOCs, SVOCs, PCBs, and general
water quality, and 11 samples were analyzed for dioxins. Analyses showed fairly consistent results for all
samples except for two samples with high total suspended solids (TSS), taken from within the marsh,
which had the most detections and highest concentrations reported. Frequently-detected compounds, in
addition to metals, included the SVOC bis(2-ethylhexyl)phthalate, the VOC acetone, and dioxins and
furans.
Based on scoping meetings, this effort provided sufficient data to answer the question "What are surface
water EPCs of COPCs in the LDCA?" based on the current understanding of the site (EA 201 lb). This
effort provides data useful for answering questions regarding surface sediment concentrations (Question
A. 1 above), although spatial coverage of sampling is limited. Specifically, this data aids in identifying
classes of chemicals that may be expected in surface or subsurface sediments.
10.4.2 LDCA Superfund Site Fish and Seep Sediment Sampling Event Draft Trip Report (2010)
In April 2011 CDM conducted a fish tissue and sediment sampling event in conjunction with a U.S. Fish
and Wildlife Service (FWS) community survey at the LDCA (CDM 2010b). The objective of the fish
sampling event was to collect and analyze fish tissue samples in support of a BERA and a Human Health
Risk Assessment (HHRA) for the site focusing on the aquatic environments surrounding the Folcroft
Landfill and Annex. Species representative of small forage fish (e.g., killfish and shiners) and larger
species (e.g., largemouth bass, carp, etc.) were selected for collection in order to represent different
habitat ranges. Tissues were analyzed for SVOCs, pesticides, and metals, and select samples were
analyzed for dioxins/furans and PCB congeners. Pesticides, dioxins, and PCB congeners were detected in
all tissue samples analyzed. All fish tissue samples except three also had at least one detected polycyclic
aromatic hydrocarbon (PAH) (detected PAHs included naphthalene, 2-methylnaphthalene, fluorene,
acenaphthene, phenanthrene, anthracene, benzo(a)anthracene, and chrysene). Of the non-PAH SVOCs,
diethylphthalate, di-n-butylphthalate, and di-n-octylphthalate were detected in one sample each.
Benzaldehyde and bis(2-ethylhexyl)phthalate were the most frequently detected non-PAH SVOCs.
Sediment samples were also collected from seep areas identified at the toe of the Folcroft Landfill and
Annex. These were analyzed for dioxins/furans, PCB congeners, metals, pesticides, and SVOCs. Some
sediment samples contained elevated concentrations of SVOCs, PAHs, pesticides, and dioxins/furans.
Based on scoping meetings, this effort provided sufficient data to answer the question "What are fish
tissue EPCs of COPCs in the LDCA?" based on the current understanding of the site (EA 201 lb). This
effort also provides data useful for identifying classes of chemicals that have entered the aquatic food
chain, and thus aids in framing questions regarding turtle and benthic invertebrate tissue EPCs (Questions
A.2 and A.3 above). This effort also aids in identifying classes of chemicals that might be expected in
sediment (Question A.l above).
10.4.3 LDCA Superfund Site Reconnaissance Effort (2011)
In 2011, EA performed site reconnaissance in the form of a 2-day effort to obtain grain size samples and
test field methods for incremental sampling. A total of 20 grain size samples were collected from
Lower Darby Creek Area Superfund Site
OU2-Folcroft Landfill
Quality Assurance Project Plan
for RI/FS Oversight
-------
EA Project No. 1453027
Revision: FINAL
WorksheetlO, Page 10-4 of 10-12
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. March 2012
different habitat types within the marsh and analyzed. Grain size analytical results are currently pending.
In addition, trial use of several possible field devices for incremental samplingwas performed. It was
observed that during low to mid tide, much of the marsh is walkable, presenting a firm enough substrate
for access by foot. At high tide, much of the marsh is still not accessible by boat due to high vegetation.
During incremental sampling trial runs, sampling in marsh areas was most successful by foot using a
simple soil probe which collects a narrow (i.e., 1-inch diameter) soil core accessible through an open slot
along the side of the probe. Sampling in the channel is only possible from a boat in many areas due to its
depth. Sampling was most successful using a Ponar or a plastic core driven by hand, capped, and
removed carefully.
The reconnaissance effort provides information useful for planning logistics of sediment sampling
(Question A.l and Question D). Once results are received regarding grain size, they can be used to define
areas of deposition (Question C).
10.4.4 Clearview Landfill Remedial Investigation (2009)
Between 2002 and 2006, TetraTech performed sampling and surveys as part of the Remedial
Investigation (RI) for the Clearview Landfill Superfund Site. This RI included bathymetric cross sections
of Lower Darby and Cobbs Creek; collection of sediment, soil, surface water, groundwater, stormwater
and leachate for analysis for VOCs, SVOCs, pesticides, PCBs, and metals; collection of sediment for
analysis for acid volatile sulfide (AVS), simultaneously extracted metals (SEM), and total organic carbon
(TOC) data; and collection of soil and groundwater for analysis for dioxins. These studies found that
Clearview Landfill was a potential source of metals, PAHs, and VOCs. It found that metals and dioxins
in aquatic environments were potentially associated with ecological risks. It found that people were not at
risk from chemicals in the aquatic environments sampled.
The Clearview Landfill RI provides abundant data for the northern portions of the LDCA, but less data
for the southern portions. Data from bathymetry surveys is potentially useful in identifying areas of
potential deposition (Question C). Surface water data aids in answering the question "What are EPCs for
COPCs in the LDCA?" The sediment sampling effort provides data useful for answering questions
regarding surface sediment concentrations (Question A.l above). The results of the RI also provide a
characterization of upstream conditions that may influence overall fate and transport within the Darby
Creek and Cobbs Creek systems.
10.5 POSSIBLE CLASSES OF CONTAMINANTS AND THE AFFECTED MATRICES
Based on the results of the SLERA, fish tissue study, RI, and general fate and transport data, the
following classes of chemicals are identified as COPCs for each matrix:
Surface Sediment Subsurface Sediment Turtle & Invertebrate Tissue
Metals Metals Metals
Pesticides Pesticides Pesticides
PCB congeners PCB congeners PCB congeners
Dioxins & fiirans Dioxins & fiirans Dioxins & fiirans
SVOCs/PAHs SVOCs/PAHs SVOCs/PAHs
VOCs (Subset) VOCs
Lower Darby Creek Area Superfund Site
OU2-Folcroft Landfill
Quality Assurance Project Plan
for RI/FS Oversight
-------
EA Project No. 1453027
Revision: FINAL
WorksheetlO, Page 10-5 of 10-12
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. March 2012
These COPCs are likely present in other matrices that have been characterized as part of previous studies.
Based on the questions identified as the scope for this study, efforts will focus on surface and subsurface
sediments and turtle tissue.
In addition to the above chemical classes, the following supporting analyses are proposed:
Surface Sediment Turtle & Invertebrate Tissue
AVS/SEM Lipids
Grain size
TOC
Toxicity Testing
Lab Bioaccumulation Tests
10.6 RATIONALE FOR INCLUSION OF CHEMICAL AND NONCHEMICAL ANALYSES
The project includes chemical analysis and biological analysis to answer the questions identified in
Section 10.2 above. The rationale for including each of these is discussed below.
10.6.1 Chemical Analyses to Characterize Chemicals in Abiotic Media
Three types of samples of abiotic media will be collected:
• Surface sediment samples collected using incremental samplingtechniques to answer questions
regarding sediment EPCs
• Sediment cores, from which subsurface sediments will be collected, to answer questions
regarding nature and extent
• Surface sediment grab samples co-located with sediment cores for use in bioaccumulation and
toxicity testing to answer questions regarding toxicity and bioaccumulation
Surface and subsurface sediment from the Vibracores will be analyzed to determine COPC concentrations
in support of the risk assessment objectives for the project. Analyses will include:
• Target Analyte List (TAL) Metals by EPA ISM01.3,
• Target Compound List (TCL) VOCs, SVOCs (including PAHs), and pesticides by EPA
SOM01.2,
• PCB congeners by EPA CBC01.2, and
• Dioxins/furans by EPA DLM02.2.
The rationale for performing these analyses is that previous investigations associated with both the
Clearview RI and LDCA SLERA found elevated levels of analytes within each of these chemical classes
in abiotic media of the LDCA. This indicates that there are potential current and historic sources of these
chemicals to sediment within the watershed. This is further supported by the observationthat landfill
waste and incinerator ash are often associated with elevated contaminant concentrations. Thus, the
Folcroft Landfill and annex are possible sources, and analysis for a broad range of chemicals is warranted.
Additional rationale is provided by the fact that previous investigations of fish in the LDCA have
identified elevated concentrations of metals, PAHs, PCBs, and dioxins, indicating exposures to sources
that may include sediment.
Lower Darby Creek Area Superfund Site
OU2-Folcroft Landfill
Quality Assurance Project Plan
for RI/FS Oversight
-------
EA Project No. 1453027
Revision: FINAL
WorksheetlO, Page 10-6 of 10-12
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. March 2012
In addition to chemical analyses, sediment cores will be inspected and screened using a photoionization
detector (PID). A geologist will record any strata observed and their characteristics. PID readings above
ambient will be recorded. The rationale for these analyses is that both observations of patterns of
deposition and elevated concentrations of volatile compounds may aid in identifying sediment strata with
elevated chemical concentrations.
As discussed in Section #14, sediment concentrations from surface sediment samples from the Vibracores
will be used to select a subset of archived grab samples for evaluation using bioaccumulation bioassays
and toxicity tests. These samples will also be analyzed for
• AVS/SEM by Method EPA-821 -R-91-100
• Grain size ASTMD422
• TOC EPA SW-846 Method 9060
AVS in sediments often binds metals (specifically SEMs), which can then be released and become
bioavailable. Characterizing AVS/SEM will aid in interpretation of toxicity and bioaccumulation test
results and in direct evaluation of bioavailability of metals in sediments. Grain size and TOC are factors
that may affect toxicity and bioaccumulation, and will thus aid in interpreting toxicity and
bioaccumulation test results.
Incrementalsediment samples will be analyzed for
• TAL Metals by EPA ISM01.3,
• TCL SVOCs (including PAHs), and pesticides by EPA SOM01.2,
• PCB congeners by EPA CBC01.2, and
• Dioxins/furans by EPA DLM02.2.
Because VOCs cannot currently be evaluated using standardized incremental samplingapproaches, VOCs
will be analyzed for subsurface and surface sediment samples from the Vibracores only.
10.6.2 Chemical Analyses of Tissues from Bioaccumulation Tests and Field Studies and to
Characterize Bioaccumulation in Biotic Media
Laboratory 28-day bioaccumulation tests using a benthic invertebrate -oligochaete worms
(Lumbriculusvariegatus) - will be conducted on a subset of surface sediment grab samples according to
standard protocols (Appendix A). Snapping turtles will be collected and their meat and fat tissue will be
analyzed. Tissues from both the lab studies with worms and field studies of turtles will be analyzed to
determine COPC concentrations in support of the risk assessment objectives for the project. Analyses
will include:
• TAL Metals by EPA ISM01.3,
• TCL SVOCs (including PAHs) and pesticides by EPA SOMO1.2,
• PCB congeners by EPA CBC01.2,
• Dioxins/Furans by EPA DLM02.2,and
• Lipids by laboratory-specific gravimetric method using dichloromethane extraction.
Metals, PCBs, pesticides, and dioxins/furans are bioaccumulative. Also, these chemicals, as well as
PAHs, have been detected in LDCA fish tissue. This is a strong indication that these chemicals are
entering the food chain from abiotic media. Therefore, it is important to collect benthic invertebrates to
better understand bioaccumulation patterns within LDCA ecological food chains. It is also important to
collect snapping turtle tissue and analyze it because people are known to consume snapping turtles
Lower Darby Creek Area Superfund Site
OU2-Folcroft Landfill
Quality Assurance Project Plan
for RI/FS Oversight
-------
EA Project No. 1453027
Revision: FINAL
WorksheetlO, Page 10-7 of 10-12
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. March 2012
locally, providing a link between aquatic food chains and human exposure.
Tissues will also be analyzed for lipids. Chemicals such as PCBs, dioxins/fiirans, PAHs, and pesticides
bind to lipids. Lipid concentration can be used to normalize concentrations in tissue, which is important
for development of biota-sediment accumulation factors that may be useful in ecological and human
health risk assessment.
As part of field tissue collection efforts, snapping turtle size, weight, age, sex, and other supporting
information will be collected to support interpretation of analytical results. Only mature turtles of legal
size for human consumption will be utilized for tissue collection. Concentrations of bioaccumulation
compounds tend to increase over time; thus, older, larger individuals may accumulate higher
concentrations, and this information may aid in understanding trends in concentrations.
10.6.3 Hydrographic Surveys to Characterize Fate and Transport and Guide Sample Collection
Concurrent bathymetry and sub-bottom profiling surveys will be performed prior to collection of
sediment cores. The rationale for this data collection effort is that it is required to guide placement and
collection of sediment cores. Past surveys of Darby Creek have determined that large areas of the creek
channel bottom are sand, gravel, or mixtures of coarse-grained sediments. If past releases have
contributed chemicals to creek sediments, these chemicals would be expected in fine-grained sediment
deposits. Therefore, more comprehensive surveys which provide sub-bottom grain size data are needed to
identify areas/strata of fine-grained sediment deposition so that core sampling can target appropriate
locations and depths.
10.6.4 Toxicity Testing to Characterize Chemical Impacts on Benthos
Ex situ toxicity testing will be performed on a subset of surface sediments according to standard protocols
(Appendix A). Tests will include:
• Hyallelaazteca 28-day toxicity tests with survival, growth, and reproduction as endpoints;
• Chironomusdilutus 10-day toxicity tests with survival and growth as endpoints.
One of the questions to be answered by this effort is whether chemicals in sediment may cause toxic
effects on benthic organisms. These tests will provide information to answer this question. Survival,
growth, and reproduction are selected as endpoints for Hyallelaazteca because these endpoints most
directly relate toxic effects on individuals to overall effects on ecological populations. Reproduction is
not included as an endpoint for Chironomusdilutus because this endpoint is highly variable and not part of
typical standardized methods. Toxicity test results will be used in conjunction with chemical and physical
analyses of surface sediment samples from the Vibracores, described above, to determine whether there
are discernible dose-response relationships linking chemical concentrations and effects.
10.7 PROJECT DECISION CONDITIONS:
Project decision conditions are defined for each of the major study components.
Characterization of Surface Sediment EPCs
• IF COPCs are detected in surface sediment collected using incremental samplingAND
• IF chemical analytical data are deemed representative based on quality assurance and quality
control standards specified in this QAPP,
Lower Darby Creek Area Superfund Site
OU2-Folcroft Landfill
Quality Assurance Project Plan
for RI/FS Oversight
-------
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc.
EA Project No. 1453027
Revision: FINAL
WorksheetlO, Page 10-8 of 10-12
March 2012
o THEN concentrations will be used to develop sediment EPCs for use in ecological and
human health risk assessment.
Characterization of Nature and Extent in Surface and Subsurface Sediment
• IF hydrographic surveys identify areas where fine-grained sediments have been deposited,
o THEN sediment coring and grab samples will target those locations most appropriate for
determining nature and extent of historic chemical deposits.
• IF sediment core logs and PID readings provide evidence that specific strata are associated with
elevated chemical concentrations or specific depositional epochs,
o THEN sediment coring will target those strata most appropriate for determining nature
and extent of historic chemical deposits.
• IF analytical results for the Vibracoresindicate that PCBs and dioxins/furans are likely present in
subsurface sediments from specific locations,
o THEN archived sediment core samples will be re-examined and subsurface strata
targeted for PCB congeners and dioxins/furans.
Characterization of Turtle Tissue EPCs
• IF COPCs are detected in turtle tissue collected AND
• IF chemical analytical data are deemed representative based on quality assurance and quality
control standards specified in this QAPP,
o THEN concentrations will be used to develop tissue EPCs and/or biota-sediment
accumulation factors (BSAFs) for use in ecological and human health risk assessment.
Characterization of Benthic Invertebrate Tissue EPCs
• IF surface sediment samples from Vibracores identify areas where chemical concentrations are
elevated to levels considered significant enough to be a concern for toxicity to benthic invertebrates,
o THEN the sediment grab samples co-located with the Vibracores that show elevated
levels will be evaluated using benthic invertebrate toxicity tests.
Characterization of Toxicity of Sediments to Benthic Invertebrate
• IF surface sediment samples from Vibracores identify areas where chemical concentrations are
elevated to levels considered significant enough to be a concern forbioaccumulation into benthic
invertebrates,
o THEN the sediment grab samples co-located with the Vibracores that show elevated
levels will be evaluated using benthic invertebrate laboratory bioaccumulation tests.
Lower Darby Creek Area Superfund Site
OU2-Folcroft Landfill
Quality Assurance Project Plan
for RI/FS Oversight
-------
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc.
EA Project No. 1453027
Revision: FINAL
WorksheetlO, Page 10-9 of 10-12
March 2012
Figure 10-1
Conceptual Site Model for Ecological Exposures
Prroary Source
Primary
Release
Mechanism
Secondary
Source
Secondary
Release
Mechanism
Exposure
Medium
Exposure
Route
Potential Receptor*
1 I
VeaM*o« Uarrmjk VsodJtcr Uarnnjt
Ampfiitairt
irve*«t>a*
D«i
fi'Ot
Fun
R l|HSI
Ampritur*
fotoroft L*K3SB
Ajin»i one r
«grr«n< ortorsntr
riou*tr.av&utn«it'
m OTtotoal u« r« 1
us ftnd niir^am
a f f»W5« IF
Sol
0»»*»JI Cot»c*
'jttake
MUakn/
Gt ountf«otai
Si/tice (VXer
Oocrwge
Sidiace Kirx>9
Eioton
SeAment
S^ranAbkr
Tmcum Utun
ire «MKiM
MMeito^es
~ l/ptakc by FiV
InQoSen t»
ArfJa
Piej
»?e«
o
Oesnai Co tact
Sedrfnert
Tincum Man*
and As»ccxaftrd
»Sj*e-Cc*«
negation
D«im*Cof*ac¥
¦¦jet**
Ml
¥
tojeabon
O
lo
o
o
O
O
o
o
o
Oe»«al Cotjc*
u>t*t
o |
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
Dust
OuBt
Gerr&icr
PartciJita r
l
QUttoO'A*
OHO o o
o
o|
o
o
1 O I
o
|o
10
o
o
o
o][o][g][o
o o o o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
= o
[Mo]
o
jo
lo
o
|o|
o
Ho"
*o]
o
LqJ
o
[O
o
o
o|
ro
o
o
LoJ
1 O 1
•
• 1
!•
!•!
1 o I
•
!•
•
•
leceno
^ • Pitx«r>(cu*rt rworcac »roUm)
• C«mpe* (atrwv^t quvttJto*V MMMd
O * ft""!** cxrvreyt
From Revised Draft Screening Level geological Risk Assessment of Aquatic Habitats Associated with the Lower Darby Creek Superfund Site, CDM, January 2010.
Lower Darby Creek Area Superfund Site
OU2-Folcroft Landfill
Quality Assurance Project Plan
for RI/FS Oversight
-------
EA Project No. 1453027
Revision: FINAL
WorksheetlO, Page 10-10 of 10-12
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology. Inc. March 2012
Figure 10-2
Conceptual Site Model for Human Exposures
PRIMARY
SOURCE
PRIMARY
RELEASE
MECHANISM
SECONDARY
SO LUCE
S EC GXDARY RELEASE
MECHAXLSM
EXPO SLUE
MEDILM AXD RO LEE
Recreational
User
PO LEMLAL
RECEPTORS
Site Worker
Folcroft Landfill and
Annex, Other current
or former
industrial business mun-
icipal sources up and
downstream of
Folcro ft LF
Wind Eroaon
Resusp en si on
Particulates. Inhalation
Surface W at er
T
Uptake, Ingestion by
.Animals, Incorporation into
Tissue
Tissue. Ingestion
Surface Soil. Ingestion
I
I
Surface Soil, Dermal Contact
I
I
Subsurface Soil, Ingestion
I
I
Subsurface Soil, Dermal Contact
I
I
Surface Water, Ingestion
C
C
Sir face Water, Dermal Contact
C
C
Sediment
Sediment, Ingestion
C
C
Sediment, Dermal Contact
C
C
LEGEND
C
I
Pot enti all y c o mp 1 et e exp o stir e p ath way
Incomplete or negligible exposure pathway
Lower Darby Creek Area Superfund Site
OU2-Folcroft Landfill
Quality Assurance Project Plan
for RI/FS Oversight
-------
EA Project No. 1453027
Revision: FINAL
Worksheet! It, Page 10-11 of 10-12
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. March 2012
Legend
LDCA SLERA Sediment
® & Surface Water Samples
Clearview Rl Sediment &
* Surface Water Samples (2002)
Clearview Rl Sediment &
® Surface Water Samples (2002 & 2005)
A LDCA Rl Seep Samples
^ Fish Tissue Samples (2010)
Clearview Bathymetric Cross Sections
Data Source:
ESRI ArcGIS Online Mapping Service 2010
Map Date:
November 2011
I
0 250 500
1 I I
Meters
0 0.25 0.5
1 I I
Miles
FIGURE 10-3
Previous Survey and Sampling
Locations in the LDCA
Lower Darby Creek Area Superfund Site
Operable Unit (OU) 2, Folcroft Site
Philadelphia and Delaware Counties, PA
Lower Darby Creek Area Superfund Site
OU2-Folcroft Landfill
Quality Assurance Project Plan
for RI/FS Oversight
-------
EA Project No. 1453027
Revision: FINAL
WorksheetlO, Page 10-12 of 10-12
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. March 2012
This page intentionally left blank
Lower Darby Creek Area Superfund Site
OU2-Folcroft Landfill
Quality Assurance Project Plan
for RI/FS Oversight
-------
EA Project No. 1453027
Revision: FINAL
Worksheetll, Page 11-1 of 11-12
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. March 2012
QAPP Worksheet #11
Project Quality Objectives/Systematic Planning Process Statements
Project Quality Objectives (PQOs) define the type, quantity, and quality of data that are needed to answer
the identified environmental questions and provide proper support for those decisions.
11.1 WHO WILL USE THE DATA?
Potential data users include the EA Engineering, Science, and Technology (EA), the U.S. Environmental
Protection Agency (EPA), the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service (FWS), CDM Federal Programs
Corporation (CDM), and the Pennsylvania Department of Environmental Protection (PADEP).
11.2 WHAT TYPES OF DATA ARE NEEDED?
For each question to be answered by this project, the following data are needed:
What are the exposure point concentrations (EPCs) of contaminants of potential environmental
concern (COPCs) in surface sediment?
• Concentrations representative of individual areas within the Lower Darby Creek Area (LDCA),
each defined byrelatively uniform habitat, hydrology, and fate and transport processes.
o Analytes of concern include Target Analyte List (TAL) metals by EPA ISM01.3; Target
Contaminant List (TCL) semivolatile organic compounds (SVOCs), and pesticides by
EPA SOM01.2; poly chlorinated biphenyl (PCB) congeners by EPA CBC01.2; and
dioxins/furans by EPA DLM02.2.
What are the EPCs of COPC in turtle tissue?
• Concentrations representative of the amount of chemical in turtle tissue that people might
consume from the LDCA.
o Analytes of concern include TAL metals by EPA ISM01.3; TCL SVOCs and pesticides
by EPA SOM01.2; PCB congeners by EPA CBC01.2; dioxins/furans by EPA DLM02.2;
and lipids by laboratory-specific gravimetric method using dichloromethane extraction.
• Size, weight, age, and gender for the turtles collected and sampled.
What are the EPCs of COPC in benthic invertebrate tissues? What are the biota-sediment
accumulation factors (BSAFs) linking tissue EPCs with sediment concentrations?
• Concentrations in tissue of benthic invertebrates exposed to LDCA sediments in lab
bioaccumulation tests.
o Laboratory bioaccumulation tests will consist of 28-day Lumbriculusvariegatus
bioaccumulation exposures,
o Analytes of concern include TAL metals by EPA ISM01.3; TCL SVOCs and pesticides
by EPA SOM01.2; PCB congeners by EPA CBC01.2; dioxins/furans by EPA DLM02.2;
and lipids by laboratory-specific gravimetric method using dichloromethane extraction,
o Water quality and test monitoring parameter data standard to the test methodology are
also required.
• Concentrations in sediment cores co-located with the sediments to which test organisms were
exposed.
o Analytes of concern include TAL metals by EPA ISM01.3; TCL SVOCs and pesticides
by EPA SOM01.2; PCB congeners by EPA CBC01.2; dioxins/furans by EPA
Lower Darby Creek Area Superfund Site
OU2-Folcroft Landfill
Quality Assurance Project Plan
for RI/FS Oversight
-------
EA Project No. 1453027
Revision: FINAL
Worksheet! 1, Page 11-2 of 11-12
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. March 2012
DLM02.2;grain size by ASTMD422; and TOC by EPA SW-846 Method 9060.
Do surface sediments produce direct toxicity to benthic organisms? What are the concentrations of
COPCs in sediments causing toxicity?
• Test endpoint parameters results from toxicity tests in which benthic invertebrates are exposed to
LDCA sediments in lab bioaccumulation tests.
o Required tests include the Hyallelaazteca 28-day toxicity tests with survival, growth, and
reproduction as endpoints and the Chironomusdilutus\0-day toxicity tests with survival
and growth as endpoints; and
o Water quality and test monitoring parameter data standard to the test methodology are
also required.
• Concentrations in the sediments to which test organisms were exposed.
o Analytes of concern include TAL metals by EPA ISM01.3; TCL SVOCs and pesticides
by EPA SOM01.2; PCB congeners by EPA CBC01.2; dioxins/furans by EPA DLM02.2;
grain size by ASTMD422; and TOC by EPA SW-846 Method 9060.
Where are deposits of fine grained sediments?
• Concurrently collected sub-bottom profile and bathymetry data for channel areas in Darby Creek,
Cobbs Creek, and tributaries which identifies areas where fine-grained sediments have been
deposited to a depth of 1 to 4 feet or more.
Do subsurface sediments contain elevated concentrations of COPCs? At what location and depth
are these COPCs found?
• Concentrations in subsurface sediment strata within the LDCA representing the past 60 years of
deposition.
o Analytes of concern within individual strata include TAL metals by EPA ISM01.3; TCL
VOCs, SVOCs, and pesticides by EPA SOM01.2.
o Analytes of concern within surface strata include PCB congeners by EPA CBC01.2 and
dioxins/furans by EPA DLM02.2; should elevated concentrations be detected in surface
strata, or should analyses for other chemicals indicate evidence of subsurface
contamination, targeted samples of individual strata within archived cores will be
conducted for these compounds.
11.3 HOW "GOOD" DO THE DATA NEED TO BE IN ORDER TO SUPPORT THE
ENVIRONMENTAL DECISION?
Two types of data quality objectives (DQOs) have been identified for the project: those related most
directly to characterization of nature and extent, and those related most directly to data inputs for the risk
assessment.
Nature and extent DQOs include:
¦ Characterization of subsurface sediment concentrations
¦ Characterization of surface sediment concentrations within specific habitats
¦ Characterization of patterns of erosion and sedimentation
¦ Characterization of surface water/groundwater connection
Lower Darby Creek Area Superfund Site
OU2-Folcroft Landfill
Quality Assurance Project Plan
for RI/FS Oversight
-------
EA Project No. 1453027
Revision: FINAL
Worksheet! 1, Page 11-3 of 11-12
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. March 2012
Risk assessment DQOs include:
¦ Characterization of surface sediment exposure point concentrations
¦ Characterization of toxicity to aquatic organisms
¦ Characterization of bioaccumulation into invertebrates and turtles
To meet these objectives, the sensitivity of the analyticalmethods must be sufficient to satisfy the Project
Action Limits, as listed in Worksheet #15 of the QAPP. The Project Action Limits were chosen based on
risk-based screening criteria provided by EPA Region III. For sediments analyses, the Project Action
Limits were set equal to the EPA Region III Biological Technical Assistance Group (BTAG) Freshwater
Screening Benchmarks. For tissue samples, the Project Action Limits are equal to the EPA Region III
Regional Screening Levels (RSLs) for Fish Ingestion.The Project Quantitation Limits (Worksheet #15)
were set at levels intended to ensure that the Project Action Limits are achieved.
11.4 HOW MUCH DATA ARE NEEDED?
Table 11-1 (below) provides a summary of how many samples will be analyzed for each analytical group
during each task. A total number of samples to be analyzed for each analytical group is also provided.
For details on sample numbers and locations, see Worksheet #18.
Table 11-1
Summary of Anticipated Sample Quantities byTask and Analytical Group
Task
Matrix
Metals
SVOCs
Pesticides
PCB
Congeners
&Dioxins/
Furans
(Congeners)
VOCs
AVS
/
SE
M
Grain
Size
&
TOC
Lipids
IncrementalSurf
ace Sediment
Sampling
Sediment
35
35
35
35
0
0
0
0
VibracoreSampl
es
Sediment
50-100
50 - 100
50 - 100
25 - 100
25 - 100
25
10 of
25*
0
Turtle Tissue
Tissue-
meat
5
5
5
5
0
0
0
5
Tissue-
fat
5
5
5
5
0
0
0
5
Bioaccumulation
Testing
Tissue
10
10
10
10
0
0
0
10
Sediment
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Total
105 - 130
105 - 130
105 - 130
90 - 140
25-75
25
10
20
*Co-located surface sediment samples will be collected from each of the 25 vibracore sample locations. Once chemical analysis
is complete, 10 of the 25 samples will be selected for toxicity and bioaccumulation tests.
NOTE: 'Sample quantities do not include QA/QC samples. See Worksheet #20 for Field QC sample quantities.
Quantity of Vibracore samples is dependent upon analytical results of sediment collected from thefirst interval (0-12")
Lower Darby Creek Area Superfund Site
OU2-Folcroft Landfill
Quality Assurance Project Plan
for RI/FS Oversight
-------
EA Project No. 1453027
Revision: FINAL
Worksheetl 1, Page 11-4 of 11-12
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. March 2012
11.4 WHERE, WHEN, AND HOW SHOULD DATA BE COLLECTED?
11.4.1 Sub-bottom profiling and bathymetric surveys
Concurrent bathymetry and sub-bottom profiling surveys will be performed prior to collection of
sediment cores. These surveys are required to guide placement and collection of sediment cores. Past
surveys of Darby Creek have determined that large areas of the creek channel bottom are sand, gravel, or
mixtures of coarse-grained sediments. If past releases have contributed chemicals to creek sediments,
these chemicals would be expected in fine-grained sediment deposits. Therefore, surveys providing sub-
bottom grain size data are needed to identify areas/strata of fine grained sediment deposition so that core
sampling can target appropriate locations and depths. The surveys will be conducted by collecting profile
and bathymetry data along the center-line of the creek and its tributaries, and then performing
perpendicular transects every 1,000 meters along this centerline (Figure 11-1). Transects are collected
using a zigzagging course which re-crosses the centerline. Where the centerline and transect cross, the
co-located data allow cross check and correlation. Surveys should be conducted in winter when
submerged aquatic vegetation (SAV) density and subsurface microbial activity is at a minimum.
11.4.2 Incremental Sampling
Surface sediments will be collected from 35Decision Unit (DUs)(Figure 11-2). DUs were selected to
represent areas with consistent habitat, hydrology, and fate and transport pathways. Within each DU, 50
increments will be collectedusing incremental samplingtechniques (SOP-2). Increments will be collected
in a statistically random patternacross each DU. When possible, sampling will be conducted on foot
during low tide. The lower portions of the LDCA and along the center of the channels are less influenced
by tidal changes and will need to be sampled by boat. Sampleincrements collected by boat will be
collected using a small-diameter sediment core; if retrieval is poor using a sediment corer, a box corerwill
be used (SOP-22). A box corer will preserve the profile of the sediment, which will then be subsampled
for the correct volume.
11.4.3 Sediment Core Sampling
Surface and subsurface sediment samples will be collected using Vibracore technology. Proposed
locations are shown in figure 11-3. Surface sediment is defined as sediment from 0 - 12" below
sediment/ground surface. Subsurface sediment is any sediment collected below this interval. Cores will be
taken at 13 locations in marshy areas, to a depth of 6 feet below the sediment surface, and at 12 locations
in navigable channels, to depths up to 12 feet below the sediment surface.
Locations in the channel or low marsh will be accessed by boat. Location in the marsh will be collected
by foot using back-pack mounted equipment.A portable research vessel equipped with a Trimble Agl32
DGPS interfaced with HYPACK for navigation and core placement will operate as a sampling platform
for this effort. For access by foot, a handheld GPS will be utilized.Once on station, the core location will
be marked and the vessel will be immobilized using spuds. When the vessel is immobilized, the
coordinates will be checked against the desired sample location. Water depths will be collected with a
measuring rod. The Vibracore system will then be deployed from the sampling platform. This system
consists of a generator with a mechanical vibrator attached via cable. This vibrator is attached directly to a
three-inch diameter, galvanized sample barrel for geotechnical samples or a stainless steel casing with a
lexan liner insert for environmental sampling. The sample barrel is lowered to the water-body floor
through a moonpool in the deck of the sampling platform by attaching lengths of drill stem. For sampling
Lower Darby Creek Area Superfund Site
OU2-Folcroft Landfill
Quality Assurance Project Plan
for RI/FS Oversight
-------
EA Project No. 1453027
Revision: FINAL
Worksheet! 1, Page 11-5 of 11-12
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. March 2012
by foot, a smaller diameter barrel is used with a portable generator and vibrator is carried into the marsh
and set up on location using a tripod.Coring equipment will be decontaminated between DUs according to
the SOP for decontamination in Appendix A.It is anticipated that at each location, 3-4 cores, plus an
archive core, will be needed to obtain sufficient sample volume. Cores will be stored in a refrigerator
truck and transported by EA to a processing facility.
Once at the processing facility, cores will be split and lithology recorded, with the exception of the
archive core. Cores will be inspected for evidence of trends in deposition that may be used to target areas
associated with historic deposition and contamination. Any evidence of anthropogenic inputs (i.e. ash,
debris) will be recorded. Cores will be initially screened for organic vapors using a MiniRae® PID. PID
measurements will follow SOP-11 (Photoionization Detector [MiniRae] - Revision 0), as provided in
Appendix A.
A phased approach will be used to collect samples from sediment cores. Samples will be collected from
the first interval (sediment surface, 0 - 12") and second interval (12" - 24") initially and the remaining
portion of the sediment cores will be archived at EA's Sparks Office in Maryland. Samples from the first
interval will be analyzed for metals, SVOCs, pesticides, PCBs and dioxin/furans. VOC's will only be
analyzed from the first interval if there is visual evidence of contamination or volatiles are detected with a
PID meter. Samples from the second interval will be analyzed for metals, SVOCs, VOCs and pesticides.
Based on analytical results from the first interval, the archived core may be sectioned and the second
interval may be subsampled for PCBs and dioxins/furans analysis. Based on analytical results from the
second interval, the deeper remainder of the archived core may be analyzed for some or all COPECs.
Additionally, during core processing if visual evidence of contamination is observed below the first
interval, the remaining intervals will be submitted for analysis. Surface strata of cores will also be
analyzed for AVS/SEM metals, grain size, and TOC. The methodologies for core collection, field
decision procedures, QA/QC analysis, and decontamination procedures are provided in Section 3.
For all cores, one sample will consist of the top 12 inches of sediment which will be analyzed for metals,
pesticides, SVOCs, PCBs, dioxins, AVS/SEM, Grain size, and TOC. VOCs will only be analyzed for if
there is visual evidence of contamination or if volatiles are detected above background levels with a
photoionization detector (PID) during core processing.
Core Processing Decision Point and Subsequent Core Subsampling : Once analytical results are received
from the core samples described above, these results will be evaluated in combination with core logs and
PID readings and in consultation with USEPA to guide additional sub-sampling based on the following
decision points :
PCBs and Dioxins
• If results from the top 12 inches of the sediment column indicate elevated concentrations of PCBs
and/or dioxins
o Then an additional sediment core sub-sample will be collected following the protocol
describe above from the 12-24 inch interval of an archive core and analyzed for PCBs
and dioxins and
• If results from the 12 to 24 inch depth interval of the sediment column indicate elevated
concentrations of PCBs and/or dioxins
Lower Darby Creek Area Superfund Site
OU2-Folcroft Landfill
Quality Assurance Project Plan
for RI/FS Oversight
-------
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc.
EA Project No. 1453027
Revision: FINAL
Worksheetl 1, Page 11-6 of 11-12
March 2012
o Then an additional sediment core sub-sample will be collected from 24-48 inch depth
interval of the archive core and analyzed for PCBs and dioxins.
• If results from the 24-48 inch depth interval of the sediment column indicate elevated concentrations
of PCBs and/or dioxins
o Then an additional sediment core sub-sample will be collected from the remainder of the
sediment core (from 48 inches to the core bottom) and analyzed for PCBs and dioxins.
Metals, SVOCs, and Pesticides
• The top 12 inches of the sediment column as well as the 12-24 inch depth interval will be analyzed
for metals, SVOCs, and pesticides.
• If results from the 12 to 24 inch depth interval indicate elevated concentrations of metals, SVOCs,
and/or pesticides
o Then an additional sediment core sub-sample will be collected from 24-48 inch depth
interval of the archive core and analyzed for metals, SVOCs, and pesticides.
• If results from the 24-48 inch depth interval of the sediment column indicate elevated concentrations
of metals, SVOCs, and/or pesticides
o Then an additional sediment core sub-sample will be collected from the remainder of the
sediment core (from 48 inches to the core bottom) and analyzed for metals, SVOCs,
and/or pesticides.
VOCs
• If PID results indicate that any core subsample produces detectable concentrations of VOCs,
o Then this subsample may also be analyzed for VOCs if PID readings provide evidence
that specific strata are associated with elevated VOC concentrations.
Decision points may be modified through consultation with USEPA if core logs indicate presence of
waste (i.e. visible contamination or debris) or if other unusual circumstances arise. To determine if
chemical concentrations are elevated such that they indicate a historic release, concentrations will be
compared to screening level benchmarks and to chemistry results from samples upstream of the
confluence of Cobbs and Darby Creeks that are considered representative of upstream conditions beyond
the influence of the landfills. Core sample results will also be examined for trends in comparison to
results from other cores and from other depth intervals.
No more than 5 samples are currently planned for collection from any coring location; additional samples
from archive cores may be collected based on the decision point discussed below. Cores samples will be
homogenized by removing all material collected from the designated depth interval in a single core. If
material is composed of massive clay or contains large amounts of gravel and debris, it will be placed
through a 2mm sieve to break up sediment structure and remove non-sediment materials (i.e. stones,
debris, and vegetation). Material will then be mixed thoroughly by hand or using a mixing blade attached
to a drill in a stainless steel bowl. Mixing will continue until there are no visible differences in grain size
or coloration within the sample. Material will then be subsampled using a stainless steel spoon, with each
Lower Darby Creek Area Superfund Site
OU2-Folcroft Landfill
Quality Assurance Project Plan
for RI/FS Oversight
-------
EA Project No. 1453027
Revision: FINAL
Worksheet! 1, Page 11-7 of 11-12
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. March 2012
aliquot collected from the entire depth of material to avoid under-representation of fines. Samples will
be preserved/containerized according to Worksheet 19, entered into EPA Scribe v.3.8 according to the
SOPs in Appendix A, and submitted for analysis.
QA/QC samples will be collected for sediment core samples. Field duplicates will be collected in the
same manner as surface sediment samples, at a rate of 10% for Vibracore sampling. MS/MSDs will be
collected at a rate of 5%. Rinse blanks and field blanks will be collected at a rate of 5% each. Trip
blanks will also be collected at a rate of 5% for VOC analysis of Vibracore samples.
A co-located grab sample of 3-5 gallons of surface sediment (SOP-21) will be collected from the top 12
inches of each of the sediment coring locations. Samples will be collected using a Ponar or similar
sampler as detailed in SOP-23 in Appendix A. Samples will be containerized and stored in refrigerators.
Analytical testing results from sediment core samples will be evaluated in consultation with the EPA to
select 10 surface sediment grab samples for toxicity testing and bioaccumulation bioassays. These
samples will be selected to represent a range of elevated concentrations of various mixtures of COPECs.
These 10 samples will be used in benthic toxicity and bioaccumulation tests.
11.4.4 Toxicity and Bioaccumulation Testing
The objective of toxicity testing is to determine whether surface sediments within the LDCA produce
direct toxicity to benthic organisms, and identify the concentrations of COPCs in sediments causing
toxicity versus sediments that do not cause toxicity. The objective of bioaccumulation tests is to
determine EPCs of COPC in tissues of benthic invertebrate prey exposed to surficial sediments within the
LDCA. Determine bioaccumulation factors (BAFs) linking tissue EPCs with sediment concentrations.
Test species were selected in consultation with EPA BTAG, and represent standardized methodologies for
which exposure and toxicity models are well understood.
Once a subset of 10 sediment grab samples have been selected, the following ex situ tests will be
performed at EA's Sparks, Maryland, toxicity testing laboratory (SOP-A2, SOP-A3, and SOP-A4):
• Hyallelaazteca 28-day toxicity tests with survival, growth and reproduction as endpoints;
• Chironomusdilutus 10-day toxicity tests with survival and growth as endpoints; and
• Lumbriculusvariegatus 28-day bioaccumulation tests.
Each test will be performed on 10 samples according to standard protocols. At the end of the L.
variegatus 28-day bioaccumulation test, worms will be depurated and collected to produce tissue samples.
Samples will be preserved, packed, and shipped to an EPA CLP lab or a commercial lab as directed by
EPA. Samples will be analyzed for metals, PCBs, dioxins/furans, SVOCs, and lipids.
11.4.5 Turtle Tissue Sampling
The goal of turtle tissue sampling is to determine EPCs of COPC that accumulate in turtle tissue within
the LDCA. To characterize concentrations in turtle tissue, snapping turtles will be collected from the site
and meat and fat samples will be taken; turtles may be collected by EA, or may be collected by National
Park Service staff. Proposed locations are shown in Figure 11-4.Turtles may be collected using traps,
active search and capture, or other methods. Only mature turtles of legal size for human consumption
will be collected. Collection and sampling will be conducted in accordance with SOP-4 in Appendix A.
Methods will be consistent with Pennsylvania Department of the Environment (PADEP) and
Pennsylvania Department of Conservation and Natural Resources (DCNR) methods specified through
correspondence and in the scientific collection permit which will be obtained. Concentrations of
Lower Darby Creek Area Superfund Site
OU2-Folcroft Landfill
Quality Assurance Project Plan
for RI/FS Oversight
-------
EA Project No. 1453027
Revision: FINAL
Worksheet! 1, Page 11-8 of 11-12
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. March 2012
bioaccumulation compounds tend to increase over time therefore turtles will be collected in early fall of
2012 in order to allow time for the turtles to replace lost fat stores from hibernating. This also allows
time for females that laid eggs in the spring to replace potentially accumulated COPC's that may have
been transferred to their eggs. Equipment will be decontaminated between samples. IDW will be
disposed of as municipal waste.
A total of lOturtle tissue samples (5 meat tissue and 5 fattissue) are planned. More than 5 turtles may be
caught in traps and measured/surveyed. From these specimens, a subset of 5 will be selected to represent
a range around the average of specimens captured.
Field duplicates will be collected at a rate of 10%. Matrix Spike/Matrix Spike Duplicates will be
collected at a rate of 5%. Rinse blanks on the knives used in tissue sampling will be collected at a rate of
5%.
11.4.6 Lab Coordination
All laboratory samples will be coordinated though the EPA Regional Sample Control Coordinator
(RSCC), who will determine which lab the samples will be sent to for analysis. It is anticipated that
metals analysis by ISM01.3; VOC, SVOC, and pesticide analysis by EPA SOM01.2; PCB congener
analysis by EPA CBC01.2; and dioxin analysis by EPA DLM02.2, will be performed by an EPA Contract
Laboratory Program (CLP) lab. If necessary, some analyses may be performed at a subcontracted
laboratory; however, at this time, with the exception of the toxicity and bioaccumulation tests
(Section 11.4.4), it is expected that all analytical testing will be performed through the EPA RSCC. All
analyses will be performed in accordance with EPA SOPs for the methods indicated.
11.5 WHO WILL COLLECT AND GENERATE THE DATA?
Sample collection and field data collection will be performed by EA scientists. Laboratory analysis will
be performed by the laboratories chosen through the EPA RSCC, with the exception of the toxicity and
bioaccumulation testing, which will be performed by EA.
11.6 HOW WILL THE DATA BE REPORTED?
Data generated by a CLP laboratory will be validated by EPA Region III, and data validation reports will
be submitted to EA. Data generated by a subcontract laboratory will be submitted to EA in Region III
EDD format, for validation by EA. Chemical analytical data will be entered into a database in Microsoft
Access and will also be compiled in Excel spreadsheets. EA willinclude Excel and electronic data
deliverable (EDD) files of the results with the Trip Reports.Data from toxicity and bioaccumulation tests
will be included in stand-alone test reports generated by EA's toxicity testing lab.
Lower Darby Creek Area Superfund Site
OU2-Folcroft Landfill
Quality Assurance Project Plan
for RI/FS Oversight
-------
EA Project No. 1453027
Revision: FINAL
Worksheet 11, Page 11-9 of 11-12
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. March 2012
Legend
Centerline
1000-foot Offset Profiles
Data Source:
ESRI ArcGIS Online Mapping Service 2010
Map Date:
November 2011
i
N
0 250 500
1 I I
Meters
0 0.25 0.5
1 I I
Miles
FIGURE 11-1
Sub-Bottom Profiling/ Bathymetric
Survey Areas and Transects
Lower Darby Creek Area Superfund Site
Operable Unit (OU) 2, Folcroft Site
Philadelphia and Delaware Counties, PA
County
Lower Darby Creek Area Superfund Site
OU2-Folcroft Landfill
Quality Assurance Project Plan
for RI/FS Oversight
-------
EA Project No. 1453027
Revision: FINAL
Worksheet! I, Page 11-10 of 11-12
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. March 2012
VICINITY MAP
Decision Units
j Main Channel & Tributaries
~ High Marsh
~ Low Marsh
Data Source:
ESRI ArcGIS Online Mapping Service 2010
Map Date:
March 2012
0 250 500
1 I I
Meters
0 0.25 0.5
1 I I
Miles
B5=-
FIGURE 11-2
Decision Units for Incremental
Sediment Samples
Lower Darby Creek Area Superfund Site
Operable Unit (0U) 2, Folcroft Site
Philadelphia and Delaware Counties, PA
Samples from DUs will be labeled using the format "LDC-MIS- ##
Lower Darby Creek Area Superfund Site
OU2-Folcroft Landfill
Quality Assurance Project Plan
for RI/FS Oversight
-------
EA Project No. 1453027
Revision: FINAL
Worksheetl 1, Page 11-11 of 11-12
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. March 2012
Lower Darby Creek Area Superfund Site
OU2-Folcroft Landfill
Quality Assurance Project Plan
for RI/FS Oversight
-------
EA Project No. 1453027
Revision: FINAL
Worksheet! I, Page 11-12 of 11-12
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. March 2012
VICINITY MAP
¦u^g ^ .z-
'S--:
Proposed Turtle Collection Locations
Lower Darby Creek Area Superfund Site
Operable Unit (OU) 2, Folcroft Site
Philadelphia and Delaware Counties, PA
Lower Darby Creek Area Superfund Site
OU2-Folcroft Landfill
Quality Assurance Project Plan
for RI/FS Oversight
-------
EA Project No. 1453027
Revision: FINAL
Worksheets, Page 12-1 of 12-13
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. March 2012
QAPP Worksheet #12-1
Measurement Performance Criteria Tables
Matrix
Sediment
Analytical Group
Metals
Concentration
Level
Low
Sampling
Procedure
Analytical
Method/SOP
Data Quality
Indicators (DQIs)
Measurement Performance
Criteria
QC Sample and / or
Activity Used to Assess
Measurement Performance
QC Sample Assesses
Error for Sampling
(S), Analytical (A) or
both (S&A)
SOP-2,
SOP-3
(Appendix A)
EPA ISM01.3
Completeness
>90%
S&A
Bias/
Contamination
No target compounds > CRQL; or, if
>CRQL, the lowest sample
concentration of the analyte is > lOx
the blank concentration
Blanks (Field/Rinsate,
Preparation, Initial and
Continuing Calibration)
S&A
Sensitivity
MDL < 0.5 x CRQL
MDL Determination
A
Calibration
Accuracy
cc >0.995
Initial Calibration
A
90-110% Recoveryand
%RSD<5%
Calibration Verification
A
Precision
<20% RPD
Field Duplicate/Triplicate
S&A
Precision
<20% RPD(where concentration >
5* CRQL);
Or, the CRQL (where
concentration is 1-5* CRQL)
Lab Duplicate
A
Accuracy
75-125% Recovery
Matrix Spike/Matrix Spike
Duplicate
A
Accuracy
80-120% Recovery
Laboratory Control Sample
A
NOTE: SOP = Standard Operating Procedure
QC = Quality Control
CRQL = Contract Required Quantitation Limit Difference
MDL = Method Detection Limit
RSD = Relative Standard Deviation
RPD = Relative Percent Difference
Lower Darby Creek Area Superfund Site
OU2-Folcroft Landfill
Quality Assurance Project Plan
for RI/FS Oversight
-------
EA Project No. 1453027
Revision: FINAL
Worksheets, Page 12-2 of 12-13
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. March 2012
QAPP Worksheet #12-2
Measurement Performance Criteria Tables
Matrix
Sediment
Analytical Group
VOCs
Concentration
Level
Low
Sampling
Procedure
Analytical
Method/SOP
Data Quality
Indicators (DQIs)
Measurement Performance
Criteria
QC Sample and / or
Activity Used to Assess
Measurement Performance
QC Sample Assesses
Error for Sampling
(S), Analytical (A) or
both (S&A)
SOP-3
(Appendix A)
EPA SOM01.2
Completeness
>90%
S&A
Bias/
Contamination
-------
EA Project No. 1453027
Revision: FINAL
Worksheets, Page 12-3 of 12-13
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. March 2012
QAPP Worksheet #12-3
Measurement Performance Criteria Tables
Matrix
Sediment
Analytical Group
SVOCs/PAHs
Concentration
Level
Low
Sampling
Procedure
Analytical
Method/SOP
Data Quality
Indicators
(DQIs)
Measurement Performance
Criteria
QC Sample and / or
Activity Used to Assess
Measurement Performance
QC Sample Assesses
Error for Sampling
(S), Analytical (A) or
both (S&A)
SOP-2,
SOP-3
(Appendix A)
EPA SOM01.2
Completeness
>90%
S&A
Bias/
Contamination
-------
EA Project No. 1453027
Revision: FINAL
Worksheets, Page 12-4 of 12-13
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. March 2012
QAPP Worksheet #12-4
Measurement Performance Criteria Tables
Matrix
Sediment
Analytical Group
PCB Congeners
Concentration
Level
Low
Sampling
Procedure
Analytical
Method/SOP
Data Quality
Indicators (DQIs)
Measurement Performance
Criteria
QC Sample and / or
Activity Used to Assess
Measurement Performance
QC Sample Assesses
Error for Sampling
(S), Analytical (A) or
both (S&A)
SOP-2,
SOP-3
(Appendix A)
EPA CBC01.2
Completeness
>90%
S&A
Bias/
Contamination
-------
EA Project No. 1453027
Revision: FINAL
Worksheets, Page 12-5 of 12-13
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. March 2012
QAPP Worksheet #12-5
Measurement Performance Criteria Tables
Matrix
Sediment
Analytical Group
Pesticides
Concentration
Level
Low
Sampling
Procedure
Analytical
Method/SOP
Data Quality
Indicators (DQIs)
Measurement Performance
Criteria
QC Sample and / or
Activity Used to Assess
Measurement Performance
QC Sample Assesses
Error for Sampling
(S), Analytical (A) or
both (S&A)
SOP-2,
SOP-3
(Appendix A)
EPA SOM01.2
Completeness
>90%
S&A
Bias/
Contamination
-------
EA Project No. 1453027
Revision: FINAL
Worksheets, Page 12-6 of 12-13
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. March 2012
QAPP Worksheet #12-6
Measurement Performance Criteria Tables
Matrix
Sediment
Analytical Group
Dioxins/Furans
Concentration
Level
Low
Sampling
Procedure
Analytical
Method/SOP
Data Quality
Indicators (DQIs)
Measurement Performance
Criteria
QC Sample and / or
Activity Used to Assess
Measurement Performance
QC Sample Assesses
Error for Sampling
(S), Analytical (A) or
both (S&A)
SOP-2,
SOP-3
(Appendix A)
EPA DLM02.2
Completeness
>90%
S&A
Bias/
Contamination
-------
EA Project No. 1453027
Revision: FINAL
Worksheets, Page 12-7 of 12-13
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. March 2012
QAPP Worksheet #12-7
Measurement Performance Criteria Tables
Matrix
Sediment
Analytical Group
AVS/SEM
Concentration
Level
Low
Sampling
Procedure
Analytical
Method/SOP
Data Quality
Indicators (DQIs)
Measurement Performance
Criteria
QC Sample and / or
Activity Used to Assess
Measurement Performance
QC Sample Assesses
Error for Sampling
(S), Analytical (A) or
both (S&A)
SOP-3
(Appendix A)
EPA-821-R-91-
100
Completeness
>90%
S&A
Bias/
Contamination
-------
EA Project No. 1453027
Revision: FINAL
Worksheets, Page 12-8 of 12-13
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. March 2012
QAPP Worksheet #12-8
Measurement Performance Criteria Tables
Matrix
Sediment
Analytical Group
TOC
Concentration
Level
Low
Sampling
Procedure
Analytical
Method/SOP
Data Quality
Indicators (DQIs)
Measurement Performance
Criteria
QC Sample and / or
Activity Used to Assess
Measurement Performance
QC Sample Assesses
Error for Sampling
(S), Analytical (A) or
both (S&A)
SOP-3
(Appendix A)
EPA SW-846
Method 9060
Completeness
>90%
S&A
Bias/
Contamination
-------
EA Project No. 1453027
Revision: FINAL
Worksheets, Page 12-9 of 12-13
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. March 2012
QAPP Worksheet #12-9
Measurement Performance Criteria Tables
Matrix
Tissue
Analytical Group
Metals
Concentration
Level
Low
Sampling
Procedure
Analytical
Method/SOP
Data Quality
Indicators (DQIs)
Measurement Performance
Criteria
QC Sample and / or
Activity Used to Assess
Measurement Performance
QC Sample Assesses
Error for Sampling
(S), Analytical (A) or
both (S&A)
SOP-6, SOP-A2
(Appendix A)
EPA ISM01.3
Completeness
>90%
S&A
Bias/
Contamination
No target compounds > CRQL; or,
if >CRQL, the lowest sample
concentration of the analyte is >
lOx the blank concentration
Blanks (Field/Rinsate,
Preparation, Initial and
Continuing Calibration)
S&A
Sensitivity
MDL < 0.5 x CRQL
MDL Determination
A
Calibration
Accuracy
cc >0.995
Initial Calibration
A
90-110% Recovery and
%RSD<5%
Calibration Verification
A
Precision
<25% RPD
Field Duplicate
S&A
Precision
<20% RPD(where concentration >
5* CRQL);
Or, the CRQL (where
concentration is 1-5* CRQL)
Lab Duplicate
A
Accuracy
75-125% Recovery
Matrix Spike/Matrix Spike
Duplicate
A
Accuracy
80-120% Recovery
Laboratory Control Sample
A
NOTE: TCLP = Toxicity Characteristic Leaching Procedure
SOP = Standard Operating Procedure
QC = Quality Control
CRQL = Contract Required Quantitation Limit Difference
MDL = Method Detection Limit
RSD = Relative Standard Deviation
RPD = Relative Percent Difference
Lower Darby Creek Area Superfund Site
OU2-Folcroft Landfill
Quality Assurance Project Plan
for RI/FS Oversight
-------
EA Project No. 1453027
Revision: FINAL
Worksheets, Page 12-10 of 12-13
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. March 2012
QAPP Worksheet #12-10
Measurement Performance Criteria Tables
Matrix
Tissue
Analytical Group
SVOCs/PAHs
Concentration
Level
Low
Sampling
Procedure
Analytical
Method/SOP
Data Quality
Indicators (DQIs)
Measurement Performance
Criteria
QC Sample and / or
Activity Used to Assess
Measurement Performance
QC Sample Assesses
Error for Sampling
(S), Analytical (A) or
both (S&A)
SOP-6, SOP-A2
EPA SOM01.2
Completeness
>90%
S&A
Bias/
Contamination
-------
EA Project No. 1453027
Revision: FINAL
Worksheets, Page 12-11 of 12-13
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. March 2012
QAPP Worksheet #12-11
Measurement Performance Criteria Tables
Matrix
Tissue
Analytical Group
PCB Congeners
Concentration
Level
Low
Sampling
Procedure
Analytical
Method/SOP
Data Quality
Indicators (DQIs)
Measurement Performance
Criteria
QC Sample and / or
Activity Used to Assess
Measurement Performance
QC Sample Assesses
Error for Sampling
(S), Analytical (A) or
both (S&A)
SOP-6, SOP-A2
(Appendix A)
EPA CBC01.2
Completeness
>90%
S&A
Bias/
Contamination
-------
EA Project No. 1453027
Revision: FINAL
Worksheets, Page 12-12 of 12-13
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. March 2012
QAPP Worksheet #12-12
Measurement Performance Criteria Tables
Matrix
Tissue
Analytical Group
Pesticides
Concentration
Level
Low
Sampling
Procedure
Analytical
Method/SOP
Data Quality
Indicators (DQIs)
Measurement Performance
Criteria
QC Sample and / or
Activity Used to Assess
Measurement Performance
QC Sample Assesses
Error for Sampling
(S), Analytical (A) or
both (S&A)
SOP-6, SOP-A2
(Appendix A)
EPA SOM01.2
Completeness
>90%
S&A
Bias/
Contamination
-------
EA Project No. 1453027
Revision: FINAL
Worksheets, Page 12-13 of 12-13
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. March 2012
QAPP Worksheet #12-13
Measurement Performance Criteria Tables
Matrix
Tissue
Analytical Group
Dioxins/Furans
Concentration
Level
Low
Sampling
Procedure
Analytical
Method/SOP
Data Quality
Indicators (DQIs)
Measurement Performance
Criteria
QC Sample and / or
Activity Used to Assess
Measurement Performance
QC Sample Assesses
Error for Sampling
(S), Analytical (A) or
both (S&A)
SOP-6, SOP-A2
(Appendix A)
EPA DLM02.2
Completeness
>90%
S&A
Bias/
Contamination
-------
EA Project No. 1453027
Revision: FINAL
Worksheets, Page 13-1 of 13-1
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. March 2012
QAPP Worksheet #13
Secondary Data Criteria and Limitations Table
Secondary Data
Data Source
(Originating Organization,
Report Title, and Date)
Data Generator(s)
(Originating Org., Data Types, Data
Generation/ Collection Dates)
How Data May Be Used
(if deemed usable
during data assessment
stage)
Limitations on Data
Use
Sediment, surface water, and earthworm
data from Cobbs and Darby Creeks and
City Park; leachate seep data from
Clearview Landfill along Darby Creek;
soil, stormwater, and groundwater data
from City Park and Clearview Landfill
Tetra Tech NUS, Inc. Remedial
Investigation Report for Lower
Darby Creek Area Site,
Clearview Landfill, Operable
Unit 1 (OU-1); May 2010
Tetra TechNUS, Inc; VOC, SVOC,
pesticide, PCB, metals datafor samples of
sediment, soil, surface water, groundwater,
stormwater and leachate; AVS and TOC data
for sediments; dioxins data for soil and
groundwater; samplescollected 2002-2006
To guide selection of
sampling locations and
analytes, and with new
data in risk assessments
None identified.
Fish Tissue and Sediment Data
CDM Federal Program
Corporation; Draft Trip Report
for April 2010 Fish Sampling
Event, Lower Darby Creek
Superfund Site, Operable Unit 2,
Folcroft Landfill, July 2010
CDM Federal Program Corporation; datafor
SVOCs, pesticides, PCBs, and inorganics in
fish tissue, for use in Baseline Ecological
Risk Assessment and Human Health Risk
Assessment; SVOC, pesticide, PCB
congener, metals, dioxin data for sediments
from seeps; samples collected in April 2010
To guide selection of
sampling locations and
analytes, and with new
data in risk assessments
None identified.
Sediment and surface water data from
Darby Creek, Hermesprota Creek,
Muckinapattis Creek, and Tinicum
Marsh
CDM Federal Program
Corporation; Revised Draft
Screening Level Ecological Risk
Assessment of Aquatic Habitats
Associated with the Lower
Darby Creek Superfund Site;
January 2010
CDM Federal Program Corporation; VOC,
SVOC, pesticide, PCB, metals, and dioxin
data for samples of sediment and surface
water; AVS/SEM, grain size, pH, and TOC
data for sediments; hardness, TDS, TSS,
alkalinity, BOD, and COD for surface
waters; samples collected May 2008.
To guide selection of
sampling locations and
analytes, and with new
data in risk assessments
None identified.
NOTE: AVS = Acid Volatile Sulfide
VOC = Volatile Organic Compounds
SVOC = Semivolatile Organic Compounds
PCB = Polychlorinated Biphenyls
BOD = Biological Oxygen Demand
COD = Chemical Oxygen Demand
SEM = Simultaneously Extracted Metals
TDS = Total Dissolved Solid
TSS = Total Suspended Solid
TOC = Total Organic Carbon
Lower Darby Creek Area Superfund Site
OU2-Folcroft Landfill
Quality Assurance Project Plan
for RI/FS Oversight
-------
EA Project No. 1453027
Revision: FINAL
Worksheets, Page 14-1 of 14-6
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. March 2012
QAPP Worksheet #14
Summary of Project Tasks
14.1 SUB-BOTTOM PROFILING AND BATHYMETRY
Sub-bottom profiling of the creek channel will be performed using a swept frequency (4 to 24 kHz) sub-
bottom profiling system to provide high resolution cross-sectional images of the sediment
column.Bathymetric measurements will be made acoustically using a high frequency (200 kHz) single
beam echosounder. These data will be collected prior to collection of sediment cores to aid in
determining core location placement and depth. The survey will be conducted by collecting profile and
bathymetry data along the center-line of the creek and its tributaries, and then performing perpendicular
transects every 1,000 meters along this centerline. Transect are collected using a zigzagging course
which re-crosses the centerline. Where the centerline and transect cross, the co-located data allow cross
check and correlation. Surveys should be conducted in winter when submerged aquatic vegetation
(SAV) density and subsurface microbial activity is at a minimum.
The bathymetric survey will be conducted in accordance with the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers
(USACE) "Engineering Manual EM 1110-2-1003 for Hydrographic Surveys" for navigation and
dredging support in soft bottom materials. Prior to field work, a digitized representation of shoreline
features, navigation aids, known hazards, control points, and pre-selected survey tracklines will be
prepared. Once the survey team has mobilized, the echosounder will be calibrated for local water mass
speed of sound by means of a bar check. Bathymetric data will be acquired on a line plan oriented
nominally perpendicular to the centerline of the water body. The trackline plan will include lines spaced
at 1,000-foot intervals along each river section as well as the centerline profile of river sections. The
survey team will make a good faith effort to collect soundings from "bank to bank" at times of high water.
Sub-bottom profiling will be conducted concurrently with bathymetry. Upon mobilization, the survey
crew will determine if all navigation and instrument systems are calibrated and working properly.
Calibration of set navigation should be based on the instrument-specific standard operating procedures
(SOPs) and include measurement of survey equipment offsets, daily speed of sound test, and other
required pre-survey activities. The sub-bottom surveys will be conducted along the same line plan
discussed above for bathymetry. During the survey, a periodic manual probing and visual
characterization of sediments will be conducted. The coordinates and results of probing or
characterization will be recorded in the field logbook. At the end of each transect, successful data
acquisition and storage, navigation and equipment calibrations and settings will be confirmed and the log
time and coordinates at end of each transect line surveyed will be recorded in a field logbook. All relevant
observations and changes in operational procedures will be recorded to a field logbook. At the end of the
work day, all raw survey data and information (e.g., field notes, instrumentation frequencies) will be
documented electronically or in a field notebook and the computer data from the hydrographic data
logging system will be checked for errors.
Once survey data have been collected, they will be interpreted by personnel experienced in sub-bottom
profile data review to produce spatially-explicit profile data which can be used to make decisions
regarding sediment core locations.
Lower Darby Creek Area Superfund Site
OU2-Folcroft Landfill
Quality Assurance Project Plan
for RI/FS Oversight
-------
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc.
EA Project No. 1453027
Revision: FINAL
Worksheets, Page 14-2 of 14-6
March 2012
14.2 INCREMENTAL SAMPLING OF SURFACE SEDIMENT
Surface sediments will be collected from 35Decision Units (DUs) to a depth of 3 inches, using
incremental samplingtechniques. Between50 and 60 increments will be collected in a systematic
randompattern from across each DU. Prior to sampling, each DU will be located using GPS coordinates
and the boundaries will be marked with stakes.
The upper portion of the LDCA is comprised of channels and high marsh. The water level in this area
varies by 6 feet, depending on tide, over the course of the day. This large variance in water depth will
greatly impact the order in which the DUs are sampled. When possible, sampling will be conducted on
foot during low tide. The lower portions of the LDCA and along the center of the channels are less
influenced by tidal changes and will need to be sampled by boat.
To collect each increment in marshy areas accessible by foot, a length of 1-inch outer diameter, 7/8-inch
inner diameter cellulose acetate butyrate (CAB) tube will be inserted by hand into the sediment to a depth
of 3-6 inches; if sediment is too firm for easy insertion, a slotted stainless steel tube of the same
dimensions with a sharpened nose will be used instead. A stainless steel trowel will be inserted under the
tube to ensure the sample is not lost. Through the clear sides of the CAB tube or the slot in the steel tube,
the sample will be inspected to identify the top 3 inches of sediment/hydric soil (O and A horizon) below
accumulated leaf litter. A Teflon plunger will be used to remove the targeted 3-inch segment of the core.
Each increment will be collected in a 5-gallon bucket with the other sample increments for the same DU.
To collect increments in channels from a boat, increments will be collected using one of two methods. If
possible, increments will be collected using a 6-inch-length of CAB tube or slotted steel as described
above. This length will be affixed to a polyvinyl chloride (PVC) pole using a check valve which will aid
in sample retention. A 3-inch core will be extracted as above using a plunger. If significant penetration
or retention is not achieved, a box corer may be used. Box corers are designed to retain the sediment
profile intact; the material collected in the box corer will be subsampled using CAB tube and plunger.
The incrementalsediment sampling procedure is as follows:
1. Stake the boundaries for each DU.
2. Starting at one corner of the decision unit (depending on the tide) samples will be collected at
approximately equal intervals in a zigzagging pattern across each DU. The boundary stakes and
GPS will be used to guide the sampler.
3. After each increment is collected it will be placed in a 5-gallon bucket before moving on to the
next increment. Decontamination between increment sampling is not necessary since increments
will be homogenized.
4. Once incremental samplinghas been completed for a DU sampling, equipment will be
decontaminated and personal protective equipment (PPE) changed before moving on to the next
5. Samples will be entered in EPA Scribe v.3.8 and submitted for analysis.
QA/QC samples will be collected for incrementalsamples. Triplicate analysis of samples will be
performed by the lab at a rate of 1 per habitatfor incrementalsurface sediment sampling. Each of the
DU.
Lower Darby Creek Area Superfund Site
OU2-Folcroft Landfill
Quality Assurance Project Plan
for RI/FS Oversight
-------
EA Project No. 1453027
Revision: FINAL
Worksheets, Page 14-3 of 14-6
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. March 2012
laboratory QA/QC incremental samples will be sub-sampled and analyzed in triplicate both prior to and
after sample grinding/homogenization. Matrix Spike/Matrix Spike Duplicates (MS/MSDs) will be
performed at a rate of 5 percent. Rinse blanks and field blanks will be collected at a rate of 5 percent
each.
14.3 VIBRACORE AND SURFACE GRAB SAMPLING OF SURFACE AND SUBSURFACE
SEDIMENT
Subsurface sediment samples will be collected using Vibracore technology. Cores will be taken at 13
locations in marshy areas, to a depth of 6 feet below the sediment surface, and at 121ocations in navigable
channels, to depths up to 12 feet below the sediment surface. It is anticipated that 3-4 cores will be needed
at each location in order to obtain sufficient volume. A 24-foot portable research vessel equipped with a
Trimble Agl32 DGPS interfaced with HYPACK for navigation and core placement will operate as a
sampling platform for this effort. Final water depths will be collected with a measuring rod.
Once on station, the core location will be marked and the vessel will be immobilized using spuds. When
the vessel is immobilized, the coordinates will be checked against the desired sample location. The
subcontractor'sVibracore system will then be deployed from the sampling platform. This system consists
of a generator with a mechanical vibrator attached via cable. This vibrator is attached directly to a 3-inch
diameter, galvanized sample barrel for geotechnical samples or a stainless steel casing with a lexan liner
insert for environmental sampling. The sample barrel is lowered to the sea floor through a moonpool in
the deck of the sampling platform by attaching lengths of drill stem.
Cores will be stored in a refrigerator truck and transported by EA to a processing facility. Cores will be
split and lithology recorded. Subsections of cores will be used to produce composite samples for
analysis. Samples will be composites of either 1- to 3-foot intervals or intervals based on lithology.
Cores may be screened using a PID in an attempt to identify contaminated strata. It is assumed that no
more than threesamples will be collected from any coring location. Appropriate QA samples will be
collected. Equipment will be decontaminated (SOP-5) between coring locations and between samples.
Investigation-derived waste (IDW) will be disposed of as municipal waste.
Concurrent with coring, EA will collect a co-located grab sample of 3 to 5 gallons of surface sediment (no
deeper than 1 foot) for use in benthic toxicity tests and bioaccumulation exposures. Samples will be
containerized and stored in refrigerators. Following review of analytical testing results from sediment
core samples, 10 surface sediment grab samples will be selected for toxicity testing and bioaccumulation
bioassays.
QA/QC samples will be collected for sediment core samples. Field duplicates will be collected in the
same manner as surface sediment samples, at a rate of 10 percent for Vibracore sampling. MS/MSDs will
be collected at a rate of 5 percent. Rinse blanks and field blanks will be collected at a rate of 5 percent
each. Trip blanks will also be collected at a rate of 5 percent for VOC analysis of Vibracore samples.
14.4 TURTLE TISSUE SAMPLING TASK
To characterize concentrations in turtle tissue, snapping turtles will be collected from the site and meat
and fat samples will be sampled; turtles may be collected by EA, or may be collected by National Park
Service staff. Turtles may be collected using traps, active search and capture, or other methods. Only
mature turtles of legal size for human consumption will be collected. Collection and sampling will be
Lower Darby Creek Area Superfund Site
OU2-Folcroft Landfill
Quality Assurance Project Plan
for RI/FS Oversight
-------
EA Project No. 1453027
Revision: FINAL
Worksheets, Page 14-4 of 14-6
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. March 2012
conducted in accordance with SOP-6 in Appendix A. Methods will be consistent with Pennsylvania
Department of the Environment (PADEP) and Pennsylvania Department of Conservation and Natural
Resources (DCNR) methods specified through correspondence and in the scientific collection permit
which will be obtained. Equipment will be decontaminated between samples (SOP-5). IDW will be
disposed of as municipal waste.
A total of lOturtle tissue samples (5 meat tissue and 5 fattissue) are planned. More than five turtles may
be caught in traps and measured/surveyed. From these specimens, a subset of five will be selected to
represent a range around the average of specimens captured.
Field duplicates will be collected at a rate of 10 percent. MS/MSDs will be collected at a rate of
5 percent. Rinse blanks on the knives used in tissue sampling will be collected at a rate of 5 percent.
14.5 BENTHIC TOXICITY TESTING AND BIOACCUMULATION TESTING TASKS
Once a subset of 10 sediment grab samples have been selected, the following ex situ tests will be
performed at EA's Sparks, Maryland toxicity testing laboratory:
• Hyallelaazteca 28-day toxicity tests with survival, growth and reproduction as endpoints;
• Chironomusdilutus 10-day toxicity tests with survival and growth as endpoints; and
• Lumbriculusvariegatus 28-day bioaccumulation tests.
Each test will be performed on 10 samples according to standard protocols. At the end of the
L. variegatus 28-day bioaccumulation test, worms will be depurated and collected to produce tissue
samples. Samples will be preserved, packed, and shipped to an EPA CLP lab or a commercial lab as
directed by EPA.
14.6 ANALYSIS TASKS
Prior to analysis, incrementalsamples will be processed according to the methods described in EPA SW-
846 Method 8330B.
The Contaminants of Potential Environmental Concern (COPCs) at the site include metals, volatile
organic compounds (VOCs), semivolatile organic compounds (SVOCs) including polycyclic aromatic
hydrocarbons (PAHs), polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs), pesticides, and dioxins and fiirans.
All sediment and tissue samples will be analyzed for metals by EPA ISM01.3, and SVOCs and pesticides
by EPA SOM01.2. In addition, Vibracore samples will be analyzed for VOCs by EPA SOM01.2.
All incremental samplesand tissue samples will be analyzed for PCB congeners by EPA CBC01.2 and
dioxins by EPA DLM02.2. At least one composite sample from each Vibracore will also be analyzed for
PCBs and dioxins.
Surface sediment samples from the Vibracores will be analyzed for grain size by Method ASTMD422,
total organic carbon (TOC) by EPA SW-846 Method 9060, and Acid Volatile Sulfides (AVS) and
Simultaneously Extracted Metals (SEM) by method EPA-821-R-91-100.
Lower Darby Creek Area Superfund Site
OU2-Folcroft Landfill
Quality Assurance Project Plan
for RI/FS Oversight
-------
EA Project No. 1453027
Revision: FINAL
Worksheets, Page 14-5 of 14-6
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. March 2012
Sediment QA/QC samples will be analyzed for metals, SVOCs, PCB congeners, pesticides, and
dioxins/furans, and for VOCs in the case of Vibracore surface samples.
14.7 QUALITY CONTROL TASKS
QC tasks related to sample collection and analysis include data validation (see review tasks, below),
analysis of QC samples, and calibration and maintenance of equipment. Field and laboratory QC samples
are listed on Worksheets # 12, 20, and 28. Field QC samples will include field duplicates, MS/MSDs,
field and rinsate blanks, and temperature blanks. Requirements for calibration, maintenance, testing, and
inspection of field equipment are summarized in Worksheet #22.
Laboratory QC samples will include method blanks, laboratory control samples (LCS), MS/MSDs, and
calibration check standards (Worksheets #24 and 28), and will be prepared and analyzed according to the
analytical method requirements and laboratory Quality Assurance Plans. Data generated by a CLP
laboratory will be validated by EPA Region III. Personnel specializing in data management will review
data and validation reports upon submittal to ensure that the laboratory data are reported in conformance
with this Quality Assurance Project Plan (QAPP)and QC non-conformance issues are tracked and
resolved as soon as possible.
14.8 SECONDARY DATA
See Worksheet #10 for a synopsis of secondary data.
14.9 DATA MANAGEMENT TASKS
Data will be entered into a database in Microsoft Access and will also be compiled in Excel spreadsheets.
EA will include Excel and EDD files of the results with the Trip Reports.
14.10 DOCUMENTATION AND RECORDS
Field data will be recorded in dedicated site field log books. Field activities will be recorded daily in
black or blue waterproof ballpoint pens in bound field log books. Each field log book shall have a table
of contents and each page of field notes shall be numbered and dated, showing the initials of all crew
members. Errors shall be crossed out with a single line, initialed and dated, and correct data entered
adjacent to the error. Field measurement results, IDW inventory, general field notes, and any deviations
from the approved QAPP and other associated plans will be recorded in the field log books. All field
forms, photographs, and video will be referenced in the field log books. Field log books are the main
reference documents.
A field log book will be used to record information about each sample, along with site conditions and
field measurements. Each sample will be tracked by secure chain-of-custody protocol, using forms
created in EPA Scribe v3.8 software, until receipt at the laboratory. Following receipt at the laboratory,
samples will be tracked using laboratory sample logs. Trip reports for samples collected will be kept in
accordance with EPA requirements.
14.11 ASSESSMENT/AUDIT TASKS
Assessment tasks are detailed in Worksheets #31-33. A Readiness Review will be performed prior to the
initiation of field work. Independent technical review (ITR) and deliverable checks will be performed to
Lower Darby Creek Area Superfund Site
OU2-Folcroft Landfill
Quality Assurance Project Plan
for RI/FS Oversight
-------
EA Project No. 1453027
Revision: FINAL
Worksheets, Page 14-6 of 14-6
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. March 2012
assess the quality of field and reporting tasks. The EA Project Manager will be responsible for
responding to the assessment findings, including any corrective actions. The Laboratory QA/QC Director
will conduct assessments of the laboratory procedures and data as described in the laboratory QA manual.
14.12 DATA REVIEW TASKS
Review activities for analytical data and other project inputs are summarized in Worksheets #34-36.
Laboratory data from CLP laboratories will be validated by EPA. Any data analyzed by a subcontract
laboratory will be validated in accordance with EPA validation guidance. As described in
Worksheet #34, analytical data will be verified by the laboratory QC manager, and the EA Data Manager
will validate the QC summary reports and analytical data packages from the laboratory. Corrective
actions will be made upon decision of necessity to maintain the overall quality of the project.
Lower Darby Creek Area Superfund Site
OU2-Folcroft Landfill
Quality Assurance Project Plan
for RI/FS Oversight
-------
EA Project No. 1453027
Revision: FINAL
Worksheets, Page 15-1 of 15-41
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. March 2012
QAPP Worksheet #15-1
Reference Limits and Evaluation Tables
Matrix:
Analytical Group:
Concentration Level:
Sediment
Metals (EPA ISM01.3)
Low
Analyte
CAS
Number
Freshwater
Sediment
Screening
Benchmark'1'
(mg/kg)
Project Action
Limit®
(mg/kg)
Project
Quantitation
Limit'3'
Contract
Required
Quantitation
Limit (CRQL) -
ICP-AES(4)
(mg/kg)
Contract
Required
Quantitation
Limit (CRQL) -
icp-ms(4)
(mg/kg)
Aluminum
7429-90-5
NA
NA
NA
20
-
Antimony
7440-36-0
2
2
1(5)
6
1
Arsenic
7440-38-2
9.8
9.8
3.3
1
0.5
Barium
7440-39-3
NA
NA
NA
20
5
Beryllium
7440-41-7
NA
NA
NA
0.5
0.5
Cadmium
7440-43-9
0.99
0.99
0.5(5)
0.5
0.5
Calcium
7440-70-2
NA
NA
NA
500
-
Chromium
7440-47-3
43.4
43.4
14.5
1
1
Cobalt
7440-48-4
50
50
16.7
5
0.5
Copper
7440-50-8
31.6
31.6
11
2.5
1
Iron
7439-89-6
20,000
20,000
6,667
10
-
Lead
7439-92-1
35.8
35.8
11.9
1
0.5
Magnesium
7439-95-4
NA
NA
NA
500
-
Manganese
7439-96-5
460
460
153
1.5
0.5
Mercury (by CVAA)
7439-97-6
0.18
0.18
0.1
0.1
Nickel
7440-02-0
22.7
22.7
7.6
4
0.5
Potassium
7440-09-7
NA
NA
NA
500
-
Wm-M-A .
2
2
0.7
3.5
2.5""
Silver
7440-22-4
1
1
0.5'"
1
0.5
Sodium
7440-23-5
NA
NA
NA
500
-
Lower Darby Creek Area Superfund Site
OU2-Folcroft Landfill
Quality Assurance Project Plan
for RI/FS Oversight
-------
EA Project No. 1453027
Revision: FINAL
Worksheets, Page 15-2 of 15-41
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. March 2012
Contract
Contract
Freshwater
Required
Required
Sediment
Quantitation
Quantitation
Screening
Project Action
Project
Limit (CRQL) -
Limit (CRQL) -
CAS
Benchmark'1'
Limit®
Quantitation
icp-aes(4)
icp-ms(4)
Analyte
Number
(mg/kg)
(mg/kg)
Limit'3'
(mg/kg)
(mg/kg)
Thallium
7440-28-0
NA
NA
NA
2.5
0.5
Vanadium
7440-62-2
NA
NA
NA
5
2.5
Zinc
7440-66-6
121
121
40.3
6
1
(1) EPA Region III BTAG Freshwater Screening Benchmarks
(2) Equal to BTAG Freshwater Sediment Screening Benchmark
(3) Calculated as one-third of the Action Limit.
(4) From Inorganic Superfund Methods (ISM) 01.3.
(5) Project quantitation limit set at the CRQL for ICP-MS.
(6) CRQL is not sufficient to meet the project action limit. If EPA special analytical services cannot meet the action limit, it may be necessary to
utilize an alternative method.
NOTE: CAS
Chemical Abstract Service
EPA
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
mg/kg
micrograms per kilogram
ICP-AES =
Inductively Coupled Plasma-Atomic Emission Spectroscopy
ICP-MS =
Inductively Coupled Plasma-Mass Spectroscopy
CVAA = Cold Vapor Atomic Absorption
NA = Not Available
Lower Darby Creek Area Superfund Site
OU2-Folcroft Landfill
Quality Assurance Project Plan
for RI/FS Oversight
-------
EA Project No. 1453027
Revision: FINAL
Worksheets, Page 15-3 of 15-41
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. March 2012
QAPP Worksheet #15-2
Reference Limits and Evaluation Tables
Matrix: Sediment
Analytical Group: VOCs (EPA SOM01.2)
Concentration Level: Low
Freshwater
Project
Contract Required
Sediment Screening
Benchmark'1'
Action
Limit®
Project
Quantitation
Quantitation Limit
(CRQL) - Low Soil(4)
Analyte
CAS Number
(mg/kg)
(mg/kg)
Limit3
(mg/kg)
1,1,1 -Trichloroethane
71-55-6
0.0302
0.0302
0.0103
0.005
1,1,2,2-Tetrachloroethane
79-34-5
1.36
1.36
0.453
0.005
1,1,2-Trichloroethane
79-00-5
1.24
1.24
0.413
0.005
1,1 -Dichloroethane
75-34-3
NA
NA
NA
0.005
1,1 -Dichloroethene
75-35-4
0.031
0.031
0.0103
0.005
1,1,2-Trichloro-1,2,2-
NA
NA
NA
0.005
trifluoroethane
1,2,4-Trichlorobenzene
120-82-1
2.1
2.1
0.7
0.005
l,2-Dibromo-3-
Chloropropane
96-12-8
NA
NA
NA
0.005
1,2-Dibromoethane
106-93-4
NA
NA
NA
0.005
1,2-Dichlorobenzene
95-50-1
0.0165
0.0165
0.0055
0.005
1,2-Dichloroethane
107-06-2
NA
NA
NA
0.005
1,2-Dichloropropane
78-87-5
NA
NA
NA
0.005
1,3-Dichlorobenzene
541-73-1
4.43
4.43
1.48
0.005
1,4-Dichlorobenzene
106-46-7
0.599
0.599
0.200
0.005
2-Butanone
78-93-3
NA
NA
NA
0.01
2-Hexanone
591-78-6
NA
NA
NA
0.01
4-Methyl-2-Pentanone
108-10-1
NA
NA
NA
0.01
Acetone
67-64-1
NA
NA
NA
0.01
Benzene
71-43-2
NA
NA
NA
0.005
Bromodichloromethane
75-27-4
NA
NA
NA
0.005
Bromofonn
75-25-2
0.654
0.654
0.218
0.005
I Jromomethane
74-83-9
NA
NA
NA
0.005
Carbon disulfide
75-15-0
0.000851
0.000851
0.000284
0.005""
Lower Darby Creek Area Superfund Site
OU2-Folcroft Landfill
Quality Assurance Project Plan
for RI/FS Oversight
-------
EA Project No. 1453027
Revision: FINAL
Worksheets, Page 15-4 of 15-41
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. March 2012
Analyte
CAS Number
Freshwater
Sediment Screening
Benchmark'1'
(mg/kg)
Project
Action
Limit®
(mg/kg)
Project
Quantitation
Limit3
Contract Required
Quantitation Limit
(CRQL) - Low Soil(4)
(mg/kg)
Carbon Tetrachloride
56-23-5
0.0642
0.0642
0.0214
0.005
Chlorobenzene
108-90-7
0.00842
0.00842
0.005(5)
0.005
Chloroethane
75-00-3
NA
NA
NA
0.005
Chloroform
67-66-3
NA
NA
NA
0.005
Chloromethane
74-87-3
NA
NA
NA
0.005
cis-1,2-Dichloroethene
156-59-2
NA
NA
NA
0.005
i yclohexane
NA
NA
NA
0.005
Dichloropropene
542-75-6
0.0000509
0.0000509
0.000017
0.005""
I )ibromochloromethane
124-48-1
NA
NA
NA
0.005
Dichlorodifluoromethane
75-71-8
NA
NA
NA
0.005
Ethyl Benzene
100-41-4
1.1
1.1
0.367
0.005
Isopropylbenzene
98-82-8
NA
NA
NA
0.005
m/p-Xylenes
136777-61-2
0.0252
0.0252
0.0084
0.005
Methyl Acetate
79-20-9
NA
NA
NA
0.005
Methyl tert-butyl Ether
1634-04-4
NA
NA
NA
0.005
Methylene Chloride
75-09-2
NA
NA
NA
0.005
o-Xylene
95-47-6
NA
NA
NA
0.005
Styrene
100-42-5
0.559
0.559
0.186
0.005
Tetrachloroethene
127-18-4
0.468
0.468
0.156
0.005
Toluene
108-88-3
NA
NA
NA
0.005
trans-1,2-Dichloroethene
156-60-5
1.05
1.05
0.35
0.005
Trichloroethene
79-01-6
0.0969
0.0969
0.0323
0.005
Trichlorofluoromethane
75-69-4
NA
NA
NA
0.005
Vinyl chloride
75-01-4
NA
NA
NA
0.005
(1) EPA Region III BTAG Freshwater Screening Benchmarks.
(2) Equal to BTAG Freshwater Sediment Screening Benchmark
(3) Calculated as one-third of the Action Limit.
(4) From U.S. EPA Contract Laboratory Program Statement of Work for Organics Analysis (SOM 01.2).
(5) Project quantitation limit set at the CRQL.
(6) CRQL is not sufficient to meet the project action limit. If EPA special analytical services cannot meet the action limit, it may be necessary to
utilize an alternative method.
NOTE: CAS = Chemical Abstract Service
EPA = U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
mg/kg = micrograms per kilogram
Lower Darby Creek Area Superfund Site
OU2-Folcroft Landfill
Quality Assurance Project Plan
for RI/FS Oversight
-------
EA Project No. 1453027
Revision: FINAL
Worksheets, Page 15-5 of 15-41
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. March 2012
QAPP Worksheet #15-3
Reference Limits and Evaluation Tables
Matrix: Sediment
Analytical Group: SVOCs/PAHs (EPA SOMO1.2 with SIM for PAHs)
Concentration Level: Low
Analyte
CAS
Number
Freshwater
Sediment
Screening
Benchmark'1'
(mg/kg)
Project
Action
Limit'2'
(mg/kg)
Project
Quantitation
Limit3
Contract Required
Quantitation Limit
(CRQL) - Low
Soil'4' (mg/kg)
1,1-Biphenyl
92-52-4
1.22
1.22
0.407
0.17
2,4,5-Trichlorophenol
95-95-4
NA
NA
NA
0.17
2,4,6-Trichlorophenol
88-06-2
0.213
0.213
0.17(5)
0.17
2.4-Dichlorophenol
120-83-2
0.117 0.117
0.039
0.17' 1
2.4-Dimelhylphenol
105-67-9
0.029 0.029
0.00967
0.17' 1
2.4-Dinilrophenol
51-28-5
NA NA
NA
0.33
2.4-Dinilrololuene
121-14-2
0.0416 0.0416
0.0139
0.17' '
2.6-1 )inilrololiicnc
606-20-2
NA NA
NA
0.17
2-Chloronaphlhalene
91-58-7
NA NA
NA
0.17' 1
2-Chlorophenol
95-57-8
0.0312 0.0312
0.0104
0.17
2-Melhylnaphlhalene
91-57-6
0.0202
0.0202
0.00673
0.0033""
2-Methylphenol
95-48-7
NA
NA
NA
0.17
2-Nitroaniline
88-74-4
NA
NA
NA
0.33
3.3-1 )idiloroben/idine
91-94-1
0.127 0.127
0.0423 0.17ri
3-Nilroaniline
99-09-2
NA
NA
NA
0.33
4,6-Dinitro-2-methylphenol
534-52-1
NA
NA
NA
0.33
4-Bromophenyl-phenylether
101-55-3
1.23
1.23
0.41
0.17
4-Chloro-3-methylphenol
59-50-7
NA
NA
NA
0.17
4-Chloroaniline
106-47-8
NA
NA
NA
0.17
4-Chlorophenyl-phenylether
7005-72-3
NA
NA
NA
0.17
Lower Darby Creek Area Superfund Site
OU2-Folcroft Landfill
Quality Assurance Project Plan
for RI/FS Oversight
-------
EA Project No. 1453027
Revision: FINAL
Worksheets, Page 15-6 of 15-41
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. March 2012
Analyte
CAS
Number
Freshwater
Sediment
Screening
Benchmark'1'
(mg/kg)
Project
Action
Limit'2'
(mg/kg)
Project
Quantitation
Limit3
Contract Required
Quantitation Limit
(CRQL) - Low
Soil'4' (mg/kg)
4-Nitroaniline
100-01-6
NA
NA
NA
0.33
Acenaphthene
83-32-9
0.0067
0.0067
0.0033(5)
0.0033(6)
Acenaphthylene
208-96-8
0.0059
0.0059
0.0033(5)
0.0033(6)
Acetophenone
98-86-2
NA
NA
NA
0.17
Anthracene
120-12-7
0.0572
0.0572
0.0191
0.0033(6)
Alra/.ine
1912-24-9
0.00662
0.00662
0.00221
0.17' 1
Benzaldehyde
100-52-7
NA
NA
NA
0.17
Benzo(a)anthracene
56-55-3
0.108
0.108
0.036
0.0033(6)
Benzo(a)pyrene
50-32-8
0.15
0.15
0.05
0.0033(6)
Benzo(b)fluoranthene
205-99-2
0.0272
0.0272
0.00907
0.0033(6)
Benzo(g,h,i)perylene
191-24-2
0.17
0.17
0.0567
0.0033(6)
Benzo(k)fluoranthene
207-08-9
0.24
0.24
0.08
0.0033(6)
bis(2-Chloroethoxy)methane
111-91-1
NA
NA
NA
0.17
bis(2-Chloroethyl)ether
111-44-4
NA
NA
NA
0.17
bis(2-Ethylhexyl)phthalate
117-81-7
0.18
0.18
0.17(5)
0.17
Butylbenzylphthalate
85-68-7
10.9
10.9
3.633
0.17
Capro lactam
105-60-2
NA
NA
NA
0.17
Carbazole
86-74-8
NA
NA
NA
0.17
Chrysene
218-01-9
0.166
0.166
0.0553
0.0033(6)
Dibenz(a,h)anthracene
53-70-3
0.033
0.033
0.011
0.0033(6)
Dibenzofuran
132-64-9
0.415
0.415
0.17(5)
0.17
Diethylphthalate
84-66-2
0.603
0.603
0.201
0.17
Dimethylphthalate
131-11-3
NA
NA
NA
0.17
Di-n-butylphthalate
84-74-2
6.47
6.47
2.16
0.17
Di-n-octyl phthalate
117-84-0
NA
NA
NA
0.17
Fluoranthene
206-44-0
0.423
0.423
0.141
0.0033(6)
Fluorene
86-73-7
0.0774
0.0774
0.0258
0.0033(6)
I Ie\achloroben/ene
118-74-1
0.02
0.02
0.00667
0.17' 1
Hexachlorobutadiene
87-68-3
NA
NA
NA
0.17
Hexachlorocyclopentadiene
77-47-4
NA
NA
NA
0.17
Hexachloroethane
67-72-1
1.027
1.027
0.342
0.17
Lower Darby Creek Area Superfund Site
OU2-Folcroft Landfill
Quality Assurance Project Plan
for RI/FS Oversight
-------
EA Project No. 1453027
Revision: FINAL
Worksheets, Page 15-7 of 15-41
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. March 2012
Analyte
CAS
Number
Freshwater
Sediment
Screening
Benchmark'1'
(mg/kg)
Project
Action
Limit'2'
(mg/kg)
Project
Quantitation
Limit3
Contract Required
Quantitation Limit
(CRQL) - Low
Soil'4' (mg/kg)
Indeno( 1,2,3-cd)pyrene
193-39-5
0.017
0.017
0.00567
0.0033(6)
Isophorone
78-59-1
NA
NA
NA
0.17
Naphthalene
91-20-3
0.176
0.176
0.0587
0.0033(6)
Nitrobenzene
98-95-3
NA
NA
NA
0.17
N-Nitroso-di-n-propylamine
621-64-7
NA
NA
NA
0.17
N-Nitrosodiphenylamine
86-30-6
2.68
2.68
0.893
0.17
Pentachlorophenol
87-86-5
0.504
0.504
0.168
0.0067(6)
Phenanthrene
85-01-8
0.204
0.204
0.068
0.0033(6)
Phenol
108-95-2
0.42
0.42
0.17(5)
0.17
Pyrene
129-00-0
0.195
0.195
0.065
0.0033(6)
(1) EPA Region III BTAG Freshwater Screening Benchmarks.
(2) Equal to BTAG Freshwater Sediment Screening Benchmark
(3) Calculated as one-third of the Action Limit.
(4) From U.S. EPA Contract Laboratory Program Statement of Work for Organics Analysis (SOM 01.2).
(5) Project quantitation limit set at the CRQL.
(6) CRQL for Selected Ion Monitoring (SIM) analysis.
(7) CRQL is not sufficient to meet the project action limit. If EPA special analytical services cannot meet the action limit, it may be necessary to
utilize an alternative method.
NOTE: CAS = Chemical Abstract Service
EPA = U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
mg/kg = milligrams per kilogram
NA = Not Available
Lower Darby Creek Area Superfund Site
OU2-Folcroft Landfill
Quality Assurance Project Plan
for RI/FS Oversight
-------
EA Project No. 1453027
Revision: FINAL
Worksheets, Page 15-8 of 15-41
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. March 2012
QAPP Worksheet #15-4
Reference Limits and Evaluation Tables
Matrix: Sediment
Analytical Group: PCBs Congeners (EPA CBC01.2)
Concentration Level: Low
Analyte
Congener
Number
CAS
Number
WHO Toxic
Equivalency
Factor'1' (TEF)
Freshwater
Sediment Screening
Benchmark'2'
(ng/kg)
Project
Action
Limit'3'
(ng/kg)
Project
Quantitation
Limit'4'
(ng/kg)
Contract
Required
Quantitation
Limit (CRQL)'51
(ng/kg)
2-MoCB
PCB-1
2051-60-7
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
3-MoCB
PCB-2
2051-61-8
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
4-MoCB
PCB-3
2051-62-9
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2'-DiCB
PCB-4
13029-08-8
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
2,3-DiCB
PCB-5
16605-91-7
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
2,3'-DiCB
PCB-6
25569-80-6
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
2,4-DiCB
PCB-7
33284-50-3
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
2,4'-DiCB
PCB-8
34883-43-7
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
2,5-DiCB
PCB-9
34883-39-1
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
2,6-DiCB
PCB-10
33146-45-1
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
3,3'-DiCB
PCB-11
2050-67-1
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
3,4-DiCB
PCB-12
2974-92-7
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
3,4'-DiCB
PCB-13
2974-90-5
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
3,5-DiCB
PCB-14
34883-41-5
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
4,4'-DiCB
PCB-15
2050-68-2
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',3-TrCB
PCB-16
38444-78-9
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',4-TrCB
PCB-17
37680-66-3
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',5-TrCB
PCB-18
37680-65-2
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',6-TrCB
PCB-19
38444-73-4
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
2,3,3'-TrCB
PCB-20
38444-84-7
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
Lower Darby Creek Area Superfund Site
OU2-Folcroft Landfill
Quality Assurance Project Plan
for RI/FS Oversight
-------
EA Project No. 1453027
Revision: FINAL
Worksheets, Page 15-9 of 15-41
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. March 2012
Analyte
Congener
Number
CAS
Number
WHO Toxic
Equivalency
Factor'1' (TEF)
Freshwater
Sediment Screening
Benchmark'2'
(ng/kg)
Project
Action
Limit'3'
(ng/kg)
Project
Quantitation
Limit'4'
(ng/kg)
Contract
Required
Quantitation
Limit (CRQL)'51
(ng/kg)
2,3,4-TrCB
PCB-21
55702-46-0
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
2,3,4'-TrCB
PCB-22
38444-85-8
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
2,3,5-TrCB
PCB-23
55720-44-0
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
2,3,6-TrCB
PCB-24
55702-45-9
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
2,3',4-TrCB
PCB-25
55712-37-3
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
2,3',5-TrCB
PCB-26
38444-81-4
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
2,3',6-TrCB
PCB-27
38444-76-7
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
2,4,4'-TrCB
PCB-28
7012-37-5
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
2,4,5-TrCB
PCB-29
15862-07-4
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
2,4,6-TrCB
PCB-30
35693-92-6
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
2,4',5-TrCB
PCB-31
16606-02-3
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
2,4',6-TrCB
PCB-32
38444-77-8
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
2',3,4-TrCB
PCB-33
38444-86-9
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
2',3,5-TrCB
PCB-34
37680-68-5
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
3,3',4-TrCB
PCB-35
37680-69-6
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
3,3',5-TrCB
PCB-36
38444-87-0
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
3,4,4'-TrCB
PCB-37
38444-90-5
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
3,4,5-TrCB
PCB-38
53555-66-1
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
3,4',5-TrCB
PCB-39
38444-88-1
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',3,3'-TeCB
PCB-40
38444-93-8
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',3,4-TeCB
PCB-41
52663-59-9
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',3,4'-TeCB
PCB-42
36559-22-5
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',3,5-TeCB
PCB-43
70362-46-8
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',3,5'-TeCB
PCB-44
41464-39-5
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',3,6-TeCB
PCB-45
70362-45-7
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',3,6'-TeCB
PCB-46
41464-47-5
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',4,4'-TeCB
PCB-47
2437-79-8
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',4,5-TeCB
PCB-48
70362-47-9
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',4,5'-TeCB
PCB-49
41464-40-8
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',4,6-TeCB
PCB-50
62796-65-0
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',4,6'-TeCB
PCB-51
68194-04-7
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
Lower Darby Creek Area Superfund Site
OU2-Folcroft Landfill
Quality Assurance Project Plan
for RI/FS Oversight
-------
EA Project No. 1453027
Revision: FINAL
Worksheets, Page 15-10 of 15-41
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. March 2012
Analyte
Congener
Number
CAS
Number
WHO Toxic
Equivalency
Factor'1' (TEF)
Freshwater
Sediment Screening
Benchmark'2'
(ng/kg)
Project
Action
Limit'3'
(ng/kg)
Project
Quantitation
Limit'4'
(ng/kg)
Contract
Required
Quantitation
Limit (CRQL)'51
(ng/kg)
2,2',5,5'-TeCB
PCB-52
35693-99-3
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',5,6'-TeCB
PCB-53
41464-41-9
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',6,6'-TeCB
PCB-54
15968-05-5
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
2,3,3',4'-TeCB
PCB-55
74338-24-2
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
2,3,3',4'-TeCB
PCB-56
41464-43-1
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
2,3,3',5-TeCB
PCB-57
70424-67-8
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
2,3,3',5'-TeCB
PCB-58
41464-49-7
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
2,3,3',6-TeCB
PCB-59
74472-33-6
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
2,3,4,4'-TeCB
PCB-60
33025-41-1
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
2,3,4,5-TeCB
PCB-61
33284-53-6
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
2,3,4,6-TeCB
PCB-62
54230-22-7
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
2,3,4',5-TeCB
PCB-63
74472-34-7
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
2,3,4',6-TeCB
PCB-64
52663-58-8
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
2,3,5,6-TeCB
PCB-65
33284-54-7
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
2,3',4,4'-TeCB
PCB-66
32598-10-0
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
2,3',4,5-TeCB
PCB-67
73575-53-8
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
2,3',4,5'-TeCB
PCB-68
73575-52-7
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
2,3',4,6-TeCB
PCB-69
60233-24-1
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
2,3',4',5-TeCB
PCB-70
32598-11-1
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
2,3',4',6-TeCB
PCB-71
41464-46-4
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
2,3',5,5'-TeCB
PCB-72
41464-42-0
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
2,3',5',6-TeCB
PCB-73
74338-23-1
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
2,4,4',5-TeCB
PCB-74
32690-93-0
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
2,4,4',6-TeCB
PCB-75
32598-12-2
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
2',3,4,5-TeCB
PCB-76
70362-48-0
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
3,3',4,4'-TeCB
PCB-77
32598-13-3
0.0001
8,500
8,500
2,833
2
3,3',4,5-TeCB
PCB-78
70362-49-1
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
3,3',4,5'-TeCB
PCB-79
41464-48-6
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
3,3',5,5'-TeCB
PCB-80
33284-52-5
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
3,4,4',5-TeCB
PCB-81
70362-50-4
0.0003
2,833
2,833
944
2
2,2',3,3',4-PeCB
PCB-82
52663-62-4
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
Lower Darby Creek Area Superfund Site
OU2-Folcroft Landfill
Quality Assurance Project Plan
for RI/FS Oversight
-------
EA Project No. 1453027
Revision: FINAL
Worksheets, Page 15-11 of 15-41
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. March 2012
Analyte
Congener
Number
CAS
Number
WHO Toxic
Equivalency
Factor'1' (TEF)
Freshwater
Sediment Screening
Benchmark'2'
(ng/kg)
Project
Action
Limit'3'
(ng/kg)
Project
Quantitation
Limit'4'
(ng/kg)
Contract
Required
Quantitation
Limit (CRQL)'51
(ng/kg)
2,2',3,3',5-PeCB
PCB-83
60145-20-2
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',3,3',6-PeCB
PCB-84
52663-60-2
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',3,4,4'-PeCB
PCB-85
65510-45-4
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',3,4,5-PeCB
PCB-86
55312-69-1
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',3,4,5'-PeCB
PCB-87
38380-02-8
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',3,4,6-PeCB
PCB-88
55215-17-3
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',3,4,6'-PeCB
PCB-89
73575-57-2
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',3,4',5-PeCB
PCB-90
68194-07-0
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',3,4',6-PeCB
PCB-91
68194-05-8
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',3,5,5'-PeCB
PCB-92
52663-61-3
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',3,5,6-PeCB
PCB-93
73575-56-1
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',3,5,6'-PeCB
PCB-94
73575-55-0
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',3,5',6-PeCB
PCB-95
38379-99-6
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',3,6,6'-PeCB
PCB-96
73575-54-9
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',3',4,5-PeCB
PCB-97
41464-51-1
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',3',4,6-PeCB
PCB-98
60233-25-2
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',4,4',5-PeCB
PCB-99
38380-01-7
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',4,4',6-PeCB
PCB-100
39485-83-1
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',4,5,5'-PeCB
PCB-101
37680-73-2
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',4,5,6'-PeCB
PCB-102
68194-06-9
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',4,5',6-PeCB
PCB-103
60145-21-3
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',4,6,6'-PeCB
PCB-104
56558-16-8
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
2,3,3',4,4'-PeCB
PCB-105
32598-14-4
0.00003
28,333
28,333
9,444
2
2,3,3',4,5-PeCB
PCB-106
70424-69-0
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
2,3,3',4',5-PeCB
PCB-107
70424-68-9
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
2,3,3',4,5'-PeCB
PCB-108
70362-41-3
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
2,3,3',4,6-PeCB
PCB-109
74472-35-8
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
2,3,3',4',6-PeCB
PCB-110
38380-03-9
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
2,3,3',5,5'-PeCB
PCB-111
39635-32-0
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
2,3,3',5,6-PeCB
PCB-112
74472-36-9
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
2,3,3',5',6-PeCB
PCB-113
68194-10-5
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
Lower Darby Creek Area Superfund Site
OU2-Folcroft Landfill
Quality Assurance Project Plan
for RI/FS Oversight
-------
EA Project No. 1453027
Revision: FINAL
Worksheets, Page 15-12 of 15-41
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. March 2012
Analyte
Congener
Number
CAS
Number
WHO Toxic
Equivalency
Factor'1' (TEF)
Freshwater
Sediment Screening
Benchmark'2'
(ng/kg)
Project
Action
Limit'3'
(ng/kg)
Project
Quantitation
Limit'4'
(ng/kg)
Contract
Required
Quantitation
Limit (CRQL)'51
(ng/kg)
2,3,4,4',5-PeCB
PCB-114
74472-37-0
0.00003
28,333
28,333
9,444
2
2,3,4,4',6-PeCB
PCB-115
74472-38-1
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
2,3,4,5,6-PeCB
PCB-116
18259-05-7
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
2,3,4',5,6-PeCB
PCB-117
68194-11-6
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
2,3',4,4',5-PeCB
PCB-118
31508-00-6
0.00003
28,333
28,333
9,444
2
2,3',4,4',6-PeCB
PCB-119
56558-17-9
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
2,3',4,5,5'-PeCB
PCB-120
68194-12-7
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
2,3',4,5,'6-PeCB
PCB-121
56558-18-0
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
2',3,3',4,5-PeCB
PCB-122
76842-07-4
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
2',3,4,4',5-PeCB
PCB-123
65510-44-3
0.00003
28,333
28,333
9,444
2
2',3,4,5,5'-PeCB
PCB-124
70424-70-3
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
2',3,4,5,6'-PeCB
PCB-125
74472-39-2
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
3,3',4,4',5-PeCB
PCB-126
57465-28-8
0.1
8.5
8.5
2.8
2
3,3',4,5,5'-PeCB
PCB-127
39635-33-1
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',3,3',4,4'-HxCB
PCB-128
38380-07-3
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',3,3',4,5-HxCB
PCB-129
55215-18-4
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',3,3',4,5'-HxCB
PCB-130
52663-66-8
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',3,3',4,6-HxCB
PCB-131
61798-70-7
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',3,3',4,6'-HxCB
PCB-132
38380-05-1
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',3,3',5,5'-HxCB
PCB-133
35694-04-3
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',3,3',5,6-HxCB
PCB-134
52704-70-8
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',3,3',5,6'-HxCB
PCB-135
52744-13-5
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',3,3',6,6'-HxCB
PCB-136
38411-22-2
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',3,4,4',5-HxCB
PCB-137
35694-06-5
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',3,4,4',5'-HxCB
PCB-138
35065-28-2
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',3,4,4',6-HxCB
PCB-139
56030-56-9
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',3,4,4',6'-HxCB
PCB-140
59291-64-4
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',3,4,5,5'-HxCB
PCB-141
52712-04-6
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',3,4,5,6-HxCB
PCB-142
41411-61-4
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',3,4,5,6'-HxCB
PCB-143
68194-15-0
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',3,4,5',6-HxCB
PCB-144
68194-14-9
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
Lower Darby Creek Area Superfund Site
OU2-Folcroft Landfill
Quality Assurance Project Plan
for RI/FS Oversight
-------
EA Project No. 1453027
Revision: FINAL
Worksheets, Page 15-13 of 15-41
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. March 2012
Analyte
Congener
Number
CAS
Number
WHO Toxic
Equivalency
Factor'1' (TEF)
Freshwater
Sediment Screening
Benchmark'2'
(ng/kg)
Project
Action
Limit'3'
(ng/kg)
Project
Quantitation
Limit'4'
(ng/kg)
Contract
Required
Quantitation
Limit (CRQL)'51
(ng/kg)
2,2',3,4,6,6'-HxCB
PCB-145
74472-40-5
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',3,4',5,5'-HxCB
PCB-146
51908-16-8
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',3,4',5,6-HxCB
PCB-147
68194-13-8
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',3,4',5,6'-HxCB
PCB-148
74472-41-6
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',3,4',5',6-HxCB
PCB-149
38380-04-0
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',3,4',6,6'-HxCB
PCB-150
68194-08-1
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',3,5,5',6-HxCB
PCB-151
52663-63-5
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',3,5,6,6'-HxCB
PCB-152
68194-09-2
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',4,4',5,5'-HxCB
PCB-153
35065-27-1
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',4,4',5',6-HxCB
PCB-154
60145-22-4
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',4,4',6,6'-HxCB
PCB-155
33979-03-2
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
2,3,3',4,4',5-HxCB
PCB-156
38380-08-4
0.00003
28,333
28,333
9,444
2
2,3,3',4,4',5'-HxCB
PCB-157
69782-90-7
0.00003
28,333
28,333
9,444
2
2,3,3',4,4',6-HxCB
PCB-158
74472-42-7
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
2,3,3',4,5,5'-HxCB
PCB-159
39635-35-3
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
2,3,3',4,5,6-HxCB
PCB-160
41411-62-5
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
2,3,3',4,5',6-HxCB
PCB-161
74472-43-8
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
2,3,3',4',5,5'-HxCB
PCB-162
39635-34-2
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
2,3,3',4',5,6-HxCB
PCB-163
74472-44-9
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
2,3,3',4',5',6-HxCB
PCB-164
74472-45-0
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
2,3,3',5,5',6-HxCB
PCB-165
74472-46-1
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
2,3,4,4',5,6-HxCB
PCB-166
41411-63-6
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
2,3',4,4',5,5'-HxCB
PCB-167
52663-72-6
0.00003
28,333
28,333
9,444
2
2,3',4,4',5',6-HxCB
PCB-168
59291-65-5
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
3,3',4,4',5,5'-HxCB
PCB-169
32774-16-6
0.03
28.3
28.3
9.4
2
2,2',3,3',4,4',5-HpCB
PCB-170
35065-30-6
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2'3,3',4,4',6-HpCB
PCB-171
52663-71-5
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',3,3',4,5,5'-HpCB
PCB-172
52663-74-8
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',3,3',4,5,6-HpCB
PCB-173
68194-16-1
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',3,3',4,5,6'-HpCB
PCB-174
38411-25-5
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',3,3',4,5',6-HpCB
PCB-175
40186-70-7
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
Lower Darby Creek Area Superfund Site
OU2-Folcroft Landfill
Quality Assurance Project Plan
for RI/FS Oversight
-------
EA Project No. 1453027
Revision: FINAL
Worksheets, Page 15-14 of 15-41
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. March 2012
Analyte
Congener
Number
CAS
Number
WHO Toxic
Equivalency
Factor'1' (TEF)
Freshwater
Sediment Screening
Benchmark'2'
(ng/kg)
Project
Action
Limit'3'
(ng/kg)
Project
Quantitation
Limit'4'
(ng/kg)
Contract
Required
Quantitation
Limit (CRQL)'51
(ng/kg)
2,2',3,3',4,6,6'-HpCB
PCB-176
52663-65-7
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',3,3',4',5,6-HpCB
PCB-177
52663-70-4
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',3,3',5,5',6-HpCB
PCB-178
52663-67-9
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',3,3',5,6,6'-HpCB
PCB-179
52663-64-6
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',3,4,4',5,5'-HpCB
PCB-180
35065-29-3
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',3,4,4',5,6-HpCB
PCB-181
74472-47-2
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',3,4,4',5,6'-HpCB
PCB-182
60145-23-5
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',3,4,4',5',6-HpCB
PCB-183
52663-69-1
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',3,4,4',6,6'-HpCB
PCB-184
74472-48-3
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',3,4,5,5',6-HpCB
PCB-185
52712-05-7
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',3,4,5,6,6'-HpCB
PCB-186
74472-49-4
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',3,4',5,5',6-HpCB2
PCB-187
52663-68-0
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',3,4',5,6,6'-HpCB
PCB-188
74487-85-7
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
2,3,3',4,4',5,5'-HpCB3
PCB-189
39635-31-9
0.00003
28,333
28,333
9,444
2
2,3,3',4,4',5,6-HpCB
PCB-190
41411-64-7
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
2,3,3',4,4',5',6-HpCB
PCB-191
74472-50-7
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
2,3,3',4,5,5',6-HpCB
PCB-192
74472-51-8
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
2,3,3',4',5,5',6-HpCB
PCB-193
69782-91-8
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',3,3',4,4',5,5'-OcCB
PCB-194
35694-08-7
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',3,3',4,4',5,6-OcCB2
PCB-195
52663-78-2
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',3,3',4,4',5,6'-OcCB
PCB-196
42740-50-1
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',3,3',4,4',6,6'-OcCB
PCB-197
33091-17-7
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',3,3',4,5,5',6-OcCB
PCB-198
68194-17-2
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',3,3',4,5,5',6'-OcCB
PCB-199
52663-75-9
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',3,3',4,5,6,6'-OcCB
PCB-200
52663-73-7
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',3,3',4,5',6,6'-OcCB
PCB-201
40186-71-8
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',3,3',5,5',6,6'-OcCB
PCB-202
2136-99-4
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',3,4,4',5,5',6-OcCB
PCB-203
52663-76-0
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',3,4,4',5,6,6'-OcCB
PCB-204
74472-52-9
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
2,3,3',4,4',5,5',6-OcCB
PCB-205
74472-53-0
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',3,3',4,4',5,5',6-NoCB
PCB-206
40186-72-9
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
Lower Darby Creek Area Superfund Site
OU2-Folcroft Landfill
Quality Assurance Project Plan
for RI/FS Oversight
-------
EA Project No. 1453027
Revision: FINAL
Worksheets, Page 15-15 of 15-41
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. March 2012
Analyte
Congener
Number
CAS
Number
WHO Toxic
Equivalency
Factor'1' (TEF)
Freshwater
Sediment Screening
Benchmark'2'
(ng/kg)
Project
Action
Limit'3'
(ng/kg)
Project
Quantitation
Limit'4'
(ng/kg)
Contract
Required
Quantitation
Limit (CRQL)'51
(ng/kg)
2,2',3,3',4,4',5,6,6'-NoCB
PCB-207
52663-79-3
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',3,3',4,5,5',6,6'-NoCB
PCB-208
52663-77-1
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
DeCB
PCB-209
2051-24-3
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
(1) Values from The 2005 World Health Organization Re-evaluation of Human and Mammalian Toxic Equivalency Factors for Dioxins and Dioxin-Like Compounds.
(2) Calculated by dividing the EPA Region III BTAG Freshwater Screening Benchmark for 2,3,7,8-TCDD (0.85) by the TEF.
(3) Equal to the Freshwater Screening Benchmark.
(4) Calculated as one-third of the Action Limit.
(5) From U.S. EPA Contract Laboratory Program Statement of Work for Analysis of Chlorinated Biphenyl Congeners (CBC01.2).
NOTE: CAS = Chemical Abstract Service
EPA = U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
ng/kg = nanograms per kilogram
NA = not available; WHO has not provided a TEF for this congener
WHO = World Health Organization
Lower Darby Creek Area Superfund Site
OU2-Folcroft Landfill
Quality Assurance Project Plan
for RI/FS Oversight
-------
EA Project No. 1453027
Revision: FINAL
Worksheets, Page 15-16 of 15-41
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. March 2012
QAPP Worksheet #15-5
Reference Limits and Evaluation Tables
Matrix: Sediment
Analytical Group: Pesticides (EPA SOM02.2)
Concentration Level: Low
Analyte
CAS
Number
Freshwater
Sediment Screening
Benchmark'1'
(mg/kg)
Project
Action
Limit®
(mg/kg)
Project
Quantitation
Limit3
Contract Required
Quantitation Limit
(CRQL) - Low
Soil(4) (mg/kg)
4,4'-DDD
72-54-8
0.00488
0.00488
0.0033(5)
0.0033
4,4'-DDT
50-29-3
0.00416
0.00416
0.0033(5)
0.0033
Aldrin
309-00-2
0.002
0.002
0.0017(5)
0.0017
alpha-BHC
319-84-6
0.006
0.006
0.002
0.0017
alpha-Chlordane
5103-74-2
0.00324
0.00324
0.0017(5)
0.0017
beta-BHC
319-85-7
0.005
0.005
0.0017(5)
0.0017
] )ieldrin
60-57-1
0.0019
0.0019
0.000633
0.0033""
I iidosulfan I
959-98-8
0.0029
0.0029
0.0017(5)
0.0017
Endosulfan II
33213-65-9
0.014
0.014
0.00467
0.0033
Endosulfan sulfate
1031-07-8
0.0054
0.0054
0.0033(5)
0.0033
lindrin
72-20-8
0.0022
0.0022
0.000733
0.0033""
gamma-BHC (Lindane)
58-89-9
0.00237
0.00237
0.0017(5)
0.0017
gamma-Chlordane
5103-71-9
0.00324
0.00324
0.0017(5)
0.0017
Heptachlor
76-44-8
0.068
0.068
0.0227
0.0017
Heptachlor epoxide
1024-57-3
0.00247
0.00247
0.0017(5)
0.0017
Methoxychlor
72-43-5
0.0187
0.0187
0.017(5)
0.017
(1) EPA Region III BTAG Freshwater Screening Benchmarks.
(2) Equal to BTAG Freshwater Sediment Screening Benchmark
(3) Calculated as one-third of the Action Limit.
(4) From U.S. EPA Contract Laboratory Program Statement of Work for Organics Analysis (SOM 01.2).
(5) Project quantitation limit set at the CRQL.
(6) CRQL is not sufficient to meet the project action limit. If EPA special analytical services cannot meet the action limit, it may be
necessary to utilize an alternative method.
NOTE: CAS = Chemical Abstract Service mg/kg = milligrams per kilogram
EPA = U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
Lower Darby Creek Area Superfund Site
OU2-Folcroft Landfill
Quality Assurance Project Plan
for RI/FS Oversight
-------
EA Project No. 1453027
Revision: FINAL
Worksheets, Page 15-17 of 15-41
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. March 2012
QAPP Worksheet #15-6
Reference Limits and Evaluation Tables
Matrix: Sediment
Analytical Group: Dioxins/Furans (EPA DLM02.2)
Concentration Level: Low
Analyte
CAS
Number
WHO Toxic
Equivalency
Factor'1' (TEF)
Freshwater
Sediment Screening
Benchmark'2'
(ng/kg)
Project
Action
Limit'3'
(ng/kg)
Project
Quantitation
Limit'4'
(ng/kg)
Contract Required
Quantitation
Limit'5* (CRQL)
(ng/kg)
2,3,7,8-TCDD
1746-01-6
1
0.85
0.85
1.0(6)
1.0
l.2.3.7.8-PeCI)D
40321-76-4
1
0.85
0.85
0.3
5.0' 1
1,2.3,6.7.8-1 IxCDI)
57653-85-7
0.5
1.7
1.7
0.6
5.0°
1,2,3,4,7,8-HxCDD
39227-28-6
0.01
85
85
28.3
5.0
1,2,3,7,8,9-HxCDD
19408-74-3
0.01
85
85
28.3
5.0
1,2,3,4,6,7,8-HpCDD
35822-46-9
0.001
850
850
283
5.0
OCDD
3268-87-9
<0.0001
8500
8500
2833
10
2,3,7,8-TCDF
51207-31-9
0.05
17
17
5.7
1.0
1,2,3,7,8-PeCDF
57117-41-6
0.05
17
17
5.7
5.0
2.3.4.7.8-PeCDF
57117-31-4
0.5
1.7
1.7
0.6
5.0' '
1,2,3,6,7,8-HxCDF
57117-44-9
0.1
8.5
8.5
5.0(6)
5.0
1,2,3,7,8,9-HxCDF
72918-21-9
0.1
8.5
8.5
5.0(6)
5.0
1,2,3,4,7,8-HxCDF
70648-26-9
0.1
8.5
8.5
5.0(6)
5.0
2,3,4,6,7,8-HxCDF
60851-34-5
0.1
8.5
8.5
5.0(6)
5.0
1,2,3,4,6,7,8-HpCDF
67562-39-4
0.01
85
85
28.3
5.0
1,2,3,4,7,8,9-HpCDF
55673-89-7
0.01
85
85
28.3
5.0
OCDF
39001-02-0
<0.0001
8500
8500
2833
10
(1) Values from The 2005 World Health Organization Re-evaluation of Human and Mammalian Toxic Equivalency Factors for Dioxins and Dioxin-Like Compounds.
(2) EPA Region III BTAG Freshwater Screening Benchmarks. Benchmark of 0.85 ng/kg is provided for 2,3,7,8-TCDD. TEF for other dioxins and fiirans is used to calculate a
weighted screening benchmarks for other compounds.
(3) Equal to BTAG Freshwater Sediment Screening Benchmark
(4) Calculated as one-third of the Action Limit.
(5) From U.S. EPA Contract Laboratory Program Statement of Work for Analysis of Chlorinated Dibenzo-p-dioxins (CDDs) and Chlorinated Dibenzofiirans (CDFs) (DLM 02.2).
(6) Project quantitation limit set at the CRQL.
(7) CRQL is not sufficient to meet the project action limit. If EPA special analytical services cannot meet the action limit, it may be necessary to utilize an alternative method.
NOTE: CAS=Chemical Abstract Service ng/kg=nanograms per kilogram EPA=U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
Lower Darby Creek Area Superfund Site
OU2-Folcroft Landfill
Quality Assurance Project Plan
for RI/FS Oversight
-------
EA Project No. 1453027
Revision: FINAL
Worksheets, Page 15-18 of 15-41
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. March 2012
Worksheet #15-7
Reference Limits and Evaluation Tables
Matrix: Sediment
Analytical Group: AVS/SEM(EPA-821-R-91-100)
Concentration Level: Low
Analyte
CAS
Number
Project Action
Limit'2' (mg/kg)
Project
Quantitation
Limit'3'
(mg/kg)
Estimated Detection Limit'4'
(mg/kg)
Acid Volatile Sulfide
12674-11-2
NA
NA
0.34
Cadmium
7440-43-9
NA
NA
NA
Copper
7440-50-8
NA
NA
NA
Lead
7439-92-1
NA
NA
NA
Mercury
7439-97-6
NA
NA
NA
Nickel
7440-02-0
NA
NA
NA
Zinc
7440-66-6
NA
NA
NA
(1) EPA Region III BTAG Freshwater Screening Benchmarks.
(2) Equal to BTAG Freshwater Sediment Screening Benchmark
(3) Equal to the CRQL for Low Soil.
(4) From Draft Analytical Method for Determination of Acid Volatile Sulfide in Sediment (EPA-821-R-91-100), 1991.
NOTE: CAS = Chemical Abstract Service
EPA = U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
mg/kg = milligrams per kilogram
Lower Darby Creek Area Superfund Site
OU2-Folcroft Landfill
Quality Assurance Project Plan
for RI/FS Oversight
-------
EA Project No. 1453027
Revision: FINAL
Worksheets, Page 15-19 of 15-41
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. March 2012
QAPP Worksheet #15-8
Reference Limits and Evaluation Tables
Matrix: Sediment
Analytical Group: Total Organic Carbon (TOC) (SW-846 Method 9060)
Concentration Level: Low
Analyte
CAS
Number
Project
Action
Limit®
(mg/kg)
Project
Quantitation
Limit3
(mg/kg)
Contract-Required
Detection Limit
(CRDL) (mg/kg)
TOC
12674-11-2
NA
NA
200
(1) EPA Region III BTAG Freshwater Screening Benchmarks.
(2) Equal to BTAG Freshwater Sediment Screening Benchmark
(3) Equal to the CRQL for Low Soil.
(4) From Draft Analytical Method for Determination of Acid Volatile Sulfide in Sediment (EPA-821-R-91-
100), 1991.
NOTE: CAS = Chemical Abstract Service
EPA = U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
mg/kg = milligrams per kilogram
NA = Not Applicable
Lower Darby Creek Area Superfund Site
OU2-Folcroft Landfill
Quality Assurance Project Plan
for RI/FS Oversight
-------
EA Project No. 1453027
Revision: FINAL
Worksheets, Page 15-20 of 15-41
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. March 2012
QAPP Worksheet #15-9
Reference Limits and Evaluation Tables
Matrix:
Analytical Group:
Concentration Level:
Tissue
Metals (EPA ISM01.3)
Low
Analyte
CAS
Number
Regional
Screening Level
for Fish
Ingestion
(mg/kg)
Project Action
Limit'2'
(mg/kg)
Project
Quantitation
Limit'3'
Contract Required
Quantitation Limit
(CRQL) -
ICP-AES'4'
(mg/kg)
Contract Required
Quantitation Limit
(CRQL) -
ICP-MS'4' (mg/kg)
Cadmium
7440-43-9
1.4
1.4
0.5(5)
0.5
0.5
Chromium
7440-47-3
4.1
4.1
1.4
1
1
Copper
7440-50-8
54
54
18
2.5
1
Mercury (by
CVAA)
7439-97-6
0.11
0.11
0.1®
0.1
Nickel
7440-02-0
27
27
9.0
4
0.5
Selenium
7782-49-2
6.8
6.8
2.5(5)
3.5
2.5
Silver
7440-22-4
6.8
6.8
2.3
1
0.5
Vanadium
7440-62-2
6.8
6.8
2.5(5)
5
2.5
Zinc
7440-66-6
410
410
137
6
1
(1) EPA Region III Regional Screening Level (RSL) Fish Ingestion Table June 2011.
(2) Equal to EPA Region III RSL for Fish Ingestion
(3) Calculated as one-third of the Action Limit.
(4) From Inorganic Superfund Methods (ISM) 01.3.
(5) Project quantitation limit set at the CRQL for ICP-MS.
NOTE: CAS = Chemical Abstract Service
EPA = U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
mg/kg = milligrams per kilogram
ICP-AES = Inductively Coupled Plasma-Atomic Emission Spectroscopy
ICP -MS = Inductively Coupled Plasma-Mass Spectroscopy
CVAA = Cold Vapor Atomic Absorption
Lower Darby Creek Area Superfund Site
OU2-Folcroft Landfill
Quality Assurance Project Plan
for RI/FS Oversight
-------
EA Project No. 1453027
Revision: FINAL
Worksheets, Page 15-21 of 15-41
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. March 2012
QAPP Worksheet #15-10
Reference Limits and Evaluation Tables
Matrix: Tissue
Analytical Group: SVOCs/PAHs (EPA SOMO1.2 with SIM for PAHs)
Concentration Level: Low
Analyte
CAS
Number
Regional
Screening
Level for Fish
Ingestion
(mg/kg)
Project
Action
Limit'2'
(mg/kg)
Project
Quantitation
Limit'3'
(mg/kg)
Contract Required
Quantitation Limit
(CRQL) - Low
Soil'4' (mg/kg)
1,1-Biphenyl
92-52-4
0.39
0.39
0.17(5)
0.17
2,4,5-Trichlorophenol
95-95-4
140
140
46.7
0.17
2,4,6-Trichlorophenol
88-06-2
1.4
1.4
0.467
0.17
2,4-Dichlorophenol
120-83-2
4.1
4.1
1.37
0.17
2,4-Dimethylphenol
105-67-9
27
27
9
0.17
2,4-Dinitrophenol
51-28-5
2.7
2.7
0.9
0.33
2,4-Dinitrotoluene
121-14-2
2.7
2.7
0.9
0.17
2,6-Dinitrotoluene
606-20-2
1.4
1.4
0.467
0.17
2-Chloronaphthalene
91-58-7
110
110
36.7
0.17
2-Chlorophenol
95-57-8
6.8
6.8
2.27
0.17
2-Methylnaphthalene
91-57-6
5.4
5.4
1.8
0.0033(6)
2-Methylphenol
95-48-7
68
68
22.7
0.17
2-Nitroaniline
88-74-4
14
14
4.67
0.33
3.3-Dichloroben/idine
91-94-1
0.007
0.007
0.00233
0.17' 1
3-Nilroaniline
99-09-2
NA
NA
NA
0.33
4,6-1 )inilro-2-mclh\ lphcnol
534-52-1
0.1 1
0.1 1
0.0367
0.33' 1
4-Bromophcn> l-phcn> lclhcr
101-55-3
NA
NA
NA
0.17
4-Chloro-3-mclh> lphcnol
59-50-7
140
140
46.7
0.17
4-Chloroaniline
106-47-8
0.016
0.016
0.00533
0.17' 1
4-C'hlorophcn> l-phcn> lclhcr
7005-72-3
NA
NA
NA
0.17
4-Nilro aniline
100-01-6
0.16
0.16
0.0533
0.33' 1
Lower Darby Creek Area Superfund Site
OU2-Folcroft Landfill
Quality Assurance Project Plan
for RI/FS Oversight
-------
EA Project No. 1453027
Revision: FINAL
Worksheets, Page 15-22 of 15-41
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. March 2012
Analyte
CAS
Number
Regional
Screening
Level for Fish
Ingestion
(mg/kg)
Project
Action
Limit'2'
(mg/kg)
Project
Quantitation
Limit'3'
(mg/kg)
Contract Required
Quantitation Limit
(CRQL) - Low
Soil(4) (mg/kg)
Acenaphthene
83-32-9
81
81
27
0.0033(6)
Acenaphthylene
208-96-8
NA
NA
NA
0.0033(6)
Acetophenone
98-86-2
140
140
46.7
0.17
Anthracene
120-12-7
410
410
137
0.0033(6)
Alra/.ine
/W&-M-9 ¦
0.014
0.014
0.00467
0.17' 1
I Jonzaldohvdo
100-52-7
140
140
46.7
0.17
Ben/o(a)anlhracene
56-55-3
0.0043
0.0043
0.0033'
0.0033""
Benzo(a)pyrene
50-32-8
0.00026
0.00026
0.0000867
0.0033"'- 1
Benzo(b)fluoranthene
205-99-2
0.0043
0.0043
0.0033'"
0.0033""
Benzo(g,h,i)perylene
191-24-2
NA
NA
NA
0.0033(6)
Benzo(k)fluoranthene
207-08-9
0.0043
0.0043
0.0033(5)
0.0033(6)
bis(2-Chloroethoxy)methane
111-91-1
4.1
4.1
1.37
0.17
bis('2-Chl0r«elh\Tielher
1 11-44-4
0.0029
0.0029
0.000967
0.17' 1
bis(2-Ethylhexyl)phthalate
117-81-7
0.23
0.23
0.17(5)
0.17
Butylbenzylphthalate
85-68-7
1.7
1.7
0.567
0.17
Caprolactam
105-60-2
680
680
227
0.17
Carbazole
86-74-8
NA
NA
NA
0.17
Chrysene
218-01-9
0.43
0.43
0.143
0.0033(6)
Dibenz(a,h)anthracene
53-70-3
/
/
,,W«14# /
0.0033(
-------
EA Project No. 1453027
Revision: FINAL
Worksheets, Page 15-23 of 15-41
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. March 2012
Analyte
CAS
Number
Regional
Screening
Level for Fish
Ingestion
(mg/kg)
Project
Action
Limit'2'
(mg/kg)
Project
Quantitation
Limit'3'
(mg/kg)
Contract Required
Quantitation Limit
(CRQL) - Low
Soil(4) (mg/kg)
Isophorone
78-59-1
3.3
3.3
1.1
0.17
Naphthalene
91-20-3
27
27
9
0.0033(6)
Nitrobenzene
98-95-3
2.7
2.7
0.9
0.17
N-Nitroso-di-n-propylamine
621-64-7 >:
0.00045
;
0.00015
N-Nitro sodiphenylamine
86-30-6
0.64
0.64
0.213
0.17
Pentachlorophenol
87-86-5
0.0079
0.0079
0.0067(5)
0.0067(6)
Phenanthrene
85-01-8
NA
NA
NA
0.0033(6)
Phenol
108-95-2
410
410
136.7
0.17
Pyrene
129-00-0
41
41
13.7
0.0033(6)
(1) EPA Region III Regional Screening Level (RSL) Fish Ingestion Table June 2011.
(2) Equal to EPA Region III RSL for Fish Ingestion
(3) Calculated as one-third of the Action Limit.
(4) From U.S. EPA Contract Laboratory Program Statement of Work for Organics Analysis (SOM 01.2).
(5) Project quantitation limit set at the CRQL.
(6) CRQL for SIM analysis.
(7) CRQL is not sufficient to meet the project action limit for tissue analysis of this compound. If it is not possible to meet the action
limit through EPA special analytical services, it may be necessary to utilize an alternative method.
NOTE: CAS = Chemical Abstract Service
EPA = U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
mg/kg = milligrams per kilogram
Lower Darby Creek Area Superfund Site
OU2-Folcroft Landfill
Quality Assurance Project Plan
for RI/FS Oversight
-------
EA Project No. 1453027
Revision: FINAL
Worksheets, Page 15-24 of 15-41
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. March 2012
QAPP Worksheet #15-11
Reference Limits and Evaluation Tables
Matrix: Tissue
Analytical Group: PCB Congeners (EPA CBC01.2)
Concentration Level: Low
Analyte
Congener
Number
CAS
Number
Regional Screening
Level for Fish
Ingestion'1'
(ng/kg)
Project
Action
Limit'2'
(ng/kg)
Project
Quantitation
Limit'3'
(ng/kg)
Contract
Required
Quantitation
Limit (CRQL)'4'
(ng/kg)
2-MoCB
PCB-1
2051-60-7
NA
NA
NA
2
3-MoCB
PCB-2
2051-61-8
NA
NA
NA
2
4-MoCB
PCB-3
2051-62-9
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2'-DiCB
PCB-4
13029-08-8
NA
NA
NA
2
2,3-DiCB
PCB-5
16605-91-7
NA
NA
NA
2
2,3'-DiCB
PCB-6
25569-80-6
NA
NA
NA
2
2,4-DiCB
PCB-7
33284-50-3
NA
NA
NA
2
2,4'-DiCB
PCB-8
34883-43-7
NA
NA
NA
2
2,5-DiCB
PCB-9
34883-39-1
NA
NA
NA
2
2,6-DiCB
PCB-10
33146-45-1
NA
NA
NA
2
3,3'-DiCB
PCB-11
2050-67-1
NA
NA
NA
2
3,4-DiCB
PCB-12
2974-92-7
NA
NA
NA
2
3,4'-DiCB
PCB-13
2974-90-5
NA
NA
NA
2
3,5-DiCB
PCB-14
34883-41-5
NA
NA
NA
2
4,4'-DiCB
PCB-15
2050-68-2
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',3-TrCB
PCB-16
38444-78-9
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',4-TrCB
PCB-17
37680-66-3
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',5-TrCB
PCB-18
37680-65-2
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',6-TrCB
PCB-19
38444-73-4
NA
NA
NA
2
2,3,3'-TrCB
PCB-20
38444-84-7
NA
NA
NA
2
2,3,4-TrCB
PCB-21
55702-46-0
NA
NA
NA
2
2,3,4'-TrCB
PCB-22
38444-85-8
NA
NA
NA
2
2,3,5-TrCB
PCB-23
55720-44-0
NA
NA
NA
2
Lower Darby Creek Area Superfund Site
OU2-Folcroft Landfill
Quality Assurance Project Plan
for RI/FS Oversight
-------
EA Project No. 1453027
Revision: FINAL
Worksheets, Page 15-25 of 15-41
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. March 2012
Analyte
Congener
Number
CAS
Number
Regional Screening
Level for Fish
Ingestion'1'
(ng/kg)
Project
Action
Limit'2'
(ng/kg)
Project
Quantitation
Limit'3'
(ng/kg)
Contract
Required
Quantitation
Limit (CRQL)'4'
(ng/kg)
2,3,6-TrCB
PCB-24
55702-45-9
NA
NA
NA
2
2,3',4-TrCB
PCB-25
55712-37-3
NA
NA
NA
2
2,3',5-TrCB
PCB-26
38444-81-4
NA
NA
NA
2
2,3',6-TrCB
PCB-27
38444-76-7
NA
NA
NA
2
2,4,4'-TrCB
PCB-28
7012-37-5
NA
NA
NA
2
2,4,5-TrCB
PCB-29
15862-07-4
NA
NA
NA
2
2,4,6-TrCB
PCB-30
35693-92-6
NA
NA
NA
2
2,4',5-TrCB
PCB-31
16606-02-3
NA
NA
NA
2
2,4',6-TrCB
PCB-32
38444-77-8
NA
NA
NA
2
2',3,4-TrCB
PCB-3 3
38444-86-9
NA
NA
NA
2
2',3,5-TrCB
PCB-3 4
37680-68-5
NA
NA
NA
2
3,3',4-TrCB
PCB-3 5
37680-69-6
NA
NA
NA
2
3,3',5-TrCB
PCB-3 6
38444-87-0
NA
NA
NA
2
3,4,4'-TrCB
PCB-3 7
38444-90-5
NA
NA
NA
2
3,4,5-TrCB
PCB-3 8
53555-66-1
NA
NA
NA
2
3,4',5-TrCB
PCB-3 9
38444-88-1
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',3,3'-TeCB
PCB-40
38444-93-8
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',3,4-TeCB
PCB-41
52663-59-9
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',3,4'-TeCB
PCB-42
36559-22-5
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',3,5-TeCB
PCB-43
70362-46-8
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',3,5'-TeCB
PCB-44
41464-39-5
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',3,6-TeCB
PCB-45
70362-45-7
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',3,6'-TeCB
PCB-46
41464-47-5
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',4,4'-TeCB
PCB-47
2437-79-8
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',4,5-TeCB
PCB-48
70362-47-9
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',4,5'-TeCB
PCB-49
41464-40-8
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',4,6-TeCB
PCB-50
62796-65-0
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',4,6'-TeCB
PCB-51
68194-04-7
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',5,5'-TeCB
PCB-52
35693-99-3
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',5,6'-TeCB
PCB-53
41464-41-9
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',6,6'-TeCB
PCB-54
15968-05-5
NA
NA
NA
2
Lower Darby Creek Area Superfund Site
OU2-Folcroft Landfill
Quality Assurance Project Plan
for RI/FS Oversight
-------
EA Project No. 1453027
Revision: FINAL
Worksheets, Page 15-26 of 15-41
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. March 2012
Analyte
Congener
Number
CAS
Number
Regional Screening
Level for Fish
Ingestion'1'
(ng/kg)
Project
Action
Limit'2'
(ng/kg)
Project
Quantitation
Limit'3'
(ng/kg)
Contract
Required
Quantitation
Limit (CRQL)'4'
(ng/kg)
2,3,3',4'-TeCB
PCB-55
74338-24-2
NA
NA
NA
2
2,3,3',4'-TeCB
PCB-56
41464-43-1
NA
NA
NA
2
2,3,3',5-TeCB
PCB-57
70424-67-8
NA
NA
NA
2
2,3,3',5'-TeCB
PCB-58
41464-49-7
NA
NA
NA
2
2,3,3',6-TeCB
PCB-59
74472-33-6
NA
NA
NA
2
2,3,4,4'-TeCB
PCB-60
33025-41-1
NA
NA
NA
2
2,3,4,5-TeCB
PCB-61
33284-53-6
NA
NA
NA
2
2,3,4,6-TeCB
PCB-62
54230-22-7
NA
NA
NA
2
2,3,4',5-TeCB
PCB-63
74472-34-7
NA
NA
NA
2
2,3,4',6-TeCB
PCB-64
52663-58-8
NA
NA
NA
2
2,3,5,6-TeCB
PCB-6 5
33284-54-7
NA
NA
NA
2
2,3',4,4'-TeCB
PCB-66
32598-10-0
NA
NA
NA
2
2,3',4,5-TeCB
PCB-67
73575-53-8
NA
NA
NA
2
2,3',4,5'-TeCB
PCB-6 8
73575-52-7
NA
NA
NA
2
2,3',4,6-TeCB
PCB-69
60233-24-1
NA
NA
NA
2
2,3',4',5-TeCB
PCB-70
32598-11-1
NA
NA
NA
2
2,3',4',6-TeCB
PCB-71
41464-46-4
NA
NA
NA
2
2,3',5,5'-TeCB
PCB-72
41464-42-0
NA
NA
NA
2
2,3',5',6-TeCB
PCB-73
74338-23-1
NA
NA
NA
2
2,4,4',5-TeCB
PCB-74
32690-93-0
NA
NA
NA
2
2,4,4',6-TeCB
PCB-75
32598-12-2
NA
NA
NA
2
2',3,4,5-TeCB
PCB-76
70362-48-0
NA
NA
NA
2
3,3',4,4'-TeCB
PCB-77
32598-13-3
240
240
80
2
3,3',4,5-TeCB
PCB-78
70362-49-1
NA
NA
NA
2
3,3',4,5'-TeCB
PCB-79
41464-48-6
NA
NA
NA
2
3,3',5,5'-TeCB
PCB-80
33284-52-5
NA
NA
NA
2
3,4,4',5-TeCB
PCB-81
70362-50-4
81
81
27
2
2,2',3,3',4-PeCB
PCB-82
52663-62-4
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',3,3',5-PeCB
PCB-83
60145-20-2
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',3,3',6-PeCB
PCB-84
52663-60-2
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',3,4,4'-PeCB
PCB-85
65510-45-4
NA
NA
NA
2
Lower Darby Creek Area Superfund Site
OU2-Folcroft Landfill
Quality Assurance Project Plan
for RI/FS Oversight
-------
EA Project No. 1453027
Revision: FINAL
Worksheets, Page 15-27 of 15-41
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. March 2012
Analyte
Congener
Number
CAS
Number
Regional Screening
Level for Fish
Ingestion'1'
(ng/kg)
Project
Action
Limit'2'
(ng/kg)
Project
Quantitation
Limit'3'
(ng/kg)
Contract
Required
Quantitation
Limit (CRQL)'4'
(ng/kg)
2,2',3,4,5-PeCB
PCB-86
55312-69-1
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',3,4,5'-PeCB
PCB-87
38380-02-8
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',3,4,6-PeCB
PCB-88
55215-17-3
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',3,4,6'-PeCB
PCB-89
73575-57-2
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',3,4',5-PeCB
PCB-90
68194-07-0
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',3,4',6-PeCB
PCB-91
68194-05-8
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',3,5,5'-PeCB
PCB-92
52663-61-3
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',3,5,6-PeCB
PCB-93
73575-56-1
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',3,5,6'-PeCB
PCB-94
73575-55-0
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',3,5',6-PeCB
PCB-95
38379-99-6
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',3,6,6'-PeCB
PCB-96
73575-54-9
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',3',4,5-PeCB
PCB-97
41464-51-1
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',3',4,6-PeCB
PCB-98
60233-25-2
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',4,4',5-PeCB
PCB-99
38380-01-7
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',4,4',6-PeCB
PCB-100
39485-83-1
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',4,5,5'-PeCB
PCB-101
37680-73-2
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',4,5,6'-PeCB
PCB-102
68194-06-9
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',4,5',6-PeCB
PCB-103
60145-21-3
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',4,6,6'-PeCB
PCB-104
56558-16-8
NA
NA
NA
2
2,3,3',4,4'-PeCB
PCB-105
32598-14-4
810
810
270
2
2,3,3',4,5-PeCB
PCB-106
70424-69-0
NA
NA
NA
2
2,3,3',4',5-PeCB
PCB-107
70424-68-9
NA
NA
NA
2
2,3,3',4,5'-PeCB
PCB-108
70362-41-3
NA
NA
NA
2
2,3,3',4,6-PeCB
PCB-109
74472-35-8
NA
NA
NA
2
2,3,3',4',6-PeCB
PCB-110
38380-03-9
NA
NA
NA
2
2,3,3',5,5'-PeCB
PCB-111
39635-32-0
NA
NA
NA
2
2,3,3',5,6-PeCB
PCB-112
74472-36-9
NA
NA
NA
2
2,3,3',5',6-PeCB
PCB-113
68194-10-5
NA
NA
NA
2
2,3,4,4',5-PeCB
PCB-114
74472-37-0
810
810
270
2
2,3,4,4',6-PeCB
PCB-115
74472-38-1
NA
NA
NA
2
2,3,4,5,6-PeCB
PCB-116
18259-05-7
NA
NA
NA
2
Lower Darby Creek Area Superfund Site
OU2-Folcroft Landfill
Quality Assurance Project Plan
for RI/FS Oversight
-------
EA Project No. 1453027
Revision: FINAL
Worksheets, Page 15-28 of 15-41
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. March 2012
Analyte
Congener
Number
CAS
Number
Regional Screening
Level for Fish
Ingestion'1'
(ng/kg)
Project
Action
Limit'2'
(ng/kg)
Project
Quantitation
Limit'3'
(ng/kg)
Contract
Required
Quantitation
Limit (CRQL)'4'
(ng/kg)
2,3,4',5,6-PeCB
PCB-117
68194-11-6
NA
NA
NA
2
2,3',4,4',5-PeCB
PCB-118
31508-00-6
810
810
270
2
2,3',4,4',6-PeCB
PCB-119
56558-17-9
NA
NA
NA
2
2,3',4,5,5'-PeCB
PCB-120
68194-12-7
NA
NA
NA
2
2,3',4,5,'6-PeCB
PCB-121
56558-18-0
NA
NA
NA
2
2',3,3',4,5-PeCB
PCB-122
76842-07-4
NA
NA
NA
2
2',3,4,4',5-PeCB
PCB-123
65510-44-3
810
810
270
2
2',3,4,5,5'-PeCB
PCB-124
70424-70-3
NA
NA
NA
2
2',3,4,5,6'-PeCB
PCB-125
74472-39-2
NA
NA
NA
2
3.3'.4.4'.5-PoCB
PCB-126
57465-28-8
0.24
0.24
0.08
->i5i
3,3',4,5,5'-PeCB
PCB-127
39635-33-1
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',3,3',4,4'-HxCB
PCB-128
38380-07-3
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',3,3',4,5-HxCB
PCB-129
55215-18-4
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',3,3',4,5'-HxCB
PCB-130
52663-66-8
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',3,3',4,6-HxCB
PCB-131
61798-70-7
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',3,3',4,6'-HxCB
PCB-132
38380-05-1
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',3,3',5,5'-HxCB
PCB-133
35694-04-3
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',3,3',5,6-HxCB
PCB-134
52704-70-8
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',3,3',5,6'-HxCB
PCB-135
52744-13-5
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',3,3',6,6'-HxCB
PCB-136
38411-22-2
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',3,4,4',5-HxCB
PCB-137
35694-06-5
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',3,4,4',5'-HxCB
PCB-138
35065-28-2
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',3,4,4',6-HxCB
PCB-139
56030-56-9
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',3,4,4',6'-HxCB
PCB-140
59291-64-4
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',3,4,5,5'-HxCB
PCB-141
52712-04-6
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',3,4,5,6-HxCB
PCB-142
41411-61-4
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',3,4,5,6'-HxCB
PCB-143
68194-15-0
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',3,4,5',6-HxCB
PCB-144
68194-14-9
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',3,4,6,6'-HxCB
PCB-145
74472-40-5
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',3,4',5,5'-HxCB
PCB-146
51908-16-8
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',3,4',5,6-HxCB
PCB-147
68194-13-8
NA
NA
NA
2
Lower Darby Creek Area Superfund Site
OU2-Folcroft Landfill
Quality Assurance Project Plan
for RI/FS Oversight
-------
EA Project No. 1453027
Revision: FINAL
Worksheets, Page 15-29 of 15-41
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. March 2012
Analyte
Congener
Number
CAS
Number
Regional Screening
Level for Fish
Ingestion'1'
(ng/kg)
Project
Action
Limit'2'
(ng/kg)
Project
Quantitation
Limit'3'
(ng/kg)
Contract
Required
Quantitation
Limit (CRQL)'4'
(ng/kg)
2,2',3,4',5,6'-HxCB
PCB-148
74472-41-6
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',3,4',5',6-HxCB
PCB-149
38380-04-0
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',3,4',6,6'-HxCB
PCB-150
68194-08-1
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',3,5,5',6-HxCB
PCB-151
52663-63-5
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',3,5,6,6'-HxCB
PCB-152
68194-09-2
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',4,4',5,5'-HxCB
PCB-153
35065-27-1
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',4,4',5',6-HxCB
PCB-154
60145-22-4
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',4,4',6,6'-HxCB
PCB-155
33979-03-2
NA
NA
NA
2
2,3,3',4,4',5-HxCB
PCB-156
38380-08-4
810
810
270
2
2,3,3',4,4',5'-HxCB
PCB-157
69782-90-7
810
810
270
2
2,3,3',4,4',6-HxCB
PCB-158
74472-42-7
NA
NA
NA
2
2,3,3',4,5,5'-HxCB
PCB-159
39635-35-3
NA
NA
NA
2
2,3,3',4,5,6-HxCB
PCB-160
41411-62-5
NA
NA
NA
2
2,3,3',4,5',6-HxCB
PCB-161
74472-43-8
NA
NA
NA
2
2,3,3',4',5,5'-HxCB
PCB-162
39635-34-2
NA
NA
NA
2
2,3,3',4',5,6-HxCB
PCB-163
74472-44-9
NA
NA
NA
2
2,3,3',4',5',6-HxCB
PCB-164
74472-45-0
NA
NA
NA
2
2,3,3',5,5',6-HxCB
PCB-165
74472-46-1
NA
NA
NA
2
2,3,4,4',5,6-HxCB
PCB-166
41411-63-6
NA
NA
NA
2
2,3',4,4',5,5'-HxCB
PCB-167
52663-72-6
810
810
270
2
2.3'.4.4'.5,.6-TT\CB
PCB-168
59291-65-5
NA
NA
NA
-)
3.3'.4.4'.5.5'-I I\CB
PCB-169
32774-16-6
0.81
0.81 0.27
2,2',3,3',4,4',5-HpCB
PCB-170
35065-30-6
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2'3,3',4,4',6-HpCB
PCB-171
52663-71-5
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',3,3',4,5,5'-HpCB
PCB-172
52663-74-8
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',3,3',4,5,6-HpCB
PCB-173
68194-16-1
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',3,3',4,5,6'-HpCB
PCB-174
38411-25-5
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',3,3',4,5',6-HpCB
PCB-175
40186-70-7
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',3,3',4,6,6'-HpCB
PCB-176
52663-65-7
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',3,3',4',5,6-HpCB
PCB-177
52663-70-4
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',3,3',5,5',6-HpCB
PCB-178
52663-67-9
NA
NA
NA
2
Lower Darby Creek Area Superfund Site
OU2-Folcroft Landfill
Quality Assurance Project Plan
for RI/FS Oversight
-------
EA Project No. 1453027
Revision: FINAL
Worksheets, Page 15-30 of 15-41
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. March 2012
Analyte
Congener
Number
CAS
Number
Regional Screening
Level for Fish
Ingestion'1'
(ng/kg)
Project
Action
Limit'2'
(ng/kg)
Project
Quantitation
Limit'3'
(ng/kg)
Contract
Required
Quantitation
Limit (CRQL)'4'
(ng/kg)
2,2',3,3',5,6,6'-HpCB
PCB-179
52663-64-6
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',3,4,4',5,5'-HpCB
PCB-180
35065-29-3
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',3,4,4',5,6-HpCB
PCB-181
74472-47-2
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',3,4,4',5,6'-HpCB
PCB-182
60145-23-5
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',3,4,4',5',6-HpCB
PCB-183
52663-69-1
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',3,4,4',6,6'-HpCB
PCB-184
74472-48-3
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',3,4,5,5',6-HpCB
PCB-185
52712-05-7
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',3,4,5,6,6'-HpCB
PCB-186
74472-49-4
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',3,4',5,5',6-HpCB2
PCB-187
52663-68-0
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',3,4',5,6,6'-HpCB
PCB-188
74487-85-7
NA
NA
NA
2
2,3,3',4,4',5,5'-HpCB3
PCB-189
39635-31-9
810
810
270
2
2,3,3',4,4',5,6-HpCB
PCB-190
41411-64-7
NA
NA
NA
2
2,3,3',4,4',5',6-HpCB
PCB-191
74472-50-7
NA
NA
NA
2
2,3,3',4,5,5',6-HpCB
PCB-192
74472-51-8
NA
NA
NA
2
2,3,3',4',5,5',6-HpCB
PCB-193
69782-91-8
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',3,3',4,4',5,5'-OcCB
PCB-194
35694-08-7
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',3,3',4,4',5,6-OcCB2
PCB-195
52663-78-2
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',3,3',4,4',5,6'-OcCB
PCB-196
42740-50-1
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',3,3',4,4',6,6'-OcCB
PCB-197
33091-17-7
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',3,3',4,5,5',6-OcCB
PCB-198
68194-17-2
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',3,3',4,5,5',6'-OcCB
PCB-199
52663-75-9
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',3,3',4,5,6,6'-OcCB
PCB-200
52663-73-7
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',3,3',4,5',6,6'-OcCB
PCB-201
40186-71-8
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',3,3',5,5',6,6'-OcCB
PCB-202
2136-99-4
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',3,4,4',5,5',6-OcCB
PCB-203
52663-76-0
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',3,4,4',5,6,6'-OcCB
PCB-204
74472-52-9
NA
NA
NA
2
2,3,3',4,4',5,5',6-OcCB
PCB-205
74472-53-0
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',3,3',4,4',5,5',6-NoCB
PCB-206
40186-72-9
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',3,3',4,4',5,6,6'-NoCB
PCB-207
52663-79-3
NA
NA
NA
2
2,2',3,3',4,5,5',6,6'-NoCB
PCB-208
52663-77-1
NA
NA
NA
2
DeCB
PCB-209
2051-24-3
NA
NA
NA
2
Lower Darby Creek Area Superfund Site
OU2-Folcroft Landfill
Quality Assurance Project Plan
for RI/FS Oversight
-------
EA Project No. 1453027
Revision: FINAL
Worksheets, Page 15-31 of 15-41
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. March 2012
Analyte
Congener
Number
CAS
Number
Regional Screening
Level for Fish
Ingestion'1'
fog/kg)
Project
Action
Limit'2'
(ng/kg)
Project
Quantitation
Limit'3'
(ng/kg)
Contract
Required
Quantitation
Limit (CRQL)'4'
fog/kg)
(1) EPA Region III Regional Screening Level (RSL) Fish Ingestion Table June 2011.
(2) Equal to EPA Region III RSL for Fish Ingestion
(3) Calculated as one-third of the Action Limit.
(4) From U.S. EPA Contract Laboratory Program Statement of Work for Analysis of Chlorinated Biphenyl Congeners (CBC01.2).
(5) CRQL is not sufficient to meet the project action limit for tissue analysis of this compound. If it is not possible to meet the action limit through EPA
special analytical services, it may be necessary to utilize an alternative method.
NOTE: CAS = Chemical Abstract Service
EPA = U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
ng/kg = nanograms per kilogram
NA = not available; EPA Region III has not provided a RSL for Fish Ingestion for this congener
Lower Darby Creek Area Superfund Site
OU2-Folcroft Landfill
Quality Assurance Project Plan
for RI/FS Oversight
-------
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc.
EA Project No. 1453027
Revision: FINAL
Worksheets, Page 15-32 of 15-41
March 2012
Matrix:
Analytical Group:
Concentration Level:
QAPP Worksheet #15-12
Reference Limits and Evaluation Tables
Tissue
Pesticides (EPA SOM02.2)
Low
Analyte
CAS Number
Regional Screening Level
for Fish Ingestion
(mg/kg)
Project Action
Limit'2' (mg/kg)
Project
Quantitation
Limit3
Contract Required
Quantitation Limit (CRQL)
- Low Soil(4) (mg/kg)
4,4'-DDD
72-54-8
0.013
0.013
0.0043
0.0033
4,4'-DDE
72-55-9
0.0093
0.0093
0.0033ct
0.0033
4.4'-])]) r
50-20-3
0.0093
0.0093
0.0033™
0.0033
Aldrin
309-00-2
0.00019
0.00019
0.00006
0.0017""
alpha-131IC
319-84-6
0.0005
0.0005
0.00017
0.0017""
alpha-Chlordane
5103-74-2
0.009
0.009
0.003
0.0017
bela-BI IC
319-85-7
0.0018
0.0018
0.0017'"
0.0017
Dieldrin
60-57-1
0.0002
0.0002
0.00007
0.0033""
Endosulfan 1
959-98-8
8.1
8.1
l
0.0017
Endosulfan II
33213-65-9
8.1
8.1
2.7
0.0033
Endosulfan sulfate
1031-07-8
8.1
8.1
2.7
0.0033
Endrin
72-20-8
0.41
0.41
0.14
0.0033
gamma-BHC (Lindane)
58-89-9
0.0029
0.0029
0.0017(5)
0.0017
ganima-Chlordane
5103-71-9
0.009
0.009
0.003
0.0017
1 Iepladilor
76-44-8
0.0007
0.0007
0.00023
0.0017""
1 Iepladilor epoxide
1024-57-3
0.00035
0.00035
0.00012
0.0017""
Methoxychlor
72-43-5
6.8
6.8
2.3
0.017
(1) EPA Region III Regional Screening Level (RSL) Fish Ingestion Table June 2011.
(2) Equal to EPA Region III RSL for Fish Ingestion
(3) Calculated as one-third of the Action Limit.
(4) From U.S. EPA Contract Laboratory Program Statement of Work for Organics Analysis (SOM 01.2).
(5) Project quantitation limit set at the CRQL.
(6) CRQL is not sufficient to meet the project actionlimit for tissue analysis of this compound. If it is not possible to meet the actionlimit through EPA special analytical services,
it may be necessary to utilize an alternative method.
NOTE: CAS = Chemical Abstract Service
mg/kg = milligrams per kilogram
EPA = U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
Lower Darby Creek Area Superfund Site
OU2-Folcroft Landfill
Quality Assurance Project Plan
for RI/FS Oversight
-------
EA Project No. 1453027
Revision: FINAL
Worksheets, Page 15-33 of 15-41
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. March 2012
QAPP Worksheet #15-13
Reference Limits and Evaluation Tables
Matrix: Tissue
Analytical Group: Dioxins/Furans (EPA DLM02.2)
Concentration Level: Low
Analyte
CAS
Number
WHO Toxic
Equivalency Factor
(TEF) for Fish
Regional Screening
Level for Fish Ingestion
(ng/kg)
Project Action
Limit'2'
(ng/kg)
Project
Quantitation
Limit'2' (ng/kg)
Contract Required
Quantitation Limit
(CRQL)'3' (ng/kg)
2,3,7,8-TCDD
1746-01-6
1
0.024
0.024
0.024
1.0(4)
1,2,3,7,8-PeCDD
40321-76-4
1
0.024
0.024
0.024
5.0(4)
1,2,3,6,7,8-HxCDD
57653-85-7
0.5
0.048
0.048
0.048
5.0(4)
1,2,3,4,7,8-HxCDD
39227-28-6
0.01
2.4
2.4
2.4
5.0(4)
1,2,3,7,8,9-HxCDD
19408-74-3
0.01
2.4
2.4
2.4
5.0(4)
1,2,3,4,6,7,8-HpCDD
35822-46-9
0.001
24
24
24
5.0(4)
OCDD
3268-87-9
<0.0001
240
240
240
10
2,3,7,8-TCDF
51207-31-9
0.05
0.48
0.48
0.48
1.0(4)
1,2,3,7,8-PeCDF
57117-41-6
0.05
0.48
0.48
0.48
5.0(4)
2,3,4,7,8-PeCDF
57117-31-4
0.5
0.048
0.048
0.048
5.0(4)
1,2,3,6,7,8-HxCDF
57117-44-9
0.1
0.24
0.24
0.24
5.0(4)
1,2,3,7,8,9-HxCDF
72918-21-9
0.1
0.24
0.24
0.24
5.0(4)
1,2,3,4,7,8-HxCDF
70648-26-9
0.1
0.24
0.24
0.24
5.0(4)
2,3,4,6,7,8-HxCDF
60851-34-5
0.1
0.24
0.24
0.24
5.0(4)
1,2,3,4,6,7,8-HpCDF
67562-39-4
0.01
2.4
2.4
2.4
5.0(4)
1,2,3,4,7,8,9-HpCDF
55673-89-7
0.01
2.4
2.4
2.4
5.0(4)
OCDF
39001-02-0
<0.0001
240
240
240
10
(1) EPA Region III Regional Screening Level (RSL) Fish Ingestion Table June 2011.
(2) Equal to EPA Region III RSL for Fish Ingestion
(3) From U.S. EPA Contract Laboratory Program Statement of Work for Analysis of Chlorinated Dibenzo-p-dioxins (CDDs) and Chlorinated Dibenzofiirans (CDFs) (DLM
02.2).
(4) CRQL is not sufficient to meet the project action limit for tissue analysis of this compound. If it is not possible to meet the action limit through EPA special analytical
services, it may be necessary to utilize an alternative method.
NOTE: CAS = Chemical Abstract Service ng/kg = nanograms per kilogram
EPA = U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
Lower Darby Creek Area Superfund Site
OU2-Folcroft Landfill
Quality Assurance Project Plan
for RI/FS Oversight
-------
EA Project No. 1453027
Revision: FINAL
Worksheets, Page 15-34 of 15-41
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. March 2012
Matrix:
Analytical Group:
Concentration Level:
QAPP Worksheet #15-14
Reference Limits and Evaluation Tables
Water
Metals (EPA ISM01.2)
Low
Analyte
CAS
Number
Project Quantitation
Limit'1' (ng/L)
Contract Required Quantitation Limit (CRQL)
ICP-MS(2) (ng/L)
Aluminum
7429-90-5
20
20
Antimony
7440-36-0
2
2
Arsenic
7440-38-2
1
1
Barium
7440-39-3
10
10
Beryllium
7440-41-7
1
1
Cadmium
7440-43-9
1
1
Calcium
7440-70-2
500
500
Chromium
7440-47-3
2
2
Cobalt
7440-48-4
1
1
Copper
7440-50-8
2
2
Iron
7439-89-6
200
200
Lead
7439-92-1
1
1
Magnesium
7439-95-4
500
500
Manganese
7439-96-5
1
1
Mercury (by CVAA)
7439-97-6
0.2
0.2
Nickel
7440-02-0
1
1
Potassium
7440-09-7
500
500
Silver
7440-22-4
1
1
Sodium
7440-23-5
500
500
Thallium
7440-28-0
1
1
Vanadium
7440-62-2
5
5
Zinc
7440-66-6
2
2
(7) Equals the Contract Required Quantitation Limit.
(8) From Inorganic Superfund Methods (ISM) 01.3.
NOTE: CAS=Chemical Abstract Service Hg/L= micrograms per liter EPA
=U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
Lower Darby Creek Area Superfund Site
OU2-Folcroft Landfill
Quality Assurance Project Plan
for RI/FS Oversight
-------
EA Project No. 1453027
Revision: FINAL
Worksheets, Page 15-35 of 15-41
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. March 2012
QAPP Worksheet #15-15
Reference Limits and Evaluation Tables
Matrix: Water
Analytical Group: VOCs (EPA SOM01.2)
Concentration Level: Low
Analyte
CAS Number
Project
Quantitation
Limit'1' (ng/L)
Contract Required
Quantitation Limit
(CRQL) - Low
Water'2' (ng/L)
1,1,1 -Trichloroethane
71-55-6
5.0
5.0
1,1,2,2-Tetrachloroethane
79-34-5
5.0
5.0
1,1,2-Trichloroethane
79-00-5
5.0
5.0
1,1 -Dichloroethane
75-34-3
5.0
5.0
1,1 -Dichloroethene
75-35-4
5.0
5.0
1,1,2-Trichloro-1,2,2-
trifluoroethane
5.0
5.0
1,2,4-Trichlorobenzene
120-82-1
5.0
5.0
l,2-Dibromo-3-
Chloropropane
96-12-8
5.0
5.0
1,2-Dibromoethane
106-93-4
5.0
5.0
1,2-Dichlorobenzene
95-50-1
5.0
5.0
1,2-Dichloroethane
107-06-2
5.0
5.0
1,2-Dichloropropane
78-87-5
5.0
5.0
1,3-Dichlorobenzene
541-73-1
5.0
5.0
1,4-Dichlorobenzene
106-46-7
5.0
5.0
2-Butanone
78-93-3
10
10
2-Hexanone
591-78-6
10
10
4-Methyl-2-Pentanone
108-10-1
10
10
Acetone
67-64-1
10
10
Benzene
71-43-2
5.0
5.0
Bromodichloromethane
75-27-4
5.0
5.0
Bromofonn
75-25-2
5.0
5.0
I Jromomethane
74-83-9
5.0
5.0
Carbon disulfide
75-0
5.0
5.0
Lower Darby Creek Area Superfund Site
OU2-Folcroft Landfill
Quality Assurance Project Plan
for RI/FS Oversight
-------
EA Project No. 1453027
Revision: FINAL
Worksheets, Page 15-36 of 15-41
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. March 2012
Analyte
CAS Number
Project
Quantitation
Limit'1' (ng/L)
Contract Required
Quantitation Limit
(CRQL) - Low
Water'2' (ng/L)
Carbon Tetrachloride
56-23-5
5.0
5.0
Chlorobenzene
108-90-7
5.0
5.0
Chloroethane
75-00-3
5.0
5.0
Chloroform
67-66-3
5.0
5.0
Chloromethane
74-87-3
5.0
5.0
cis-1,2-Dichloroethene
156-59-2
5.0
5.0
i yclohexane
5.0
5.0
Dichloropropene
542-75-6
5.0
5.0
I )ibromochloromethane
124-48-1
5.0
5.0
Dichlorodifluoromethane
75-71-8
5.0
5.0
Ethyl Benzene
100-41-4
5.0
5.0
Isopropylbenzene
98-82-8
5.0
5.0
m/p-Xylenes
136777-61-2
5.0
5.0
Methyl Acetate
79-20-9
5.0
5.0
Methyl tert-butyl Ether
1634-04-4
5.0
5.0
Methylene Chloride
75-09-2
5.0
5.0
o-Xylene
95-47-6
5.0
5.0
Styrene
100-42-5
5.0
5.0
Tetrachloroethene
127-18-4
5.0
5.0
Toluene
108-88-3
5.0
5.0
trans-1,2-Dichloroethene
156-60-5
5.0
5.0
Trichloroethene
79-01-6
5.0
5.0
Trichlorofluoromethane
75-69-4
5.0
5.0
Vinyl chloride
75-01-4
5.0
5.0
(1) Equals the Contract Required Quantitation Limit.
(2) From U.S. EPA Contract Laboratory Program Statement of Work for Organics Analysis (SOM
01.2).
NOTE: CAS=Chemical Abstract Service Hg/L= micrograms per liter
EPA =U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
Lower Darby Creek Area Superfund Site
OU2-Folcroft Landfill
Quality Assurance Project Plan
for RI/FS Oversight
-------
EA Project No. 1453027
Revision: FINAL
Worksheets, Page 15-37 of 15-41
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. March 2012
QAPP Worksheet #15-16
Reference Limits and Evaluation Tables
Matrix: Water
Analytical Group: SVOCs/PAHs (EPA SOMO1.2 with SIM for PAHs)
Concentration Level: Low
Analyte
CAS
Number
Project
Quantitation
Limit'1' (jig/L)
Contract Required Quantitation
Limit (CRQL) - Low Water'2'
(ms/l)
1,1-Biphenyl
92-52-4
5.0
5.0
2,4,5-Trichlorophenol
95-95-4
5.0
5.0
2.4.6-Tridilorophenol
88-06-2
5.0
5.0
2,4-1 )ichlorophenol
120-83-2
5.0
5.0
2.4-1 )imelh\lphenol
105-67-9
5.0
5.0
2.4-Dinilrophenol
51-28-5
10
10
2.4-1 )inilrololuene
121-14-2
5.0
5.0
2,6-Dinitrotoluene
606-20-2
5.0
5.0
2-Chloronaphthalene
91-58-7
5.0
5.0
2-Chlorophenol
95-57-8
5.0
5.0
2-Methylnaphthalene
91-57-6
0.10
0.10
2-Methylphenol
95-48-7
5.0
5.0
2-Nitroaniline
88-74-4
10
10
3,3-1 )ichloroben/idine
91-94-1
5.0
5.0
3-Nitroaniline
99-09-2
10
10
4,6-Dinitro-2-methylphenol
534-52-1
10
10
4-Bromophenyl-phenylether
101-55-3
5.0
5.0
4-Chloro-3-methylphenol
59-50-7
5.0
5.0
4-Chloroaniline
106-47-8
5.0
5.0
4-Chlorophenyl-phenylether
7005-72-3
5.0
5.0
4-Nitroaniline
100-01-6
10
10
Acenaphthene
83-32-9
0.10
0.10
Acenaphthylene
208-96-8
0.10
0.10
Acetophenone
98-86-2
5.0
5.0
Anthracene
120-12-7
0.10
0.10
Lower Darby Creek Area Superfund Site
OU2-Folcroft Landfill
Quality Assurance Project Plan
for RI/FS Oversight
-------
EA Project No. 1453027
Revision: FINAL
Worksheets, Page 15-38 of 15-41
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. March 2012
Analyte
CAS
Number
Project
Quantitation
Limit(1) (ng/l.)
Contract Required Quantitation
Limit (CRQL) - Low Water'2'
(ms/l)
Alra/.ine
1912-24-9
5.0 f 5.0
Benz aldehyde
100-52-7
5.0
5.0
Benzo(a)anthracene
56-55-3
0.10
0.10
Benzo(a)pyrene
50-32-8
0.10
0.10
Benzo(b)fluoranthene
205-99-2
0.10
0.10
Benzo(g,h,i)perylene
191-24-2
0.10
0.10
Benzo(k)fluoranthene
207-08-9
0.10
0.10
bis(2-Chloroethoxy)methane
111-91-1
5.0
5.0
bis(2-Chloroethyl)ether
111-44-4
5.0
5.0
bis(2-Ethylhexyl)phthalate
117-81-7
5.0
5.0
Butylbenzylphthalate
85-68-7
5.0
5.0
Caprolactam
105-60-2
5.0
5.0
Carbazole
86-74-8
5.0
5.0
Chrysene
218-01-9
0.10
0.10
Dibenz(a,h)anthracene
53-70-3
0.10
0.10
Dibenzofuran
132-64-9
5.0
5.0
Diethylphthalate
84-66-2
5.0
5.0
Dimethylphthalate
131-11-3
5.0
5.0
Di-n-butylphthalate
84-74-2
5.0
5.0
Di-n-octyl phthalate
117-84-0
5.0
5.0
Fluoranthene
206-44-0
0.10
0.10
Fluorene
86-73-7
0.10
0.10
I Iexachlorobenzene
1 18-74-1
|.() 5.0
Hexachlorobutadiene
87-68-3
5.0
5.0
Hexachlorocyclopentadiene
77-47-4
5.0
5.0
Hexachloroethane
67-72-1
5.0
5.0
Indeno(l ,2,3-cd)pyrene
193-39-5
0.10
0.10
Isophorone
78-59-1
5.0
5.0
Naphthalene
91-20-3
0.10
0.10
Nitrobenzene
98-95-3
5.0
5.0
N-Nitro so-di-n-propylamine
621-64-7
5.0
5.0
N-Nitro sodiphenylamine
86-30-6
5.0
5.0
Lower Darby Creek Area Superfund Site
OU2-Folcroft Landfill
Quality Assurance Project Plan
for RI/FS Oversight
-------
EA Project No. 1453027
Revision: FINAL
Worksheets, Page 15-39 of 15-41
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. March 2012
Analyte
CAS
Number
Project
Quantitation
Limit'1' (jig/L)
Contract Required Quantitation
Limit (CRQL) - Low Water'2'
(pg/L)
Pentachlorophenol
87-86-5
0.20
0.20
Phenanthrene
85-01-8
0.10
0.10
Phenol
108-95-2
5.0
5.0
Pyrene
129-00-0
0.10
0.10
(1) Equals the Contract Required Quantitation Limit.
(2) From U.S. EPA Contract Laboratory Program Statement of Work for Organics Analysis (SOM 01.2).
NOTE: CAS=Chemical Abstract Service Hg/L= micrograms per liter
EPA =U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
Lower Darby Creek Area Superfund Site
OU2-Folcroft Landfill
Quality Assurance Project Plan
for RI/FS Oversight
-------
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc.
EA Project No. 1453027
Revision: FINAL
Worksheets, Page 15-40 of 15-41
March 2012
Matrix:
Analytical Group:
Concentration Level:
QAPP Worksheet #15-17
Reference Limits and Evaluation Tables
Water
Pesticides (EPA SOM02.2)
Low
Analyte
CAS
Number
Project
Quantitation
Limit'1' (ng/L)
Contract Required
Quantitation Limit
(CRQL) - Low
Water'2' (ng/L)
4,4'-DDD
72-54-8
0.10
0.10
l.4'-l)l)l
72-55-9
0.10
0.10
4,4'-DDT
50-29-3
0.10
0.10
Aldrin
309-00-2
0.050
0.050
alpha-BHC
319-84-6
0.050
0.050
alpha-Chlordane
5103-74-2
0.050
0.050
beta-BHC
319-85-7
0.050
0.050
])ieldrin
60-57-1
0.10
0.10
Endosulfan I
959-98-8
0.050
0.050
Endosulfan II
33213-65-9
0.10
0.10
Endosulfan sulfate
1031-07-8
0.10
0.10
] ndrin
72-20-8
0.10
0.10
gamma-BHC (Lindane)
58-89-9
0.050
0.050
gamma-Chlordane
5103-71-9
0.050
0.050
Heptachlor
76-44-8
0.050
0.050
Heptachlor epoxide
1024-57-3
0.050
0.050
Methoxychlor
72-43-5
0.50
0.50
(1) Equals the Contract Required Quantitation Limit.
(2) From U.S. EPA Contract Laboratory Program Statement of Work for Organics
Analysis (SOM 01.2).
NOTE: CAS=Chemical Abstract Service Hg/L= micrograms per liter
EPA =U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
Lower Darby Creek Area Superfund Site
OU2-Folcroft Landfill
Quality Assurance Project Plan
for RI/FS Oversight
-------
EA Project No. 1453027
Revision: FINAL
Worksheets, Page 15-41 of 15-41
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. March 2012
QAPP Worksheet #15-18
Reference Limits and Evaluation Tables
Matrix: Water
Analytical Group: Dioxins/Furans (EPA DLM02.2)
Concentration Level: Low
Analyte
CAS
Number
WHO Toxic
Equivalency
Factor'1' (TEF)
Project
Quantitation
Limit'2'
(Pg/L)
Contract Required
Quantitation
Limit® (CRQL)
(Pg/L)
2,3,7,8-TCDD
1746-01-6
1
10
10
1.2.3.7.8-PeCDD
40321-76-4
1
50
50
1,2.3,6.7.8-1 IxCDI)
57653-85-7
0.5
50
50
1,2,3,4,7,8-HxCDD
39227-28-6
0.01
50
50
1,2,3,7,8,9-HxCDD
19408-74-3
0.01
50
50
1,2,3,4,6,7,8-HpCDD
35822-46-9
0.001
50
50
OCDD
3268-87-9
<0.0001
100
100
2,3,7,8-TCDF
51207-31-9
0.05
10
10
1,2,3,7,8-PeCDF
57117-41-6
0.05
50
50
2,3.4,7.8-PeCI)F
57117-31-4
0.5
50
50
1,2,3,6,7,8-HxCDF
57117-44-9
0.1
50
50
1,2,3,7,8,9-HxCDF
72918-21-9
0.1
50
50
1,2,3,4,7,8-HxCDF
70648-26-9
0.1
50
50
2,3,4,6,7,8-HxCDF
60851-34-5
0.1
50
50
1,2,3,4,6,7,8-HpCDF
67562-39-4
0.01
50
50
1,2,3,4,7,8,9-HpCDF
55673-89-7
0.01
50
50
OCDF
39001-02-0
<0.0001
100
100
(1) Equals the Contract Required Quantitation Limit.
(2) From U.S. EPA Contract Laboratory Program Statement of Work for Analysis of Chlorinated Dibenzo-p-dioxins (CDDs) and
Chlorinated Dibenzofiirans (CDFs) (DLM 02.2).
NOTE: CAS=Chemical Abstract Service Hg/L= picograms per liter
EPA =U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
Lower Darby Creek Area Superfund Site
OU2-Folcroft Landfill
Quality Assurance Project Plan
for RI/FS Oversight
-------
EA Project No. 1453027
Revision: FINAL
Worksheets, Page 16-1 of 16-1
EA Engineering. Science, and Technology, Inc. March 2012
Worksheet #16
Project Schedule / Timeline Table
Activity
Start
Finish
Duration
Plan Preparation and Review
Monday, October 03,2011
Monday, March 12, 2012
4 months
Hydrographic Surveys
Monday, March 12,2012
Thursday, April 05, 2012
5 weeks
Hydrographic Survey
Monday, March 12, 2012
Friday, March 16, 2012
1 week
Hydrographic Data Analysis
Monday, March 19, 2012
Thursday, April OS, 2012
3 weeks
Field Effort
Monday, April 02, 2012
Wednesday, April IS, 2012
3 weeks
Multi Increment Sampling
Monday, April 02, 2012
Wednesday, April 25, 2012
3 1/2 weeks
Vibracore Sampling
Monday, April 09, 2012
Wednesday, April IS, 2012
1 1/2 weeks
Core Processing & Analyses
Monday, April 16,2012
Monday, June 25, 2012
9 weeks
Initial Core Processing
Monday, April 16, 2012
Friday, April 20, 2012
1 week
Chemical analyses of core samples
Monday, April 23, 2012
Monday-, May 07, 2012
2 weeks
Follow-up core processing
Monday, May> 07, 2012
Friday, May 11, 2012
1 'week
Chemical analyses of core samples
Monday, May 14, 2012
Monday, May 28, 2012
2 weeks
Follow-up core processing
Monday, May 28, 2012
Friday, June 01, 2012
1 week
Chemical analyses of core samples
Monday, June 04, 2012
Monday, June 25, 2012
3 weeks
Bioaccumulation and Toxicity7 Testing
Friday, March 30,2012
Friday, June 01, 2012
2 months
Evaluate core data to select samples
Monday, May 07, 2012
Friday, May 11, 2012
I week
Toxicity testing
Monday, May 14, 2012
Friday, June 15, 2012
1 month
Bioaccumulation Testing
Monday, May 14, 2012
Friday, June 15, 2012
1 month
Chemical Analysis of Tissue
Monday, June IS, 2012
Monday, July 02, 2012
3 weeks
Turtle Tissue Studies
Monday, September 03, 2012
Monday, October OS, 2012
5 weeks
Turtle Collection
Monday, September 03, 2012
Friday, September 07, 2012
1 week
Tissue Sampling
Monday, September 10, 2012
Friday, September 14, 2012
1 week
Tissue Analysis
Monday, September 17, 2012
Monday, October 08, 2012
3 weeks
Reporting
Monday, October OS, 2012
Friday, August 31,2012
7 weeks
Draft Sampling Trip Report
Monday, October OS, 2012
Monday, November 05, 2012
4 weeks
Final Sampling Trip Report
Monday, November 19, 2012
Monday, November 26, 2012
I week
JFrork Assignment Closeout Report
Monday, November 26, 2012
Monday, December 10, 2012
2 weeks
Lower Darby Creek Area Superfund Site
OU2-Folcroft Landfill
Quality Assurance Project Plan
for RI/FS Oversight
-------
EA Project No. 1453027
Revision: FINAL
Worksheets, Page 17-1 of 17-6
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. March 2012
QAPP Worksheet #17
Sampling Design and Rationale
17.1 OVERALL RATIONALE FOR THE SAMPLING APPROACH
Sampling and analysis will focus on surface and subsurfacesediments and turtle tissue from the site.
Contaminants of potential environmental concern (COPCs) at the site include metals, volatile organic
compounds (VOCs), semivolatile organic compounds (SVOCs) including poly cyclic aromatic hydrocarbons
(PAHs), polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs), pesticides, and dioxins and furans. The sampling approach for
each medium has been chosen to support risk assessments to determine whether the potentially impacted
media pose unacceptable risks to human or ecological receptors, and to support characterization of nature
and extent of chemicals in historically deposited sediments.
17.2 DETAILED RATIONALE FOR SAMPLING APPROACH COMPONENTS
This section describesthe sampling design and rationale in terms of what matrices will be sampled, what
analytical groups will be analyzed and at what concentration levels, the sampling locations, numbers of
samples to be taken, and sampling frequency.
17.2.1 Surface Sedimentlncremental Sampling to Characterize Surface Sediment Exposure Point
Concentrations (EPCs)
Surface sediments at LDCA will be collected using incremental samplingtechniques. Incremental samplingis
used to provide a more reliable estimate of the average concentration within a defined decision unit (DU). A
DU is a specific area (or volume of sediment) about which a decision is to be made.
This effort targets surface sediment as the matrix of concern. The rationale for this is that conceptual site
models (CSMs) for the site indicate that the primary exposure pathways for both human and ecological
receptors is to the top several inches of the sediment surface; therefore sampling focuses on the top 3 inches
of sediment below vegetative debris (i.e., leaf litter).
The LDCA is broken into 35DUs (Table 17-1). The number and spatial configuration of DUs wereselected
to represent areas of similar habitat, hydrology, and fate and transport processes. Habitat and hydrology
were evaluated using aerial photographs and information from site visits. Areas were characterized as high
marsh, mid-marsh, low marsh, and channels. DUs for channels and marsh were further divided based on fate
and transport. Areas adjacent to or immediately downstream ofpotential sources were separated out as
smaller, distinct DUs with a likelihood of higherCOPC concentrations. Areas of marsh separated by small
tributaries and thus likely to experience different inundation and deposition regimes were also separated out.
Areas of the channel were separated based on general channel morphology and expected differences in
sediment and erosion. Areas downstream or within embayments/impoundments were identified as large DUs
characterized by uniform patterns of deposition. Size of DUs varies based on these parameters. In some
cases, where DUs are located near a suspected source (i.e., Folcroft Landfill) or where habitat patches are
small, DUs are smaller and represent areas of a few acres. In other cases, where DUs are distant from a
source and likely to represent consistent large scale patterns of deposition and habitat, DUs are larger.
Lower Darby Creek Area Superfund Site
OU2-Folcroft Landfill
Quality Assurance Project Plan
for RI/FS Oversight
-------
EA Project No. 1453027
Revision: FINAL
Worksheets, Page 17-2 of 17-6
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. March 2012
Table 17-1
Listing of Decision Units with Habitat Type and Size
Decision Unit
ID
Habitat Type
Acreage
1
Tributary
5.4
2
Low Marsh
2.6
3
High Marsh
9.1
4
Tributary
5.2
5
High Marsh
6.7
6
Low Marsh
15.9
7
Low Marsh
6.6
8
Low Marsh
12.1
9
Low Marsh
7.5
10
Main Channel
9.6
11
Low Marsh
29.7
12
Low Marsh
26
13
Tributary
12.1
14
Low Marsh
17.7
15
High Marsh
6.9
16
Low Marsh
5.3
17
High Marsh
2.1
18
Main Channel
27.5
19
Low Marsh
127
20
Tributary
9.5
21
Low Marsh
14.7
22
High Marsh
5.9
23
Main Channel
5.7
24
Main Channel
2.9
25
Main Channel
6.1
26
Main Channel
3.6
27
Main Channel
17.8
28
Main Channel
49.2
29
Open Water
20.2
30
Main Channel
29.3
31
Open Water
47.1
32
Main Channel
33.1
33
Open Water
21.1
34
Open Water
1.10
35
Open Water
0.765
Lower Darby Creek Area Superfund Site
OU2-Folcroft Landfill
Quality Assurance Project Plan
for RI/FS Oversight
-------
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc.
EA Project No. 1453027
Revision: FINAL
Worksheets, Page 17-3 of 17-6
March 2012
The number of increments Quality Assurance (QA) samples within each DU are based on a preliminary
statistical analysis of past surface sediment data gathered during the Folcroft Landfill SLERA. The
variability of past data were evaluated using methods by Hathaway et al. (2008) for designing incremental
sampling. The goal of sampling was defined as collection of sufficient increments and samples to achieve a
95 percent confidence width of no greater than one standard deviation of the historic grab sample data. The
number of incrementalsamples required to achieve a specified 95 percent confidence width is given by
Hathaway et al. (2008) as:
I,
2
1 -ct,df
7) — •
11 MIS
increment _|_ analytical
n,
n
analytical
d2
where
nMlS
is
the
^increment
is
the
c
increment
is
the
e
analytical
is
the
fl
analytical
is
the
d
is
the
^\-a,df
is
the
Equation 1
of freedom dj = nMIS — 1.
For s2 ,~ s2 ,, Equation 1 reduces to
analytical increment' "
V!
11 MS
t2
^increment
^increment
d
Equation 2
Equation 2 was solved for ratios of djsincrement, in order to develop performance curves of nMIS as a function
of the nincrement (Figure 11-5). The performance curves show that the DQO of d = 1 x sincrement requires at
least two MI samples with a minimum of 20 increments per MI sample.
Based on this information, the sampling approach includes 50 increments per DU, with one DU from each
habitat type designated to receive triplicate incrementalsamples. Results of triplicates will be used to
determine the variance that can be expected within DUs containing similar habitat. Use of 50 increments
provides additional statistical power, while still providing a feasible task for field application. Use of
triplicates per habitat minimizes analytical requirements but allows statistical analysis of variance which can
be applied across samples.
Incrementalsamples will be analyzed for metals, SVOCs, PCB congeners, pesticides, and dioxins/furans.
Low quantitation limits will be required to meet risk-based screening criteria. No VOC analysis will be
conducted on the surface sediments, because VOCs do not typically persist in surface environments.
Lower Darby Creek Area Superfund Site
OU2-Folcroft Landfill
Quality Assurance Project Plan
for RI/FS Oversight
-------
EA Project No. 1453027
Revision: FINAL
Worksheets, Page 17-4 of 17-6
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. March 2012
Sediment QA/QC Samples
Sediment QA/QC samples will be analyzed for metals, SVOCs, PCB congeners, pesticides, and dioxins.
Triplicates—Triplicate analysis of samples will be performed by the lab at a rate of 1 per habitat for
incremental surface sediment sampling; this equates to a rate of 10%. Additionally, a second set of
triplicates for each of the four habitats will be collected for analysis by the laboratory prior to
grinding/homogenization. Per coordination with USEPA, field triplicates will be collected concurrently using
randomization of increment collection locations to ensure consistency with incremental sampling guidance.In
addition to the triplicates discussed above, the laboratory will perform a triplicate for a sample provided from
each site prior to drying and grinding. Additional information is provided in SOP-2.
Matrix Spike/Matrix Spike Duplicates—MS/MSDs will be collected at a rate of 5 percent.
Blanks—Rinse blanks and field blanks will be collected at a rate of 5 percent each. Trip blanks will also be
collected at a rate of 5 percent for VOC analysis of Vibracore samples.
17.2.2 Subsurface Sediment Sampling to Characterize Nature and Extent
Subsurface sediment samples will be collected using Vibracore technology. Cores will be taken at 13
locations in marshy areas, to a depth of 6 feet below the sediment surface, and at 121ocations in navigable
channels, to depths up to 12 feet below the sediment surface. Sediment coring locations were initially
selected based on creek channel and marsh morphology and results of previous bathymetric and grain size
samples. Locations were chosen to target areas of expected sediment deposition or accumulation, because
fine-grained sediment deposits are most likely to contain elevated chemical concentrations. Locations may
be altered based on information provided by hydrographic surveys in pursuit of this rationale.
Samples will be taken from up to threedepths at each location, including one sample from the sediment
surface (0-12"). As discussed previously, a phased approach will be used to collect samples from sediment
cores. Samples will be collected from the first interval (sediment surface, 0 - 12") and second interval (12" -
24") initially and the remaining portion of the sediment cores will be archived at EA's Sparks Office in
Maryland. Samples from the first interval will be analyzed for metals, SVOCs, pesticides, PCBs and
dioxin/furans. In addition, the surface sample from each location will be analyzed for grain size, total
organic carbon (TOC), and Acid Volatile Sulfides (AVS) and Simultaneously Extracted Metals (SEM).
These additional analyses will be used to help in interpretation of the bioavailability and toxicity of the
COPCs.VOC's will only be analyzed from the first interval if there is visual evidence of contamination or
volatiles are detected with a PID meter. Samples from the second interval will be analyzed for metals,
SVOCs, VOCs and pesticides. Based on analytical results from the first interval, the archived core may be
sectioned and the second interval may be subsampled for PCBs and dioxins/furans analysis. Based on
analytical results from the second interval, the deeper remainder of the archived core may be analyzed for
some or all COPCs. Additionally, during core processing if visual evidence of contamination is observed
below the first interval, the remaining intervals will be submitted for analysis. Surface strata of cores will
also be analyzed for AVS/SEM metals, grain size, and TOC. It is anticipated that twoto threecores will be
needed at each site in order to obtain sufficient volume based on typical laboratory mass requirements.
Lower Darby Creek Area Superfund Site
OU2-Folcroft Landfill
Quality Assurance Project Plan
for RI/FS Oversight
-------
EA Project No. 1453027
Revision: FINAL
Worksheets, Page 17-5 of 17-6
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. March 2012
Surface grab samples will also be taken from the all Vibracore sampling locations. Following review of the
analytical testing results from the core samples, 10 grab samples representing a gradient in COPCs will be
selected for benthic toxicityand bioaccumulation testing to provide data for risk assessment. A total of 10
samples wereselected to allow statistical analysis of results using proUCL software. The subset of samples
will be selected to represent an elevated range of concentrations/mixture of COPCs.
Sediment OA/OC Samples
Sediment QA/QC samples will be analyzed for metals, SVOCs, PCB congeners, pesticides, and
dioxins/furans, and for VOCs in the case of Vibracore surface samples.No additional grab samples of surface
sediments will be collected for QA/QC analysis.
Field Duplicates—FDs will be collected in the same manner as surface sediment samples. FDs will be
collected at a rate of 10 %for sediment cores.
Matrix Spike/Matrix Spike Duplicates—MS/MSDs will be collected at a rate of 5 percent.
Blanks—Rinse blanks and field blanks will be collected at a rate of 5 percent each. Trip blanks will also be
collected at a rate of 5 percent for VOC analysis of Vibracore samples.
Turtle Tissue Sampling:
Tensnapping turtles will be collected from the site, from which five will be selected formeat and fat
tissuesampling. Five samples is the minimal number likely required to allow statistical analysis of results.
Turtle meat and fat tissue collection protocols are designed to provide data useful for human health exposure
evaluation. Proposed sampling locations were selected based on previous fish tissue collection locations to
allow correlation of data. Tissue samples will be analyzed for metals, SVOCs, PCB congeners, pesticides,
dioxins, and lipids.
Tissue OA/OC Samples
Tissue QA/QC samples will be analyzed for metals, SVOCs, PCB congeners, pesticides, and dioxins.
Duplicates—Duplicates will be collected by the lab from homogenized tissue from within the same
individual. FDs will be collected at a rate of 10 percent.
Matrix Spike/Matrix Spike Duplicates—MS/MSDs will be collected at a rate of 5 percent.
Blanks—Rinse blanks on the knives used in tissue sampling will be collected at a rate of 5 percent.
Lower Darby Creek Area Superfund Site
OU2-Folcroft Landfill
Quality Assurance Project Plan
for RI/FS Oversight
-------
EA Project No. 1453027
Revision: FINAL
Worksheetl7, Page 17-6 of 17-6
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. March 2012
Figure 11-5. Number of incremental samples required to achieve a
specified 95% confidence width (d) as a function of the number of
increments per MI sample. Performance curves are shown for CI = 0.5s,
0.75s, and Is: where s is the standard
•d = Is
d = 0.75s
¦d = 0.5s
100
Number of Increments
Lower Darby Creek Area Superfund Site
OU2-Folcroft Landfill
Quality Assurance Project Plan
for RI/FS Oversight
-------
EA Project No. 1453027
Revision: FINAL
Worksheets, Page 18-1 of 18-5
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. March 2012
QAPP Worksheet #18
Sampling Locations and Methods/SOP Requirements Table
Sample 1 .million II)
\lalri\
Sample
T\ pe
Deplli
Anal>liial Croups
Sampling
SOP
Reference
kaliiinale
Mi l ills,
I'M Is,
SVOCs
PC Us
and
l>io\ins/
I'll rails
voc:
AX'S/
SIM
T()( &
(Irain
Size
Lipids
lienlhii'
To\kil\
Incremental Samples
LDC-IS-01
Sediment
Incremental
Surface
1
1
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
SOP-2, 22, 35
Channel sample
LDC-IS-02
Sediment
Incremental
Surface
1
1
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
SOP-2, 22, 35
Low Marsh sample
LDC-IS-03
Sediment
Incremental
Surface
1
1
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
SOP-2, 22, 35
High Marsh sample
LDC-IS-04
Sediment
Incremental
Surface
1
1
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
SOP-2, 22, 35
Channel sample
LDC-IS-05
Sediment
Incremental
Surface
1
1
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
SOP-2, 22, 35
High Marsh sample
LDC-IS-06
Sediment
Incremental
Surface
1
1
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
SOP-2, 22, 35
Low Marsh sample
LDC-IS-07
Sediment
Incremental
Surface
1
1
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
SOP-2, 22, 35
Low Marsh sample
LDC-IS-08
Sediment
Incremental
Surface
1
1
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
SOP-2, 22, 35
Low Marsh sample
LDC-IS-09
Sediment
Incremental
Surface
1
1
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
SOP-2, 22, 35
Low Marsh sample
LDC-IS-10
Sediment
Incremental
Surface
1
1
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
SOP-2, 22, 35
Channel sample
LDC-IS-11
Sediment
Incremental
Surface
1
1
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
SOP-2, 22, 35
Low Marsh sample
LDC-IS-12
Sediment
Incremental
Surface
1
1
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
SOP-2, 22, 35
Low Marsh sample
LDC-IS-13
Sediment
Incremental
Surface
1
1
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
SOP-2, 22, 35
Channel sample
LDC-IS-14
Sediment
Incremental
Surface
1
1
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
SOP-2, 22, 35
Low Marsh sample
LDC-IS-15
Sediment
Incremental
Surface
1
1
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
SOP-2, 22, 35
High Marsh sample
LDC-IS-16
Sediment
Incremental
Surface
1
1
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
SOP-2, 22, 35
Low Marsh sample
LDC-IS-17
Sediment
Incremental
Surface
1
1
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
SOP-2, 22, 35
High Marsh sample
LDC-IS-18
Sediment
Incremental
Surface
1
1
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
SOP-2, 22, 35
Channel sample
LDC-IS-19
Sediment
Incremental
Surface
1
1
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
SOP-2, 22, 35
Low Marsh sample
Lower Darby Creek Area Superfund Site
OU2-Folcroft Landfill
Quality Assurance Project Plan
for RI/FS Oversight
-------
EA Project No. 1453027
Revision: FINAL
Worksheets, Page 18-2 of 18-5
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. March 2012
S;impk- 1 .million II)
M;ilri\
S;impk-
' > lK"
Ih'plli
An;N\lk;il Crimps
S;implill
-------
EA Project No. 1453027
Revision: FINAL
Worksheets, Page 18-3 of 18-5
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. March 2012
Sample 1 .million II)
Malri\
Sample
T\ |K"
Ih'plli
AnaKlkal (Groups
Sampling
SOP
Ki-k-mui-
Kalimiak-
\klals,
I'M Is,
SVOCs
PC Us
and
l)in\ins/
I'll rails
voc
AX'S/
SIM
T<)( &
drain
Size
Lipids
lil'lllllk'
Tn\kil\
LDC-IS-TP-04
Sediment
Incremental
Surface
1
1
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
SOP-2, 22, 35
Triplicate for QC
Vibracore
LDC-VIB-01
Sediment
Vibracore
2-4depths
2-4
1-4
0-4
1
1
NA
NA
SOP-3, 35
Channel Sample
LDC-VIB-02
Sediment
Vibracore
2-4 depths
2-4
1-4
0-4
1
1
NA
NA
SOP-3, 35
Channel Sample
LDC-VIB-03
Sediment
Vibracore
2-4 depths
2-4
1-4
0-4
1
1
NA
NA
SOP-3, 35
Channel Sample
LDC-VIB-04
Sediment
Vibracore
2-4 depths
2-4
1-4
0-4
1
1
NA
NA
SOP-3, 35
Channel Sample
LDC-VIB-05
Sediment
Vibracore
2-4 depths
2-4
1-4
0-4
1
1
NA
NA
SOP-3, 35
Channel Sample
LDC-VIB-06
Sediment
Vibracore
2-4 depths
2-4
1-4
0-4
1
1
NA
NA
SOP-3, 35
Channel Sample
LDC-VIB-07
Sediment
Vibracore
2-4 depths
2-4
1-4
0-4
1
1
NA
NA
SOP-3, 35
Channel Sample
LDC-VIB-08
Sediment
Vibracore
2-4 depths
2-4
1-4
0-4
1
1
NA
NA
SOP-3, 35
Marsh Sample
LDC-VIB-09
Sediment
Vibracore
2-4 depths
2-4
1-4
0-4
1
1
NA
NA
SOP-3, 35
Marsh Sample
LDC-VIB-10
Sediment
Vibracore
2-4 depths
2-4
1-4
0-4
1
1
NA
NA
SOP-3, 35
Marsh Sample
LDC-VIB-11
Sediment
Vibracore
2-4 depths
2-4
1-4
0-4
1
1
NA
NA
SOP-3, 35
Marsh Sample
LDC-VIB-12
Sediment
Vibracore
2-4 depths
2-4
1-4
0-4
1
1
NA
NA
SOP-3, 35
Channel Sample
LDC-VIB-13
Sediment
Vibracore
2-4 depths
2-4
1-4
0-4
1
1
NA
NA
SOP-3, 35
Marsh Sample
LDC-VIB-14
Sediment
Vibracore
2-4 depths
2-4
1-4
0-4
1
1
NA
NA
SOP-3, 35
Marsh Sample
LDC-VIB-15
Sediment
Vibracore
2-4 depths
2-4
1-4
0-4
1
1
NA
NA
SOP-3, 35
Marsh Sample
LDC-VIB-16
Sediment
Vibracore
2-4 depths
2-4
1-4
0-4
1
1
NA
NA
SOP-3, 35
Marsh Sample
LDC-VIB-17
Sediment
Vibracore
2-4 depths
2-4
1-4
0-4
1
1
NA
NA
SOP-3, 35
Marsh Sample
LDC-VIB-18
Sediment
Vibracore
2-4 depths
2-4
1-4
0-4
1
1
NA
NA
SOP-3, 35
Marsh Sample
LDC-VIB-19
Sediment
Vibracore
2-4 depths
2-4
1-4
0-4
1
1
NA
NA
SOP-3, 35
Marsh Sample
LDC-VIB-20
Sediment
Vibracore
2-4 depths
2-4
1-4
0-4
1
1
NA
NA
SOP-3, 35
Channel Sample
LDC-VIB-21
Sediment
Vibracore
2-4 depths
2-4
1-4
0-4
1
1
NA
NA
SOP-3, 35
Channel Sample
Lower Darby Creek Area Superfund Site
OU2-Folcroft Landfill
Quality Assurance Project Plan
for RI/FS Oversight
-------
EA Project No. 1453027
Revision: FINAL
Worksheets, Page 18-4 of 18-5
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. March 2012
S;impk- 1 .million II)
M;ilri\
S;impk-
' > lK"
Ih'plli
An;N\lk;il Crimps
S;implill
-------
EA Project No. 1453027
Revision: FINAL
Worksheets, Page 18-5 of 18-5
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. March 2012
S;impk- 1 .million II)
M;ilri\
S;impk-
' > lK"
Ih'plli
An;N\lk;il Crimps
S;implill
-------
EA Project No. 1453027
Revision: FINAL
Worksheets, Page 19-1 of 19-3
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. March 2012
QAPP Worksheet #19
Analytical SOP Requirements Table
Matrix
Analytical
Group
Concentration
Level
Analytical and
Preparation Method
(SOP Reference)
Sample
Weight
Containers'2'
(number, size, and
type)
Preservation
Requirements
Maximum Holding
Time (preparation/
analysis)
Sediment-
Incremental
Metals
Low
SW846 83 3OB App.
A/EPA ISMO 1.3,
SOP-A5, SOP-A12
l-3kg
2-5 gallon bucket/bag
4 ± 2°C
6 months; (Hg - 28
days)
Sediment-
Incremental
SVOCs
Low
SW846 83 3OB App.
A/EPA SOM01.2,
SOP-A5, SOP-A12
l-3kg
2-5 gallon bucket/bag
4 ± 2°C
10 days to extraction,
40 days to analysis
Sediment-
Incremental
PCB
Congeners
Low
SW846 83 3OB App.
A/EPA CBCO 1.2,
SOP-A5, SOP-A12
l-3kg
2-5 gallon bucket/bag
4 ± 2°C
35 days
Sediment-
Incremental
Pesticides
Low
SW846 83 3OB App.
A/EPA SOM01.2,
SOP-A5, SOP-A12
l-3kg
2-5 gallon bucket/bag
4 ± 2°C
10 days to extraction,
40 days to analysis
Sediment-
Incremental
Dioxins/Furans
Low
SW846 83 3OB App.
A/EPA DLM02.2,
SOP-A5, SOP-A12
l-3kg
2-5 gallon bucket/bag
4 ± 2°C
35 days
Sediment-core
samples
Metals
Low
EPA ISMO 1.3
50 g
One (1) 4 oz. glass jar
4 ± 2°C
6 months; (Hg - 28
days)
Sediment-core
samples
VOCs
Low
EPA SOM01.2
50 g
Five (5) 40mL vials
(plus 2 for QC) or one
(1) 4 oz. glass jar
4 ± 2°C
10 days (48 hours to
preserve)
Sediment-core
samples
SVOCs
Low
EPA SOM01.2
50 g
One (1) 4 oz. amber
glass jar with Teflon
lined lid
4 ± 2°C
10 days to extraction,
40 days to analysis
Sediment-core
samples
PCB
Congeners
Low
EPA CBCO 1.2
50 g
One (1) 4 oz. glass jar
with Teflon lined lid
4 ± 2°C
35 days
Sediment-core
samples
Pesticides
Low
EPA SOM01.2
50 g
One (1) 4 oz. amber
glass jar with Teflon
lined lid
4 ± 2°C
10 days to extraction,
40 days to analysis
Sediment-core
samples
Dioxins/Furans
Low
EPA DLM02.2
50 g
One (1) 4 oz. amber
glass jar with Teflon
lined lid
4 ± 2°C
35 days
Lower Darby Creek Area Superfund Site
OU2-Folcroft Landfill
Quality Assurance Project Plan
for RI/FS Oversight
-------
EA Project No. 1453027
Revision: FINAL
Worksheets, Page 19-2 of 19-3
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. March 2012
Matrix
Analytical
Group
Concentration
Level
Analytical and
Preparation Method
(SOP Reference)
Sample
Weight
Containers'2'
(number, size, and
type)
Preservation
Requirements
Maximum Holding
Time (preparation/
analysis)
Sediment-core
samples
AVS/SEM
Low
EPA-821-R-91-100(1)
50 g
One (1) 4 oz. glass jar
with Teflon lined lid
and minimal headspace
above sediment
4 ± 2°C
14 days
Sediment-core
samples
Grain size
NA
ASTMD422
500 g
One (1) 16oz. glass jar
or heavy plastic bag
4 ± 2°C
NA
Sediment-core
samples
TOC
NA
EPA SW-846 Method
9060
50 g
One (1) 8oz. amber
glass jar
4 ± 2°C
28 days
Water-QA
Samples
Metals
Low
EPA ISM01.3
400mL
One (1) 1 Lplastic
bottle
Nitric acid to
pH<2
6 months; (Hg - 28
days)
Water-QA
Samples
VOCs
Low
EPA SOM01.2
120mL
Three (3) 40 mLglass
vials with Teflon lined
cap
< 6°C;
dechlorinate
with sodium
thiosulfate
(10mg/40mL);
then acidify to
pH 2 with HC1
7 days to analysis
unpreserved; 14 days
preserved
Water-QA
Samples
SVOCs
Low
EPA SOM01.2
1L
One (1) 1L amber glass
bottle with Teflon lined
lid
4 ± 2°C
7 days to analysis
Water-QA
Samples
PCB
Congeners
Low
EPA CBC01.2
2 L
Two (2) 1L amber glass
bottle with Teflon lined
lid
< 6°C
1 year
Water-QA
Samples
Pesticides
Low
EPA SOM01.2
1L
One (1) 1L amber glass
bottle with Teflon lined
lid
< 6°C
7 days to analysis
Water-QA
Samples
Dioxins/Furans
Low
EPA DLM02.2
2 L
Two (2) 1L amber glass
bottle with Teflon lined
lid
< 6°C
1 year
Tissue
Metals
Low
EPA ISM01.3
50 g
Wrap in plastic
4 ± 2°C
180 days; (Hg-26
days)
Tissue
SVOCs
Low
EPA SOM01.2
50 g
Wrap in aluminum foil
4 ± 2°C
10 days to extraction,
40 days to analysis
Lower Darby Creek Area Superfund Site
OU2-Folcroft Landfill
Quality Assurance Project Plan
for RI/FS Oversight
-------
EA Project No. 1453027
Revision: FINAL
Worksheets, Page 19-3 of 19-3
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. March 2012
Analytical and
Containers'2'
Maximum Holding
Matrix
Analytical
Group
Concentration
Level
Preparation Method
(SOP Reference)
Sample
Weight
(number, size, and
type)
Preservation
Requirements
Time (preparation/
analysis)
Tissue
PCBs
Low
EPA CBC01.2
50 g
Wrap in aluminum foil
<6°C (ideally
on dry ice)
35 days
Tissue
Pesticides
Low
EPA SOM01.2
50 g
Wrap in aluminum foil
4 ± 2°C
10 days to extraction,
40 days to analysis
Tissue
Dioxins/Furans
Low
EPA DLM02.2
50 g
Wrap in aluminum foil
4 ± 2°C
35 days
Tissue
Lipids
Low
TBD
50 g
Wrap in aluminum foil
4 ± 2°C
6 months
(1) SOP included in Appendix A. Note that SOPs for standard methods are not included.
(2) Containers listed for sediment samples apply only to Vibracore samples, collected from the cores during processing. Multi-Increment samples will be sent to the lab in large
plastic bags. The lab staff will then process and subsample them for analysis.
NOTE: SOP = Standard Operating Procedure
ISM01.3 =
SOM01.2 =
CBC01.2 =
DLM02.2 =
EPA Contract Laboratory Program Statement of Work for Inorganic Superfund Methods
EPA Contract Laboratory Program Statement of Work for Organics Analysis
EPA Analytical Services Branch Statement of Work for Analysis of Chlorinated Biphenyl Congeners (CBCs)
EPA Analytical Services Branch Statement of Work for Analysis of Chlorinated Dibenzo-p-dioxins and Chlorinated
AVS
Acid Volatile Sulfide
SEM = Simultaneously Extracted Metals
TOC = Total Organic Carbon
PCB = Polychlorinated Biphenyl
VOC = Volatile Organic Compound
SVOC = Semivolatile Organic Compound
EPA = U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
TBD = To Be Determined
Lower Darby Creek Area Superfund Site
OU2-Folcroft Landfill
Quality Assurance Project Plan
for RI/FS Oversight
-------
EA Project No. 1453027
Revision: FINAL
Worksheet20, Page 20-1 of 20-2
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. March 2012
QAPP Worksheet #20
Field Quality Control Sample Summary Table
Matrix
Analytical
Group
Concentration
Level
Analytical,
Preparation
Method/SOP
Reference
No. of
Samples'1'
No. of Field Duplicates
No. of
MS/MSD
pairs
No. of
Field
Blanks
No. of
Rinsate
blanks
No. of
Trip
Blanks
Total No.
of Samples
to Lab(2)
Sediment-
Incremental
Metals
Low
EPA ISM01.3,
SOP-A5, SOP-
A12
35
1 triplicate per 10 samples/1
per habitat
1 per 20
samples
1 per 20
samples
1 per 20
samples
NA
61
Sediment-
Incremental
SVOCs
Low
EPA SOM01.2,
SOP-A5, SOP-
A12
35
1 triplicate per 10 samples/1
per habitat
1 per 20
samples
1 per 20
samples
1 per 20
samples
NA
61
Sediment-
Incremental
PCB
Congeners
Low
EPA CBC01.2,
SOP-A5, SOP-
A12
35
1 triplicate per 10 samples/1
per habitat
1 per 20
samples
1 per 20
samples
1 per 20
samples
NA
61
Sediment-
Incremental
Pesticides
Low
EPA SOM01.2,
SOP-A5, SOP-
A12
35
1 triplicate per 10 samples/1
per habitat
1 per 20
samples
1 per 20
samples
1 per 20
samples
NA
61
Sediment-
Incremental
Dioxins/
Furans
Low
EPA DLM02.2,
SOP-A5, SOP-
A12
35
1 triplicate per 10 samples/1
per habitat
1 per 20
samples
1 per 20
samples
1 per 20
samples
NA
61
Sediment-
Cores
Metals
Low
EPA ISM01.3,
50-75
1 duplicate per 10 samples
1 per 20
samples
1 per 20
samples
1 per 20
samples
NA
64-95
Sediment-
Cores
VOCs
Low
EPA SOM01.2
25-75
1 duplicate per 10 samples
1 per 20
samples
1 per 20
samples
1 per 20
samples
1 per 20
samples
34 -95
Sediment-
Cores
SVOCs
Low
EPA SOM01.2
50-75
1 duplicate per 10 samples
1 per 20
samples
1 per 20
samples
1 per 20
samples
NA
64-95
Sediment-
Cores
PCB
Congeners
Low
EPA CBC01.2
25-75
1 duplicate per 10 samples
1 per 20
samples
1 per 20
samples
1 per 20
samples
NA
64- 95
Sediment-
Cores
Pesticides
Low
EPA SOM01.2
50-75
1 duplicate per 10 samples
1 per 20
samples
1 per 20
samples
1 per 20
samples
NA
64-95
Sediment-
Cores
Dioxins/
Furans
Low
EPA DLM02.25
25-75
1 duplicate per 10 samples
1 per 20
samples
1 per 20
samples
1 per 20
samples
NA
34-95
Sediment-
Cores
AVS/SEM
Low
EPA-821-R-91-
100(1)
25
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
25
Lower Darby Creek Area Superfund Site
OU2-Folcroft Landfill
Quality Assurance Project Plan
for RI/FS Oversight
-------
EA Project No. 1453027
Revision: FINAL
Worksheet20, Page 20-2 of 20-2
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. March 2012
QAPP Worksheet #20 (continued)
Field Quality Control Sample Summary Table
Matrix
Analytical
Group
Concentration
Level
Analytical,
Preparation
Method/SOP
Reference
No. of
Samples'1'
No. of Field Duplicates
No. of
MS/MSD
pairs
No. of
Field
Blanks
No. of
Rinsate
blanks
No. of
Trip
Blanks
Total No.
of Samples
to Lab(2)
Sediment-
Cores
Grain size
NA
ASTMD422
25
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
25
Sediment-
Cores
TOC
NA
EPA SW-846
Method 9060
25
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
25
Tissue-Turtle,
Metals
Low
EPA ISM01.3
10-5 fat
and 5 meat
1 per 10 samples per tissue type
1 per 20
samples
per tissue
NA
1 per 20
samples
NA
15
Tissue-Turtle,
SVOCs
Low
EPA SOM01.2
10-5 fat
and 5 meat
1 per 10 samples per tissue type
1 per 20
samples
NA
1 per 20
samples
NA
15
Tissue-Turtle,
PCBs
Low
EPA CBC01.2
10-5 fat
and 5 meat
1 per 10 samples per tissue type
1 per 20
samples
NA
1 per 20
samples
NA
15
Tissue-Turtle,
Pesticides
Low
EPA SOM01.2
10-5 fat
and 5 meat
1 per 10 samples per tissue type
1 per 20
samples
NA
1 per 20
samples
NA
15
Tissue-Turtle,
Dioxins/
Furans
Low
EPA DLM02.2
10-5 fat
and 5 meat
1 per 10 samples per tissue type
1 per 20
samples
NA
1 per 20
samples
NA
15
Tissue-Worm
Metals
Low
EPA ISM01.3
10
1 per 10 samples
1 per 20
samples
NA
1 per 20
samples
NA
13
Tissue-Worm
SVOCs
Low
EPA SOM01.2
10
1 per 10 samples
1 per 20
samples
NA
1 per 20
samples
NA
13
Tissue-Worm
PCBs
Low
EPA CBC01.2
10
1 per 10 samples
1 per 20
samples
NA
1 per 20
samples
NA
13
Tissue-Worm
Pesticides
Low
EPA SOM01.2
10
1 per 10 samples
1 per 20
samples
NA
1 per 20
samples
NA
13
Tissue-Worm
Dioxins/
Furans
Low
EPA DLM02.2
10
1 per 10 samples
1 per 20
samples
NA
1 per 20
samples
NA
13
Tissue-Worm
Lipids
NA
TBD
10
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
10
Lower Darby Creek Area Superfund Site
OU2-Folcroft Landfill
Quality Assurance Project Plan
for RI/FS Oversight
-------
EA Project No. 1453027
Revision: FINAL
Worksheet 1, Page 21-1 of 21-1
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. March 2012
QAPP Worksheet #21
Project Sampling SOP Reference Table
SOP Reference
Number
Responsible
Organization
Title, Revision Date and/or
Number
Equipment Type or
Instrument
Comments
SOP-1
EA
Procedures for Bathymetry and Sub-Bottom
Profile Surveys, Revision 0, November 2011
Echo sounder or sub-bottom
profiler and digital depth finder
SOP-2
EA
Multi-Increment Sampling Procedure, Revision
0, November 2011
fenite1M tubing, stainless steel
corer, Eckman sampler
SOP-3
EA
Procedure for Sampling Using Vibracore
Technology, Revision 0, November 2011
Vibracore system
SOP-4
EA
Standard Operating Procedure for Sample
Packing and Shipping, Revision 0, August 2007
Tape, coolers, ice, packing
materials
SOP-5
EA
Standard Operating Procedure for Field
Decontamination, Revision 0, August 2007
Detergent, brushes
SOP-6
EA
Procedure for Sampling Snapping Turtle Tissue,
Revision 0, November 2011
H3D
SOP-7
EA
ERT User Manual for Scribe CLP Sampling,
modified June 11, 2010
NA
SOP-21
EA
Standard Operating Procedure for Sediment
Sampling, Revision 1, August 2010
Corers, dredges
SOP-22
EA
Standard Operating Procedure for Sediment and
Benthic Macrointertebrate Sampling with
Eckman Grab, Revision 0, August 2007
Eckman grab sampler, spoon or
trowel
SOP-3 5
EA
Standard Operating Procedure for Small Boat
Operations, Revision 1, August 2010
Small boat, PFDs, fire
extinguisher
SOP-57
EA
Standard Operating Procedure for Incremental
Sampling, Revision 0, April 2011
See SOP-2 for project-specific
equipment
Provides general context for
Multi-Increment Sampling
SOP-5 9
EA
Standard Operating Procedure for Field
Logbook, Revision 0, October 2011
Log book
NOTE: SOP = Standard Operating Procedure
EA = EA Engineering, Science, and Technology
NA = Not Applicable
TBD = To Be Determined
Lower Darby Creek Area Superfund Site
OU2-Folcroft Landfill
Quality Assurance Project Plan
for RI/FS Oversight
-------
EA Project No. 1453027
Revision: FINAL
Worksheet22, Page 22-1 of 22-1
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. March 2012
QAPP Worksheet #22
Field Equipment Calibration, Maintenance, Testing, and Inspection Table
Field
Equipment
Calibration
Activity
Maintenance
Activity
Testing
Activity
Inspection
Activity
Frequency
Acceptance
Criteria
Corrective Action
Responsible
Person
SOP
Reference
MiniRAE Lite
PID (or
equivalent)
Two-point
calibration using
fresh air and span
gas
Keep clean and
replace
moisture traps
as needed.
Field test in
accordance
with the
manual
Inspect for
external damage
(LCD screen,
dents, etc.)
Daily and
when
unstable
readings
occur
Stable
reading with
no drift
Recalibrate. If
necessary, change
moisture traps and
clean lamp.
Field
personnel
SOP-A 11
NOTE: SOP = Standard Operating Procedure
LCD = Liquid Crystal Display
PID = Photoionization Detector
Lower Darby Creek Area Superfund Site
OU2-Folcroft Landfill
Quality Assurance Project Plan
for RI/FS Oversight
-------
EA Project No. 1453027
Revision: FINAL
Worksheet23, Page 23-1 of 23-2
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. March 2012
QAPP Worksheet #23
Analytical SOP Reference Table
Reference
Number
Title, Revision
Date, and/or
Number
Definitive or
Screening
Data
Analytical
Group
Instrument
Organization
Performing
Analysis
Modified for
Project Work?
(Yes/No)
SOP-A1
Draft Analytical Method for Determination
of Acid Volatile Sulfide in Sediment
(EPA-821 -R-91 -100), December 1991
Definitive
AVS/SEM
Spectrophotometer
(670 nm)
TBD
N
SOP-A2
Sediment Bioaccumulation Test with
Lumbriculus variegates (EPA-600-R-99-
064), Revision 1, September 2010
NA
Bioaccumulation
NA
EA
N
SOP-A3
28-Day Sediment Toxicity Test with
Hyalellaazteca (EPA/600/R-99/064),
Revision 1, September 2010
NA
Toxicity
NA
EA
N
SOP-A4
Sediment Toxicity Test (Daily Renewal)
with Midge (Chironomus sp.) EPA 100.2,
Revision 1, September 2010
NA
Toxicity
NA
EA
N
SOP-A5
Collecting and Processing of
Representative Samples for Energetic
Residues in Solid Matrices From Military
Training Ranges, Revision 2, October
2006
NA
NA
NA
TBD
Y (modified by the
laboratory, for
sediment)
SOP-A11
Standard Operating Procedure for
Photoionization Detector, August 2007
Screening
VOCs
PID
EA
N
SOP-A12
Additional Procedures for Collection and
Analysis of Incremental Samples
NA
NA
NA
TBD
N
Lower Darby Creek Area Superfund Site
OU2-Folcroft Landfill
Quality Assurance Project Plan
for RI/FS Oversight
-------
EA Project No. 1453027
Revision: FINAL
Worksheet23, Page 23-2 of 23-2
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. March 2012
Title, Revision
Definitive or
Organization
Modified for
Reference
Date, and/or
Screening
Analytical
Group
Performing
Project Work?
Number
Number
Data
Instrument
Analysis
(Yes/No)
See Appendix A for SOPs.
NOTE: AVS
Acid Volatile Sulfide
SOP
Standard Operating Procedure
EA
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc.
voc
Volatile Organic Compound
PID
Photoionization Detector
SEM
Simultaneously Extracted Metal
SOPs for standard methods are not provided. If necessary, SOPs for analysis by non-EPA labs, and corresponding laboratory QA Manuals, will be provided in addenda when
laboratory subcontracts are completed.
Lower Darby Creek Area Superfund Site
OU2-Folcroft Landfill
Quality Assurance Project Plan
for RI/FS Oversight
-------
EA Project No. 1453027
Revision: FINAL
Worksheet24, Page 24-1 of 24-3
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. March 2012
QAPP Worksheet #24
Analytical Instrument Calibration Table
All calibration procedures will be performed in accordance with laboratory SOPs, instrument manufacturers' instructions, and applicable EPA guidance/SOPs.
Instrument/
Method
Calibration
Procedure
Frequency of Calibration
Acceptance Criteria
Corrective Action
Person Responsible for
Corrective Action
SOP Reference
Inductively Coupled
Plasma Mass
Spectroscopy (ICP-MS)
(Metals)
Multipoint calibration
with at least 6
standards, including a
blank and one at or
below the CRQL
Each time the instrument is
set up, after failure of a ICV
or CCV
Correlation coefficient >
0.995; percent differences
for non-blank calibration
data during refitting
<30%; y-intercept
0.995; percent differences
for non-blank calibration
data during refitting
<30%; y-intercept
-------
EA Project No. 1453027
Revision: FINAL
Worksheet24, Page 24-2 of 24-3
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. March 2012
Instrument/
Method
Calibration
Procedure
Frequency of Calibration
Acceptance Criteria
Corrective Action
Person Responsible for
Corrective Action
SOP Reference
Continuing calibration
verification (CCV)
At least every 2 hours
All analytes within +10%
of expected value, %RSD
for all replicates <5%
Correct problem, repeat initial
calibration, reanalyze all
samples since the last
acceptable CCV
Lab analyst
Check standard
Every 15 samples
In accordance with
laboratory SOP
Correct problem, repeat
calibration
Lab analyst
Gas Chromatograph/
Mass Spectrometer
(GC/MS) (VOCs,
SVOCs)
Multipoint calibration
with at least 5
standards
Upon award of the contract,
and whenever corrective
action is taken or CCV
acceptance criteria are not
met
Compound-specific
acceptance criteria from
SOM01.2
Inspect system for problem,
perform maintenance as
necessary, recalibrate
Lab analyst
EPA SOM01.2®
Continuing calibration
verification (CCV)
At the beginning and end of
each 12-hour period
Compound-specific
acceptance criteria from
SOM01.2
For opening CCV, recalibrate.
For closing CCV, recalibrate
and then rerun samples and
blanks analyzed during the
preceding 12 hours.
Lab analyst
High Resolution Gas
Chromatograph/ High
Resolution Mass
Spectrometer
(HRGC/HRMS) (PCB
Congeners)
Multipoint calibration
with at least 5
standards
Upon award of the contract,
and whenever corrective
action is taken or CCV
acceptance criteria are not
met
Compound-specific
acceptance criteria from
CBC01.2
Inspect system for problem,
perform maintenance as
necessary, recalibrate
Lab analyst
EPA CBC01.2(1)
Continuing calibration
verification (CCV)
At the beginning and end of
each 12-hour period
Compound-specific
acceptance criteria from
CBC01.2
For opening CCV, recalibrate.
For closing CCV, recalibrate
and then rerun samples and
blanks analyzed during the
preceding 12 hours.
Lab analyst
Gas Chromatograph/
Electron Capture
Detector (GC/ECD)
(Pesticides)
Multipoint calibration
with at least 5
standards
Upon award of the contract,
and whenever corrective
action is taken or CCV
acceptance criteria are not
met
Acceptance criteria from
SOM01.2
Inspect system for problem,
perform maintenance as
necessary, recalibrate
Lab analyst
EPA SOM01.2®
Continuing calibration
verification (CCV)
At the beginning and end of
each 12-hour period
Acceptance criteria from
SOM01.2
Reinject. If still not met,
perform maintenance and
recalibrate.
Lab analyst
Lower Darby Creek Area Superfund Site
OU2-Folcroft Landfill
Quality Assurance Project Plan
for RI/FS Oversight
-------
EA Project No. 1453027
Revision: FINAL
Worksheet24, Page 24-3 of 24-3
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. March 2012
Instrument/
Method
Calibration
Procedure
Frequency of Calibration
Acceptance Criteria
Corrective Action
Person Responsible for
Corrective Action
SOP Reference
High Resolution Gas
Chromatograph/ High
Resolution Mass
Spectrometer
(HRGC/HRMS)
(Dioxins/Furans)
Multipoint calibration
with at least 5
standards
Upon award of the contract,
and whenever corrective
action is taken or CCV
acceptance criteria are not
met
Compound-specific
acceptance criteria from
DLM02.2
Inspect system for problem,
perform maintenance as
necessary, recalibrate
Lab analyst
EPA DLM02.2®
Continuing calibration
verification (CCV)
At the beginning and end of
each 12-hour period
Compound-specific
acceptance criteria from
DLM02.2
For opening CCV, recalibrate.
For closing CCV, recalibrate
and then rerun samples and
blanks analyzed during the
preceding 12 hours.
Lab analyst
Spectrophotometer
(AVS/SEM)
Multipoint calibration
with at least 4
standards and a blank
In accordance with
laboratory SOP
In accordance with
laboratory SOP
Correct problem and repeat the
initial calibration
Lab analyst
EPA-821 -R-91 -100
(SOP-A1)
Quality Control
Sample (QCS)
In accordance with
laboratory SOP
85-105% recovery
In accordance with laboratory
SOP
Lab analyst
Carbonaceous analyzer
(TOC)
In accordance with
instrument manual and
laboratory SOP
In accordance with
instrument manual and
laboratory SOP
In accordance with
instrument manual and
laboratory SOP
In accordance with instrument
manual and laboratory SOP
Lab analyst
EPA SW-846
Method 9060(1)
Calibration check
standard
Every 15 samples
In accordance with
instrument manual and
laboratory SOP
In accordance with instrument
manual and laboratory SOP
Lab analyst
(1) Standard method.
NOTE: ISM01.3 = EPA Contract Laboratory Program Statement of Work for Inorganic Superfund Methods
SOMOl .2 = EPA Contract Laboratory Program Statement of Work for Organics Analysis
CBC01.2 = EPA Analytical Services Branch Statement of Work for Analysis of Chlorinated Biphenyl Congeners (CBCs)
DLM02.2 = EPA Analytical Services Branch Statement of Work for Analysis of Chlorinated Dibenzo-p-dioxins and ChlorinatedDibenzofiirans
SOP = Standard Operating Procedure
AVS = Acid Volatile Sulfide
SEM = Simultaneously Extracted Metals
TOC = Total Organic Carbon
PCB = Polychlorinated Biphenyl
VOC = Volatile Organic Compound
SVOC = Semivolatile Organic Compound
SOP = Standard Operating Procedure
EPA = United States Environmental Protection Agency
CRQL = Contract Required Quantitation Limit
RSD = Relative Standard Deviation
Lower Darby Creek Area Superfund Site
OU2-Folcroft Landfill
Quality Assurance Project Plan
for RI/FS Oversight
-------
EA Project No. 1453027
Revision: FINAL
Worksheet25, Page 25-1 of 25-1
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. March 2012
QAPP Worksheet #25
Analytical Instrument and Equipment Maintenance, Testing, and Inspection Table
Instrument/
Equipment
Maintenance
Activity
Testing
Activity
Inspection
Activity
Frequency
Acceptance
Criteria
Corrective
Action
Responsible
Person
SOP
Reference
Inductively Coupled
Plasma- Mass
Spectrometer (ICP-MS)
Lab Analyst/
Supervisor
EPA S01.2(1)
Inductively Coupled
Plasma-Atomic
Emission Spectrometer
(ICP-AES)
Lab Analyst/
Supervisor
EPA ISM01.3®
Gas Chromatograph/
Mass Spectrometer
(GS/MS)
In accordance with
manufacturer's
instructions,
laboratory QC
procedures, and
EPA guidelines
In accordance with
manufacturer's
instructions,
laboratory QC
procedures, and
EPA guidelines
In accordance with
manufacturer's
instructions, laboratory
QC procedures, and
EPA guidelines
In accordance with
manufacturer's
instructions, laboratory
QC procedures, and
EPA guidelines
In accordance with
manufacturer's
instructions, laboratory
QC procedures, and
EPA guidelines
In accordance with
manufacturer's
instructions, laboratory
QC procedures, and
EPA guidelines
Lab Analyst/
Supervisor
EPA SOM01.2®
High Resolution Gas
Chromatograph/ High
Resolution Mass
Spectrometer
(HRGC/HRMS)
Lab Analyst/
Supervisor
EPA CBC01.2(1),
EPA DLM02.2(1)
Gas Chromatograph/
Electron Capture
Detector (GC/ECD)
Lab Analyst/
Supervisor
EPA SOM01.2®
Spectrophotometer
Lab Analyst/
Supervisor
EPA-821-R-91-
100 (SOP-A1)
Carbon Analyzer
Lab Analyst/
Supervisor
EPA SW-846
Method 9060
(1) Standard method.
NOTE: ISM01.3 = EPA Contract Laboratory Program Statement of Work for Inorganic Superfund Methods
SOM01.2 = EPA Contract Laboratory Program Statement of Work for Organics Analysis
CBC01.2 = EPA Analytical Services Branch Statement of Work for Analysis of Chlorinated Biphenyl Congeners (CBCs)
DLM02.2 = EPA Analytical Services Branch Statement of Work for Analysis of Chlorinated Dibenzo-p-dioxins and Chlorinated
SOP = Standard Operating Procedure
QC = Quality Control
EPA = United States Environmental Protection Agency
Lower Darby Creek Area Superfund Site
OU2-Folcroft Landfill
Quality Assurance Project Plan
for RI/FS Oversight
-------
EA Project No. 1453027
Revision: FINAL
Worksheet26, Page 26-1 of 26-1
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. March 2012
QAPP Worksheet #26
Sample Handling System
SAMPLE COLLECTION, PACKAGING, AND SHIPMENT
Sample Collection (Personnel/Organization): Field personnel/ EA
Sample Packaging (Personnel/Organization): Field personnel/EA
Coordination of Shipment (Personnel/Organization): Field personnel/ EA
Type of Shipment/Carrier: overnight express (e.g. Federal Express)
SAMPLE RECEIPT AND ANALYSIS
Sample Receipt (Personnel/Organization): Lab personnel
Sample Custody and Storage (Personnel/Organization): Lab personnel
Sample Preparation (Personnel/Organization): Lab personnel
Sample Determinative Analysis (Personnel/Organization): Lab personnel
SAMPLE ARCHIVING
Field Sample Storage (No. of days from sample collection): see Worksheet #19 (holding times). EA will
make every effort to ship samples the same day as collection.
Sample and Extract/Digestate Storage (No. of days from sample collection): Lab Specific
Biological Sample Storage (No. of days from sample collection): Lab Specific
SAMPLE DISPOSAL
Personnel/Organization: Lab personnel
Number of Days from Analysis: Lab Specific
NOTE: EA = EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc.
Lower Darby Creek Area Superfund Site
OU2-Folcroft Landfill
Quality Assurance Project Plan
for RI/FS Oversight
-------
EA Project No. 1453027
Revision: DRAFT
Worksheet27, Page 27-1 of 27-1
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. November 2011
QAPP Worksheet #27
Sample Custody Requirements
Sample Identification Procedures:
Samples collected using incremental sampling techniques will be named LDC-IS-##, numberedOl-
35based on the DU#. Duplicate samples will be named LDC-IS-Dup-##, numbered sequentially.
Vibracore sampling locations will be labeled LDC-VIB-##, numbered 01-25 in the order sampled.
Names ofVibracore samples from these locations will also include the depth of sampling. For example, a
sample from a depth of 5 feet at the tenth Vibracore location would be named LDC-VIB-10-5ft. Surface
sediment grab samples from the Vibracore locations will have the added suffix "SG" (e.g., LDC-VIB-10-
SG). Duplicate samples will be named LDC-VIB-Dup-##, numbered sequentially.
Turtle tissue samples will be named LDC-TUR-##, numbered 01-05 in the order collected.
Tissue samples of Lumbri cuius variegates from the bioaccumulation tests will be named LDC-LV-##,
numbered 01-10.
Field Sample Custody Procedures (sample collection, packaging, shipment, and delivery to
laboratory):Samples will be packed and shipped in accordance with U.S. Environmental Protection
Agency (EPA) Region III requirements. Double-bagged ice will be packed around the samples. A
completed chain-of-custody (COC) form, created using Scribe (V3.8) software, will be placed in a sealed
plastic bag and taped to the inside lid of one of the coolers for each shipment.Each cooler will be cleaned
and quality controlled as noted in the EPA Region III requirements and will be lined with bubble wrap
and a plastic trash bag. A temperature blank will be included to ensure that each cooler is maintained at
4°C. Coolers will be sealed with tape and a custody seal will be attached to protect the integrity of the
samples. Samples will be shipped to the laboratory via overnight delivery service. The shipping
information will be reported by uploading electronic files from Scribe (V3.8), and COCs will be faxed
daily to the EPA Regional Sample Control Coordinator.
Laboratory Sample Custody Procedures (receipt of samples, archiving, disposal):Lab Specific (in
accordance with laboratory quality assurance/quality control procedures)
Lower Darby Creek Area Superfund Site
OU2-Folcroft Landfill
Quality Assurance Project Plan
for RI/FS Oversight
-------
EA Project No. 1453027
Revision: FINAL
Worksheet28, Page 28-1 of 28-22
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. March 2012
QAPP Worksheet #28-1
Quality Control Samples Table
Matrix
Sediment
Analytical Group
Metals
Concentration Level
Low
Sampling SOP(s)
SOP-2, SOP-3 (Appendix A)
Analytical Method/SOP Reference
Inorganic Superfund Method (ISM)01.3
Sampler's Name
To Be Determined (TBD), Field personnel
Field Sampling Organization
EA
Analytical Organization
Contract Laboratory Program (CLP) lab
No. of Sample Locations
60
Lab Quality
Control (QC)
Sample:
Frequency/
Number
Method/SOP QC
Acceptance Limits
Corrective Action
Person(s)
Responsible for
Corrective Action
Data Quality
Indicator
(DQI)
Measurement
Performance
Criteria
Field/Rinsate
Blank
One per sampling
event
CRQL; or, if >CRQL, the
lowest sample
concentration of the analyte
is > lOx the blank
concentration
Redistill and reanalyze
all associated samples
for which analyte
concentration is both
>CRQL and <10x blank
Analyst/
Supervisor
Bias/Contaminati
on
Same as QC
Acceptance Limits
Calibration
Verification
90-110% Recovery and
%Relative Standard
Deviation (RSD) from all
replicates <5%
Recalibrate instrument,
verify calibration,
reanalyze all analytical
samples analyzed since
last compliant
verification sample
Analyst/
Supervisor
Calibration
Accuracy
Same as QC
Acceptance Limits
Lower Darby Creek Area Superfund Site
OU2-Folcroft Landfill
Quality Assurance Project Plan
for RI/FS Oversight
-------
EA Project No. 1453027
Revision: FINAL
Worksheet28, Page 28-2 of 28-22
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. March 2012
Lab Quality
Control (QC)
Sample:
Frequency/
Number
Method/SOP QC
Acceptance Limits
Corrective Action
Person(s)
Responsible for
Corrective Action
Data Quality
Indicator
(DQI)
Measurement
Performance
Criteria
Interference
Check Sample
One per analytical
batch, following
calibration and
initial calibration
verification
±20% of true value or
±1 *CRQL of the analyte's
true value, whichever is
greater
Terminate analysis,
correct problem, and
recalibrate instrument
Analyst/
Supervisor
Interference
Same as QC
Acceptance Limits
Laboratory
Control Sample
(LCS)
One per prep
batch of twenty or
fewer samples
80-120% recoveries
Redigest and reanalyze
associated samples
Analyst/Supervisor
Accuracy/Bias
Same as QC
Acceptance Limits
Matrix
Spike/Matrix
Spike Duplicate
(MS/MSD)
One per prep
batch of twenty or
fewer samples
75-125%) Recovery
Flag associated samples
with "N" and perform a
post-digestion spike,
unless sample
concentration exceeds
spike added by a factor
of 4 or more.
Analyst/Supervisor
Accuracy/Bias
Same as QC
Acceptance Limits
Field Duplicate/
Triplicate
One per 10
samples
(duplicate for
Vibracore,
triplicate for
incremental
sampling)
<20% RPD
NA
Field Staff
Precision
Same as QC
Acceptance Limits
Lab Duplicate
One for each
group of samples
of similar matrix
type or for each
SDG, whichever
is more frequent
<20% RPD (where
concentration > 5*CRQL);
Or, the CRQL (where
concentration is
1-5*CRQL)
Flag samples received
associated with that
duplicate with an *.
Analyst/Supervisor
Precision
Same as QC
Acceptance Limits
NOTE: SOP = Standard Operating Procedure
CRQL = Contract Required Quantitation Limit
RPD = Relative Percent Difference
RSD = Relative Standard Deviation
QC = Quality Control
ISM01.3 = EPA Contract Laboratory Program Statement of Work for Inorganic Superfund Methods
SDG = Sample Delivery Group
Lower Darby Creek Area Superfund Site
OU2-Folcroft Landfill
Quality Assurance Project Plan
for RI/FS Oversight
-------
EA Project No. 1453027
Revision: FINAL
Worksheet28, Page 28-3 of 28-22
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. March 2012
QAPP Worksheet #28-2
Quality Control Samples Table
Matrix
Sediment
Analytical Group
Volatile Organic Compounds (VOCs)
Concentration Level
Low
Sampling SOP(s)
SOP-3 (Appendix A)
Analytical Method/SOP Reference
EPA SOM01.2
Sampler's Name
To Be Determined (TBD), Field personnel
Field Sampling Organization
EA
Analytical Organization
Contract Laboratory Program (CLP) lab
No. of Sample Locations
25
Lab Quality
Control (QC)
Sample:
Frequency/
Number
Method/SOP QC
Acceptance Limits
Corrective Action
Person(s)
Responsible for
Corrective Action
Data Quality
Indicator
(DQD
Measurement
Performance
Criteria
Field/Rinsate
Blank
One field, one rinsate
blank, and one trip
blank per 20 samples
-------
EA Project No. 1453027
Revision: FINAL
Worksheet28, Page 28-4 of 28-22
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. March 2012
Lab Quality
Control (QC)
Sample:
Frequency/
Number
Method/SOP QC
Acceptance Limits
Corrective Action
Person(s)
Responsible for
Corrective Action
Data Quality
Indicator
(DQD
Measurement
Performance
Criteria
Matrix
Spike/Matrix
Spike Duplicate
(MS/MSD)
One per 20 samples
Acceptance criteria
from SOMO 1.2
Reanalyze MS/MSD if retention
time shift does not meet acceptance
criteria.
Analyst/
Supervisor
Accuracy/Bias
Same as QC
Acceptance Limits
Field duplicate
One per 10 samples
RPD<20%
NA
Field staff
Precision
Same as QC
Acceptance Limits
NOTE: SOP = Standard Operating Procedure
CRQL = Contract Required Quantitation Limit
RPD = Relative Percent Difference
QC = Quality Control
SOMO1.2 = EPA Contract Laboratory Program Statement of Work for Organics Analysis
CCV = Continuing Calibration Verification
Lower Darby Creek Area Superfund Site
OU2-Folcroft Landfill
Quality Assurance Project Plan
for RI/FS Oversight
-------
EA Project No. 1453027
Revision: FINAL
Worksheet28, Page 28-5 of 28-22
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. March 2012
QAPP Worksheet #28-3
Quality Control Samples Table
Matrix
Sediment
Analytical Group
Semivolatile Organic Compounds (SVOCs) including Polycyclic Aromatic Hydrocarbons (PAHs)
Concentration Level
Low
Sampling SOP(s)
SOP-2, SOP-3 (Appendix A)
Analytical Method/SOP Reference
EPA SOM01.2
Sampler's Name
To Be Determined (TBD), Field personnel
Field Sampling Organization
EA
Analytical Organization
Contract Laboratory Program (CLP) lab
No. of Sample Locations
60
Lab Quality
Control (QC)
Sample:
Frequency/
Number
Method/SOP QC
Acceptance Limits
Corrective Action
Person(s)
Responsible for
Corrective
Action
Data Quality
Indicator
(DQD
Measurement
Performance
Criteria
Field/Rinsate
Blank
One field and one rinsate
blank per 20 samples
-------
EA Project No. 1453027
Revision: FINAL
Worksheet28, Page 28-6 of 28-22
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. March 2012
Lab Quality
Control (QC)
Sample:
Frequency/
Number
Method/SOP QC
Acceptance Limits
Corrective Action
Person(s)
Responsible for
Corrective
Action
Data Quality
Indicator
(DQD
Measurement
Performance
Criteria
NOTE: SOP
Standard Operating Procedure
CRQL
Contract Required Quantitation Limit
RPD
Relative Percent Difference
QC
Quality Control
SOMO1.2 = EPA Contract Laboratory Program Statement of Work for Organics Analysis
Lower Darby Creek Area Superfund Site
OU2-Folcroft Landfill
Quality Assurance Project Plan
for RI/FS Oversight
-------
EA Project No. 1453027
Revision: FINAL
Worksheet28, Page 28-7 of 28-22
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. March 2012
QAPP Worksheet #28-4
Quality Control Samples Table
Matrix
Sediment
Analytical Group
PCB Congeners
Concentration Level
Low
Sampling SOP(s)
SOP-2, SOP-3 (Appendix A)
Analytical Method/SOP Reference
EPA CBC01.2
Sampler's Name
To Be Determined (TBD), Field personnel
Field Sampling Organization
EA
Analytical Organization
Contract Laboratory Program (CLP) lab
No. of Sample Locations
60
Lab Quality
Control (QC)
Sample:
Frequency/
Number
Method/SOP QC
Acceptance Limits
Corrective Action
Person(s)
Responsible for
Corrective Action
Data Quality
Indicator
(DQD
Measurement
Performance
Criteria
Field/Rinsate
Blank
One field and one
rinsate blank per 20
samples
-------
EA Project No. 1453027
Revision: FINAL
Worksheet28, Page 28-8 of 28-22
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. March 2012
Lab Quality
Control (QC)
Sample:
Frequency/
Number
Method/SOP QC
Acceptance Limits
Corrective Action
Person(s)
Responsible for
Corrective Action
Data Quality
Indicator
(DQD
Measurement
Performance
Criteria
NOTE: SOP
CRQL
RPD
CBC01.2
Standard Operating Procedure
Contract Required Quantitation Limit
Relative Percent Difference
EPA Analytical Services Branch Statement of Work for Analysis of Chlorinated Biphenyl Congeners (CBCs)
Lower Darby Creek Area Superfund Site
OU2-Folcroft Landfill
Quality Assurance Project Plan
for RI/FS Oversight
-------
EA Project No. 1453027
Revision: FINAL
Worksheet28, Page 28-9 of 28-22
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. March 2012
QAPP Worksheet #28-5
Quality Control Samples Table
Matrix
Sediment
Analytical Group
Pesticides
Concentration Level
Low
Sampling SOP(s)
SOP-2, SOP-3 (Appendix A)
Analytical Method/SOP Reference
EPA SOM01.2
Sampler's Name
To Be Determined (TBD), Field personnel
Field Sampling Organization
EA
Analytical Organization
Contract Laboratory Program (CLP) lab
No. of Sample Locations
60
Lab Quality
Control (QC)
Sample:
Frequency/
Number
Method/SOP QC
Acceptance Limits
Corrective Action
Person(s)
Responsible for
Corrective Action
Data Quality
Indicator
(DQI)
Measurement
Performance
Criteria
Field/Rinsate
Blank
One field and one
rinsate blank per 20
samples
CRQL, investigate and
correct source of contamination.
Re-extract and reanalyze all
associated samples. If surrogate
recoveries do not meet acceptance
criteria, reanalyze blank; if criteria
still not met, re-extract and
reanalyze associated samples.
Analyst/
Supervisor
Bias/
Contamination
Same as QC
Acceptance Limits
Instrument Blank
(with surrogates)
At the beginning of
each 12-hour analysis
sequence, and after
each sample group.
CRQL or surrogate
retention times are outside the
windows, investigate and correct
problem. Reanalyze all associated
samples.
Analyst/
Supervisor
Bias/
Contamination
Same as QC
Acceptance Limits
Lower Darby Creek Area Superfund Site
OU2-Folcroft Landfill
Quality Assurance Project Plan
for RI/FS Oversight
-------
EA Project No. 1453027
Revision: FINAL
Worksheet28, Page 28-10 of 28-22
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. March 2012
Lab Quality
Control (QC)
Sample:
Frequency/
Number
Method/SOP QC
Acceptance Limits
Corrective Action
Person(s)
Responsible for
Corrective Action
Data Quality
Indicator
(DQI)
Measurement
Performance
Criteria
Laboratory
Control Sample
(LCS)
Prepare and analyze
one per 20 samples of
similar matrix for
each sample delivery
group
Acceptance criteria
from SOMO 1.2
Check calculations and investigate
any sources of problems. If
necessary, recalibrate the
instrument. Reanalyze LCS until
acceptance criteria are met.
Analyst/
Supervisor
Accuracy/Bias
Same as QC
Acceptance Limits
Matrix
Spike/Matrix
Spike Duplicate
(MS/MSD)
One per 20 field
samples
Acceptance criteria
from SOMO 1.2
Reanalyze MS/MSD if surrogates
are not within retention time
window.
Analyst/
Supervisor
Accuracy/Bias
Same as QC
Acceptance Limits
Field duplicate
One per 10 samples
(duplicate for
Vibracore, triplicate
for incremental
sampling)
RPD<20%
NA
Field staff
Precision
Same as QC
Acceptance Limits
NOTE: SOP = Standard Operating Procedure
CRQL = Contract Required Quantitation Limit
RPD = Relative Percent Difference
QC = Quality Control
SOMO 1.2= EPA Contract Laboratory Program Statement of Work for Organics Analysis
Lower Darby Creek Area Superfund Site
OU2-Folcroft Landfill
Quality Assurance Project Plan
for RI/FS Oversight
-------
EA Project No. 1453027
Revision: FINAL
Worksheet28, Page 28-11 of 28-22
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. March 2012
QAPP Worksheet #28-6
Quality Control Samples Table
Matrix
Sediment
Analytical Group
Dioxins/Furans
Concentration Level
Low
Sampling SOP(s)
SOP-2, SOP-3 (Appendix A)
Analytical Method/SOP Reference
EPA DLM02.2
Sampler's Name
To Be Determined (TBD), Field personnel
Field Sampling Organization
EA
Analytical Organization
Contract Laboratory Program (CLP) lab
No. of Sample Locations
60
Lab Quality
Control (QC)
Sample:
Frequency/
Number
Method/SOP QC
Acceptance Limits
Corrective Action
Person(s)
Responsible for
Corrective Action
Data Quality
Indicator
(DQD
Measurement
Performance
Criteria
Field/Rinsate
Blank
One field and one
rinsate blank per 20
samples
-------
EA Project No. 1453027
Revision: FINAL
Worksheet28, Page 28-12 of 28-22
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. March 2012
QAPP Worksheet #28-7
Quality Control Samples Table
Matrix
Sediment
Analytical Group
AVS/SEM
Concentration Level
Low
Sampling SOP(s)
SOP-3 (Appendix A)
Analytical Method/SOP Reference
EP A-821 -R-91-100
Sampler's Name
TBD, Field personnel
Field Sampling Organization
EA
Analytical Organization
Contract Laboratory Program (CLP) lab
No. of Sample Locations
25
Lab Quality
Control
(QC)
Sample:
Frequency/
Number
Method/SOP QC
Acceptance Limits
Corrective Action
Person(s)
Responsible for
Corrective Action
Data Quality
Indicator
(DQD
Measurement
Performance
Criteria
Field/Rinsate
Blank
One per sampling
event
-------
EA Project No. 1453027
Revision: FINAL
Worksheet28, Page 28-13 of 28-22
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. March 2012
Lab Quality
Control
(QC)
Sample:
Frequency/
Number
Method/SOP QC
Acceptance Limits
Corrective Action
Person(s)
Responsible for
Corrective Action
Data Quality
Indicator
(DQD
Measurement
Performance
Criteria
NOTE: SOP
MDL
QC
= Standard Operating Procedure
= Method Detection Limit
= Quality Control
Lower Darby Creek Area Superfund Site
OU2-Folcroft Landfill
Quality Assurance Project Plan
for RI/FS Oversight
-------
EA Project No. 1453027
Revision: FINAL
Worksheet28, Page 28-14 of 28-22
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. March 2012
QAPP Worksheet #28-8
Quality Control Samples Table
Matrix
Sediment
Analytical Group
Total Organic Carbon (TOC)
Concentration Level
Low
Sampling SOP(s)
SOP-3 (Appendix A)
Analytical Method/SOP Reference
EP A-821 -R-91-100
Sampler's Name
TBD, Field personnel
Field Sampling Organization
EA
Analytical Organization
Contract Laboratory Program (CLP) lab
No. of Sample Locations
25
Lab Quality
Control
(QC)
Sample:
Frequency/
Number
Method/SOP QC
Acceptance Limits
Corrective Action
Person(s)
Responsible for
Corrective Action
Data Quality
Indicator
(DQD
Measurement
Performance
Criteria
Field/Rinsate
Blank
One per sampling
event
-------
EA Project No. 1453027
Revision: FINAL
Worksheet28, Page 28-15 of 28-22
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. March 2012
QAPP Worksheet #28-9
Quality Control Samples Table
Matrix
Tissue
Analytical Group
Metals
Concentration Level
Low
Sampling SOP(s)
SOP-6, SOP-A2 (Appendix A)
Analytical Method/SOP Reference
Inorganic Superfund Method (ISM) 01.3
Sampler's Name
To Be Determined (TBD), Field personnel
Field Sampling Organization
EA
Analytical Organization
Contract Laboratory Program (CLP) lab
No. of Sample Locations
20
Lab Quality
Control (QC)
Sample:
Frequency/
Number
Method/SOP QC
Acceptance Limits
Corrective Action
Person(s)
Responsible for
Corrective Action
Data Quality
Indicator
(DQI)
Measurement
Performance
Criteria
Field/Rinsate
Blank
One per sampling
event
CRQL; or, if >CRQL, the
lowest sample
concentration of the analyte
is > lOx the blank
concentration
Redistill and reanalyze
all associated samples
for which analyte
concentration is both
>CRQL and <10x blank
Analyst/
Supervisor
Bias/
Contamination
Same as QC
Acceptance Limits
Calibration
Verification
90-110% Recovery and %
RSD from all replicates
<5%
Recalibrate instrument,
verify calibration,
reanalyze all analytical
samples analyzed since
last compliant
verification sample
Analyst/
Supervisor
Calibration
Accuracy
Same as QC
Acceptance Limits
Lower Darby Creek Area Superfund Site
OU2-Folcroft Landfill
Quality Assurance Project Plan
for RI/FS Oversight
-------
EA Project No. 1453027
Revision: FINAL
Worksheet28, Page 28-16 of 28-22
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. March 2012
Lab Quality
Control (QC)
Sample:
Frequency/
Number
Method/SOP QC
Acceptance Limits
Corrective Action
Person(s)
Responsible for
Corrective Action
Data Quality
Indicator
(DQI)
Measurement
Performance
Criteria
Interference
Check Sample
One per analytical
batch, following
calibration and
initial calibration
verification
±20% of true value or
±1 *CRQL of the analyte's
true value, whichever is
greater
Terminate analysis,
correct problem, and
recalibrate instrument
Analyst/
Supervisor
Interference
Same as QC
Acceptance Limits
Laboratory
Control Sample
(LCS)
One per prep
batch of twenty or
fewer samples
80-120% recoveries
Redigest and reanalyze
associated samples
Analyst/Supervisor
Accuracy/Bias
Same as QC
Acceptance Limits
Matrix
Spike/Matrix
Spike Duplicate
(MS/MSD)
One per prep
batch of twenty or
fewer samples
75-125%) Recovery
Flag associated samples
with "N" and perform a
post-digestion spike,
unless sample
concentration exceeds
spike added by a factor
of 4 or more.
Analyst/Supervisor
Accuracy/Bias
Same as QC
Acceptance Limits
Field duplicate
One per 10
samples
RPD<20%
NA
Field staff
Precision
Same as QC
Acceptance Limits
Duplicate
One for each
group of samples
of similar matrix
type or for each
SDG, whichever
is more frequent
<20% RPD (where
concentration > 5*CRQL);
Or, the CRQL (where
concentration is
1-5*CRQL)
Flag samples received
associated with that
duplicate with an *.
Analyst/Supervisor
Precision
Same as QC
Acceptance Limits
NOTE: SOP = Standard Operating Procedure
CRQL = Contract Required Quantitation Limit
RPD = Relative Percent Difference
RSD = Relative Standard Deviation
QC = Quality Control
ISMO1.3 = EPA Contract Laboratory Program Statement of Work for Inorganic Superfund Methods
SDG = Sample Delivery Group
Lower Darby Creek Area Superfund Site
OU2-Folcroft Landfill
Quality Assurance Project Plan
for RI/FS Oversight
-------
EA Project No. 1453027
Revision: FINAL
Worksheet28, Page 28-17 of 28-22
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. March 2012
QAPP Worksheet #28-10
Quality Control Samples Table
Matrix
Tissue
Analytical Group
Semivolatile Organic Compounds (SVOCs) including Polycyclic Aromatic Hydrocarbons (PAHs)
Concentration Level
Low
Sampling SOP(s)
SOP-6, SOP-A2 (Appendix A)
Analytical Method/SOP Reference
EPA SOM01.2
Sampler's Name
To Be Determined (TBD), Field personnel
Field Sampling Organization
EA
Analytical Organization
Contract Laboratory Program (CLP) lab
No. of Sample Locations
20
Lab Quality
Control (QC)
Sample:
Frequency/
Number
Method/SOP QC
Acceptance Limits
Corrective Action
Person(s)
Responsible for
Corrective Action
Data Quality
Indicator
(DQI)
Measurement
Performance
Criteria
Field/Rinsate
Blank
One field and one
rinsate blank per 20
samples
-------
EA Project No. 1453027
Revision: FINAL
Worksheet28, Page 28-18 of 28-22
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. March 2012
Lab Quality
Control (QC)
Sample:
Frequency/
Number
Method/SOP QC
Acceptance Limits
Corrective Action
Person(s)
Responsible for
Corrective Action
Data Quality
Indicator
(DQI)
Measurement
Performance
Criteria
NOTE: SOP
CRQL
RPD
QC
SOM01.2
= Standard Operating Procedure
= Contract Required Quantitation Limit
= Relative Percent Difference
= Quality Control
= EPA Contract Laboratory Program Statement of Work for Organics Analysis
Lower Darby Creek Area Superfund Site
OU2-Folcroft Landfill
Quality Assurance Project Plan
for RI/FS Oversight
-------
EA Project No. 1453027
Revision: FINAL
Worksheet28, Page 28-19 of 28-22
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. March 2012
QAPP Worksheet #28-11
Quality Control Samples Table
Matrix
Tissue
Analytical Group
PCB Congeners
Concentration Level
Low
Sampling SOP(s)
SOP-6, SOP-A2(Appendix A)
Analytical Method/SOP Reference
EPA CBC01.2
Sampler's Name
To Be Determined (TBD), Field personnel
Field Sampling Organization
EA
Analytical Organization
Contract Laboratory Program (CLP) lab
No. of Sample Locations
20
Lab Quality
Control (QC)
Sample:
Frequency/
Number
Method/SOP QC
Acceptance Limits
Corrective Action
Person(s)
Responsible for
Corrective Action
Data Quality
Indicator
(DQD
Measurement
Performance
Criteria
Field/Rinsate
Blank
One field and one
rinsate blank per 20
samples
-------
EA Project No. 1453027
Revision: FINAL
Worksheet28, Page 28-20 of 28-22
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. March 2012
QAPP Worksheet #28-12
Quality Control Samples Table
Matrix
Tissue
Analytical Group
Pesticides
Concentration Level
Low
Sampling SOP(s)
SOP-6, SOP-A2(Appendix A)
Analytical Method/SOP Reference
EPA SOM01.2
Sampler's Name
To Be Determined, Field personnel
Field Sampling Organization
EA
Analytical Organization
Contract Laboratory Program (CLP) lab
No. of Sample Locations
20
Lab Quality
Control (QC)
Sample:
Frequency/
Number
Method/SOP QC
Acceptance Limits
Corrective Action
Person(s)
Responsible for
Corrective Action
Data Quality
Indicator
(DQD
Measurement
Performance
Criteria
Field/Rinsate
Blank
One field and one
rinsate blank per 20
samples
CRQL, investigate and
correct source of contamination.
Reextract and reanalyze all
associated samples. If surrogate
recoveries do not meet acceptance
criteria, reanalyze blank; if criteria
still not met, reextract and reanalyze
associated samples.
Analyst/
Supervisor
Bias/
Contamination
Same as QC
Acceptance Limits
Instrument Blank
(with surrogates)
At the beginning of
each 12-hour analysis
sequence, and after
each sample group.
CRQL or surrogate
retention times are outside the
windows, investigate and correct
problem. Reanalyze all associated
samples.
Analyst/
Supervisor
Bias/
Contamination
Same as QC
Acceptance Limits
Lower Darby Creek Area Superfund Site
OU2-Folcroft Landfill
Quality Assurance Project Plan
for RI/FS Oversight
-------
EA Project No. 1453027
Revision: FINAL
Worksheet28, Page 28-21 of 28-22
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. March 2012
Lab Quality
Control (QC)
Sample:
Frequency/
Number
Method/SOP QC
Acceptance Limits
Corrective Action
Person(s)
Responsible for
Corrective Action
Data Quality
Indicator
(DQD
Measurement
Performance
Criteria
Laboratory
Control Sample
(LCS)
Prepare and analyze
one per 20 samples of
similar matrix for
each sample delivery
group
Acceptance criteria
from SOMO 1.2
Check calculations and investigate
any sources of problems. If
necessary, recalibrate the
instrument. Reanalyze LCS until
acceptance criteria are met.
Analyst/
Supervisor
Accuracy/Bias
Same as QC
Acceptance Limits
Matrix
Spike/Matrix
Spike Duplicate
(MS/MSD)
One per 20 field
samples
Acceptance criteria
from SOMO 1.2
Reanalyze MS/MSD if surrogates
are not within retention time
window.
Analyst/
Supervisor
Accuracy/Bias
Same as QC
Acceptance Limits
Field duplicate
One per 10 samples
RPD<20%
NA
Field staff
Precision
Same as QC
Acceptance Limits
NOTE: SOP = Standard Operating Procedure
CRQL = Contract Required Quantitation Limit
RPD = Relative Percent Difference
QC = Quality Control
SOMO 1.2= EPA Contract Laboratory Program Statement of Work for Organics Analysis
Lower Darby Creek Area Superfund Site
OU2-Folcroft Landfill
Quality Assurance Project Plan
for RI/FS Oversight
-------
EA Project No. 1453027
Revision: FINAL
Worksheet28, Page 28-22 of 28-22
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. March 2012
QAPP Worksheet #28-13
Quality Control Samples Table
Matrix
Tissue
Analytical Group
Dioxins/Furans
Concentration Level
Low
Sampling SOP(s)
SOP-6, SOP-A2 (Appendix A)
Analytical Method/SOP Reference
EPA DLM02.2
Sampler's Name
To Be Determined, Field personnel
Field Sampling Organization
EA
Analytical Organization
Contract Laboratory Program (CLP) lab
No. of Sample Locations
20
Lab Quality
Control (QC)
Sample:
Frequency/
Number
Method/SOP QC
Acceptance Limits
Corrective Action
Person(s)
Responsible for
Corrective Action
Data Quality
Indicator
(DQD
Measurement
Performance
Criteria
Field/Rinsate
Blank
One field and one
rinsate blank per 20
samples
-------
EA Project No. 1453027
Revision: FINAL
Worksheet28, Page 29-1 of 29-1
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. March 2012
QAPP Worksheet #29
Project Documents and Records Table
Sample Collection Documents
and Records
Onsite Analysis Documents and
Records
Offsite Analysis Documents and
Records
Data Assessment
Documents and Records
Other
• Uniform Federal Policy
Quality Assurance Project
Plan
• Site Safety and Health Plan
• Airbills
• Chain-of-Custody records
• Communications regarding
corrective action or deviation
from methods
• Sampling notes
• Sediment core stratigraphy
logs
• Survey data
• Bathymetry data
• Sub-bottom characterization
data
• Identification of quality
control (QC) samples
• Sample tracking forms
• Field Forms
• Photographs
• Case narrative
• Definitions of laboratory
qualifiers
• Documentation of corrective
action results
• Documentation of laboratory
method deviations
• Electronic data deliverables
• Identification of QC samples
• Laboratory name
• Laboratory sample identification
numbers
• Reporting forms, completed with
actual results
• Sample chronology (time of
receipt, extraction, and analysis)
• Tabulated data summary forms
and raw data for field samples,
standards, QC checks, and QC
samples
• Analytical Services Tracking
System (ANSETS) Reports
• Monthly Progress
Reports
• Trip report
• Work Assignment
Closeout Report
• Monthly Progress Reports
• Health and Safety Sign-Off
Sheets
Lower Darby Creek Area Superfund Site
OU2-Folcroft Landfill
Quality Assurance Project Plan
for RI/FS Oversight
-------
This page intentionally left blank.
-------
EA Project No. 1453027
Revision: FINAL
Worksheet30, Page 30-1 of 30-2
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. March 2012
QAPP Worksheet #30
Analytical Services Table
Matrix
Analytical
Group
Concentration
Level
Analytical
SOPe)
Sample
Location/
Identification
Numbers
Data Package
Turnaround
Time
Laboratory/
Organization
(Name and Address,
Contact Person and
Telephone Number)
Backup
Laboratory/
Organization
(Name and Address,
Contact Person and
Telephone Number)
Sediment
Metals
Low
EPA ISM01.3
See Worksheet #18
21 days/30 days'2'
TBD (EPA CLP)
TBD
Sediment
VOCs
Low
EPA SOM01.2
See Worksheet #18
21 days/30 days'2'
TBD (EPA CLP)
TBD
Sediment
SVOCs
Low
EPA SOM01.2
See Worksheet #18
21 days/30 days'2'
TBD (EPA CLP)
TBD
Sediment
PCB
Congeners
Low
EPA CBC01.2
See Worksheet #18
21 days/30 days'2'
TBD (EPA CLP)
TBD
Sediment
Pesticides
Low
EPA SOM01.2
See Worksheet #18
21 days/30 days'2'
TBD (EPA CLP)
TBD
Sediment
Dioxins/
Furans
Low
EPA DLM02.2
See Worksheet #18
21 days/30 days'2'
TBD (EPA CLP)
TBD
Sediment
AVS/SEM
Low
EPA-821-R-
91-100(1)
See Worksheet #18
21 days
TBD (EPA CLP)
TBD
Sediment
Grain size
Low
ASTMD422
See Worksheet #18
21 days
TBD (EPA CLP)
TBD
Sediment
TOC
Low
EPA SW-846
Method 9060
See Worksheet #18
21 days
TBD (EPA CLP)
TBD
Tissue
Metals
Low
EPA ISM01.3
See Worksheet #18
30 days
TBD
TBD
Tissue
SVOCs
Low
EPA SOM01.2
See Worksheet #18
30 days
TBD
TBD
Tissue
PCBs
Low
EPA CBC01.2
See Worksheet #18
30 days
TBD
TBD
Tissue
Pesticides
Low
EPA SOM01.2
See Worksheet #18
30 days
TBD
TBD
Tissue
Dioxins/
Furans
Low
EPA DLM02.2
See Worksheet #18
30 days
TBD
TBD
Turtle tissue
Lipids
Low
TBD
See Worksheet #18
30 days
TBD
TBD
Lower Darby Creek Area Superfund Site
OU2-Folcroft Landfill
Quality Assurance Project Plan
for RI/FS Oversight
-------
EA Project No. 1453027
Revision: FINAL
Worksheet30, Page 30-2 of 30-2
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. March 2012
Matrix
Analytical
Group
Concentration
Level
Analytical
SOPe)
Sample
Location/
Identification
Numbers
Data Package
Turnaround
Time
Laboratory/
Organization
(Name and Address,
Contact Person and
Telephone Number)
Backup
Laboratory/
Organization
(Name and Address,
Contact Person and
Telephone Number)
(1) SOP included in Appendix A. Note that SOPs for standard methods are not included.
(2) For sediment core sample results, unvalidated results are required on turn-around of 21 days to support decisions regarding toxicity testing and additional core analysis. For validated
sediment core results and incremental sampling results, a 30 day turn-around time is sufficient.
NOTE: SOP = Standard Operating Procedure
ISM01.3 = EPA Contract Laboratory Program Statement of Work for Inorganic Superfund Methods
SOM01.2 = EPA Contract Laboratory Program Statement of Work for Organics Analysis
CBC01.2 = EPA Analytical Services Branch Statement of Work for Analysis of Chlorinated Biphenyl Congeners (CBCs)
DLM02.2 = EPA Analytical Services Branch Statement of Work for Analysis of Chlorinated Dibenzo-p-dioxins and Chlorinated
TBD = To Be Determined
Lower Darby Creek Area Superfund Site
OU2-Folcroft Landfill
Quality Assurance Project Plan
for RI/FS Oversight
-------
EA Project No. 1453027
Revision: FINAL
Worksheet31, Page 31-1 of 31-1
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. March 2012
QAPP Worksheet #31
Planned Project Assessments Table
Assessment Type
Frequency
Internal
or
External
Organization
Performing
Assessment
Person(s)
Responsible for
Performing
Assessment
Person(s) Responsible
for Responding to
Assessment Findings
Person(s)Responsible
forldentifying
andlmplementingCorrective
Actions(CAs)
Person(s)Responsible
for
MonitoringEffectiveness
ofCAs
Readiness Review
Prior to sampling
Internal
EA
John Matkowski and
Kristen Rigney, EA
Field Task Leads
Mike Ciarlo, EA Task
Manager
John Matkowski, Kristen
Rigney, Mike Ciarlo
Dave Straume, EA PM
Independent
Technical Review
As needed, at critical points in
development and performance
Internal
EA
Peggy Derrick and
Dave Santoro
Mike Ciarlo, Task
Manager
Mike Ciarlo, Task Manager
Dave Straume, EA PM
Deliverable
Checks
Prior to document submission
Internal
EA
Qualified individual
from the appropriate
discipline
Mike Ciarlo, Task
Manager
Mike Ciarlo, Task Manager
Dave Straume, EA PM
Laboratory Data
Assessment
Per Laboratory QA Manual
External
Laboratory
TBD
Laboratory QA/QC
Director
Laboratory QA/QC
Director
Laboratory PM
Mike Ciarlo, Task
Manager
NOTE: EA = EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc.
PM = Project Manager
QA = Quality Assurance
TBD = To Be Determined
QC = Quality Control
Lower Darby Creek Area Superfund Site
OU2-Folcroft Landfill
Quality Assurance Project Plan
for RI/FS Oversight
-------
EA Project No. 1453027
Revision: FINAL
Worksheet32, Page 32-1 of 32-1
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. March 2012
QAPP Worksheet #32
Assessment Findings and Response Actions
Assessment
Type
Nature of
Deficiencies
Documentation
Individual(s)
Notified of Findings
Timeframe of
Notification
Nature ofCorrective
Action Response
Documentation
Individual(s) Receiving
Corrective Action
Response
Timeframe for
Response
Readiness
Review
Email or written
documentation
Mike Ciarlo, Task
Manager
Prior to initiation of
applicable field
tasks
Email to file
Dave Straume, EA PM
Prior to initiation of
applicable field
tasks
Independent
Technical
Review
Independent
Technical Review
report
Dave Straume, EA PM
In accordance with
project schedule
Corrections to documents
as indicated
Dave Straume, EA PM
In accordance with
project schedule
Deliverable
Checks
Email or written
documentation
Document preparer and
Mike Ciarlo, Task
Manager
In accordance with
project schedule
Corrections to deliverables
as indicated
Dave Straume, EA PM
In accordance with
project schedule
Laboratory
Data
Assessment
Per Laboratory
QA Manual
Laboratory PM and
Dave Straume, EA PM
Per Laboratory QA
Manual
Per Laboratory QA
Manual
Dave Straume, EA PM;
Laboratory PM
In accordance with
laboratory contract
NOTE: PM = Project Manager
EA = EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc.
QA = Quality Assurance
Lower Darby Creek Area Superfund Site
OU2-Folcroft Landfill
Quality Assurance Project Plan
for RI/FS Oversight
-------
EA Project No. 1453027
Revision: FINAL
Worksheet33, Page 33-1 of 33-1
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. March 2012
QAPP Worksheet #33
QA Management Reports Table
Type of Report
Frequency(daily,
weekly, monthly,
quarterly,
annually, etc.)
Projected Delivery
Date(s)
Person(s) Responsible for Report
Preparation
Report Recipient(s)
Progress Reports
Monthly
By 15th of following month
Mike Ciarlo, EA Task Manager
Josh Barber, EPA RPM
NOTE: EA
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc.
Lower Darby Creek Area Superfund Site
OU2-Folcroft Landfill
Quality Assurance Project Plan
for RI/FS Oversight
-------
EA Project No. 1453027
Revision: FINAL
Worksheet34, Page 34-1 of 34-1
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. March 2012
QAPP Worksheet #34
Sampling and Analysis Verification (Step I) Process Table
Verification Input
Description
Internal/ External
Responsible for Verification
Field Data Measurements -
Sampling
Daily field calibration logs and the results of field analyses will be
internally reviewed daily for completeness. Any corrective actions
will be addressed prior to further measurements.
Internal
John Matkowski and Kristen Rigney,
Field Task Leads, EA
Daily Field Notes/Forms
Field notes and field forms will be internally reviewed daily for
completeness, accuracy, and comparability between sample
locations and samplers. Any required corrective actions will be
addressed prior to further site work.
Internal
John Matkowski and Kristen Rigney,
Field Task Leads, EA
Chain of Custody (COC)
and Shipping Forms
COCs and shipping documentation will be reviewed upon their
completion and verified against the packed sample coolers that they
represent. Upon verification of completeness and accuracy, the
reviewer will initial the shipper's signature on the COC. A copy of
the traffic report will be retained in the site file and the original and
remaining copies will be taped inside the cooler for shipment.
Internal
John Matkowski and Kristen Rigney,
Field Task Leads, EA
Laboratory Data Packages
All laboratory data packages will be verified internally by the
laboratory performing the work for completeness prior to submittal
to EA.
Internal
Laboratory quality control staff
Quality ControlSample
Summary Report
A summary of quality control samples will be verified by EA upon
receipt of the laboratory data packages.
Internal
Sanita Coram, Data Manager, EA
Lower Darby Creek Area Superfund Site
OU2-Folcroft Landfill
Quality Assurance Project Plan
for RI/FS Oversight
-------
EA Project No. 1453027
Revision: FINAL
Worksheet35, Page 35-1 of 35-1
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. March 2012
QAPP Worksheet #35
Sampling and Analysis Validation (Steps Ha and lib) Process Table
Step Ila/IIb
Validation Input
Description
Responsible for Verification
Ha
Analytical Data Package
Analytical data packages received from the laboratory will be
validated to check for compliance with required methods and
procedures to Level M3 for organicanalytes and Level IM-2 for
inorganicanalytes.
Sanita Coram, Data Manager, EA
Ha
Field and Chain of
Custody forms
Documentation relating to sample collection and shipping will
be validated to check for compliance with required methods and
procedures.
Sanita Coram, Data Manager, EA
lib
Sampling Records
Field records of sampling activities will be validated to evaluate
whether samples were collected and analyzed as specified in the
QAPP.
Sanita Coram, Data Manager, EA
lib
Laboratory analytical
data
Laboratory resultswill be validated in accordance with EPA
validation guidance.
CLP laboratory (or EA, if samples are
analyzed by a subcontract laboratory)
NOTE: EA = EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc.
EPA = United States Environmental Protection Agency
QAPP = Quality Assurance Project Plan
CLP = Contract Laboratory Program
Lower Darby Creek Area Superfund Site
OU2-Folcroft Landfill
Quality Assurance Project Plan
for RI/FS Oversight
-------
EA Project No. 1453027
Revision: FINAL
Worksheet36, Page 36-1 of 36-2
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. March 2012
QAPP Worksheet #36
Sampling and Analysis Validation (Steps Ha and lib) Summary Table
Step Ila/IIb
Matrix
Analytical Groups
Concentration
Level
Validation Criteria
Validator (title and organizational
affiliation)
Ha
Sediment
Metals
Low
ISM01.3, Region III Modifications to the
Laboratory Data Validation Functional
Guidelines for Evaluating Inorganics Analyses
(April 1993)
EPA Region ESAT contractors)
Ha
Sediment
VOCs, SVOCs,
Pesticides
Low
SOMOl .2, Region III Modifications to the
National Functional Guidelines for Organic
Data Review (September 1994)
EPA Region ESAT contractors
Ha
Sediment
PCB Congeners
Low
CBC01.2, EPA Region III Interim Guidelines
for the Validation of Data Generated Using
Method 1668 PCB Congener Data (April
2004)
EPA Region ESAT contractors
Ha
Sediment
Dioxins/Furans
Low
DLM02.2, EPA Region III Dioxin/Furan Data
Validation Guidance (March 1999)
EPA Region ESAT contractors
Ha
Tissue
Metals
Low
ISM01.3, Region III Modifications to the
Laboratory Data Validation Functional
Guidelines for Evaluating Inorganics Analyses
(April 1993)
EPA Region ESAT contractors
Ha
Tissue
SVOCs, Pesticides
Low
SOMOl .2, Region III Modifications to the
National Functional Guidelines for Organic
Data Review (September 1994)
EPA Region ESAT contractors
Ha
Tissue
PCB Congeners
Low
CBC01.2, EPA Region III Interim Guidelines
for the Validation of Data Generated Using
Method 1668 PCB Congener Data (April
2004)
EPA Region ESAT contractors
lib
Tissue
Dioxins/Furans
Low
DLM02.2, EPA Region III Dioxin/Furan Data
Validation Guidance (March 1999)
EPA Region ESAT contractors
lib
Sediment
Metals
Low
See Worksheet #28.
EPA Region ESAT contractors
lib
Sediment
VOCs, SVOCs,
Pesticides
Low
See Worksheet #28.
EPA Region ESAT contractors
lib
Sediment
PCB Congeners
Low
See Worksheet #28.)
EPA Region ESAT contractors
lib
Sediment
Dioxins/Furans
Low
See Worksheet #28.
EPA Region ESAT contractors
lib
Tissue
Metals
Low
See Worksheet #28.
EPA Region ESAT contractors
lib
Tissue
SVOCs, Pesticides
Low
See Worksheet #28.
EPA Region ESAT contractors
lib
Tissue
PCB Congeners
Low
See Worksheet #28.)
EPA Region ESAT contractors
lib
Tissue
Dioxins/Furans
Low
See Worksheet #28.
EPA Region ESAT contractors
Lower Darby Creek Area Superfund Site Quality Assurance Project Plan
OU2-Folcroft Landfill for RI/FS Oversight
-------
EA Project No. 1453027
Revision: FINAL
Worksheet36, Page 36-2 of 36-2
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. March 2012
Step Ila/IIb
Matrix
Analytical Groups
Concentration
Level
Validation Criteria
Validator (title and organizational
affiliation)
NOTE: ISM
EPA
QA
CLP
EA
SOP
ISM01.3 =
SOM01.2=
CBC01.2 =
DLM02.2=
Inorganic Superfund Method
United States Environmental Protection Agency
Quality Assurance
Contract Laboratory Program
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc.
Standard Operating Procedure
EPA Contract Laboratory Program Statement of Work for Inorganic Superfund Methods
EPA Contract Laboratory Program Statement of Work for Organics Analysis
EPA Analytical Services Branch Statement of Work for Analysis of Chlorinated Biphenyl Congeners (CBCs)
EPA Analytical Services Branch Statement of Work for Analysis of Chlorinated Dibenzo-p-dioxins and Chlorinated
Lower Darby Creek Area Superfund Site
OU2-Folcroft Landfill
Quality Assurance Project Plan
for RI/FS Oversight
-------
EA Project No. 1453027
Revision: FINAL
Worksheet37, Page 37-1 of 37-2
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. March 2012
QAPP Worksheet #37
Data Usability Assessment
ID: Lower Darby Creek Area Superfund Site, Operable Unit 2, Folcroft Landfill
Summarize the usability assessment process and all procedures, including interim steps and any statistics,
equations, and computer algorithms that will be used:
A data usability assessment will be performed upon completion of data validation. Several parameters (precision,
accuracy, and completeness) will be calculated using appropriate calculations such as Relative Percent Difference.
Describe the evaluative procedures used to assess overall measurement
error associated with the project:
Precision, accuracy, and completeness will be calculated and used to assess overall measurement error.
Precision is determined through the reproducibility of measurements (i.e., the variability among duplicate samples)
and is usually expressed as standard deviation, variance, percent difference, or range, in either absolute or relative
terms. QC measures for precision include field duplicates, laboratory duplicates, MSDs, analytical replicates, and
surrogates. The process for calculating precision is detailed in and will be in accordance with the UFP-QAPP
Manual, Section 2.6.2.1.
Accuracy is the degree of agreement between an observed value and an accepted reference value. Examples of QC
measures for accuracy include the matrix spike, laboratory control samples, and equipment blanks. In order to
meet the needs of the data users, project data must meet the measurement performance criteria for accuracy/bias
specified in QAPP Worksheet #28, Measurement Performance Criteria. The process for calculating accuracy/bias
is detailed in and will be in accordance with the UFP-QAPP Manual, Section 2.6.2.2.
Completeness is a measure of the amount of valid data obtained from a measurement system compared with the
amount that was expected to be obtained under correct, normal circumstances. Completeness will be calculated as
follows (and as described in UFP-QAPP Manual Section 2.6.2.6): For each analyte, completeness will be
calculated as the number of data points for each analyte that meets the measurement performance criteria for
precision, accuracy/bias, and sensitivity, divided by the total number of data points for each analyte. In order to
meet the needs of the data users, project data must meet the 90 percent measurement performance criteria for data
completeness specified in QAPP Worksheet #12.
Identify the personnel responsible for performing the usability assessment:
The Project Chemist, Daniel Hinckley, and Task Manager, Mike Ciarlo, will prepare a usability
assessment of the data.
Describe the documentation that will be generated during usability assessment and how usability assessment
results will be presented so that they identify trends, relationships (correlations), and anomalies:
The results achieved for precision, accuracy, and completeness will be discussed in the trip reports and the work
assignment closeout report.Each data quality indicator will be addressed as it relates to the overall measurement
error for the project, and any trends, correlations, or anomalies revealed in the analysis of the data quality indicators
will be addressed.
Lower Darby Creek Area Superfund Site
OU2-Folcroft Landfill
Quality Assurance Project Plan
for RI/FS Oversight
-------
Appendix A
Standard Operating Procedures (SOPs)
-------
This page intentionally left blank.
-------
SOP-1:
Procedures for Bathymetry and Sub-Bottom Profile Surveys
-------
This page intentionally left blank.
-------
PROCEDURES FOR BATHYMETRY AND SUB-BOTTOM PROFILE SURVEYS
[SOP TO BE SUPPLEMENTED WITH SUBCONTRACTOR AND INSTRUMENT SPECIFIC
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES ONCE A SUBCONTRACTOR HAS BEEN SELECTED]
1. SCOPE AND APPLICATION
This Standard Operating Procedure (SOP) provides protocols for conducting hydrographic surveys in
tidal water bodies. EA recognizes that other protocols have been developed that meet the criteria of
quality and reproducibility. Clients may have their own hydrographic protocols which may contain
methodologies and procedures that address unique or unusual site-specific conditions or may be in
response to regulatory agency requirements. In such cases, EA will compare its and the client's protocols.
The goal is to provide the client with the most quality; therefore, if the client's protocols provide as much
or more quality assurance than EA's protocols for the particular site or project, EA will adopt those
particular protocols and this SOP will be superseded in those respects. If EA is required to implement the
client's protocols in lieu of EA's protocols, EA will make the client formally aware of any concerns
regarding differences in protocols that might affect data quality and will document such concerns in the
project file.
2. MATERIALS AND SUPPLIES
• Survey vessel
• Real-time kinematic (RTK) global positioning system (GPS)
• Trackline control software
• Hydrographic data logging system
For Bathvmetric Survey only For Sub-Bottom Profile Survey only
• Multi-beam or single beam echo sounder • Sub-bottom profiler
• Digital depth finder
3. GENERAL PROCEDURES
3.1 Bathymetric Survey
1. The bathymetric survey will be conducted in accordance with the US Army Corps of Engineers'
"Engineering Manual EM 1110-2-1003for Hydrographic Surveys" for navigation and dredging
support in soft bottom materials.
2. Prior to the survey, a digitized representation of shoreline features, navigation aids, known hazards,
control points, and pre-selected survey tracklines will be prepared.
3. Prior to conducting the survey, the echo sounder will be calibrated for local water mass speed of
sound by means of a bar check.
4. Bathymetric data will be acquired on a line plan oriented nominally perpendicular to the centerline of
the water body. The trackline plan will include lines spaced at 1000-foot intervals along each river
section as well as the centerline profile of river sections.
Revision 0, November 2011
-------
5. The survey team will make a good faith effort to collect soundings from "bank to bank" at times of
high water.
6. During low water, the survey team will attempt to conduct elevation measurements of the river basin
using handheld RTK instrumentation.
7. Water level determination, critical for reducing soundings to project vertical datum, will be based on
RTK GPS-derived water levels collected during the survey at the survey vessel or will be acquired by
recording water levels at in-situ water level gauges on the river throughout the periods during which
sounding measurements are collected.
8. In accordance with specifications from the USACE Hydrographic Manual (USACE 2002), depth
readings on the depth sounder will be checked pre-survey, every 2 hours during the survey, and post-
survey using a stadia rod or bar check to verify accurate readings.
9. Upon completion of the survey, the soundings will be corrected to the project datum and referenced to
the state plane coordinate system.
3.2 Sub-bottom Profiling Surveys
1. Prior to starting the survey, the survey crew will determine if all navigation and instrument systems
are calibrated and working properly. Calibration of set navigation should be based on the instrument-
specific standard operating procedures and include measurement of survey equipment offsets, daily
speed of sound test, and other required pre-survey activities.
2. The sub-bottom surveys will be conducted along a line plan oriented nominally perpendicular to the
centerline of the water body. The trackline plan will include lines spaced at 1000-foot intervals along
each river section as well as the centerline profile of river sections.
3. A digital depth sounder will be used to collect water depth information along each transect and all
depth data will recorded to the hydrographic data logging system.
4. During the survey, a periodic manual probing and visual characterization of sediments will be
conducted. The coordinates and results of probing or characterization will be recorded in the field
logbook.
5. At the end of each transect, successful data acquisition and storage, navigation and equipment
calibrations and settings will be confirmed and the log time and coordinates at end of each transect
line surveyed will be recorded in a field logbook.
6. All relevant observations and changes in operational procedures will be recorded to a field logbook.
7. At the end of the work day, all raw survey data and information (e.g., field notes, instrumentation
frequencies) will be documented electronically or in a field note book and the computer data from the
hydrographic data logging system will be checked for errors.
4. REFERENCES
U.S. Army Corps of Engineers (USACE). 2002. Engineer Manual for Hydrographic Surveying.
EM 1110-2-1003.
Revision 0, November 2011
-------
SOP-2:
Multi-Increment Sampling Procedure
-------
This page intentionally left blank.
-------
PROCEDURE FOR FIELD COLLECTION OF SEDIMENT INCREMENTS
1. SCOPE AND APPLICATION
This document describes the procedures for Multi-Increment Sampling (MIS) of sediments from the
Lower Darby Creek Area Superfund Site, Philadelphia and Delaware Counties, Pennsylvania.
2. MATERIALS AND SUPPLIES
3. PROCEDURES
For sampling on dry land and in shallow water:
1. Stake the boundaries of the Decision Unit (DU).
2. Sample increments should be collected increments in a zig-zag pattern across the DU, starting in
one corner.
3. To collect each increment, push a Tenite™tube into the sediment to a depth of 3-6 inches. The
tube may be inserted into a check valve to aid in providing suction for sample retrieval. Rotate
the corer if necessary to penetrate the sediment (to not move it from side to side). If sediments do
not yield to tube (e.g. due to presence of a dense root mat), use the sharpened stainless steel corer
instead.
4. Slide trowel under the bottom of the tube or corer, to secure the sample, and lift out of sediment.
5. Inspect the sample (through the side of the tube or the slots in the corer) and determine the
boundary between the leaf litter and the O horizon. Measure 3 inches down from this boundary;
this marks the bottom of the desired sample increment. Use the plunger to extrude and discard
any additional sample below the desired bottom of the increment, and then to extrude the
increment in a 5-gallon bucket with the other sample increments for the same DU.
6. Proceed to collect the next increment.
7. Once all increments have been collected for the DU, decontaminate equipment and change PPE
before moving onto the next DU.
For sampling from a boat in deeper water:
1. Stake the boundaries of the Decision Unit (DU).
2. Attach a Tenite™ tube to the 6-8 ft pole with check valve.
3. Sample increments should be collected increments in a zig-zag pattern across the DU, starting in
one corner.
4. To collect each increment, push the Tenite™ tube on the extension pole into the sediment to a
depth of 3-6 inches. Pull the tube up to the surface.
5. If sediment recovery is not sufficient using the tube, or if other problems arise, use Eckman
Sampler instead (see SOP-22). Attach the sampler to the 6-8 ft pole (for water <5-7 ft deep) or to
a rope long enough to reach the sediment. Lower the sampler, and after closing the jaws that
1-inch-diameter Tenite™ tubing
1-inch-diameter sharpened stainless steel corer
Trowel
7/8-inch plunger
6-8 ft poles
Rope
Eckman sampler
Small boat with motor
Revision 1, March 2012
-------
close the bottom of the sampler, pull the sampler up to the surface slowly and steadily. Open the
top of the sampler. Push a Tenite™ tube 3-6 inches into the sediment in the sampler.
6. Inspect the sample (through the side of the tube) and determine the boundary between the leaf
litter and the O horizon. Measure 3 inches down from this boundary; this marks the bottom of the
desired sample increment. Use the plunger to extrude and discard any additional sample below
the desired bottom of the increment, and then to extrude the increment in a 5-gallon bucket with
the other sample increments for the same DU.
7. Proceed to collect the next increment.
8. Once all increments have been collected for the DU, decontaminate equipment and change PPE
before moving onto the next DU.
Revision 1, March 2012
-------
SOP-3:
Procedure for Sampling Using Yibracore Technology
-------
This page intentionally left blank.
-------
PROCEDURE FOR SAMPLING USING VIBRACORE TECHNOLOGY
1. SCOPE AND APPLICATION
This Standard Operating Procedure (SOP) delineates protocols for sampling sediments using a vibracore
system. EA recognizes that other protocols have been developed that meet the criteria of quality and
reproducibility. Clients may have their own sediment sampling protocols which may contain
methodologies and procedures that address unique or unusual site-specific conditions or may be in
response to local regulatory agency requirements. In such cases, EA will compare its and the client's
protocols. The goal is to provide the client with the most quality; therefore, if the client's protocols
provide as much or more quality assurance than EA's protocols for the particular site or project, EA will
adopt those particular protocols and this SOP will be superseded in those respects. If EA is required to
implement the client's protocols in lieu of EA's protocols, EA will make the client formally aware of any
concerns regarding differences in protocols that might affect data quality and will document such
concerns in the project file.
2. MATERIALS AND SUPPLIES
Vibracore system, with a core barrel that holds a liner with an outside diameter of 3 inches
Cellulose acetate butyrate (CAB) core liners with an inner diameter of 2.875 in
One-way valves fitted to the top of the core liners
Stainless-steel catchers fitted to the bottom of the core liners
Steel cutter head fitted to the bottom of the core barrel
Winch system
Refrigerated truck
3. GENERAL PROCEDURES
1. The core liners will be fitted with a one-way valve at the top and a stainless steel catcher at the
bottom to retain sediment during retrieval. The core barrel will be fitted with a steel cutter head to
facilitate sediment penetration.
2. At each sampling location, the vibracore will be lowered to the bottom using a winch system. Once
the core barrel penetrates to a sufficient depth, the winch operator will lift the vibracore out of the
sediment. The core will be capped at both ends, sealed, and labeled.
3. Corer penetration at each sample site will be to the target depth or to refusal, whichever is reached
first.
4. Should refusal occur prior to reaching the target depth, the corer will be recovered, serviced, and re-
deployed at an offset location for another attempt to reach the desired depth. In the event that two
unsuccessful cores have been attempted, the EA project manager or designee will be contacted to
determine if additional cores should be attempted.
Revision 0, November 2011
-------
5. At each core sample location, the time, date, penetration depth of the virbracore, recovery depth of
the sample, and water depth will be recorded in a field logbook.
6. At the end of each workday, cores will be transferred on-shore to a refrigerated truck (cooled to 4°C)
or cooler.
7. Holding times for the sediment cores will be initiated when the sediment is removed from the core
liner and placed in the appropriate sample containers.
8. Excess sediment resulting from vibracore sampling will be disposed of in the water body at the
location where the sample was collected.
9. All required decontamination materials and associated wastes will be retained onboard the vessel and
disposed in proper hazardous waste containers at the end of each work day.
10. All solid waste (i.e. core tube scraps, gloves, tape etc.) generated onboard during the vibracore
sampling activities will be removed and properly disposed at the end of each work day.
Revision 0, November 2011
-------
SOP-4:
Standard Operating Procedure for Sample Packing and Shipping
-------
This page intentionally left blank.
-------
Standard Operating Procedure No. 004
for
Sample Packing and Shipping
Prepared by
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc.
11019 McCormick Road
Hunt Valley, Maryland 21031
Revision 0
August 2007
-------
SOP No. 004
Revision: 0
Contents, Page 1 of 1
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. August 2007
CONTENTS
Page
1. SCOPE AND APPLICATION 1
2. MATERIALS 1
3. PROCEDURE 1
4. MAINTENANCE 2
5. PRECAUTIONS 2
6. REFERENCES 2
Sample Packing and Shipping
-------
SOP No. 004
Revision: 0
Page 1 of 2
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. August 2007
1. SCOPE AND APPLICATION
The purpose of this Standard Operating Procedure (SOP) is to delineate protocols for the packing
and shipping of samples to the laboratory for analysis.
2. MATERIALS
The following materials may be required:
Clear tape
Plastic garbage bags
Custody seals
Sample documentation
Ice
Waterproof coolers (hard plastic or metal)
Metal cans with friction-seal lids (e.g., paint cans)
Zip-seal plastic bags
Packing material1
3. PROCEDURE
Check cap tightness and verify that clear tape covers label and encircles container. Wrap sample
container in bubble wrap or closed cell foam sheets. Enclose each sample in a clear zip-seal
plastic bag.
Place several layers of bubble wrap, or at least 1 in. of vermiculite on the bottom of the cooler.
Line cooler with open garbage bag, place all the samples upright inside a garbage bag, and tie the
bag.
Double bag and seal loose ice to prevent melting ice from soaking the packing material. Place
the ice outside the garbage bags containing the samples.
Pack shipping containers with packing material (closed-cell foam, vermiculite, or bubble wrap).
Place this packing material around the sample bottles or metal cans to avoid breakage during
shipment.
Enclose all sample documentation (i.e., Field Parameter Forms, chain-of-custodies) in a
waterproof plastic bag and tape the bag to the underside of the cooler lid. If more than one
cooler is being used, each cooler will have its own documentation.
Seal the coolers with signed and dated custody seals so that if the cooler were opened, the
custody seal would be broken. Place clear tape over the custody seal to prevent damage to the
seal.
1. Permissible packing materials are: (a) (non-absorbent) bubble wrap or closed cell foam packing sheets, or
(b) (absorbent) vermiculite. Organic materials such as paper, wood shavings (excelsior), and cornstarch
packing "peanuts" will not be used.
Sample Packing and Shipping
-------
SOP No. 004
Revision: 0
Page 2 of 2
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. August 2007
Refer to SOP Nos. 001, 002, 016, and 039.
Tape the cooler shut with packing tape over the hinges and place tape over the cooler drain.
Ship all samples via overnight delivery on the same day they are collected if possible.
4. MAINTENANCE
Not applicable.
5. PRECAUTIONS
Any samples suspected to be of medium/high contaminant concentration or containing
dioxin must be enclosed in a metal can with a clipped or sealable lid (e.g., similar to a paint can).
Label the outer metal container with the sample number of the sample inside.
6. REFERENCES
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (U.S. EPA). 1980. Interim Guidelines and Specifications
for Preparing Quality Assurance Project Plans, QAMS-005/80.
U.S. EPA. 1990. Sampler's Guide to the Contract Laboratory Program. EPA/540/P-90/006,
Directive 9240.0-06, Office of Emergency and Remedial Response, Washington, D.C.
December.
U.S. EPA. 1991. User's Guide to the Contract Laboratory Program. EPA/540/0-91/002,
Directive 9240.0-0 ID, Office of Emergency and Remedial Response. January.
Sample Packing and Shipping
-------
SOP-5:
Standard Operating Procedure for Field Decontamination
-------
This page intentionally left blank.
-------
Standard Operating Procedure No. 005
for
Field Decontamination
Prepared by
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc.
11019 McCormick Road
Hunt Valley, Maryland 21031
Revision 0
August 2007
-------
SOP No. 005
Revision: 0
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc.
Contents, Page 1 of 1
August 2007
CONTENTS
Page
1. SCOPE AND APPLICATION 1
2. MATERIALS 1
3. PROCEDURE 1
3.1 Sample Bottles 1
3.2 Personnel Decontamination 1
3.3 Equipment Decontamination 2
3.3.1 Water Samplers 2
3.3.1.1 Bailers
3.3.1.2 Pumps
2
2
3
3
3
3.3.1.3 Dip Samplers
3.3.1.4 Labware
3.3.1.5 Water Level Indicators
3.3.2 Solid Materials Samplers
3.3.3 Other Sampling and Measurement Probes
3.3.4 Drilling Rigs
3.3.5 High Performance Liquid Chromatography-Grade Water Storage
3.3.6 Ice Chests and Reusable Shipping Containers
3
4
5
5
6
4. MAINTENANCE
6
5. PRECAUTIONS
6
6. REFERENCES
7
Field Decontamination
-------
SOP No. 005
Revision: 0
Page 1 of 7
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. August 2007
1. SCOPE AND APPLICATION
All personnel or equipment involved in intrusive sampling, or which enter a hazardous waste
site during intrusive sampling, must be thoroughly decontaminated prior to leaving the site to
minimize the spread of contamination and prevent adverse health effects. This Standard
Operating Procedure describes the normal decontamination of sampling equipment and site
personnel.
2. MATERIALS
The following materials may be required:
0.01NHC1
Non-phosphate laboratory detergent (liquinox)
0.10N nitric acid
Plastic garbage bags
Aluminum foil or clean plastic sheeting
Plastic sheeting, buckets, etc. to collect wash water and rinsates
Approved water
Pressure sprayer, rinse bottles, brushes
High performance liquid
chromatography (HPLC)-grade water1
Reagent grade alcohol2
3. PROCEDURE
3.1 SAMPLE BOTTLES
At the completion of each sampling activity, the exterior surfaces of the sample bottles must be
decontaminated as follows:
• Ensure the bottle lids are on tight.
• Wipe the outside of the bottle with a paper towel to remove gross contamination.
3.2 PERSONNEL DECONTAMINATION
Review the project Health and Safety Plan for the appropriate decontamination procedures.
1. For the purposes of this Standard Operating Procedure, HPLC-grade water is considered equivalent to
"deionized ultra filtered water," "reagent-grade distilled water," and "deionized organic-free water." The end
product being water which is pure with no spurious ions or organics to contaminate the sample. The method of
generation is left to the individual contractor.
2. For the purposes of this Standard Operating Procedure, the term "reagent grade alcohol" refers to either
pesticide grade isopropanol or reagent grade methanol.
Field Decontamination
-------
SOP No. 005
Revision: 0
Page 2 of 7
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. August 2007
3.3 EQUIPMENT DECONTAMINATION
3.3.1 Water Samplers
3.3.1.1 Bailers
After each use, polytetrafluoroethelyne (PTFE) double check valve bailers used for groundwater
sampling will be decontaminated as follows:
• Discard all ropes used in sampling in properly marked sealable container, or as directed
by the Health and Safety Plan. NOTE: No tubing is to be used in conjunction with a
bailer in collecting samples.
• Scrub the bailer to remove gross (visible) contamination, using appropriate brush(es),
approved water, and non-phosphate detergent.
• Rinse off detergent three times with approved water.
• Rinse bailer with reagent grade alcohol.
• Rinse bailer three times with HPLC-grade water.
• Rinse bailer with 0. ION nitric acid solution.
• Rinse bailer three times with HPLC-grade water.
• Allow bailer to air dry.3
• Wrap bailer in aluminum foil or clean plastic sheeting, or store in a clean, dedicated
polyvinyl chloride or PTFE storage container.
• Dispose of used decontamination solutions with drummed purge water.
• Rinse bailer with HPLC-grade water immediately prior to re-use.
3.3.1.2 Pumps
Submersible pumps will be decontaminated as follows:
3. If the bailer has just been used for purging and is being decontaminated prior to sampling, do not air dry.
Double rinse with HPLC-grade water and proceed to collect samples.
Field Decontamination
-------
SOP No. 005
Revision: 0
Page 3 of 7
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. August 2007
• Scrub the exterior of the pump to remove gross (visible) contamination, using appropriate
brush(es), approved water, and non-phosphate detergent. (Steam cleaning may be
substituted for detergent scrub.)
• Calculate the volume of pump plus any tubing which is not disposable and not dedicated
to a single well. Pump three volumes of non-phosphate laboratory detergent solution to
purge and clean the interior of the pump.
• Rinse by pumping no less than nine volumes of approved water to rinse.
• Rinse pump exterior with reagent grade alcohol.
• Rinse pump exterior with HPLC-grade water.
• Allow pump to air dry.
• Wrap pump in aluminum foil or clean plastic sheeting, or store in a clean, dedicated
polyvinyl chloride or PTFE storage container.
• Prior to reusing pump rinse exterior again with HPLC-grade water. (Double rinse in
Bullet 5 above may be substituted for this step).
3.3.1.3 Dip Samplers
All dip samplers, whether bucket, long-handled, or short-handled, will be decontaminated in the
same manner as provided in Section 3.3.1.1.
3.3.1.4 Labware
Labware, such as beakers, which are used to hold samples for field measurements, water
chemistry, etc. will be decontaminated according to the procedures in Section 3.3.1.1.
3.3.1.5 Water Level Indicators
Electric water level indicators, weighted measuring tapes, or piezometers used in the
determination of water levels, well depths, and/or non-aqueous phase liquid levels will be
decontaminated in accordance with Section 3.3.1.1. Clean laboratory wipes may be substituted
for brushes. Tapes, probes, and piezometers should be wiped dry with clean laboratory wipes,
and coiled on spools or clean plastic sheeting rather than allowed to air dry.
3.3.2 Solid Materials Samplers
Solid materials samplers include soil sampling probes, augers, trowels, shovels, sludge samplers,
and sediment samplers, which will be decontaminated as follows:
Field Decontamination
-------
SOP No. 005
Revision: 0
Page 4 of 7
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. August 2007
• Scrub the sampler to remove gross (visible) contamination, using appropriate brush(es),
approved water, and non-phosphate laboratory detergent.
• Rinse off detergent with approved water.
• Rinse sampler with reagent grade alcohol.
• Rinse sampler with HPLC-grade water.
• For non-metallic samplers only, rinse sampler with 0.1 ON nitric acid solution.
• For non-metallic samplers only, rinse sampler with HPLC-grade water.
• Allow sampler to air dry.
• Wrap sampler in aluminum foil clean plastic sheeting, or store in a new zipseal bag
(size permitting) or clean, dedicated polyvinyl chloride or PTFE storage container.
• Dispose used decontamination solutions properly according to the site-specific Health
and Safety Plan.
• Rinse sampler with HPLC-grade water immediately prior to re-use.
3.3.3 Other Sampling and Measurement Probes
Soil gas sampling probes will be decontaminated as solids sampling devices.
Temperature, pH, conductivity, redox, and dissolved oxygen probes will be decontaminated
according to manufacturer's specifications. If no such specifications exist, remove gross
contaminant and triple rinse probe with HPLC-grade water. A summary of the decontamination
procedures to be used must be included in the instrument-specific standard operating procedure.
Measuring tapes that become contaminated through contact with soil during field use will be
decontaminated as follows:
• Wipe tape with a clean cloth or laboratory wipe that has been soaked with non-phosphate
laboratory detergent solution to remove gross contamination. Rinse cloth in the solution
and continue wiping until tape is clean.
• Wipe tape with a second clean, wet cloth (or laboratory wipe) to remove soap residues.
• Dry tape with a third cloth (or laboratory wipe) and rewind into case, or re-coil tape.
Field Decontamination
-------
SOP No. 005
Revision: 0
Page 5 of 7
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. August 2007
3.3.4 Drilling Rigs and Other Heavy Equipment
All drilling rigs and associated equipment such as augers, drill casing, rods, samplers, tools,
recirculation tank, and water tank (inside and out) will be decontaminated prior to site entry
after over-the-road mobilization and immediately upon departure from a site after drilling a hole.
Supplementary cleaning will be performed prior to site entry when there is a likelihood that
contamination has accumulated on tires and as spatter or dust enroute from one site to the next.
• Place contaminated equipment in an enclosure designed to contain all decontamination
residues (water, sludge, etc.).
• Steam clean equipment until all dirt, mud, grease, asphaltic, bituminous, or other
encrusting coating materials (with the exception of manufacturer-applied paint) have
been removed.
• Water used will be taken from an approved source.
• Containerize in 55-gal drums; sample; characterize; and, based on sample results, dispose
of all decontamination residues properly.
Other heavy equipment includes use of backhoes, excavators, skid steers, etc. If heavy
equipment is utilized during field activities, i.e., a backhoe for test pitting, the bucket should not
come in contact with soil to be sampled. If the bucket contacts the soil to be sampled, then it
should be decontaminated between sample locations, following the same procedures as listed
above for a drill rig.
3.3.5 High Performance Liquid Chromatography-Grade Water Storage
Dedicated glass storage containers will be used solely for dispensing HPLC-grade water.
New HPLC-grade water containers will be decontaminated as follows:
• Clean with tap water from approved source and non-phosphate laboratory detergent
while scrubbing the exterior and interior of the container with a stiff-bristled brush.
• Rinse thoroughly with approved water.
• Rinse with 0.0IN nitric acid.
Rinse with approved water.
Rinse thoroughly with HPLC-grade water.
Fill clean container with HPLC-grade water. Cap with one layer of PTFE-lined paper
and one layer of aluminum foil. Secure cap with rubber band and date the container.
Field Decontamination
-------
SOP No. 005
Revision: 0
Page 6 of 7
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. August 2007
Used HPLC-grade water containers will be decontaminated as follows:
• Clean the exterior with tap water from an approved source, non-phosphate laboratory
detergent, and a stiff-bristled brush.
• Rinse the exterior thoroughly with HPLC-grade water.
• Rinse the interior twice with pesticide-grade isopropanol.
• Rinse interior thoroughly with HPLC-grade water.
• Fill clean container with HPLC-grade water. Cap with one layer of PTFE-lined paper
and one layer of aluminum foil. Secure cap with rubber band and date the container.
3.3.6 Ice Chests and Reusable Shipping Containers
• Scrub exterior/interior with approved brush and liquinox detergent.
• Rinse off detergent three times with approved water.
• Let air dry and properly store until re-use.
NOTE: If container/ice chest is severely contaminated, clean as thoroughly as possible, render
unusable, and properly dispose.
4. MAINTENANCE
HPLC-grade water will be stored only in decontaminated glass containers with aluminum foil
lids as stipulated above. The water may not be stored for more than nor used more than 3 days
after manufacture.
HPLC-grade water will be manufactured onsite. An approved tap water source will be used
as the influent to the system. Procedures for system setup, operation, and maintenance will
conform to manufacturer's specifications.
5. PRECAUTIONS
Dispose of all wash water, rinse water, rinsates, and other sampling wastes (tubing, plastic
sheeting, etc.) in properly marked, sealable containers, or as directed by the Health and Safety
Plan.
Field Decontamination
-------
SOP No. 005
Revision: 0
Page 7 of 7
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. August 2007
Once a piece of equipment has been decontaminated, be careful to keep it in such condition until
needed.
Do not eat, smoke, or drink onsite.
6. REFERENCES
Site-specific Health and Safety Plan.
Field Decontamination
-------
This page intentionally left blank.
-------
SOP-6:
Procedure for Sampling Snapping Turtle Tissue
-------
This page intentionally left blank.
-------
PROCEDURE FOR SAMPLING SNAPPING TURTLE TISSUE
1. SCOPE AND APPLICATION
The purpose of this Standard Operating Procedure is to delineate protocols for the collection of
snapping turtle samples for tissue analysis.
2. MATERIALS
Baited hoop traps are a common tool used in capturing turtles (Hudson River Natural Resource
Trustees 2005, VanAudenhove 1997, Burke et al 1999). These traps have a cylindrical or
rectangular frame that is covered with netting. An inverted funnel with a horizontally flattened
opening projects into the body of the trap so the turtle can enter the trap but cannot escape
(VanAudenhove 1997). Modified catfish hoop traps or winged fyke nets may also be used to
capture the turtles (Burke et al 1999).
Other equipment used in snapping turtle collection studies may include:
• Bait such as canned sardines, fish, or canned dog food
• Global Positioning System unit (for marking collection areas or navigating to previously
• sampled locations)
• Indelible markers
• Sample labels
• Project Scope of Work, Site Safety and Health Plan, and this Standard Operating Procedure
for Snapping Turtle Tissue Analysis
• EPA Guidance for Assessing Chemical Contamination Data for Use in Fish Advisories
Volume 1 Fish Sampling and Analysis - Third Edition (November) (EPA 823-B-00-007)
(U.S. Environmental Protection Agency [EPA] 2000)
• Copy of Scientific Collection Permit
• Location map
• Field notebook and datasheets
• Chain-of-custody (COC) form(s)
• Coolers and ice
• Appropriate weight measurement device
• Appropriate length measuring device
• Scissors
3. COLLECTION PROCEDURE
The purpose of this section is to provide a broad description of selected methods of collection so
that there are several routes by which to obtain field samples. As stated above, the primary
collection means is trapping. However, snapping turtles may also be collected by the trotline
technique, the use of a multiple-hook line left in place overnight (PA DEP 2006). The trap or line
must be left in suitable snapping turtle habitat for some time before collecting the samples.
Revision 0, November 2011
-------
4. COLLECTION PERMIT
Permission is required to conduct these studies, and approval must be granted by the regulatory
authority within the state where the study will be conducted. A Scientific Collection Permit must
be applied for and the study plan approved by the proper agency or agencies prior to initiating
the study.
5. DOCUMENTING SAMPLE LOCATION
The location of samples will be noted in a field notebook and on a map used in the field.
Coordinates will be obtained using a hand-held Global Positioning System and recorded in the
field notebook. Specific coordinates collected will relate to the trap loaction. The location should
also be marked on a field map relative to a position on the shoreline. Significant events,
observations, and measurements during the field investigation will also be recorded in the field
notebook. Field notebook entries will include, at a minimum, the following information:
• Author, date and time of entry (use 24-hour military time), and physical/environmental
conditions during the field activity.
• Names and titles of field crew.
• Names and titles of any site visitors.
• Type of sampling activity.
• Location of sampling activity, sampling time, water temperature, dissolved oxygen,
conductivity, and pH.
• Field observations.
• For each submitted snapping turtle sample, the species name, weight, and size of each
carapace, or other appropriate measures included in the analytical sample.
• Any deformities (lesions, sores, etc.) observed on any of the snapping turtles.
• Analyses to be performed on these snapping turtle samples.
• If any page is not completely filled in, a line should be drawn through the unused portion and
initialed by the person keeping the log.
• Decontamination procedures.
• Documentation of any deviations from the Field Sampling Plan.
• Unusual incidents or accidents.
Original data recorded in these field notebooks, field data sheets, sample labels, or COCs should
be made using indelible dark blue or black ink. None of these documents will be destroyed or
discarded, even if they are illegible or contain inaccuracies. If an error is made on any of these
documents, the error will be corrected by crossing a line through the error and entering the
correct information, then initialing and dating the cross-out. Any subsequent error discovered on
one of these documents will be corrected by the person who made the entry, and will be initialed
and dated as appropriate. Photographs will be taken of field activities. Each photograph will have
an entry in the field logbook indicating the location, date, and time it was taken. Photographs of
activities such as biota sampling locations will be taken to record activities.
6. FIELD HANDLING AND DATA COLLECTION
Revision 0, November 2011
-------
Individual turtles will be tagged, weighed, sexed, and carapace measurements will be taken in
the field. Care should be taken when handling large turtles, particularly snapping turtles; many
can deliver severe bites. Particularly during procedures that place fingers or hands within striking
range of the sharp jaws, covering the turtle's head, neck, and forelimbs with a cloth towel or sack
and taping it in place is often sufficient to prevent injury to the field sampling crew (Frye, 1994).
Each turtle will be rinsed in ambient water and scrubbed if necessary to remove any foreign
matter. The turtle should be inspected and any anomalies found should be recorded in the field
notebook and representative datasheet if applicable. Once the turtle is sufficiently cooled to
induce a mild state of torpor (US EPA 2000), it should quickly be placed in its own burlap bag,
which should be tied tightly with a cord, and put back on ice. Sample preparation will be specific
to the laboratory conducting the tissue analysis.
If the turtles will be used for edible tissue only analysis, they should not be frozen before
resection since some internal organs can rupture when frozen. Instead, wet ice or sealed pre-
frozen ice packets (blue ice) are recommended. These samples should be delivered to the
processing laboratory within 24 hours. Dry ice may be used if the delivery will take longer than
24 hours (US EPA 2000). All samples will be labeled with sample number, location, date, taxa,
and initials of the sampling crew. At the end of each day, turtles will be processed delivered to
the laboratory. All information regarding sample contents will be recorded in the field notebook
and a representative datasheet.
7. COMPOSITING TECHNIQUES AND RECOMMENDATIONS
The US EPA (2000) recommends that, when turtles are used as the target species, target analyte
concentrations be determined for each turtle rather than for a composite turtle sample.
8. SAMPLE CONTAINERS AND PRESERVATION TECHNIQUES
Individual sample labels will contain the following information:
• Project number
• Sample location and station number
• Species (genus and specific epithet)
• Individual sample number
• Total number of individuals in composite
• Sampler's initials
• Date and time of sample processing.
For shipping to the analytical laboratory, a 3-in. layer of inert cushioning material (bubble wrap)
will be placed on the bottom of a waterproof cooler or ice chest. The samples will then be placed
on the cushioning material and surrounded with ice double bagged in plastic bags to maintain a
temperature of 4°C or lower. A temperature blank should be included in each cooler. COC
records will be completed at the time of sample preparation. All samples will be sent by
overnight express to the laboratory or hand-delivered the day after collection. The COC must be
signed showing any sample transfer and placed in a plastic bag taped to the inside lid of the
cooler. Each cooler should have a COC for those samples contained in that cooler. The cooler/ice
Revision 0, November 2011
-------
chest drain should be taped shut. Appropriate shipping labels are attached to the top of the cooler
and "This Side Up" labels placed on all four sides of the cooler/ice chest. Lastly "Fragile" labels
should be placed on at least two locations of the cooler/ice chest. Be aware of any weight
limitations that a shipper may have for shipping the cooler/ice chests.
9. SAMPLE COLLECTION PROCEDURES
There are at least two ways to euthanize the turtles after arrival at the lab. The EPA guidance
(2000) suggests freezing at least as cool as -20° Celsius for 48 hours (Frye 1994). However, the
internal organs can rupture when the specimen is frozen in which case the sample should either
be eliminated or the edible tissues should be rinsed in distilled deionized water and blotted dry
before analysis (US EPA 2000). An alternative means of euthanizing the turtles is by spinal
dislocation (Hudson River Natural Resource Trustees 2005).
The turtles should be washed in water and examined for any external lesions and parasites
(Hudson River Natural Resource Trustees 2005). If the sample appears to have been
compromised in any way due to shipment, it should be discarded (US EPA 2000). Then, the
body cavity should be opened by removing the plastron, or ventral plate (Hudson River Natural
Resource Trustees 2005). The specimen should be placed plastron facing up and bone shears
used to cut the connection of the carapace to the plastron, which after this point can be removed.
The internal cavity should be examined for parasites and lesions and a determination of sex can
be made.
Depending on the sampling program, organ tissues will either be homogenized separately or
collectively. If analyzed separately, great care should be taken to prevent inadvertent
contamination of muscle tissue by other tissue types that have been shown to accumulate
contaminants at much higher concentrations. Once the internal cavity is open, resection of the
tissues can begin. Skin on the forelimbs, hind limbs, neck, and tail tissue as well as claws and
bones should be removed (U.S. EPA, 1991d). The tissues of a turtle considered edible may differ
by region, but usually include only the muscles. It may be more conservative to include internal
organs, fatty deposits and eggs in the analysis since these may be consumed as well (US EPA
2000).
The muscle tissues samples should be weighed and then homogenized either separately from or
together with the other tissues resected. Homogenization will be performed at the analytical
laboratory. Large pieces of tissue may be cut into cubes prior to homogenization in a blender or
homogenizer fit with tantalum or titanium blades and probes. The sample should be ground until
it appears to be homogenous and then hand mixed. If any pieces of tissue are present, the process
should be repeated. Consultation with the analytical laboratory should occur to determine the
minimum size of the samples for necessary analyses. The samples should be stored at -20°
Celsius until analytical testing.
Revision 0, November 2011
-------
10. REFERENCES
Burke, V.J., Renken, R. B., Bodie, J. R., Grotenmeyer, J. R., Zaga, A. 1999. Chapter 6
Herpetofauna in Initial Biotic Survey of Lisbon Bottom, Big Muddy National Fish and
Wildlife Refuge. Humburg, D. D. and V.J. Burke, Editors. December.
http://www.cerc.usgs.gov/pubs/center/pdfdocs/lisbon.pdf. Accessed online November 14,
2011.
Frye, F.L. 1994. Reptile Clinician's Handbook: A Compact Clinical and Surgical Reference.
Krieger Publishing Company, Malabar, FL.
Hudson River Natural Resource Trustees. 2005. Final Data Report for Screening for
Organochlorine and Metal Contaminant Levels in Hudson River, New York Bullfrogs (Rana
Catesbeiana) And Snapping Turtles (Chelydra Serpentina Serpentina) Hudson River Natural
Resource Damage Assessment, State of New York, U.S. Department of Commerce, U.S.
Department of the Interior. February 28.
http://www.darrp.noaa.gov/northeast/hudson/pdf/TrusteesBullfrogandSnappingTurtleReportl
.pdf. Accessed online November 14, 2011.
Pennsylvania Department of Environmental Protection. 2006. Standardized Biological Field
Collection and Laboratory Methods. May.
http://www.elibrarv.dep.state.pa.us/dsweb/Get/Document-59743/391-3200-015.pdf.
Accessed online November 14, 2011.
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (U.S. EPA). 1991. Environmental Monitoring and
Assessment Program (EMAP) Near Coastal Program Laboratory Methods for Filleting and
Compositing Fish for Organic and Inorganic Contaminant Analyses. Draft. Office of
Research and Development, Environmental Research Laboratory, Narragansett, RI.
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (U.S. EPA). 2000. EPA Guidance for Assessing
Chemical Contamination Data for Use in Fish Advisories Volume 1 Fish Sampling and
Analysis - Third Edition (EPA 823-B-00-007). November.
VanAudenhove, Jacque. 1997. Report on Turtle Sampling in Watts Bar Reservoir and the Clinch
River. Prepared for Tennessee Department of Environment and Conservation, DOE-
Oversight Division, Oak Ridge, TN. May.
http://www.tn.gov/environment/doeo/pdf/TurtleProiectReport.pdf. Accessed online
November 14, 2011.
Revision 0, November 2011
-------
This page intentionally left blank.
-------
SOP-7:
ERT User Manual for Scribe CLP Sampling
-------
This page intentionally left blank.
-------
ERT
User Manual
for
Scribe CLP Sampling
-------
m
US EPA Environmental Response Team
User Manual for Scribe CLP Sampling
Table of Contents
Introduction
Create a New Project 3
New Project Wizard 3
CLP Sampling in Scribe
CLP Samples 5
CLP Analyses 5
CLP/Tag Settings 6
Adding CLP Samples and Assigning Analyses 8
View Samples 10
Sample Management 10
Labels and Chain of Custody 13
CLP Sample Labels 13
Print Sample Labels 13
Chain of Custody 17
Create COC and Assign Samples 17
Configure and Print COC 22
Export to XML File 24
Export COC to XML 24
Reporting 26
Find. Filter and Sort 26
Export 30
Worksheet Reports 31
Modification Date: June 11, 2010
ERT Support: 800-999-6990
Page ii
-------
m
%
US EPA Environmental Response Team
User Manual for Scribe CLP Sampling
Introduction
The intent of this User Guide is to provide a basic overview of how to use Scribe to create a
new sampling project and manage samples collected for the EPA's Contract Lab Program
(CLP), Scribe provides support for CLP sample documentation including the CLP Chain of
Custody (COC) reports and the CLP XML format.Query. This document also assumes that the
user is already familiar with the Scribe application for sampling. Otherwise, please refer to the
Scribe User guides for detailed Scribe application instructions.
Create a New Project
New Project Wizard
If you are starting Scribe for the first time after installation, the New Project Wizard will run
automatically. Otherwise, to create a new project in Scribe:
1. Click on'File'.
2. Select 'New Project'.
3. A New Project Wizard window is displayed.
New Project Wizard
¦a
New Project Wizard
This Wizard will create a new project. Click the
Next button to continue.
T o open an existing project, click here ~> Open Project
« Back
| Next >>
Help Cancel
I
4. Click 'Next' to continue.
ERT Support 1-800-999-6990
Page | 3
-------
m
%
US EPA Environmental Response Team
User Manual for Scribe CLP Sampling
5. Enter the Project Information
New Project Wizard
0
Site Name: Palm Metals
Site ft:
Q025ASD20
Region tt 4
Scribe Ternplate .mdb used to create project. _ browse..
|C:\Program Files\Scribe\T emplate\scribe3.mdb
<< Back
Next >>
6. Enter the Site Name, Site # and EPA Region #.
7. Click 'Next' and then click 'Finish' to create the new project.
Ill Scribe - [Palm Metals]
111 File Lists Scriblets Help
[ Print § Export jjff View
| Edit D Add Copy X Delete | | Filter £ 1 »/ Select
1 Palm Metals
fjl Planning
Events
Property Info
sfp Sampling Locations
Analyses
Sampler
Instrument List
-.¦) Lab List
Sampling
2D Air Sampling
ijj) Wipe Sampling
Biota
) Soil/Sediment
| Soil Gas Sampling
Water Sampling
IB Sample Management
^ Samples
Chain of Custody
^)[ Lab Results
Monitoring Data
m Custom Data Views
-------
m
%
US EPA Environmental Response Team
User Manual for Scribe CLP Sampling
CLP Sampling in Scribe
CLP Samples
CLP Analyses
The Scribe Analyses List now includes CLP Analyses. To view or modify the list:
1. Click on "Analyses" in the left Navigation Pane. This section is used to manage a
list of Analyses including the Program Type and Analysis Type. For example:
Analysis: CLP TAL Total Metals
Program Type: CLP
Analyses Type: Inorganics
HI Scribe - [Analyses]
aiaiai
I tlj File Lists 5criblets Help
- &
X
Print Hill Export
j|ii View
Edit Q Add ^ Copy X Delete Filter 2I Sort V Select £4 Find
ttf F
t
'aim Metals
[3 Planning
.jp Events
A) Property Info
Analyses
Save Layout Layout: | Default Layout
3
Analyses
1 Analyses: 169 j
jcations
Analyses
Abbrev
T urnarou
T urnarou j
Analyses Type
Program Type
Analytical Method
3
I [
Analyses |
CLP Copper
Cu
Inorganics
CLP
d
1
B
B
B
¦J b ampler
CLP Iron
Fe
Inorganics
CLP
Instrument List
,¦,) Lab List
[3 Sampling
Air Sampling
Wipe Sampling
Biota
^ Soil/Sediment
1—| Soil Gas Sampling
3 Water Sampling
[3 Sample Management
O Samples
Chain of Custody
^ Lab Results
Monitoring Data
[3 Custom Data Views
if Data for GIS-Lab
j/ Data For GIS-Monitoring
f E D D for G1S -M onitoring [
if EDD for GIS-Sampling D
f LabR esults Analyte/U nit:
f LabR esults Crosstab
jf LabR esults Crosstab with
if LabR esults Without Sam
if S amples Without LabR e:
CLP Lead
Pb
Inorganics
CLP
CLP Magnesium
Mg
Inorganics
CLP
CLP Manganese
Mn
Inorganics
CLP
CLP Nickel
Ni
Inorganics
CLP
CLP Potassium
K
Inorganics
CLP
CLP Selenium
Se
Inorganics
CLP
CLP Silver
Ag
Inorganics
CLP
CLP Sodium
Na
Inorganics
CLP
7
CLP TAL Total Metals
TM
Inorganics
CLP
CLP TAL Total Metals (No Hg)
TM (No I-
Inorganics
CLP
CLP TAL Total Metals and Cyanide
TM/CN
Inorganics
CLP
CLP TAL Total Metals I CP/MS
I CP/MS
Inorganics
CLP
CLP TCL Pesticide/PCBs
PEST
Organics
CLP
CLP TCL Semivolatiles
BNA
Organics
CLP
CLP TCL Semivolatiles and Pesticides/f
BNA/PE!
Organics
CLP
CLP TCL Volatiles
VQA^_
14
Orqariics
CLP
CLP Thallium
Tl
Inorganics
CLP
CLP Vanadium
V
Inorganics
CLP
CLP Zinc
Zn
Inorganics
CLP
Coliforms
CO LI
Generic
N0N-CLP
Color
COLOR
Generic
N0N-CLP
Copper
Cu
Default
N0N-CLP
SW846 6010
Corrosivity (pH)
C0RR_F
Generic
N0N-CLP
Corrosivity (steel)
C0RR
Generic
N0N-CLP
Cr TCLP
Default
NON-CLP
SW846 1311/601
CuTCLP
Default
N0N-CLP
SW846 1311/601
Cyanide
Default
NON-CLP
SW846 9010 or 9i
riofm .11-
MDM.n P
i
~
<
i" i si
Close | Add
11 File N ame: C: \Program Files\S cribe\Projects\Palm M etals. M D B 6/2/2010 10:39 AM
=J
ERT Support 1-800-999-6990
Page | 5
-------
US EPA Environmental Response Team
User Manual for Scribe CLP Sampling
CLP/Tag Settings
A new feature included with CLP Analyses is the ability to set defaults for the CLP Tags. When
a CLP Analysis is selected for a sample, Scribe will assign a CLP Sample number. You can
set the Next CLP Sample number and Next Tag number similar to a sample mask but not
exactly.
The CLP Sample # and the Tag # is a field that will update as Samples are added to Scribe.
This number is a DISPLAY of the Next number to be assigned, it is editable so that you may
customize the next CLP Sample Number that you would like Scribe to assign to your samples.
The numbers auto-increment as samples are added using the CLP business rules.
To modify the default settings:
1. Click on File.
2. Select Options.
3. Select CLP/Tag Settings
ID Scribe - 1 Analyses!
cthmi
I
i
u
a
File Lists Scriblets Help
_ 3
X
1
J
New Project Ctrl+N
Open Project Ctrl+O
Close Project
£ Edit Q Add
Copy X Delete Filter z 1 S0ft Select Find
.nalyses
Remove Fill-; | Save Layout |
Layout: | Default Layout
Backup Project
Restore From Backup
nalyses
Analyses: 169
Analyses
Abbrev
T urnarou
Turnarou|
Analyses Type
Program Type
Analytical Method
Import
~
:
CLP Copper
Cu
Inorganics
CLP
Scribe.NET
~
L
CLP Iron
Fe
Inorganics
CLP
CLP Lead
Pb
Inorganics
CLP
Compact Database
t
I CLP Magnesium
Mg
Inorganics
CLP
Options
~
¦ 1 System Settings
Mn
Ni
Inorganics
Inorganics
CLP
CLP
Exit
JU
CLP/Tag Settings k |
K
Inorganics
CLP
i
:V- Biota
^ Soil/Sediment
Soil Gas Sampling
lJ Water Sampling
Sample Management
Samples
^ Chain of Custody
Lab Results
£3 Monitoring Data
JF
CLP Selenium ^
Se
Inorganics
CLP
CLP Silver
Ag
Inorganics
CLP
CLP Sodium
Na
Inorganics
CLP
CLP TAL Dissolved Metals
DM
Inorganics
CLP
T
CLP TAL Total Metalsj
TM
Inorganics
CLP
d
CLP TAL Total Metals (No Hg)
TM (No I-
Inorganics
CLP
CLP TAL Total Metals and Cyanide
TM/CN
Inorganics
CLP
CLP TAL Total Metals I CP/MS
I CP/MS
Inorganics
CLP
CLP TCL Pesticide/PCBs
PEST
Organics
CLP
CLP TCL Semivolatiles
BNA
Organics
CLP
Custom Data Views
CLP TCL Semivolatiles and Pesticides/F
BNA/PE:
Organics
CLP
if Data for 6IS-Lab
if Data For GIS-Monitoring
if E D D for G1S -M onitoring [
if EDD for GIS-Sampling D
if LabR esults Analyte/U nit:
if LabR esults Crosstab
if LabR esults Crosstab with
if LabR esults Without S am
if S amples Without LabR e:
CLP TCL Volatiles
V0A
14
Days
Organics
CLP
CLP Thallium
Tl
Inorganics
CLP
CLP Vanadium
V
Inorganics
CLP
CLP Zinc
Zn
Inorganics
CLP
Coliforms
CO LI
Generic
N0N-CLP
Color
COLOR
Generic
N0N-CLP
Copper
Cu
Default
NO N-CLP
SW846 6010
Corrosivity (pH)
C0RR F
Generic
N0N-CLP
Corrosivity (steel)
C0RR
Generic
N0N-CLP
Cr TCLP
Default
NO N-CLP
SW8461311/601
Cu TCLP
Default
NO N-CLP
SW8461311/601
Cyanide
Default
N0N-CLP
SW846 9010 or 9l
riafai .It
MnM.ri p
l< it I H
±l
1 M
Close
Add
File Name: CAProgram Files\Scribe\Pro[ects\Palm Metals.MDB
6/2/2010 10:42 AM
ERT Support 1 -800-999-6990 Page | 6
-------
*¦ US EPA Environmental Response Team
User Manual for Scribe CLP Sampling
4. The window for CLP/Tag Settings is displayed.
5. Input the appropriate information and click the OK' button to Save and Close.
CLP/Tao Settings
Set Default values for Tag arid CLP Sample Numbers
CLP Sample Numbers
EPA Region Number: [4
^e^CLPSa^eFjoEsT
CLP Case # 140123
Tag Numbers
Assign Numeric TAG Numbers
sgtor
Restore Defaults
ibers
OK
Cancel
ERT Support 1-800-999-6990
Page | 7
-------
m
%
US EPA Environmental Response Team
User Manual for Scribe CLP Sampling
Adding CLP Samples and Assigning Analyses
Depending on the type of sampling, click on the appropriate sampling task under Sampling in
the left Navigation Pane. For example,
1. Click on 'Water Sampling' in the left Navigation bar.
2. To add a Water Sample, click the 'Add' button on the top menu.
3. Enter sample information into the "Sample Details" screen.
Note: There are additional detail screens on the Water Quality and Measurements
tabs. These tabs vary by sampling task. The details on the Analysis tab must be
completed to assign an analysis to your sample.
tU Scribe - [Water Sampling]
File Lists Scriblets Help
D Add %i Copy X Delete
7)(n]@
ED :'alrm Metals
tiJ Planning
Events
Property Info
-.y Sampling Locatioi
..y Analyses
-.¦j) Sampler
-.¦j) Instrument List
Lab List
ID Sampling
^3 Air Sampling
Wipe Sampling
^. Biota
Soil/Sediment
cinil Has- ^aiTinlinn
Filter Sort •/ Select
Find
Cil Sample Management
,0. Samples
Chain of Custody
3 Lab Results
Monitoring Data
Custom Data Views
Data for GIS-Lab
j/ Data For GIS-Monitor
'
Water Sampling: Sample tt 0458-0001
Sample Details Water Quality Measurements Analysis
EventID |Sampling 05/25/2010 ~ Date Collected
Sample tt [0458-0001
Location | IW-14 -r
05/25/2010
Sub Location
Matrix
Source
Collection
Groundwater
Injection Well
Grab
Sample Type Field Sample
Odor
Remarks
Close
Help
Time Collected 10:30
(hh:mm)
~3
^3
Sampler
Activity
3]
u
Sampling Depth
"3
Depth From 20
Depth To 20
Depth Units [feet
J
Color
Cancel
; Previous
Next >
File Name: C:\Prograrn Files\Scribe\Projects\Palm Metals.MDB
6/2/2010
10:51 AM
ERT Support 1-800-999-6990
Page | 8
-------
US EPA Environmental Response Team
User Manual for Scribe CLP Sampling
Enter Analysis information for the Sample and assign CLP Sample and Tag numbers.
4. Click on the Analysis tab.
5. Click in the Analyses field.
6. Click on the down arrow for a list of the CLP Analyses that we referred to earlier.
7. Select an Analysis.
tU Scribe - [Water Sampling]
Tim
^ File Lists Scriblets Help
Mk Print m Export iff! Vi«
Palm Metals
££l Planning
.¦.) Events
^ Property Info
Sampling Locatioi
Analyses
,'j) Sampler
Instrument List
Lab List
m Sampling
CD Air Sampling
Wipe Sampling
Biota
^ Soil/Sediment
| Soil Gas Sampling
Water Sampling
££l Sample Management
O Samples
^ Chain of Custody
3 Lab Results
CD Monitoring Data
m Custom Data Views
if Data for GIS-Lab
if Data For GIS-Monitor
if E D D for GIS -M onitori
-jf EDD for GIS-Samplin
if LabResults Analyte/l
if LabResults Crosstab
if LabResults Crosstab v
<1 " mi 1 ' [>j
Edit D Add I%| Copy X. Delete
_ a x
Rita-
zi Sort
¦f Select
I Find
Water Sampling: Sample tt 0458-0001
Sample Details Water Quality Measurements I Analysis
Save Layout | Layout: | Default Layout
"3
Analyses
CLP Sample tt TAG
Container
No
Collection
Storage
Preservation MS_MS
Description
k CLPTCL
^ Volatiles)
V
D5Z56
1000
40 ml V0A
9
peristaltic
|Wet Ice
HCI IV
Add Analysis | Copy Analyses | Assign From.., | Delete Analysis | CLP/Tag Settings | Next CLP tt: DEZ81
Close Help | Save | cancel | < Previous | Next >
File Name: C:\Progtarn Fiies\Scribe\Proiects\Palm Metals.MDB
6/2/2010
10:55 AM
8. For a CLP Analysis, a Tag number and a CLP Sample number is assigned based
on the CLP/Tag Settings.
9. To assign additional Analyses to sample containers, click the 'Add Analysis'
button.
10. When all analyses have been added, click the 'Close' button on the bottom of the
window to save and close.
ERT Support 1 -800-999-6990 Page | 9
-------
m
%
US EPA Environmental Response Team
User Manual for Scribe CLP Sampling
View Samples
Sample Management
Under Sample Management in the left Navigation Pane, you can view and manage all samples
using Find, Filter and Sort. The options to Print labels and Chains of Custody are also
available.
To view samples:
1. Click on 'Samples' under Sample Management in the left Navigation Pane.
til Scribe - [Samples] ays
I HI File Lists Scriblets Help _ 3 XII
^ Print Hill Export ;iii View
12^ Edit Q Add Copy X Delete | ^ Filter zl Sort V' Select <$4 Find 1
u
1 Palm Metals
f jl Planning
.y Events
Property Info
,y Sampling Locatioi
\0 Analyses
Sampler
,?.) Instrument List
s^) Lab List
E|l Sampling
2D Air Sampling
Jj] Wipe Sampling
Biota
Soil/Sediment
4 Soil Gas Sampling
A
Samples
Save Layout | Layout: (Default Layout
Summar
1 Samples |
ALL Samples: 25
-
Sample #
Sample Date
EventID
Location
Matrix
Collection I
Sample Type;
Analyses
Tag
Containe
0458-0001
5/25/2010
Sampling 05/25/2C
IW-14
Grounds
Grab
Field Sample
CLP TCL Volatile®
1000
40 ml VO
0458-0002
5/25/2010
Sampling 05/25/2C
PMW-4
Ground V.
Grab
Field Sample
CLP TCL Volatiles
1001
40 ml VO
0458-0003
5/25/2010
Sampling 05/25/2C
FD-1
Grounds
Grab
Field Duplica
CLP TCL Volatiles
1002
40 ml VO
0458-0004
5/25/2010
Sampling 05/25/2C
PMW-3
Grounds
Grab
Field Sample
CLP TCL Volatiles
1003
40 ml VO
0458-0005
5/25/2010
Sampling 05/25/2C
IW-12
Grounds
Grab
Field Sample
CLP TCL Volatiles
1004
40 ml VO
0458-0006
5/25/2010
Sampling 05/25/2C
IW-7
Ground V,
Grab
Field Sample
CLP TCL Volatiles
1005
40 ml VO
0458-0007
5/25/2010
Sampling 05/25/2C
PMW-5
Ground V
Grab
Field Sample
CLP TCL Volatiles
1006
40 ml VO
0458-0008
5/25/2010
Sampling 05/25/2C
MW-C
Ground V.
Grab
Field Sample
CLP TCL Volatiles
1007
40 ml VO
0458-0003
5/25/2010
Sampling 05/25/2C
IW-3
Grounds
Grab
Field Sample
CLP TCL Volatiles
1008
40 ml VO
0458-0010
5/25/2010
Sampling 05/25/2C
PMW-7
Grounds
Grab
Field Sample
CLP TCL Volatiles
1009
40 ml VO
—
0458-0011
5/25/2010
Sampling 05/25/2C
FB-1
Water
Grab
Field Blank
CLP TCL Volatiles
1010
40 ml VO
m Sample Management
0458-0012
5/26/2010
Sampling 05/25/2C
IW-11
Ground V.
Grab
Field Sample
CLP TCL Volatiles
1011
40 ml VO
0458-0013
5/25/2010
Sampling 05/25/2C
RW-2
Ground V\
Grab
Field Sample
CLP TCL Volatiles
1012
40 ml VO
0458-0014
5/25/2010
Sampling 05/25/2C
PMW-8
Grounds
Grab
Field Sample
CLP TCL Volatiles
1013
40 ml VO
u
Chain of Custody
Lab Results
CD Monitoring Data
| Custom Data Views
if Data for GIS-Lab
if Data For GIS-Monitor
if EDD for GIS-Monitori
if EDD for GIS-Samplin
if LabResults Analyte/l
if LabResults Crosstab
if LabResults Crosstab
jf LabResults Without J
:f Q arnnla« WitUni it 1 ajJ
i~ >
0458-0015
5/25/2010
Sampling 05/25/2C
IW-5
Grounds
Grab
Field Sample
CLP TCL Volatiles
1014
40 ml VO
0458-0016
5/26/2010
Sampling 05/25/2C
PMW-6
Ground V.
Grab
Field Sample
CLP TCL Volatiles
1015
40 ml VO
0458-0017
5/26/2010
Sampling 05/25/2C
FD-2
Ground
Grab
Field Duplica
CLP TCL Volatiles
1016
40 ml VO
0458-0018
5/26/2010
Sampling 05/25/2C
IW-1
Grounds
Grab
Field Sample
CLP TCL Volatiles
1017
40 ml VO
<
0458-0019
5/26/2010
Sampling 05/25/2C
FB-2
Water
Grab
Field Blank
CLP TCL Volatiles
1018
40 ml VO
0458-0020
5/26/2010
Sampling 05/25/2C
PMW-1
Grounds
Grab
Field Sample
CLP TCL Volatiles
1019
40 ml VO
—
0458-0021
5/26/2010
Sampling 05/25/2C
IW-16
Ground V.
Grab
Field Sample
CLP TCL Volatiles
1020
40 ml VO
0458-0022
5/26/2010
Sampling 05/25/2C
PMW-2
Ground V,
Grab
Field Sample
CLP TCL Volatiles
1021
40 ml VO
0458-0023
5/26/2010
Sampling 05/25/2C
RW-1
Grounds
Grab
Field Sample
CLP TCL Volatiles
1022
40 ml VO—
0458-0024
5/26/2010
Sampling 05/25/2C
IW-8
Ground V.
Grab
Field Sample
CLP TCL Volatiles
1023
40 ml VO
i
0458-0025
5/2R/2010
Samnlinn 05/25/?f
IW-10
GrnunrlU
Rrah
Fifilrl Sflmnlfi
~ P TCI Volatile
1024
4n mi vrjjr
V
Close | All Samples | Print Labels
I File N ame: C: \Program Files\S cr ibe\Projects\Palrn M etals. M D B 6/2/2010 10:58 AM
2. To filter your view of samples, RT-click on the field to filter on and select the
'Filter for...' option. For multi-level filters, click the 'Filter' button on the top
menu bar.
3. To sort your view of samples, RT-click on the column heading and select a sort
option. For advanced sort options, click on the 'Sort' button on the top menu
bar.
ERT Support 1-800-999-6990
Page | 10
-------
m
%
US EPA Environmental Response Team
User Manual for Scribe CLP Sampling
4. To find a particular sample(s), RT-c!ick on the field and select the appropriate
option. For multi-level finds, click the 'Find' button on the top menu bar.
5. To see CLP Sample information including the CLP Sample #, click the drop-
down menu for the Layout field on the top right corner of the window and select
the CLP Layout'.
I t ! File Lists Scriblets Help _ | c? X
i^H Print HI Export [fff View Qgr Edit !_j Add 0^ Copy /< Del- Filter z | Sort -
-------
'L
US EPA Environmental Response Team
User Manual for Scribe CLP Sampling
6. The CLP Sample # column is now exposed.
Ill Scribe - [Samples]
TnlS
111 File Lists Scriblets Help
h=& Print m Export jiff View
Edit Lj Add Copy X Dele- ^ Filter Sort Select Find
Remove Filter
- & X
I Palm Metals
Ell Planning
Events
\0 Property Info
,jp Sampling Locatioi
.¦.j Analyses
-,¦) Sampler
sjp Instrument List
Cy Lab List
tU Sampling
CD Air Sampling
ft Wipe Sampling
^ Biota
I Soil/Sediment
Soil Gas Sampling
m Water Sampling
m Sample Management
|]t Samples
^ Chain of Custody
^ Lab R esults
CD Monitoring Data
m Custom Data Views
if Data for GIS-Lab
jf Data For GIS-Monitor
if EDD for GIS-Monitori
if EDD for GIS-S amplin
if LabR esults Analyte/l
if LabR esults Crosstab
if LabR esults Crosstab
if LabR esults Without S;
if Q WrfUrtl ih I
I J" I >
Samples
Summary Samples
Close
Save Layout Layout: | Default Layout
ALL Samples: 25
z
Sample #
Sample Date
EventID
Location
Matrix
Collection
Sample Type;
| Analyses
CLP Sample tt
fag
±
0458-0001
5/25/2010
Sampling 05/25/2C
IW-14
Grounds
Grab
Field Sample
CLP TCL Volat
lies
D5Z56
1000
0458-0002
5/25/2010
Sampling 05/25/2C
PMW-4
Ground^
Grab
Field Sample
CLP TCLVolat
iles
D5Z57
1001
0458-0003
5/25/2010
Sampling 05/25/2C
FD-1
Grounds
Grab
Field Duplica
CLP TCLVolat
lies
D5Z58
1002
0458-0004
5/25/2010
Sampling 05/25/2C
PMW-3
Grounds
Grab
Field Sample
CLP TCLVolat
iles
D5Z59
1003
0458-0005
5/25/2010
Sampling 05/25/2C
IW-12
Ground V.
Grab
Field Sample
CLP TCLVolat
iles
D5Z60
1004
0458-000G
5/25/2010
Sampling 05/25/2C
IW-7
Ground^
Grab
Field Sample
CLP TCLVolat
iles
D5Z61
1005
0458-0007
5/25/2010
Sampling 05/25/2C
PMW-5
Grounds
Grab
Field Sample
CLP TCLVolat
iles
D5Z62
1006
0458-0008
5/25/2010
Sampling 05/25/2C
MW-C
Grounds
Grab
Field Sample
CLP TCLVolat
iles
D5Z63
1007
0458-0009
5/25/2010
Sampling 05/25/2C
IW-3
Grounds
Grab
Field Sample
CLP TCLVolat
iles
D5Z64
1008
0458-0010
5/25/2010
Sampling 05/25/2C
PMW-7
Ground V,
Grab
Field Sample
CLP TCLVolat
iles
D5Z65
1009
0458-0011
5/25/2010
Sampling 05/25/2C
FB-1
Water
Grab
Field Blank
CLP TCLVolat
lies
D5Z66
1010
0458-0012
5/26/2010
Sampling 05/25/2C
IW-11
Grounds
Grab
Field Sample
CLP TCLVolat
iles
D5Z67
1011
0458-0013
5/25/2010
Sampling 05/25/2C
RW-2
Ground V\
Grab
Field Sample
CLP TCLVolat
iles
|D5Z68
1012
0458-0014
5/25/2010
Sampling 05/25/2C
PMW-8
Grounds
Grab
Field Sample
CLP TCLVolat
iles
D5Z69
1013
0458-0015
5/25/2010
Sampling 05/25/2C
IW-5
Grounds
Grab
Field Sample
CLP TCLVolat
iles
D5Z70
1014
0458-0016
5/26/2010
Sampling 05/25/2C
PMW-6
Grounds
Grab
Field Sample
CLP TCLVolat
iles
D5Z71
1015
0458-0017
5/26/2010
Sampling 05/25/2C
FD-2
Grounds
Grab
Field Duplica
CLP TCLVolat
iles
D5Z72
fOIG
0458-0018
5/26/2010
Sampling 05/25/2C
IW-1
Grounds
Grab
Field Sample
CLP TCLVolat
iles
D5Z73
1017
0458-0019
5/26/2010
Sampling 05/25/2C
FB-2
Water
Grab
Field Blank
CLP TCLVolat
iles
D5Z74
1018
0458-0020
5/26/2010
Sampling 05/25/2C
PMW-1
Grounds
Grab
Field Sample
CLP TCLVolat
ies
D5Z75
1019
0458-0021
5/26/2010
Sampling 05/25/2C
IW-16
Grounds
Grab
Field Sample
CLP TCLVolat
iles
D5Z76
1020
0458-0022
5/26/2010
Sampling 05/25/2C
PMW-2
Grounds
Grab
Field Sample
CLP TCLVolat
Ies
D5Z77
1021
0458-0023
5/26/2010
Sampling 05/25/2C
RW-1
Grounds
Grab
Field Sample
CLP TCLVolat
iles
D5Z78
1022 -
0458-0024
5/26/2010
Sampling 05/25/2C
IW-8
Grounds
Grab
Field Sample
CLP TCLVolat
lies
D5Z79
1023
0458-0025
5/76/2010
Sflmnlinn 05/25/?f
IW-10
RrnunHU
Grflh
Fifilrl Ramnlfi
n p tci Vniflt
iles
*1024
All Samples
Print Labels
File Name: CAProgram Files\Scribe\Projects\Palm Metals.MDB
6/2/2010
12:53 PM
ERT Support 1-800-999-6990
Page | 12
-------
m
%
US EPA Environmental Response Team
User Manual for Scribe CLP Sampling
Labels and Chain of Custody
CLP Sample Labels
Print Sample Labels
Label options are available through the Samples View. Click on 'Samples' under Sample
Management in the left Navigation Pane. All samples shown on the screen are available to be
printed on labels. You can apply Filters, Finds and Sorts to limit the display to the Samples you
wish to see.
To configure your labels and print:
1. Click on drop-down menu for the Layout field on the top right corner.
2. Select 'CLP Layout'. This layout will replace the default Scribe Sample # with the CLP
Sample # on the default label layout.
til Scribe - [Samples]
BDB
111 File Lists Scriblets Help
Print fyf] Export [fff View
1 Palm Metals
f£| Planning
.¦j) Events
-sy Property Info
.jp Sampling Locatioi
,jj Analyses
Sampler
-.jj) Instrument List
Lab List
fjl Sampling
CD Air Sampling
Wipe Sampling
V Biota
^ Soil/Sediment
4 Soil Gas Sampling
""i Water Sampling
££| Sample Management
Samples
Chain of Custody
Lab Results
Monitoring Data
m Custom Data Views
jf Data for GIS-Lab
jf Data For GIS-Monitor
jf EDD for GIS-Monitori
jf EDD for GIS-Samplin
jf LabResults Analyte/l
jf LabResults Crosstab
jf LabResults Crosstab
jf LabResults Without J
if C amnU U/ithm ,~ I =1-
1 »r I ILE
-
Q&r Edit ~ Add Copy X Delet Filter z j Sort -f Select Find
Samples
Summary S_amples
Sample tt
0458-0002
n4FiR-nn?F
File Name: C:\Program Files\Scribe\Projects\Palm Metals.MDB
Save Layout |^^yout^DefaulU^vout
I Default Layout
Sample Date
5/25/2010
Sampling 05/25/2C
Sampling 05/25/2C
Sampling 05/25/2C
Sampling 05/25/2C
Sampling 05/25/2C
Sampling 05/25/2C
Sampling 05/25/2C
Sampling 05/25/2C
Sampling 05/25/2C
Sampling 05/25/2C
Sampling 05/25/2C
Sampling 05/25/2C
Sampling 05/25/2C
Sampling 05/25/2C
Sampling 05/25/2C
Sampling 05/25/2C
Sampling 05/25/2C
Sampling 05/25/2C
Sampling 05/25/2C
Sampling 05/25/2C
Sampling 05/25/2C
Sampling 05/25/2C
Sampling 05/25/2C
Sampling 05/25/2C
Sflmnlinn f15/?5/?r
ALL Samples: 25
Matrix
Sample Type
Field Sample
Field Sample
Field Duplica
Field Sample
Field Sample
Field Sample
Field Sample
Field Sample
Field Sample
Field Sample
Field Blank
Field Sample
Field Sample
Field Sample
Field Sample
Field Sample
Field Duplica
Field Sample
Field Blank
Field Sample
Field Sample
Field Sample
Field Sample
Field Sample
Fiftlrl Sflmnlfi
Analyses
CLP TCL Volatiles
CLP TCL Volatiles
CLP TCL Volatiles
CLP TCL Volatiles
CLP TCL Volatiles
CLP TCL Volatiles
CLP TCL Volatiles
CLP TCL Volatiles
CLP TCL Volatiles
CLP TCL Volatiles
CLP TCL Volatiles
CLP TCL Volatiles
CLP TCL Volatiles
CLP TCL Volatiles
CLP TCL Volatiles
CLP TCL Volatiles
CLP TCL Volatiles
CLP TCL Volatiles
CLP TCL Volatiles
CLP TCL Volatiles
CLP TCL Volatiles
CLP TCL Volatiles
CLP TCL Volatiles
CLP TCL Volatiles
CI P TCI VnUtilps
CLP Sample U
D5Z57
All Samples
12:54 PM
3. Click the 'Print Labels' button on the bottom of the window.
4. Select 'Label Setup' if it's the first time you are setting up a label.
ERT Support 1-800-999-6990
Page | 13
-------
US EPA Environmental Response Team
User Manual for Scribe CLP Sampling
5. Select a pre-defined label format that matches your labels.
£J Scribe Winter 2010 Beta 1 - [Samples]
BBS
IT! File Lists Scriblets Help
e=j| Print HH Export flff View Edit M£j Filter 21 Sort ^Select £4 Find
111 Devine Metals
f{l Planning
•Q Events
xy Properly Info
^ Sampling Locations
.IP Analyses
Sampler
•Q Instrument List
s^) Lab List
|£l Sampling
2D Air Sampling
Wipe Sampling
Biota
w) Soil/Sediment
y Soil Gas Sampling
v. Water Sampling
HI Sample Management
IX Samples
Chain of Custody
^J[ Lab Results
CD Monitoring Data
m Custom Data Views
if Data for GIS-Lab
if D ata For GIS -M onitoring
if E D D for GIS -M onitoring t
if EDD for GlS-Sarnpling D
if LabR esults Analyte/Unib
jf LabR esults Crosstab
if LabR esults Crosstab with
if LabR esults Without S am
if S amples Without LabR e:
11
~ ®
Samples
Summary Samples
Remove Filter | Save Layout | Layout: J Default Layout
Samples: 171 [Filtered]
Sample tt
CA-41 Seq. Rep. D
CA-41 Seq. Rep. T
Sample Date
07/27/2009 02:04
07/27/2009 02:04
07/27/2009 02:04
07/27/2009 02:04
07/27/2009 02:04
07/27/2009 02:04
07/27/2009 02:04
07/27/2009 02:04
07/27/2009 02:04
07/27/2009 02:04
07/27/2009 02:04
07/27/2009 02:04
07/27/2009 02:04
07/27/2009 02:04
07/27/2009 02:04
07/27/2009 02:04
07/27/2009 02:04
07/27/2009 02:04
07/27/2009 02:04
07/27/2009 02:04
07/27/2009 02:04
07/27/2009 02:04
07/27/2009 02:04
07/27/2009 02:04
07/27/2009 02:04
07/27/2009 02:04
CA-41 Seq. Rep. Surface V
CA-41 Seq. Rep.
CA-41 Seq. Rep.
CA-41 Seq. Rep.
CA-3^
CA-
All Samples
Preview
Label Setup ,
Sample Type)Analyses
Field Sample
Field S ample
Field Sample
Field Sample
Field Sample
Field Sample
Field Sample
Field Sample
Field Sample
Field Sample
Field Sample
Field Sample
Field Sample
Field Sample
Field Sample
Field Sample
Field Sample
Field Sample
Field Sample
Field Sample
Field Sample
Field Sample
Field Sample
Field Sample
Field Sample
Field Sample
CLP TAL Total Met
CLP TAL Dissolvec
Chemical 0 xy gen C
Biological Oxygen [
Hardness
Alkalinity
Sulfate
CLP TAL Dissolvec
CLP TAL Total Met
Sulfate
Biological Oxygen [
Alkalinity
Chemical 0 xygen C
CLP TAL Dissolvec
CLP TAL Total Met
CLP TAL Dissolvec
CLP TAL Total Met
Sulfate
Biological Oxygen [
Alkalinity
Chemical 0 xygen D
CLP TAL Dissolvec
CLP TAL Total Met
Tag
Container
File Name: C:\Program Files\Scribe\PROJECTS\Devine Metals.MDB
Label Wizard
Select a predefined label in the list or create a new one
Number
Description | Number across |
5164
31/3x4 ? W-1
5165
81/2x11 1
5167
iJJ
1/2*13/4 4
Measure
(* Inch
Sheet
T Cm
One page C Continuous
r Show labels
• Predefined ^ Custom
Customize..
« Back
Next >>
Cancel
6. Click 'Next' to continue.
ERT Support 1-800-999-6990
Page | 14
-------
m
%
US EPA Environmental Response Team
User Manual for Scribe CLP Sampling
7. Design your label by adding/removing fields to or use the default design. Note: The
CLP Sample number instead of the Scribe Sample number will be printed on the label.
Label Wizard
<< Back
TT
Design the Label Layout. Select fields to put on the label. To
add a new line, Drag a field from the list and Drop it on the label
designer. To change a line's font attributes. Double Click on a
line.
: To add a New Label Line, Drag and Drop a field.
Analyses
A
CLP Sample No
CQC
Coll_Method
Collection
Color
Conductivity
Conductivity Units
Container
Container_No
Depth From
Depth To
Depth Units
Description
-
Diss 02 Units
Sample # [CLP_Sample_No]
Tag:[Tag]
Date: [Sample Date]
Location: [Location]
Analyses: [Analyses]
preservation: [Preservation]
Next >>
Restore Defaults
Cancel
4
Finish
8. Click 'Next' to continue.
9. If you need to print on half a sheet of labels, use this option to select which label to print
on first. Otherwise, click Finish to continue.
Label Wizard
TT
Done! Please click the Finish button to Preview your labels.
Start printing at Label Number:
a
<< Back
Next »
I
Restore Defaults
Cancel
Finish
ERT Support 1 -800-999-6990
Page | 15
-------
US EPA Environmental Response Team
User Manual for Scribe CLP Sampling
10. A preview of the labels to be printed is displayed.
ail
Sample# MF4AJ9
Sample # MF4AJ9
Tag: 331186
Tag: 331187
Date: 8/25/2009
Date: 8/25/2009
Location: CA-41 Seq. Rep.
Locaticn: CA-41 Seq, Rep,
.analyses: CLP TAL Dissolved Metals
Analyses: CLP TAL Total Metals (No Hg)
Preservation:
Reservation
Sample# CA-17
Sample# CA-17
Tag: 321152
Tag: 142
Date: 8/25/2D09
Date: 8/25/2009
Location: CA-17
Locaticn: CA-17
Analyses: Hardness
Analyses: Sulfate
Preservation:
Reservation:
Sample # CA-17
Sample# CA-17
Tag: 321154
Tag: 321153
Date: 8/25/2009
Date: 8/25/2009
Location: CA-17
Locaticn: CA-17
Analyses: Bidogical Oxygen Demand
Anal yses: C hern ical Oxygsri Dema rd
Preservation:
Reservation:
Sample # CA-17
Sample # MF3AH0
Tag: 321151
Tag:321149
Date: 8/25/2D09
Date: 8/25/2009
Location: CA-17
Locaticn: CA-17
Analyses: Alkalinity
Analyses: CLP TAL Dissdved Metals
Preservation:
Reservation:
Sample# MF3AH1
Sample # CA-41
Tag: 321150
Tag: 321116
Date: 8/25/2009
Date: 8/25/2009
Location: CA-17
Locaticn: CA-41
1 Aioilnrrr. r\ n TAI Tr.t-,1 Mntllr TrnAflC
Amilumri U-.K(Wf 1
11. Click on the Printer icon on the top menu bar to print the labels.
ERT Support 1-800-999-6990
Page | 16
-------
m
%
US EPA Environmental Response Team
User Manual for Scribe CLP Sampling
Chain of Custody
A new feature in Scribe to support CLP sampling is the COC Format for the Chain of Custody.
The COC Format option modifies the COC form to adhere to COC standards and
requirements. It also controls what samples can be assigned to the COC. For example,
Samples with Inorganics analyses can only be assigned to the CLP Inorganics format on the
COC.
Note: After submitting samples to the CLP labs, it is recommended that users request the labs
to return lab results in electronic format i.e. a spreadsheet (.xls) or a comma-separated text
(.csv). Scribe has a Custom Import feature that will import lab result data and marry them up
with the sampling data. This effectively eliminates transcription errors and reduces data
processing time. See the "Scribe Manual Advanced Part IN" for importing details.
Create COC and Assign Samples
To manage and print a Chain of Custody (COC), a COC needs to be created and then samples
have to be assigned to the COC:
1. Select 'Chain of Custody' under Sample Management in the left Navigation Pane.
Ill Scribe - [Chain of Custody]
~US
111 File Lists Scriblets Help
jjfr Print m Export [fjf Vk
I Palm Metals
III Planning
Events
."P Property Info
Sampling Locatioi
.y Analyses
.¦.J Sampler
sy Instrument List
s") Lab List
Sampling
F*3 Air Sampling
4^) Wipe Sampling
Biota
I Soil/Sediment
Soil Gas Sampling
^ Water Sampling
f|| Sample Management
jPl Samples
Chain of Custody
i Results
,^3 Monitoring Data
ui Custom Data Views
if Data for GIS-Lab
jf Data For GIS-Monitor
if E D D for GIS -M onitori
if EDDforGIS-Samplin
if LabResults Analyte/l
jf LabResults Crosstab
if LabResults Crosstab | v
J >'
_ 3 X
^ Edit Q Add 1%| Copy X Delete Filter 5ort belect
Find
Chain of Custody
COC i! Samples
Chain of Custody COC I
COC#
J COC Format
Lab
Special Instructions
Jl
4-060210-130316-0002
I Scribe
ERT/SERAS
4-052610-082315-0001
| CLP Organics
T estAmerica Labor.
Close
Add a Chain oP Custody I
Print Chain of Custody
6/2/2010
1:04 PM
File Name: CAProgram Files\Scribe\Projects\Palm Metals.MDB
2. Click the 'Add a Chain of Custody' button on the bottom of the window.
ERT Support 1-800-999-6990
Page | 17
-------
w
US EPA Environmental Response Team
User Manual for Scribe CLP Sampling
3. The "COC Details" screen is displayed.
4. Complete the form by entering other fields such as the Case #, Cooler #, Lab, and Lab
Phone.
Ii) Scribe - [Chain of Custody]
QEbM
File Lists Scriblets Help
Print J! Export jf§f View
Edit
O Add 1%) Copy X Delete
_ 3 X
I Palm Metals
£il Planning
Events
Property Info
Sampling Locatioi
-,|j Analyses
^ Sampler
•V Instrument List
) Lab List
£J3 Sampling
Air Sampling
Wipe Sampling
. Biota
Soil/Sediment
|~j Soil Gas Sampling
^ Water Sampling
Sample Management
O Samples
Chain of Custody
Lab Results
CD Monitoring Data
m Custom Data Views
if Data for GIS-Lab
COC #: 4 0G0210-130617 0003
COC Details
COC tt I4-0G0210-130S17-0003
Cooler # I
Project Code |
COC Format | Scribe
Contact Name |
Contact Phone I
Case# 40173
Case Complete
Lab
Lab Contact
Lab Address
Lab_Address2
Lab_City
Lab_State
Lab_Zip
Lab Remark
"3
Lab Phone]
Lab_Fax
DateS hipped
CarrierNarne
AirbilINo
I I
File Name: C:\Program Files\Soribe\Projects\Palm Metals.MDB
ERT Support 1-800-999-6990
Page | 18
-------
m
%
US EPA Environmental Response Team
User Manual for Scribe CLP Sampling
5. Select the appropriate COC Format based on the type of COC Samples you are
packing. For example, if you are creating a COC for Inorganics, select COC Inorganics.
The CLP Generic COC option should be used if you are submitting samples to a
program other than CLP but one that requires a CLP/F2L type COC for generating CLP
type XML files. Based on the format setting you select, the system will filter for only
those types of samples that can be added to this COC.
til Scribe - [Chain of Custody]
~d)@
File Lists Scriblets Help
Print H Export jfff View
o1 X
Q| Add I%| Copy X Delete
Filter
21 Sort -J Select
Find
[11 Palm Metals
(|) Planning
Events
Property Info
,y Sampling Locatioi
Analyses
Sampler
Instrument List
Lab Lisl
HI Sampling
Air Sampling
fil Wipe Sampling
. Biota
^ Soil/Sediment
| Soil Gas Sampling
i Water Sampling
fU Sample Management
O Samples
Chain of Custody
3 Lab Results
Monitoring Data
[|| Custom Data Views
if Data for GIS-Lab
f Data For GIS-Monitor
if EDD for GIS-Monitori
f EDD for GIS-Samplin
if LabResults AnalyteA
if LabResults Crosstab
jf LabResults Crosstab y
T ' nir" j,
COC tt: 4-060210-130617-0003
COC Details
COCtt 14-QG0210-13QG17-0003
Cooler tt
Project Code
COC Format
Contact Name
Contact Phone
Casett 40173
f Case Complete
Special Instructions
_AssigtiSam]jles^o_COC_
Scribe
~
Scribe
CLP Generic
CLP Inorganics k
CLP Draanics ks
Lab
TeslAmerica Laboratories Inc.
Lab Contact
Kirk Young
Lab Phone
902-660-1990
Lab Address
30 Community Drive
Lab_Fax
302-SS0-1913
Lab_Address2
Suite 11
Lab_City
South Burlington
DateShipped
t /
~
Lab_Stafe
VT ^
CarrierNarne
jd
Lab_Zip
05403
AirbilINo
Lab Remark
STLV
Close
Help
Save
Cancel
< Previous
Next >
File Name: C:\Program Files\Scribe\Projects\Palm Metals.MDB
6/2/2010
1:09 PM
/a
6 Click Assign Samples to the COC to continue
ERT Support 1-800-999-6990
Page | 19
-------
US EPA Environmental Response Team
User Manual for Scribe CLP Sampling
7. The "Chain of Custody Samples" screen appears. Samples that have not been
assigned to a chain are displayed at the bottom of the list
til Scribe - [Chain of Custody] T».l[n|fei
I |[£i File Lists Scriblets Help _ & X I
Pr'nt 1^1 Export jill V
ew
|2? Edit ~ Add Copy X Delete Filter zi Sort Select Find
til F
G
6
I e
<
aim Metals
1 Planning
,y Events
(y Property Info
£ Sampling Locatioi
Analyses
Sampler
sp Instrument List
.y Lab List
1 Sampling
23 Air Sampling
J\] Wipe Sampling
Y! Biota
^ Soil/Sediment
| Soil Gas Sampling
g, Water Sampling
3 Sample Management
0 Samples
A
Chain of Custody
Save Layout Layout: | CLP Layout ~ |
COC Samples
Samples: 25
COC#
fyenf/D
Location
CLP Sample#
Tag
Analyses -«¦ | ||
~
4-060210-130316-0002
Sampling 05/25/2C
0458-0001
IW-14
D5Z56
1000
CLP TCL Volat
4-060210-130316-0002
Sampling 05/25/2C
0458-0002
F'MW-4
D5Z57
1001
CLP TCL Volat
4-060210-13031S-0002
Sampling 05/25/2C
0458-0003
FD-1
D5Z58
1002
CLP TCL Volat
4-052610-082315-0001
Sampling 05/25/2C
0458-0011
FB-1
D5266
1010
CLP TCL Volat
4-052610-082315-0001
Sampling 05/25/2C
~458-0012
IW-11
D5Z67
1011
CLP TCL Volat
4-052610-082315-0001
Sampling 05/25/2C
0458-0013
FIW-2
D5Z68
1012
CLP TCL Volat
4-052610-082315-0001
Sampling 05/25/2C
0458-0014
PMW-8
D5Z69
1013
CLP TCL Volat
4-052610-082315-0001
Sampling G5/25/2C
0458-0015
IW-5
D5Z70
1014
CLP TCL Volat
4-052610-082315-0001
Samplinq 05/25/2C
0458-0016
PMW-6
D5Z71
1015
CLP TCL Volat
—
4-052610-082315-0001
Sampling 05/25/2C
0458-0017
FD-2
D5Z72
1016
CLP TCL Volat
Sampling 05/25/2C
0458-0004
PMW-3
D5Z59
1003
XP TCL Volat
—
Sampling 05/25/2C
0458-0005
IW-12
D5Z60
1004
XP TCL Volat
Sampling 05/25/2C
0458-0006
IW-7
D5Z81
1005
:LP TCL Volat
Chain of Custody
Sampling 05/25/2C
0458-0007
PMW-5
D5Z62
1006
;LP TCL Volat
3 Lab Results
P3 Monitoring Data
3 Custom Data Views
f Data for GIS-Lab
if Data For GIS-Monitor
f EDD for GIS-Monitori
f EDD for GIS-Samplin
1 -LD — .Il, A l..l_ ji
Sampling 05/25/2C
0458-0008
MW-C
D5Z63
1007
;LP TCL Volat
Sampling 05/25/2C
0458-0009
IW-3
D5Z64
1008
:LP TCL Volat
Sampling 05/25/2C
0458-0010
F'MW-7
D5Z65
1009
::LP TCL Volat
Sampling 05/25/2C
0458-0019
FB-2
D5Z74
1018
;LP TCL Volat
Sampling 05/25/2C
0458-0020
PMW-1
D5Z75
1019
::LP TCL Volat
Sampling 05/25/2C
0458-0021
IW-16
D5Z76
1020
:LP TCL Volat
Sampling 05/25/2C
0458-0022
F'MW-2
D5Z77
1021
:LP TCL Volat
0458-0023
FiW-1
D577R
1022
::LP TCL Volat
y LdunciiJUi Miiaiyic/u
f LabResults Crosstab
1
"
1
r- i: nc jic j-ir
rirfcn nn^ui
It'.. / n
P.
1 rr"i - 11—i n t i i _ i _ t
~
Close | Assign to 4-060210-130617-0D03 Print Chain of Custody |
1 File Name: C:\Program Files\Scribe\Projects\Palm Metals.h^lDB 6/2/2010 1:21 PM
ERT Support 1-800-999-6990
Page | 20
-------
m
%
US EPA Environmental Response Team
User Manual for Scribe CLP Sampling
8. Highlight the samples to assign to the new Chain of Custody. Highlight multiple
samples by holding down the Shift key or Ctrl key while clicking on the first column
before COC# of the samples you wish to assign to the COC.
9. Click the 'Assign to...' button on the bottom of the window to assign the samples to the
Chain of Custody.
111 Scribe - [Chain of Custody] [- ][n]fej
III File Lists Scriblets Help _ & X
£=§ Print [ill] Export j|ff View (3? Edit Q Add Hf§|| Copy X Delete | ==1 Filter z| Sort */ Select #4 Find
IU P
e
e
fi
-fi
i • 1
li | >
Lj
I
r i: nc >if
r^cn nrn<
i\. / n
r.tr-7-rri
¦t nn
ri n Tri w_i_i:i
±1
Close Assign to 4-060210-13061T-0003 j| Print Chain of Custody
File N ame: C: \Program FilesSS cribeSProjects'sPalm M etals. M D B |Assign selected samples to 4-060210-130617-00031 6/2/2010 1:22 PM
10. You will be prompted to confirm. Click 'Yes' to assign the selected samples to the
COC.
Assign to COC
11. You are now ready to configure and print your COC.
ERT Support 1 -800-999-6990 Page | 21
-------
m
%
US EPA Environmental Response Team
User Manual for Scribe CLP Sampling
Configure and Print COC
To configure and print a COC:
1, Click the 'Print Chain of Custody' button.
2. Then select 'Report Setup'.
tU Scribe - [Chain of Custody]
~00
111 File Lists Scriblets Help
_ 3 X
S Print JU Export [Jft View
Jill Q Add Copy X Delete
Filter ||
Sort V" 5elect
14 Find
HI Palm Metals
HI Planning
.jj) Events
/y
Chain of Custody
Save Layout Layout: | CLP Layout
J
COC Samples
-jp Property Info
Sample
s: 25
sV Sampling Locatioi
CQCtt
FvetiffD
Sampfe#
Location
CLP Sample tt
Tag
Analyses
Analyses
4-060210-130316-0002
Sampling 05/25/2C
0458-0003
FD-1
DE58
1002
CLP TCL Volatil
Sampler
:sp Instrument List
Lab List
HI Sampling
£3 Air Sampling
Wipe Sampling
Biota
Soil/Sediment
Soil Gas Sampling
g Water Sampling
HI Sample Management
jf). Samples
4-052610-082315-0001
Sampling 05/25/2C
0458-0011
FB-1
D5Z66
1010
CLP TCL Volatil
4-052610-032315-0001
Sampling 05/25/2C
0458-0012
IW-11
D5ZG7
1011
CLP TCL Volatil
4-052610-082315-0001
Sampling 05/25/2C
0458-0013
RW-2
DEZ68
1012
CLP TCL Volatil
4-052610-082315-0001
Sampling 05/25/2C
0458-0014
PMW-8
DE69
1013
CLP TCL Volatil
4-052610-082315-0001
Sampling 05/25/2C
0458-0015
IW-5
D5Z70
1014
CLP TCL Volatil
4-052610-082315-0001
Sampling 05/25/2C
0458-001G
PMW-G
D5Z71
1015
CLP TCL Volatil
4-052610-082315-0001
Sampling 05/25/2C
0458-0017
FD-2
DEZ72
1016
CLP TCL Volatil
4-052610-082315-0001
Sampling 05/25/2C
0458-0018
IW-1
D5Z73
1017
CLP TCL Volatil
=
4-060210-130617-0003
Sampling 05/25/2C
0458-0004
PMW-3
D5Z59
1003
CLP TCL Volatil
4-060210-130617-0003
Sampling 05/25/2C
0458-0005
IW-12
D5Z60
1004
CLP TCL Volatil
4-060210-130617-0003
Sampling 05/25/2C
0458-0006
IW-7
DE61
1005
CLP TCL Volatil
4-060210-130617-0003
Sampling 05/25/2C
0458-0007
PMW-5
D5Z62
1006
CLP TCL Volatil
4-060210-130617-0003
Sampling 05/25/2C
0458-0008
MW-C
D5Z63
1007
CLP TCL Volatil
Chain of Custody
4-060210-130617-0003
Sampling 05/25/2C
0458-0009
IW-3
D5ZG4
1008
CLP TCL Volatil
3 Lab Results
Sampling 05/25/2C
0458-0010
PMW-7
D5Z65
1009
CLP TCL Volatil
CD Monitoring Data
Sampling 05/25/2C
0458-0013
FB-2
DE74
1018
CLP TCL Volatil
t|l Custom Data Views
Sampling 05/25/2C
0458-0020
PMW-1
D5Z75
1019
CLP TCL Volatil
if Data for GIS-Lab
Sampling 05/25/2C
0458-0021
IW-1S
DE76
1020
CLP TCL Volatil
¦jf Data For GIS-Monitor
Sampling 05/25/2C
0458-0022
Preview
RTF File
DE77
1021
CLP TCL Volatil
jf EDD for GIS-Monitori
Sampling 05/25/2C
0458-0023
D5Z78
1022
CLP TCL Volatil
-jf EDD for GIS-Samplin
f LabResults Analyte/l
Sampling 05/25/2C
0458-0024
DE79
1023
CLP TCL Volatil
Sampling 05/25/2C
0458-0025
HTML File
DE80
1024
CLP TCL Volatil—
. 1
Report Setup r
l
t
1 File Name: C:\Program Files\Scribe\Projects\Palm Metals.MDB
6/2/2010
1:35 PM
3, The Report Header settings are displayed.
ERT Support 1-800-999-6990
Page | 22
-------
m
%
US EPA Environmental Response Team
User Manual for Scribe CLP Sampling
Report Setup
~
Report Header
|USEPA CLP Organics COC |CHAIN OF CUSTODY RECORD
J DateS hipped
|Site tt
|No. [COC tt Here]
| Lab
|CarrierName
|Case 8
jAirbilINo
Cooler tt
~ | Lab Contact
~ J Lab Phone
31
31
3]
Page Orientation J Landscape ~
Font Name: |Arial ^~|
Font Size: |8 ~*\
C Lab Copy (• Region Copy
Restore Defaults |
Cancel
J
4, The COC Report View (Lab or Region Copy) can also be selected.
5, Click 'OK' to preview and print the Chain of Custody,
i
use PA CLP Om.vw.s COC
0H26T20O9
a O5WD322WO0
CIMIH or CUSTODY RECORD
SW» 09STJI2
ca»# W831
Coutw 0
No: 8 -022100128 -082609 -OOW5
ub US EP*Region6UboiHoty
LibCcntaa
L*b«ioot 2019032137
S»ipteiy|»
FitMSawcte
Sarcpla*
mw
Orourfl walert
904. Alkfifll.HAPO
»78.32ii 9J. 'i2iieeo»
Pl>»
OQT292O09 16 30
SartftlffS
PS-30
OrounJ Waeri
Otott OroswrBn.
0
SO*. AJk(21). HARD
tea. 3211?t, 321178 (>
Pi-30
0tt29 2009 12 05
news an® le
KpnCUl uenucnom
SAWn.ES TRANSTEIWEDf ROM
CHAW Of CIK1OOY n
50*=Syf4B.AtK=AJkJirrtf. WRC=M«.ii*W
Fteirausfradgiv Dae
ERT Support 1-800-999-6990
Page | 23
-------
m
%
US EPA Environmental Response Team
User Manual for Scribe CLP Sampling
Export to XML File
Export COC to XML
A new feature in Scribe is the ability to export the CLP COCs to an XML file. To export:
1. Click the 'Export' button on the top menu bar.
2. Select COC XML File (*.xml)' option.
Ill Scribe - [Chain of Custody]
QM
Ul Palm Metals
til Planning
Events
Property li
Sampling
Analyses
Sampler
\y Instrument List
Lab List
til Sampling
£3 Air Sampling
!T^l Wipe Sampling
Biota
Soil/Sediment
Soil Gas Sampling
Water Sampling
£il Sample Management
0. Samples
Chain of Custody
Lab Results
CD Monitoring Data
m Custom Data Views
Data for GIS-Lab
if Data For GIS-Monitor
if EDD for GIS-Monitori:
if EDD for GIS-Samplini
if LabResults Analyte/L
if LabResults Crosstab
if LabResults Crosstab J v
Text File (*.txt, *,csv)
Spreadsheet File (*.xlsj *.wb3)
HTML File (*. htm)
XML File (*.xml)
GOG XML F e f
t^gl Copy X Delete ^ Filter 21 Sort -f Select
Chain of Custody COC
•. • u
4-060210-130316-0002
4-052610-082315-0001
CLP Organics
CLP Organics
T estAmerica Labor.
T estAmerica Labor.
Special Instructions
Add a Chain of Custody
Print Chain of Custody
File Name: CAProgram Files\Scribe\Projects\Palrn Metals.MDB
3. Select the Chain of Custody records to export by checking the individual records or
click 'Mark All' to select all COCs.
Select COCs to Export
~
14-060210-130617-0003
~ 4-060210-130315-0002
~ 4-052610-082315-0001
Include Site Information (ANSETS format)
OK | Cancel | | Mark All |
Clear All I
ERT Support 1-800-999-6990
Page | 24
-------
m
%
US EPA Environmental Response Team
User Manual for Scribe CLP Sampling
4, Select your location and provide a filename and click 'Save'.
Save As
Save in: Q Projects
Li|)
My Recent
Documents
Desktop
J
My Documents
2]
-
5/22/2010 11:10:26 AM
40173
4
Palm Metals
Remedial Action
Jon McBurney
Lockheed Martin
-
-
IW-12
-
-
cLocationName >0458-0005 <^/LocationName>
Grab
20
feet
cLatitudeX />
V
Done
j My Computer % 100% T
ERT Support 1-800-999-6990
Page | 25
-------
m
%
US EPA Environmental Response Team
User Manual for Scribe CLP Sampling
Reporting
Scribe has flexible reporting options. The most popular way to report out from Scribe is to
manipulate the grid view in the All Samples screen to display the data you wish to report. Then
export the grid data to an file type that fits your reporting needs. File types include .txt, .csv,
xls, .htm, .xml, ,kmi, and kmz.
Find, Filter and Sort
Scribe has built-in user-friendly querying functions such as Find, Filter and Sort. These
functions are most useful when you are searching for a particular subset of data that meets
one or more criteria.
For example, to find and filter for all samples with a Water matrix or Sort
ascending/descending:
1. Click on 'Samples' under Sample Management in the left Navigation bar.
HI Scribe - [Samples]
UbM
111 File Lists Scriblets Help
Print m Export
Palm Metals
III Planning
s®) Events
-JP Property Info
s") Sampling Locatioi
,"j) Analyses
,¦.) Sampler
Instrument List
Lab List
HI Sampling
C2) Air Sampling
^ Wipe Sampling
Biota
^ Soil/Sediment
4 Soil Gas Sampling
v Jf/ate^amgling
<
fjl Sample Management
jp1. Samples
^^^^!!FIair^ni!usto3v
]f| Lab Results
CD Monitoring Data
111 Custom Data Views
jf Data for GIS-Lab
if Data For GIS-Monitor
if EDD for GIS-Monitori
if EDD for GIS-Samplin
if LabResults Analyte/l
if LabResults Crosstab
jf LabResults Crosstab v
~ 1 >'
_ 3 X
Qgr Edit Q Add ifi Copy X Delete ^ Filter zl 5ort Select
Find
Samples
Summary [Samples
Close
Save Layout | Layout: | CLP Layout
-
ALL Samples: 25
Sample #
Sample Date
EventID
Location
Matrix
Collection
Sample Type
Analyses
±
_
0458-0001
5/25/2010
Sampling 05/25/2C
IW-14
Ground V,
Grab
Field Sample
CLPTCLVo
0458-0002
5/25/2010
Sampling 05/25/2C
PMW-4
Ground V.
Grab
Field Sample
CLPTCLVo
0458-0003
5/25/2010
Sampling 05/25/2C
FD-1
Ground
Grab
Field Duplica
CLPTCLVo
0458-0004
5/25/2010
Sampling 05/25/2C
PMW-3
Grounds
Grab
Field Sample
CLPTCLVo
0458-0005
5/25/2010
Sampling 05/25/2C
IW-12
Ground V.
Grab
Field Sample
CLPTCLVo
0458-0006
5/25/2010
Sampling 05/25/2C
IW-7
G round \A
Grab
Field Sample
CLPTCLVo
0458-0007
5/25/2010
Sampling 05/25/2C
PMW-5
Ground V.
Grab
Field Sample
CLPTCLVo
0458-0008
5/25/2010
Sampling 05/25/2C
MW-C
Ground V,
Grab
Field Sample
CLPTCLVo
0458-0009
5/25/2010
Sampling 05/25/2C
IW-3
Ground^.
Grab
Field Sample
CLPTCLVo
0458-0010
5/25/2010
Sampling 05/25/2C
PMW-7
Grounds
Grab
Field Sample
CLPTCLVo
0458-0011
5/25/2010
Sampling 05/25/2C
FB-1
I Water I Grab
Field Blank
CLP TCLVo
0458-0012
5/26/2010
Sampling 05/25/2C
IW-11
Grounds
Grab
Field Sample
CLPTCLVo
—
0458-0013
5/25/2010
Sampling 05/25/2C
RW-2
G round V.
Grab
Field Sample
CLPTCLVo
0458-0014
5/25/2010
Sampling 05/25/2C
PMW-8
Grounds
Grab
Field Sample
CLPTCLVo
0458-0015
5/25/2010
Sampling 05/25/2C
IW-5
Grounds
Grab
Field Sample
CLPTCLVo
0458-0016
5/26/2010
Sampling 05/25/2C
PMW-6
Ground
Grab
Field Sample
CLPTCLVo
—
0458-0017
5/26/2010
Sampling 05/25/2C
FD-2
Grounds
Grab
Field Duplica
CLPTCLVo
0458-0018
5/26/2010
Sampling 05/25/2C
IW-1
Grounds
Grab
Field Sample
CLPTCLVo
0458-0019
5/26/2010
Sampling 05/25/2C
FB-2
Water
Grab
Field Blank
CLPTCLVo
0458-0020
5/26/2010
Sampling 05/25/2C
PMW-1
G round V.
Grab
Field Sample
CLPTCLVo
0458-0021
5/26/2010
Sampling 05/25/2C
IW-16
Grounds
Grab
Field Sample
CLPTCLVo-
0458-0022
5/26/2010
Sampling 05/25/2C
PMW-2
Ground V.
Grab
Field Sample
CLPTCLVo
0458-0023
5/26/2010
Sampling 05/25/2C
RW-1
Ground V.
Grab
Field Sample
CLPTCLVo
~
H
c jich n
'Un
....
t-:-i j r i-
All Samples
Print Labels
File Name: C:\Program Files\Scribe\Projects\Palm Metals.MDB
6/2/2010
2:15 PM
ERT Support 1-800-999-6990
Page | 26
-------
US EPA Environmental Response Team
User Manual for Scribe CLP Sampling
2, To filter or sort on ONE criteria, RT-click on Water value in the Matrix column.
3. Select 'Filter for Water' in the pop-up menu or select Sort.
til Scribe - [Samples]
- 1 nj@
11X1 File Lists Scriblets Help
- & X
3 Print [fill Export liii View
I E? Edit
Q
]®| Filter Sort Select i
4 Find
CiJ F
£j
G
G
G
aim Metals
J Planning
.jjj) Events
Property Info
Sampling Locatioi
Analyses
Sampler
vjp Instrument List
.y Lab List
J Sampling
2D Air Sampling
Wipe Sampling
Biota
>3) Soil/Sediment
4 Soil Gas Sampling
^ Water Sampling
J Sample Management
jD. Samples
A
Samples
Save Layout
Layout: | CLP Layout
]
Summary
Samples
ALL Samples: 25
-
: ¦ #
Sample Date
EventID
Location
Matrix
Collection
Sample Type
Analyses -*¦
0458-0001
5/25/2010
Sampling 05/25/2C
IW-14
Groundwater
Grab
Field Sample
CLP TCLV
0458-0002
5/25/2010
Sampling 05/25/2C
PMW-4
Ground Water
Grab
Field Sample
CLP TCLV
0458-0003
5/25/2010
Sampling 05/25/2C
FD-1
Groundwater
Grab
Field Duplica
CLPTCLV
0458-0004
5/25/2010
Sampling 05/25/2C
PMW-3
Ground Water
Grab
Field Sample
CLPTCLV
0458-0005
5/25/2010
Sampling 05/25/2C
IW-12
Ground Water
Grab
Field Sample
CLPTCLV
0458-0006
5/25/2010
Sampling 05/25/2C
IW-7
Ground Water
Grab
Field Sample
CLPTCLV
0458-0007
5/25/2010
Sampling 05/25/2C
PMW-5
Groun(
Water
Id F
fCLV
0458-0008
5/25/2010
Sampling 05/25/2C
MW-C
Grouni
Filter For Water K
TCLV
0458-0008
5/25/2010
Sampling 05/25/2C
IW-3
Grouni
Lv*
Remove Filter ^
TCLV
0458-0010
5/25/2010
Sampling 05/25/2C
PMW-7
Grouni
"TCLV
0458-0011
5/25/2010
Sampling 05/25/2C
FB-1
Wateil
Sort Ascending
Sort Descending
TCLV
TCLV
0458-0012
5/26/2010
Sampling 05/25/2C
IW-11
Grouni
0458-0013
5/25/2010
Sampling 05/25/2C
RW-2
Grouni
TCLV
0458-0014
5/25/2010
Sampling 05/25/2C
PMW-8
Grouni
Edit
Add
Copy
Delete
TCLV
Chain of Custody
Lab Results
Monitoring Data
3 Custom Data Views
if Data for GIS-Lab
if Data For GIS-Monitor
if EDD for GIS-Monitori
if EDD for GIS-Sampliri
i/ LabResults Analute/l
0458-0015
5/25/2010
Sampling 05/25/2C
IW-5
Grouni
TCLV
0458-0016
5/26/2010
Sampling 05/25/2C
PMW-6
Grount
TCLV
0458-0017
5/26/2010
Sampling 05/25/2C
FD-2
Grouni
TCLV
0458-0018
5/26/2010
Sampling 05/25/2C
IW-1
Grouni
TCLV
0458-0018
5/26/2010
Sampling 05/25/2C
FB-2
Water
Show Lab Results For 0458-0011
TCLV
0458-0020
5/26/2010
Sampling 05/25/2C
PMW-1
Grouni
TCLV
0458-0021
5/26/2010
Sampling 05/25/2C
IW-16
Grouni
Print ~
Export ~
View ~
TCLV—
0458-0022
5/26/2010
Sampling 05/25/2C
PMW-2
Grouni
TCLV
0458-0023
5/26/2010
Sampling 05/25/2C
RW-1
Grouni
TCLV ^
1
if LabResults Crosstab
f LabResults Crosstab iv
: LO li V-'-.l
IHI I I >
i
i r>jtt
_
-n nn-M
c nm n
c i: nc Jtc t^ir
. / n
Column Properties
T i—1 S
-Li
Close
All Samples
i
Print Lat
Dels
| File Name: CAProgram Files\Scribe\ProjeCls\Palm Metals.MDB
6/2/2010 3:02 PM
All records that have Water in the Matrix field are displayed.
ERT Support 1-800-999-6990
Page | 27
-------
m
%
US EPA Environmental Response Team
User Manual for Scribe CLP Sampling
4. To remove the applied filter, click the 'Remove Filter' button at the top of the screen.
til Scribe - [Samples]
EM
Samples
Summary
Samples
as
[Sample tt
tO File Lists Scriblets Help
[flU Export ifff View
m Palm Metals
13 Planning
Q Events
sO Property Info
Sampling Locatioi
Analyses
^ Sampler
Instrument List
Lab List
Sampling
CD Air Sampling
Wipe Sampling
V Biota
Soil/Sediment
Soil Gas Sampling
$ Water Sampling
f|l Sample Management
O. Samples
Chain of Custody
Lab Results
CD Monitoring Data
HI Custom Data Views
if Data for GIS-Lab
if D ata For GIS -M onitor
if EDD for GIS-Monitori:
if EDD for GIS-Samplin!
if LabResults Analyte/l
if LabResults Crosstab
if LabResults Crosstab v
a'
File Name: C:\Prograrn Files\Scribe\Projects\Palm Metals.MDB
Qjr Edit Q Add Copy X Delete I
Filter 5ort V" Select
Remove Filterf"l| Save Layout | Layout: j CLP Layout
"3
iRemove the filter to display all data!
Samples: 2 [Filtered]
S ample D ate | E ventl D
5/25/2010 Sampling 05/25/2C| FB-1
5/26/2010 Sampling 05/25/2C[FB-2
| Collection | S ample Type
Analyses
d I
jJ
All Samples
5. To filter on multiple criteria, select the 'Filter' button on the top menu bar.
HJ Scribe - [Samples]
~d@
ITI File Lists Scriblets Help
1 Print |0H Export ifff View
C& Edit Q Add
Copy X Delet
| Sort >/ Select
Samples
Summary Samples
[£l Paim Metals
|£l Planning
Events
-.'J Property Info
Sampling Locatioi
Analyses
Sampler
(y Instrument List
Lab List
Ui Sampling
Air Sampling
Wipe Sampling
Biota
^ Soil/Sediment
|-| Soil Gas Sampling
^ Water Sampling
HJ Sample Management
O Samples
Chain of Custody
|®Jf Lab Results
CD Monitoring Data
m Custom Data Views
if Data for GIS-Lab
if D ata For GIS -M onitor
if EDD for GIS-Monitori
if EDD for GIS-Samplin
if LabResults Analyte/L
if LabResults Crosstab
if LabResults Crosstab jv
< In'" """ >'
File Name: C:\Prograrn Files\Scribe\Projects\Palrn Metals.MDB
Save Layout | Layout: | CLP Layout
Samples: 25
"" |Sample#
Sample Date
E ventl D
Location
Matrix
Collection
Sample Type
Analyses
~
[0458-0001
5/25/2010
Sampling 05/25/2C
IW-14
Ground Water
Grab
Field Sample
CLPTCLV
0458-0002
5/25/2010
Sampling 05/25/2C
PMW-4
Groundwater
Grab
Field Sample
CLPTCLV
0458-0003
5/25/2010
Sampling 05/25/2C
FD-1
Ground Water
Grab
Field Duplica
CLPTCLV
0458-0004
5/25/2010
Sampling 05/25/2C
PMW-3
Ground Water
Grab
Field Sample
CLPTCLV
[ 0458-0005
5/25/2010
Sampling 05/25/2C
IW-12
Groundwater
Grab
Field Sample
CLPTCLV
10458-0006
5/25/2010
Sampling 05/25/2C
IW-7
Ground Water
Grab
Field Sample
CLPTCLV
(0458-0007
5/25/2010
Sampling 05/25/2C
PMW-5
Ground Water
Grab
Field Sample
CLPTCLV
10458-0008
5/25/2010
Sampling 05/25/2C
MW-C
Groundwater
Grab
Field Sample
CLPTCLV
0458-0009
5/25/2010
Sampling 05/25/2C
IW-3
Ground Water
Grab
Field Sample
CLPTCLV
0458-0010
5/25/2010
Sampling 05/25/2C
PMW-7
Groundwater
Grab
Field Sample
CLPTCLV
10458-0011
5/25/2010
Sampling 05/25/2C
FB-1
Water
Grab
Field Blank
CLPTCLV
0458-0012
5/26/2010
Sampling 05/25/2C
IW-11
Ground Water
Grab
Field Sample
CLPTCLV
0458-0013
5/25/2010
Sampling 05/25/2C
RW-2
Groundwater
Grab
Field Sample
CLPTCLV
[0458-0014
5/25/2010
Sampling 05/25/2C
PMW-8
Ground Water
Grab
Field Sample
CLPTCLV
10458-0015
5/25/2010
Sampling 05/25/2C
IW-5
Groundwater
Grab
Field Sample
CLPTCLV
10458-0016
5/26/2010
Sampling 05/25/2C
PMW-6
Ground Water
Grab
Field Sample
CLPTCLV
[0458-0017
5/26/2010
Sampling 05/25/2C
FD-2
Ground Water
Grab
Field Duplica
CLPTCLV
10458-0018
5/26/2010
Sampling 05/25/2C
IW-1
Groundwater
Grab
Field Sample
CLPTCLV
10458-0019
5/26/2010
Sampling 05/25/2C
FB-2
Water
Grab
Field Blank
CLPTCLV
[0458-0020
5/26/2010
Sampling 05/25/2C
PMW-1
Groundwater
Grab
Field Sample
CLPTCLV
0458-0021
5/26/2010
Sampling 05/25/2C
IW-16
Ground Water
Grab
Field Sample
CLPTCLV—J
0458-0022
5/26/2010
Sampling 05/25/2C
PMW-2
Ground Water
Grab
Field Sample
CLPTCLV
[ 0458-0023
5/26/2010
Sampling 05/25/2C
RW-1
Ground Water
Grab
Field Sample
CLPTCLV i
•L
3
r i: nc jiit jir
....
—"JJ
All Samples
ERT Support 1-800-999-6990
Page | 28
-------
m
%
US EPA Environmental Response Team
User Manual for Scribe CLP Sampling
6. The Advanced Filter window is displayed. Input the criteria that for your search and
click 'OK' to apply the filter.
Samples [Advanced Filter]
UM
And
And
And
And
13
Operator —
I—3
Value
"3
Operator—
I 3
Value
"3
Operator
I—3
Value
"3
Operator rValue
i—3 r~
S elect.. |
S elect.. |
Select.. |
S elect.. |
OK
Cancel
I I
Remove Filler
~ear ALL
<< Less
7. The Advanced Sort button also provides multi-tiered sorting options for sorting on more
than one criteria.
Sort Q
Sort By:
SAMPLE # Tiziz J Ascending
C Descending
Then By:
| (none) 3 (* Ascending
Descending
Then By:
| (none) 3 (* Ascending
C Descending
Then By
I (none) ~ % Ascending
Descending
Clear All
OK
Cancel
ERT Support 1-800-999-6990
Page | 29
-------
m
%
US EPA Environmental Response Team
User Manual for Scribe CLP Sampling
Export
The Scribe grid view does not display every field in Scribe, Select fields are displayed by
default and the user can turn on/off the columns. Turn on/off columns as described in the
Sample Management section of this document to manipulate the data that is displayed.
After your grid view contains the data necessary for reporting purposes, the user can export
the grid view to a third-party file type.
To export the grid view:
1. Click on 'Export' button on the top menu bar.
2. Select the file type to which you wish to save the data. For example, Spreadsheet
(xls).
lil Scribe - [Samples]
~BIB
IH File Lists Scriblets Help
[1
& X
Print I B Export
View
IB? Edit Q Add %
Filter zl Sort V Select
i Find
t£l Palm Metals
UJ Planning
¦ '.} Ever
-.y Piopi
Sam[
sO Analj
Sampler
Instrument List
,*J Lab List
m Sampling
2D Air Sampling
Wipe Sampling
Biota
Soil/Sediment
Soil Gas Sampling
j| Water Sampling
ffl Sample Management
|1[ Samples
^ Chain of Custody
Lab Results
CD Monitoring Data
m Custom Data Views
if Data for GIS-Lab
if Data For GIS-Monitor
if E D D for GIS -M onitori
if E D D for GIS -S ampliri
if LabResults Analyte/l
if LabResults Crosstab
if LabResults Crosstab v
< I !""ij"i ' " >
Text File (*. txt, *.csv)
Spreadsheet File (*.xls., *.wb3)
HTML File (*, htm)
XML File (*.xml)
les
Close
Remove Filter | Save Layout | Layout: | CLP Layout
Samples: 23 [Filtered]
, * kmz)
Sample Date|
EventID
Location
Matrix
Collection
Sample Type
Analyses
|
5/25/2010
Sampling 05/25/2C
IW-14
Ground Wate
Grab
Field Sample
CLPTCLVola
Tj4b£r0uu2
5/25/2010
Sampling 05/25/2C
PMW-4
Ground Water
Grab
Field Sample
CLPTCLVola
0458-0003
5/25/2010
Sampling 05/25/2C
FD-1
Ground Water
Grab
Field Duplica
CLPTCLVola
0458-0004
5/25/2010
Sampling 05/25/2C
PMW-3
Ground Water
Grab
Field Sample
CLPTCLVola
0458-0005
5/25/2010
Sampling 05/25/2C
IW-12
Ground Water
Grab
Field Sample
CLPTCLVola
0458-0006
5/25/2010
Sampling 05/25/2C
IW-7
Groundwater
Grab
Field Sample
CLPTCLVola
0458-0007
5/25/2010
Sampling 05/25/2C
PMW-5
Ground Water
Grab
Field Sample
CLPTCLVola
0458-0008
5/25/2010
Sampling 05/25/2C
MW-C
Ground Water
Grab
Field Sample
CLPTCLVola
0458-0009
5/25/2010
Sampling 05/25/2C
IW-3
Ground Water
Grab
Field Sample
CLPTCLVola
0458-0010
5/25/2010
Sampling 05/25/2C
PMW-7
Ground Water
Grab
Field Sample
CLPTCLVola
0458-0012
5/26/2010
Sampling 05/25/2C
IW-11
Ground Water
Grab
Field Sample
CLPTCLVola
0458-0013
5/25/2010
Sampling 05/25/2C
RW-2
Ground Water
Grab
Field Sample
CLPTCLVola
0458-0014
5/25/2010
Sampling 05/25/2C
PMW-8
Groundwater
Grab
Field Sample
CLPTCLVola
0458-0015
5/25/2010
Sampling 05/25/2C
IW-5
Ground Water
Grab
Field Sample
CLPTCLVola
0458-0016
5/26/2010
Sampling 05/25/2C
PMW-6
Ground Water
Grab
Field Sample
CLPTCLVola
0458-0017
5/26/2010
Sampling 05/25/2C
FD-2
Ground Water
Grab
Field Duplica
CLPTCLVola
0458-0018
5/26/2010
Sampling 05/25/2C
IW-1
Ground Water
Grab
Field Sample
CLPTCLVola
0458-0020
5/26/2010
Sampling 05/25/2C
PMW-1
Ground Water
Grab
Field Sample
CLPTCLVola
0458-0021
5/26/2010
Sampling 05/25/2C
IW-16
Ground Water
Grab
Field Sample
CLPTCLVola
0458-0022
5/26/2010
Sampling 05/25/2C
PMW-2
Groundwater
Grab
Field Sample
CLPTCLVola
0458-0023
5/26/2010
Sampling 05/25/2C
RW-1
Ground Water
Grab
Field Sample
CLPTCLVola
0458-0024
5/26/2010
Sampling 05/25/2C
IW-8
Ground Water
Grab
Field Sample
CLPTCLVola
0458-0025
5/26/2010
Sampling 05/25/2C
IW-10
Ground Water
Grab
Field Sample
CLPTCLVola
-------
m
%
US EPA Environmental Response Team
User Manual for Scribe CLP Sampling
Worksheet Reports
Scribe provides a generic worksheet report that allows the user to customize the Header of the
report to suit their needs. This option can be used to customize a Samples Report that could
be used as a Receipt for Samples on residential sampling tasks.
To generate the worksheet report:
1, Use the Find, Filter and Sort options and Column Views to display the data you want to
report.
2. Click on the 'Print' button on the top menu bar.
3. Select the 'Worksheet' option.
4. Select the 'Report Setup' option to customize the Header. RTF and HTML will print
the worksheet data to the selected format.
CI Scribe - [Samples] [_ 11 ~ llfe-J
l r j
| LJ File Lists 5criblets Help _ n1 X |
^^^rint
|H Export iiii
View
Edit Q Add ^ Copy Deb' Mj Filter Sort Select Find
m F
B
B
6
B
<
'aim
a p
<
<
s?
Preview
Page Setup
Print
i
Samples
Save Layout | Layout: |CLP Layout ~[
Summary
Samplesj
ALL Samples: 25
Export ~
ZJ
| Sample #
Sample Date
EventID
Location
Matrix
Collection
Sample Type
Analyses
Labels ~
±_
0458-0001
5/25/2010
Sampling 05/25/2C
IW-14
Ground^
Grab
Field Sample
CLPTCLVo
LfUi
8-0002
5/25/2010
Sampling 05/25/2C
PMW-4
Ground V.
Grab
Field Sample
CLPTCLVo
Work Sheet ~
Preview
RTF
8-0003
5/25/2010
Sampling 05/25/2C
FD-1
Grounds
Grab
Field Duplica
CLPTCLVo
.,¦) Lab List
3 Sampling
cID Air Sampling
Wipe Sampling
d;^-
8-0004
5/25/2010
Sampling 05/25/2C
PMW-3
Ground V,
Grab
Field Sample
CLPTCLVo
1 HTML
8-0005
5/25/2010
Sampling 05/25/2C
IW-12
Ground \\
Grab
Field Sample
CLPTCLVo
| Report Setup
8-0006
o nnn-7
5/25/2010
enen ni n
Sampling 05/25/2C
C z.rv.r-.lif-.n 0
IW-7
PMW r
Ground V.
Ground \A
Grab
fir ah
Field Sample
CLPTCLVo
n P Tfl \ir>
—1
0458-0008
D/iO/iUIU
5/25/2010
sampling uo/io/ex.
Sampling 05/25/2C
rmw-o
MW-C
Ground V\
uraD
Grab
Field Sample
Field Sample
ULr I L-L vo
CLPTCLVo
Soil/Sediment
y Soil Gas Sampling
3 Water Sampling
[3 Sample Management
Samples
Chain of Custody
Lab Results
Monitoring Data
[3 Custom Data Views
{/ Data for GIS-Lab
jf D ata For GIS -M onitor
j/ E D D for GIS -M onitori
EDD for GIS-Samplin
1/ 1 .hPuC life
0458-0009
5/25/2010
Sampling 05/25/2C
IW-3
Ground V\
Grab
Field Sample
CLPTCLVo
0458-0010
5/25/2010
Sampling 05/25/2C
PMW-7
Grounds
Grab
Field Sample
CLPTCLVo
0458-0011
5/25/2010
Sampling 05/25/2C
FB-1
Water
Grab
Field Blank
CLPTCLVo
0458-0012
5/26/2010
Sampling 05/25/2C
IW-11
Grounds
Grab
Field Sample
CLPTCLVo
0458-0013
5/25/2010
Sampling 05/25/2C
RW-2
Ground V.
Grab
Field Sample
CLPTCLVo
0458-0014
5/25/2010
Sampling 05/25/2C
PMW-8
Grounds
Grab
Field Sample
CLPTCLVo
0458-0015
5/25/2010
Sampling 05/25/2C
IW-5
Grounds
Grab
Field Sample
CLPTCLVo
0458-0016
5/26/2010
Sampling 05/25/2C
PMW-6
Grounds
Grab
Field Sample
CLPTCLVo
0458-0017
5/26/2010
Sampling 05/25/2C
FD-2
Ground V,
Grab
Field Duplica
CLPTCLVo
0458-0018
5/26/2010
Sampling 05/25/2C
IW-1
Ground V,
Grab
Field Sample
CLPTCLVo
0458-0019
5/26/2010
Sampling 05/25/2C
FB-2
Water
Grab
Field Blank
CLPTCLVo
—
0458-0020
5/26/2010
Sampling 05/25/2C
PMW-1
Ground V,
Grab
Field Sample
CLPTCLVo
0458-0021
5/26/2010
Sampling 05/25/2C
IW-16
Ground V,
Grab
Field Sample
CLPTCLVo—J
0458-0022
5/26/2010
Sampling 05/25/2C
PMW-2
Ground V.
Grab
Field Sample
CLPTCLVo
0458-0023
5/26/2010
Sampling 05/25/2C
RW-1
Ground \A
Grab
Field Sample
CLPTCLVo i
^ — —"-r--
if LabResults Crosstab
if LabResults Crosstab v
—L-D !¦ p-i-C1—1
"" 1 >
<
c nr jnrM n
I
—ir1
Cbse | All Samples j Print Labels
|| File Name: C:\Prograrn Files\Scribe\Projects\Palm Metals.MDB 6/2/2010 2:15 PM
ERT Support 1-800-999-6990
Page | 31
-------
m
%
US EPA Environmental Response Team
User Manual for Scribe CLP Sampling
5. Configure the Report Header fields to reflect the information that will be displayed at the
top of the report.
Report Setup
Report Header
[Receipt for Samples
Jesidential Sampling
Task Description
|Project No: 045RD20
[Project Name: Palm Metals jWA: SERAS-080
jSamples Transferred:
(Signature:
j Samplers Signature:
|Samples Received By:
(Signature:
jjon McBurney
I? Report Analysis on Sampling Work Sheets
Font size [8
P
d
Page Orientation
(Portrait
d
jArial
d
Columns Per Page
d
j center
d
Repeat Worksheet
jYes
d
I - 1
Restore Defaults
Cancel
6. Click 'OK' and the report is generated.
> h q -
Receipt for Samples
Samples Residential Sampling
Project No: Q45RD2Q Project Name: Palm Metals WA: SERAS-080
Samples Transferred: Signature: Samplers Signature:
S am pie s R eceived By: S ignature: J on M cfi urn ey
Sample #
0458-0001
0458-0002
0458-0003
0458-0004
0458-0005
Sample Date
5/25/2010
5/25/2010
5/25/2010
5/25/2010
5/25/2010
EventlD
Sampling 05/25/2010
Sampling 05/25/2010
Sampling 05/25/2010
Sampling 05/25/2010
Sampling 05/25/2010
Location
IW-14
PMW-4
FD-1
PMW-3
IW-12
Matrix
Groundwater
Groundwater
Groundwater
Groundwater
Groundwater
Collection Method
Grab
Grab
Grab
Grab
Grab
Sample Type
Field Sample
Field Sample
Field Duplicate
Field Sample
Field Sample
Analyses
CLP TCL Volatiles
CLP TCL Volatiles
CLP TCL Volatiles
CLP TCL Volatiles
CLP TCL Volatiles
CLP Sample #
D5Z56
D5Z57
D5Z58
D5Z59
D5Z60
Tag
1000
1001
1002
1003
1004
Container
40 ml VOA
40 ml VOA
40 ml VOA
40 ml VOA
40 ml VOA
coc
4-060210-130316-
0002
4-060210-130316-
0002
4-060210-130316-
0002
4-060210-130617-
0003
4-060210-130617-
0003
Remarks
Sample #
0458-0006
0458-0007
0458-0008
0458-0009
0458-0010
Sample Date
5/25/2010
5/25/2010
5/25/2010
5/25/2010
5/25/2010
EventlD
Sampling 05/25/2010
Sampling 05/25/2010
Sampling 05/25/2010
Sampling 05/25/2010
Sampling 05/25/2010
Location
IW-7
PMW-5
MW-C
IW-3
PMW-7
Matrix
Groundwater
Groundwater
Ground Water
Groundwater
Groundwater
Collection Method
Grab
Grab
Grab
Grab
Grab
Sample Type
Field Sample
Field Sample
Field Sample
Field Sample
Field Sample
Analyses
CLP TCL Volatiles
CLP TCL Volatiles
CLP TCL Volatiles
CLP TCL Volatiles
CLP TCL Volatiles
CLP Sample #
D5Z61
D5Z62
D5Z63
D5Z64
D5Z65
Tag
1005
1006
1007
1008
1009
Container
40 ml VOA
40 ml VOA
40 ml VOA
40 ml WA
40 ml VOA
COC
4-060210-130617-
0003
4-060210-130617-
0003
4-060210-130617-
0003
4-060210-130617-
0003
Rem arks
ERT Support 1-800-999-6990
Page | 32
-------
SOP-21:
Standard Operating Procedure for Sediment Sampling
-------
This page intentionally left blank.
-------
Standard Operating Procedure No. 021
for
Sediment Sampling
Prepared by
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc.
11019 McCormick Road
Hunt Valley, Maryland 21031
Revision: 1
August 2010
-------
SOP No. 021
Revision: 1
Contents, Page 1 of 1
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. August 2010
CONTENTS
Page
1. SCOPE AND APPLICATION 1
2. PROCEDURES 1
3. GENERAL PROCEDURES 1
4. CORERS 3
5. SCOOPS AND SPOONS 3
6. DREDGES 4
6.1 Peterson and Ponar Dredges 4
6.2 Eckman Dredge 4
7. REFERENCES 4
Sediment Sampling
-------
SOP No. 021
Revision: 1
Page 1 of 4
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. August 2010
1. SCOPE AND APPLICATION
This Standard Operating Procedure (SOP) delineates protocols for sampling sediments from
streams, rivers, ditches, lakes, ponds, lagoons, and marine and estuarine systems.
EA recognizes that other protocols have been developed that meet the criteria of quality and
reproducibility. Clients may have their own sediment sampling protocols which may contain
methodologies and procedures that address unique or unusual site-specific conditions or may be
in response to local regulatory agency requirements. In such cases, EA will compare its and the
client's protocols. The goal is to provide the client with the most quality; therefore, if the
client's protocols provide as much or more quality assurance than EA's protocols for the
particular site or project, EA will adopt those particular protocols and this SOP will be
superseded in those respects. If EA is required to implement the client's protocols in lieu of
EA's protocols, EA will make the client formally aware of any concerns regarding differences
in protocols that might affect data quality and will document such concerns in the project file.
2. PROCEDURES
The water content of sediment varies. Sediments range from soft to dense and fine to rocky.
A variety of equipment may be necessary to obtain representative samples, even at a single site.
Factors to consider in selecting the appropriate sampling equipment include sample location
(edge or middle of the waterbody), depth of water and sediment, grain size, water velocity,
and analytes of interest.
3. GENERAL PROCEDURES
1. Surface water and sediment samples are to be collected at the same location (if both are
required in the project-specific Sampling and Analysis Plan).
2. Collect the surface water sample first. Sediment sampling usually results in disturbance of
the sediments, which may influence the analytical results of the surface water samples.
3. Wear gloves when collecting samples. Comply with the Health and Safety Plan
specifications for proper personal protective equipment.
4. If sampling from a boat or near waterbodies with depths of 4 ft or more, the sampling team
will wear life jackets.
5. Wading into a waterbody disturbs the sediment. Move slowly and cautiously, approach the
sample location from downstream. If flow is not strong enough to move entrained particles
away from the sample location, wait for the sediment to resettle before sampling.
Sediment Sampling
-------
SOP No. 021
Revision: 1
Page 2 of 4
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. August 2010
6. Collect samples first from areas suspected of being the least contaminated, thus minimizing
the risk of cross-contamination.
7. Collecting samples directly into sample containers is not recommended. Sediment samples
should be placed in Teflon®, stainless steel, or glass trays, pans, or bowls for sample
preparation.
8. Use the proper equipment and material construction for the analytes of interest. For
example, for volatile organic compound analysis, the sampling material in direct contact with
the sediment or surface water must consist of Teflon, polyethylene, or stainless steel.
9. Refer to EA SOP No. 005 (Field Decontamination) for proper decontamination methods
before and after sampling and between samples.
10. Collect samples for volatile organic compound analysis first. Do not mix such samples
before placing them in the sample containers. For composite volatile organic compound
samples, place equal aliquots of each sub sample in the sample container.
11. Sediment that will be analyzed for other than volatile organic compounds should be prepared
as follows:
• Place the sediment in a mixing container.
• Divide the sediment into quarters.
• Mix each quarter separately and thoroughly.
• Combine the quarters and mix thoroughly.
• For composite samples, mix each subsample as described above. Place equal aliquots
of each subsample in a mixing container and follow the procedure described above.
12. Mark the sampling location on a site map. Record sampling location coordinates with a
Global Positioning System unit, photograph (optional, recommended) and describe each
location, and place a numbered stake above the visible high water mark on the bank closest
to the sampling location. The photographs and description must be adequate to allow the
sampling station to be relocated at a future date.
13. Dispose of investigation-derived wastes according to applicable rules and regulations.
4. CORERS
Sediment Sampling
-------
SOP No. 021
Revision: 1
Page 3 of 4
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. August 2010
A corer provides a vertical profile of the sediment, which may be useful in tracing historical
contaminant trends. Because displacement is minimal, a corer is particularly useful when
sampling for trace metals and organics. Corers can be constructed out of a variety of materials.
For example, a 2-in. diameter polyvinyl chloride pipe with a Teflon or polyethylene liner can be
lowered into the sediment; a 2-in. diameter well cap can be used to form an airtight seal and
negative pressure as the pipe is withdrawn.
• Ensure that the corer and (optional) liner are properly cleaned.
• Stand downstream of the sample location.
• Force the corer into the sediment with a smooth continuous motion. Rotate (not rock)
the corer if necessary to penetrate the sediment.
• Twist the corer to detach the sample; then withdraw the corer in a single smooth motion.
If the corer does not have a nosepiece, place a cap on the bottom to keep the sediment in
place.
• Remove the top of the corer and decant the water (into appropriate sample containers for
surface water analysis, if required).
• Remove the nosepiece or cap and deposit the sample into a stainless steel, Teflon, or
glass tray.
• Transfer the sample into sample containers using a stainless steel spoon (or equivalent
device).
5. SCOOPS AND SPOONS
When sampling at the margins of a waterbody or in shallow water, scoops and spoons may be
the most appropriate sampling equipment. For collecting samples several feet from shore or in
deeper water, the scoop or spoon may be attached to a pole or conduit.
• Stand downstream of the sample location.
• Collect the sample slowly and gradually to minimize disturbing the fine particles.
• Decant the water slowly to minimize loss of fine particles.
• Transfer the sediment to sample containers or mixing trays, as appropriate.
Sediment Sampling
-------
SOP No. 021
Revision: 1
Page 4 of 4
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. August 2010
6. DREDGES
Three types of dredges are most frequently used: Peterson, Ponar, and Eckman. Many other
dredge types are available; their applicability will depend upon site-specific factors.
6.1 PETERSON AND PONAR DREDGES
These dredges are suitable for hard, rocky substrates, deep waterbodies, and streams with fast
currents. Ponars have top screens and side plates to prevent sample loss during retrieval.
• Open the jaws and place the cross bar into the proper notch.
• Lower the dredge to the bottom, making sure it settles flat.
• When tension is removed from the line, the cross bar will drop, enabling the dredge to
close as the line is pulled upward during retrieval.
• Pull the dredge to the surface. Make sure the jaws are closed and that no sample was lost
during retrieval.
• Open the jaws and transfer the sediment to sample containers or to a mixing tray.
6.2 ECKMAN DREDGE
The Eckman dredge works best in soft substrates in waterbodies with slow or no flow.
• Open the spring-loaded jaws and attach the chains to the pegs at the top of the sampler.
• Lower the dredge to the bottom, making sure it settles flat.
• Holding the line taut, send down the message to close the jaws.
• Pull the dredge to the surface. Make sure the jaws are closed and that no sample was lost
during retrieval.
• Open the jaws and transfer the sediment to sample containers or a mixing tray.
7. REFERENCES
None.
Sediment Sampling
-------
SOP-22:
Standard Operating Procedure for Sediment and Benthic
Macrointertebrate Sampling with Eckman Grab
-------
This page intentionally left blank.
-------
Standard Operating Procedure No. 022
for
Sediment and Benthic Macroinvertebrate
Sampling with Eckman Grab
Prepared by
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc.
11019 McCormick Road
Hunt Valley, Maryland 21031
Revision 0
August 2007
-------
SOP No. 022
Revision: 0
Contents, Page 1 of 1
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. August 2007
CONTENTS
Page
1. SCOPE AND APPLICATION 1
2. MATERIAL 1
3. PROCEDURES 1
4. MAINTENANCE 2
5. PRECAUTIONS 2
6. REFERENCES 3
Sediment and Macroinvertebrate Sampling with Eckman Grab
-------
SOP No. 022
Revision: 0
Page 1 of 3
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. August 2007
1. SCOPE AND APPLICATION
This Standard Operating Procedure covers the protocol for obtaining qualitative or quantitative
samples of soft sediments and macroinvertebrates inhabiting soft sediments in lakes, reservoirs,
and other waterbodies. The Eckman grab sampler is well suited to collecting samples in deeper
(up to 100 ft) waterbodies.
Use of brand names in this Standard Operating Procedure is not intended as endorsement or
mandate that a given brand be used. Alternate equivalent brands of detectors, sensors, meters,
etc. are acceptable. If alternate equipment is to be used, the contractor will provide applicable
and comparable standard operating procedures for the maintenance and calibration of same.
2. MATERIAL
The following materials may be required:
Eckman grab sampler: a box-shaped device
with two scoop-like jaws
Sample containers
Boat
Sieve - 500 n (U.S. Standard No. 30)
Personal protective equipment
Stainless steel spoon or trowel
Personal flotation devices
3. PROCEDURES
The following is a summary of procedures on use of the Eckman grab sampler:
• Cock the sampler by raising each jaw upward into the cocked position using the attached
able and secure the cable to the catch pin located at the top of the sampler.
• Once cocked, lift the sampler overboard and lower slowly but steadily to the bottom.
• Once on the bottom, indicated by a slack line, the weighted messenger is sent down the
line tripping the catch mechanism, causing the spring loaded jaws to close the bottom of
the sampler, containing the sediment.
• Raise the sample at a slow but steady rate to prevent sample loss or washout.
• Once the sample is on board, empty the sample into a stainless steel,
polytetrafluoroethelyne, or polytetrafluoroethelyne-lined bowl or tray for processing.
— If the sediment will be analyzed for volatile organic compounds, transfer the sample
into the appropriate sample containers immediately.
Sediment and Macroinvertebrate Sampling with Eckman Grab
-------
SOP No. 022
Revision: 0
Page 2 of 3
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. August 2007
• If the sediment will not be analyzed for volatile organic compounds, use Stainless steel
spoon to thoroughly homogenize sample, then transfer sample into appropriate
containers. Add preservative (if required) and place in ice-filled chest.
— If benthic macroinvertebrates are to be collected, sieve sample and transfer
macroinvertebrates into appropriate container.
• Thoroughly decontaminate the device.
4. MAINTENANCE
Maintain according to manufacturer's suggestions.
5. PRECAUTIONS
The following precautions should be taken while using an Eckman grab sampler:
• Inspect the device for mechanical deficiencies prior to its use.
• This sampler is inefficient in waters deeper than approximately 75-100 ft, under adverse
weather conditions, and in waters of moderate to strong currents or wave action.
• Exercise caution at all times once the grab is loaded or cocked because a safety lock is
not part of the standard design.
• Operate the sampler from a boat with a winch and cable.
• Wear gloves when collecting sediment samples. Be sure to consult the health and safety
plan for the proper dermal and respiratory protection prior to collecting any samples.
• Higher levels of personal protective equipment may be required by the Health and Safety
Plan.
• While sampling from a boat in waterbodies with a depth of 5 ft or more, the sampling
team will wear personal flotation devices (life jackets).
• Collect samples first from those areas that are suspected of being the least contaminated,
thus minimizing the risk of cross-contamination.
Sediment and Macroinvertebrate Sampling with Eckman Grab
-------
SOP No. 022
Revision: 0
Page 3 of 3
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. August 2007
6. REFERENCES
American Society for Testing and Materials. Standard 2.1. D4387 Guide for Selecting Grab
Sampling Devices for Collecting Benthic Macroinvertebrates.
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. 1990. Macroinvertebrate Field and Laboratory
Methods for Evaluating the Biological Integrity of Surface Waters. Office of Research and
Development. EPA/600/4-90/030. November.
Sediment and Macroinvertebrate Sampling with Eckman Grab
-------
This page intentionally left blank.
-------
SOP-35:
Standard Operating Procedure for Small Boat Operations
-------
This page intentionally left blank.
-------
Standard Operating Procedure No. 035
for
Small Boat Operations
Prepared by
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc.
11019 McCormick Road
Hunt Valley, Maryland 21031
Revision: 1
August 2010
-------
SOP No. 035
Revision: 1
Contents, Page 1 of 1
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. August 2010
CONTENTS
Page
1. BACKGROUND 1
1.1 Purpose 1
1.2 Scope 1
1.3 Definitions 1
1.4 References 1
1.5 Responsibilities 2
2. SMALL BOAT REQUIREMENTS 2
2.1 Work Over or Near Water 3
2.2 Personal Floatation Devices 3
2.3 Safety Emergency Drill 4
2.4 Float Plan 4
2.5 Emergency Plan 4
2.6 Communications 4
2.7 Ocean Requirements 4
2.8 Severe Weather Precautions 4
2.9 Cold Water and Drowning Hazards 5
2.10 Job Hazard Analysis 5
APPENDIX A: FLOAT PLAN
APPENDIX B: JOB HAZARD ANALYSIS FORM
Small Boat Operations
-------
SOP No. 035
Revision: 1
Page 1 of 5
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. August 2010
1. BACKGROUND
The threat from working on or near surface water bodies comes from both chemical hazards
and physical hazards such as drowning. When there is a need for sampling to be conducted
using small boats, EA will provide necessary safety gear, i.e., life vests, nets, and other floating
devices and appropriate training.
1.1 PURPOSE
This Standard Operating Procedure (SOP) establishes the operating requirements for small boats
conducting inland and coastal marine work.
1.2 SCOPE
This SOP applies to the operation of small boats, including launches, motorboats, working
platforms, and skiffs, for inland (rivers, lakes, and bays) and coastal marine work. This SOP
applies to EA personnel operating a small boat or working on a subcontractor-operated small
boat. This SOP covers small boat requirements, work over or near bodies of water, personal
floatation devices (PFDs), lifesaving and safety skiffs, severe weather precautions, and cold
water and drowning hazards. This SOP is mandatory for EA personnel. Subcontractors are
responsible for analyzing the hazards of activities they control and for preparing job hazard
analysis and maintaining equivalent safety requirements.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
Small Boat—Includes dinghies, 1- or 2-man rowboats, up to and including larger vessels
typically up to 50 ft in length, and work barges.
Float Plan—A written summary of the details of the trip, including route, type of vessel,
persons aboard, and other salient information which may be useful in the event of an
emergency.
Job Hazard Analysis—A concise analysis of the specific task considering the body of water,
vessel, unique job requirements, training and experience of crew, and other circumstances as
may be appropriate.
1.4 REFERENCES
EA Corporate Vessel Operations Manual. December 2004.
Federal Requirements and Safety Tips for Recreational Boats. 1994. Boating Education Branch.
April.
U.S. Army Corps of Engineers. 2003. Safety and Health Requirements Manual. Volume
EM 385-1-1. September.
Small Boat Operations
-------
SOP No. 035
Revision: 1
Page 2 of 5
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. August 2010
U.S. Coast Guard. 1994. Federal Requirements and Safety Tips for Recreational Boats.
1.5 RESPONSIBILITIES
The Project Health and Safety Officer is responsible for review and approval of small boat
operations as described in the Health and Safety Plan. The Project Health and Safety Officer
provides any necessary safety requirements to the project team. The Project Health and Safety
Officer shall review the job hazard analysis prepared by project personnel.
Onsite Health and Safety Officer—The Health and Safety Officer is responsible for ensuring
proper use of small boats at field locations. The Health and Safety Officer ensures that only
trained personnel operate small boats, subcontractors implement safety programs, and that all
equipment is properly maintained. The Onsite Safety Officer is responsible for filing or
maintaining a float plan.
Small Boat Operators—EA personnel working on small boats will follow this procedure and
any applicable health and safety procedures identified in the Health and Safety Plan and the
vessel rules. Small boat operators will identify any conflicts in procedures or any problems or
equipment failures to the Health and Safety Officer. Small boat operators shall demonstrate
training, experience, and compliance with state requirements for operator education and
licensing prior to operating any vessel. For larger bodies of water, or rapidly moving water,
knowledge of local conditions shall be obtained prior to embarkation.
2. SMALL BOAT REQUREMENTS
All small boats used by EA personnel must meet the minimum requirements in the U.S. Army
Corps of Engineers Safety and Health Requirements Manual EM 385-1-1 and the applicable
Occupational Safety and Health Administration or state plan requirements, as well as meeting
applicable U.S. Coast Guard Regulations. These requirements include the following:
• Small boats will meet the minimum floatation requirements of the U.S. Coast Guard, and
must have a certification tag affixed to the hull.
• The maximum number of passengers and weight that may be safely transported must be
posted on all small boats.
• The number of personnel on the small boat cannot exceed the number of Type I PFDs
onboard.
• Each small boat will have sufficient room freeboard, and stability to safely carry the
allowable number of personnel and cargo.
Small Boat Operations
-------
SOP No. 035
Revision: 1
Page 3 of 5
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. August 2010
• Each motored boat measuring less than 26 ft in length will carry one 1 A-10 BC fire
extinguisher; motored boats measuring greater than 26 ft will carry two 1A-10 BC fire
extinguishers.
Operators and occupants of small craft shall review Federal Requirements and Safety
Tips for Recreational Boats (U.S. Coast Guard 1994) before engaging in work from rafts,
dinghies, canoes, rowboats, or Jon boats.
2.1 WORK OVER OR NEAR WATER
Work over or near water, where the potential exists for personnel to fall in and possibly drown,
will be conducted in accordance with the requirements of applicable Occupational Safety and
Health Administration standards and the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers EM 385-1-1 standards.
This includes work from shore, bridges, work platforms, and vessels. Work within 15 ft of
unobstructed access to water is within the requirements of this section. Personnel will follow the
guidelines listed below except where personnel are protected by continuous guardrails, safety
belts, or nets, or are conducting work along beaches or similar shorelines:
• Personnel will use the buddy system at all times.
• Swimming is prohibited, with the following exceptions: (1) certified divers performing
their duties, and (2) personnel entering water to prevent injury or loss of life.
• All personnel will wear a U.S. Coast Guard-approved PFD of the type able to support an
unconscious person (Type 1 with 32-lb floatation).
• At least one Type IV throwable device (ring buoy, horseshoe buoy) will be available on
the small boat. Throwable devices should be U.S. Coast Guard-approved and equipped
with 150 ft of 600-lb capacity rope.
• If specified in the Health and Safety Plan, at least one person will provide a dedicated
safety watch/look-out.
2.2 PERSONAL FLOATATION DEVICES
All EA personnel will wear a U.S. Coast Guard-approved, Type 1 PFD when working over or
near bodies of water. PFDs should meet the following requirements:
• Before and after each use, the PFD will be inspected for defects that would alter its
strength or buoyancy.
• All PFDs will be equipped with retro reflective tape.
Small Boat Operations
-------
SOP No. 035
Revision: 1
Page 4 of 5
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. August 2010
PFDs need not be donned when working on larger craft (>26 ft) except when working over
water or outside railing. PFDs should be worn at all times when working on smaller craft.
2.3 SAFETY EMERGENCY DRILL
The vessel operator shall provide a list of crew duties for normal operations and emergencies.
Emergencies which shall be covered include man-overboard, vessel fire, and vessel emergency.
The vessel operator shall provide an orientation and emergency drill. An emergency drill shall
be conducted at the start of each task, and monthly thereafter, or as provided for in U.S. Coast
Guard regulations.
2.4 FLOAT PLAN
A float plan provides essential information to enable the U.S. Coast Guard or other emergency
search and rescue teams to initiate a search in the event of personnel not reporting in on
schedule. The vessel operator will file a daily float plan with the site representative and with
the project health and safety representative listed in the Health and Safety Plan. Upon daily
completion of on-water work, the vessel operator will check in with the designated on shore
individual. The float plan is provided in Appendix A.
2.5 EMERGENCY PLAN
The emergency plan should list a main dock and an alternate dock, and provide emergency
medical support contact for each location.
2.6 COMMUNICATIONS
A marine VHF radio shall be maintained onboard and in operable condition. At least one of the
boat personnel shall have a mobile telephone onboard during operations.
2.7 OCEAN REQUIREMENTS
Contact the Corporate Health and Safety Officer and Project Health and Safety Officer prior to
planning any work which requires work in open ocean.
2.8 SEVERE WEATHER PRECAUTIONS
During field operations involving small boats, EA personnel will make provisions for severe
weather. Severe weather includes sudden and locally severe storms, high winds, hurricanes, and
floods. Before beginning work over water, the Health and Safety Officer will evaluate weather
reports and conditions to ascertain local weather and prevent personnel exposure to severe
weather. In the event that severe weather is encountered, personnel will cease field operations
and immediately return to shore.
Small Boat Operations
-------
SOP No. 035
Revision: 1
Page 5 of 5
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. August 2010
2.9 COLD WATER AND DROWNING HAZARDS
EA personnel conducting field operations with a small boat may be exposed to cold water and
drowning hazards. When water temperature is below 45°F, hypothermia is a serious hazard.
A person can lose feeling in extremities within 5 minutes. Under no circumstances will EA
personnel enter the water from a small boat unless conducting diving operations or performing
a rescue.
Symptoms of hypothermia are discussed during standard first aid training and in the EA Health
and Safety Program Plan. If a person who has fallen into the water displays symptoms of
hypothermia, he or she should be treated immediately and the field operations canceled. Under
no circumstances should the victim be given hot liquids, since they can accelerate shock. Drinks
no warmer than body temperature are acceptable. If symptoms are severe and rapid evacuation
is not possible, remove the victim's wet clothing and cover the victim with a blanket. Continue
to treat the victim for shock.
When a high risk of cold water and drowning hazards exists, all field staff members should be
familiar with cold water survival techniques. If a team member falls into the water, he or she
should not remove any clothing in the water because all clothing will provide insulation.
Although clothing creates added drag while swimming, the added insulation of the clothing
outweighs the disadvantage of the additional drag.
If a team member falls into the water, another team member should try to reach the person
in the water with an oar, paddle, pole, or similar object. The victim should try to grab the
extended item. If the victim is unconscious, the rescuer should try to hook the victim's PFD,
clothing, or hair and pull him or her toward the boat. Once the victim is retrieved, the other
team members should begin any necessary emergency medical procedures. If no emergency
medical procedures are necessary, the victim should change into dry clothing.
2.10 JOB HAZARD ANALYSIS
The requirements for preparing a job hazard analysis apply specifically to all on-water
operations. Appendix B provides a sample job hazard analysis; however, an actual job hazard
analysis shall consider the specific task including the body of water, vessel type, unique job
requirements, training and experience of crew, and other circumstances such as tides, weather,
water temperature, access of rescue craft, and other factors as may be appropriate. Job hazard
analysis must be prepared specifically for each task and crew in accordance with the U.S. Army
Corps of Engineers Safety and Health Requirements Manual EM 385-1-1.
Small Boat Operations
-------
Appendix A
Float Plan
Small Boat Operations
-------
SOP No. 035
Revision: 1
Page A-l of A-l
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. August 2010
APPENDIX A
FLOAT PLAN
1 Name and phone number of person filing plan.
2 Description of boat (type, color, trim, registration number, length, name, make, other).
3 Engine type (horsepower, fuel capacity, number of engines, and fuel [diesel or gasoline]).
4. Survival—Equipment onboard (check):
• Anchor
• Flares
• Flashlight
• Food
• Life ring with 150 ft of line.
• Paddles
• PFDs
• Smoke signals
• Water.
5. Marine Radio onboard (type, frequencies):
6. Automobile (tag number, type, color, make, trailer tag number, where parked)
7. Persons aboard (name, affiliation, and telephone number)
8. Do any of the persons aboard have a medical problem (identify type)
9. Trip plan (depart from @ time, arrive to @ time; via waypoints; expect to return no later than
time)
10. Operational area (attach map)
11. If not returned by (a.m. /p.m. time), call the U.S. Coast Guard or onshore contact.
12. Onshore contact:
Alternate Other Numbers
Contact
Number
Small Boat Operations
-------
Appendix B
Job Hazard Analysis Form
Small Boat Operations
-------
SOP No. 035
Revision: 1
Page B-l of B-2
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. August 2010
APPENDIX B
JOB HAZARD ANALYSIS FORM
Activity Hazard Analysis
Task
Potential Hazards
Hazard Control Measures
MOBILIZATION/
DEMOBILIZATION
Physical Hazards (slips, trips,
falls, cuts, etc.)
• Clear walkways/work areas of equipment, tools, and debris.
• Watch for accumulation of water work surfaces.
• Mark, identify, or barricade obstructions.
• Wear cut-resistant work gloves when the possibility of
lacerations or other injury caused by sharp or protruding
objects occurs.
Physical Hazards (material
handling moving, lifting)
• Observe proper lifting techniques.
• Obey sensible lifting limits (60-lb maximum per person
manual lifting).
• Use mechanical lifting equipment (hand carts, trucks, etc.)
to move large awkward loads.
• Use two or more persons for heaving bulk lifting.
Physical Hazards (vehicle and
pedestrian traffic)
• Use orange traffic cones where necessary.
• Use reflective warning vests if exposed to vehicular traffic.
• Locate staging areas in locations with minimal traffic.
Physical Hazards (cold/heat
stress)
• Monitor cold/heat stress as recommended in Section 6 of
the Generic Health and Safety Plan.
Munitions and Explosives of
Concern (MEC) Hazard
• Practice site reconnaissance with a trained, experienced
MEC specialist capable of recognizing MEC hazards.
• If MEC is discovered, use existing access roads to retract
from the MEC.
Biological Hazards (insects,
poisonous plants, ticks)
• Wear protective outer clothing and insect repellant to avoid
insect bites and ticks.
• Wear long sleeve shirts when working in areas with poison
ivy or oak.
• Workers with allergies should carry antidote kits, if
necessary.
SAMPLING
ACTIVITIES
Physical Hazards
(slips, trips, falls, cuts, etc.)
• Clear walkways/work areas of equipment, tools, and debris.
• Watch for accumulation of water work surfaces.
• Mark, identify, or barricade obstructions.
• Wear cut-resistant work gloves when the possibility of
lacerations or other injury caused by sharp or protruding
objects occurs.
Physical Hazards
(electrical)
• Identify electrical utility hazards prior to sampling.
• Inspect work areas for spark sources, maintain safe
distances, properly illuminate work areas, and provide
barriers to prevent inadvertent contact.
• Maintain minimum clearance distances for overhead
energized electrical lines as specified in the Generic Health
and Safety Plan.
Physical Hazards
(weather)
• Monitor radio for up-to-date severe weather forecasts.
• Discontinue work during thunderstorms and severe weather
events.
Physical Hazards
(vehicle and pedestrian traffic)
• Establish an exclusion zone around the drilling location.
• Use orange traffic cones (if necessary).
• Use reflective warning vests if exposed to vehicular traffic.
• Locate staging areas in locations with minimal traffic.
Small Boat Operations
-------
SOP No. 035
Revision: 1
Page B-2 of B-2
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. August 2010
Activity Hazard Analysis
Task
Potential Hazards
Hazard Control Measures
SAMPLING
ACTIVITIES
(continued)
Physical Hazards
(cold/heat stress)
• Monitor cold/heat stress as recommended in Section 6 of
the Generic Health and Safety Plan.
MEC Hazards
• Follow established MEC avoidance protocols when
performing intrusive sampling activities.
• If MEC is discovered or suspected, use existing access
roads to retract from the MEC.
Chemical Hazards
(including MEC)
• Perform environmental monitoring as required in the Site-
Specific Health and Safety Plan.
• Where appropriate, personal protective equipment as
indicated in the Site-Specific Health and Safety Plan.
Biological Hazards
(bloodborne pathogens)
• Wear proper personal protective equipment, including
nitrile gloves and a face shield or goggles when sampling
sludge.
• Wash with soap and water as soon as personal protective
equipment is removed or when contact or exposure has
occurred.
Biological Hazards
(insects, poisonous plants, and
ticks)
• Wear protective outer clothing and insect repellant to avoid
insect bites and ticks.
• Wear long sleeve shirts when working in areas with poison
ivy or oak.
• Worker with allergies should carry antidote kits, if
necessary.
BOATING
ACTIVITIES
Physical Hazards
(weather)
• Monitor radio for up-to-date severe weather forecasts.
• Boat operators will be trained by the site supervisor and/or
the senior boat operator.
• Discontinue work during thunderstorms and severe weather
events.
Physical Hazard (slips, trips,
and falls, including falls
overboard)
• Boat operator will inspect the boat prior to operation. The
operator will ensure the number of personal floatation
devices is equal to or greater than the number of passengers
onboard.
• No personnel will embark or disembark the vessel without
the direction of the vessel operator. Vessel operator will
ensure passengers are wearing personal floatation devices
while on deck. At the request of the operator, personnel
will be seated.
• Passengers will stay seated until boat is docked. Ensure
three-point contact whenever possible or practical.
• A Type IV throwable device will be readily available
onboard.
Small Boat Operations
-------
SOP-57:
Standard Operating Procedure for Multi-Incremental Sampling
-------
This page intentionally left blank.
-------
Standard Operating Procedure No. 057
for
Multi-Incremental Sampling
Prepared by
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc.
11019 McCormick Road
Hunt Valley, Maryland 21031
Revision 0
April 2011
-------
SOP No. 057
Revision: 0
Contents, Page 1 of 1
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. April 2011
CONTENTS
Page
1. INTRODUCTION 1
1.1 Scope and Application 1
1.2 Glossary of Terms 2
1.2.1 Sampling Units 2
1.2.2 Decision Units 2
1.2.3 Grid Cell 2
1.3 General Concepts 2
2. EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS 3
3. MULTI-INCREMENTAL SAMPLING PROCEDURE 4
4. MAINTENANCE 5
5. PRECAUTIONS 6
6. REFERENCES 6
Multi-Incremental Sampling
-------
SOP No. 057
Revision: 0
Page 1 of 6
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. April 2011
1. INTRODUCTION
1.1 SCOPE AND APPLICATION
Multi-incremental (MI) sampling (sometimes designated by the acronym MIS), originally
utilized by the mining industry, was initially proposed for environmental sampling at explosives-
related sites (U.S. Environmental Protection Agency Solid Waste 846 Method 8330B,
Appendix A Collecting and Processing of Representative Samples for Energetic Residues in
Solid Matrices from Military Training Ranges [2006]). MI sampling is particularly effective at
such sites because explosives residue is found in surface soil as opposed to at depth, and the
potentially impacted areas are relatively easy to delineate because the area of the firing ranges
is, in most cases, well defined.
Although MI sampling was initially implemented for the assessment of impacts from explosives,
there has been recent movement to extend the list of acceptable contaminants to include metals,
semivolatile organic compounds, and even volatile organic compounds (State of Alaska
Department of Environmental Conservation [2009] and State of Hawai'i Department of Health
[2009]). However, the adequacy of MI sampling is evaluated on a case-by case basis at the time
the planning documents are prepared to ensure that the resulting analytical data are appropriate to
make the decisions required by the project. This evaluation process considers:
1. Planning elements based on the decisions to be made for each potentially complete
pathway (based on the conceptual site model), including contaminants distribution, hot
spot size, future land use scenarios, contaminant fate and transport, etc.
2. Sample preparation procedures to be employed by the analytical laboratory (limitations
and impacts on the analytical data due to the various preparation methods that can be
employed)
3. Data evaluation requirements (i.e., the data needing to meet a certain level of
confidence). In addition to technical considerations, stakeholders' input is also folded
into the planning stages. Consequently, specific field requirements may be outlined in
the planning documents for the sampling program implementation to supplement this
Standard Operating Procedure (SOP).
This SOP focuses on the actual collection of MI samples, not project planning or data evaluation
to follow, and assumes that successful project planning and scoping have been performed,
documented, and agreed to by all stakeholders. Because Sampling Units (SUs) are defined so
that the mean concentration value obtained is relevant to an explicitly articulated end use of the
data, it is imperative that any changes to the SUs or sampling strategy deemed necessary by
actual field conditions unanticipated at the time the sampling plan was designed should be made
by the project technical lead rather than by field personnel. This way, field deviations from the
approved plan during sample collection will not negatively impact the adequacy of the data for
the planned purpose.
Multi-Incremental Sampling
-------
SOP No. 057
Revision: 0
Page 2 of 6
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. April 2011
1.2 GLOSSARY OF TERMS
1.2.1 Sampling Units
An SU (sometimes termed Decision Unit [DU]) is the area and depth of soil (the sampled
population) to be characterized by the average concentration of the MI sample. A DU may
contain several SUs that are sampled using MI techniques or may consist of just one SU. SUs
are restricted to actual source zones and must incorporate only areas that are similar as far as
impact (i.e., not to "dilute" contamination) as well as future use. SUs/DUs selected based on
future land use scenarios may be called Exposure Units. SUs must be delineated so that the
mean analyte concentrations obtained are directly relevant to well defined project objectives.
They are the smallest volume of soil for which a concentration value will be obtained, and the
basic unit about which a decision or conclusion based on an analytical result can be made.
1.2.2 Decision Units
A DU is a specific area (or volume of soil) about which a decision is to be made. In the ideal
and most direct case, the DU and SU are the same volume of soil. As noted above, a DU may be
composed of a single SU, or may include multiple SUs, if the DU is very large in size. The
important thing is that the entire area of a DU is consistent as far as contamination distribution
and future use/exposure scenario, just like an SU. Either all or a percent of the SUs composing
the DU may be sampled in an MI fashion, the number of SUs sampled depending on the
confidence of the data that are extended from the SUs to the DU.
1.2.3 Grid Cell
A grid cell is a sub-division of the SU. SUs are divided into uniform-size grid cells, and one
increment is collected from each cell, from the same relative location within each grid cell.
The shape of the cells is not specified—the only criterion for cell shape selection is that the cells
should be of equal size (they can be triangular, square, rectangular, etc.) so the increments
collected from each cell are equally weighted over the SU.
1.3 GENERAL CONCEPTS
The use of standard discrete samples to characterize soil contamination has two significant
sources of error:
1. Field sampling error is at least 10 times greater than analytical (laboratory-associated)
error.
2. A source of analytical error was found to be that in sample processing and sub-sampling
(a single subsample from the 4- or 8-ounce soil jar is taken at the laboratory).
Multi-Incremental Sampling
-------
SOP No. 057
Revision: 0
Page 3 of 6
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. April 2011
Depending on the areal and vertical contaminant distribution profile, MI sampling and
processing are designed to minimize these sources of error, resulting in an average concentration
that is a much more precise and accurate estimate for the SU.
It is also important to note that the horizon characterized by MI sampling is usually superficial,
although MI can be implemented at greater depth, this resulting in much higher associated
sampling costs.
The purpose of this SOP is to delineate protocols for the application of MI field sampling of
surface soil. The procedure, which can be adapted to allow for MI sampling in other
environments, i.e., in an excavation trench, has been adapted from U.S. Army Corps of
Engineers sampling guidance (2009).
2. EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS
The following equipment and materials may be required:
• Spray paint1, pin flags, or rope to mark either grid corners or outline the sampling grid
• Incremental sampling tool (i.e., the MI tool developed by the Cold Regions Research and
Engineering Laboratory or alternative2 coring device); stainless steel spoons or scoops
may be used but only in conjunction with scales, so that aliquots of equal mass are
collected from each location
• Clean Zip-lock® bags, 5-gallon plastic containers, or other appropriate large container for
placing the increments; the size of the container should be adequate to hold the sample
volume, which is approximately 1-2 kilograms
• If MI sampling is used for volatile organic compound analysis, the increments of equal
mass are collected with tools such as En Core® sampler and placed in a container
obtained from the analytical laboratory that is partially filled with methanol
• Coolers and ice for cold storage of samples after collection
• Field logbook and pen with waterproof black ink for field documentation
• Global Positioning System instrument or other survey equipment to document locations
of DU or SUs
1 Avoid if spray paint is likely to affect MI sample quality.
2 A source for the MI sampling tool shown in this SOP is Ike Loukos, LES Engineering, Inc. Telephone No.
301-471-3393, email i.loukos@att.net.
Multi-Incremental Sampling
-------
SOP No. 057
Revision: 0
Page 4 of 6
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. April 2011
• Personal protective equipment should be worn during sample collection as required by
the Health and Safety Plan for the project.
3. MULTI-INCREMENTAL SAMPLING PROCEDURE
Increments of soil will be collected within each cell of the SU Increments should be
approximately of the same weight. For surface soil sampling, a coring tool may be used to
facilitate the rapid collection of uniform, representative increments from a consistent depth
interval. This way, equal volumes are collected for each increment and equal mass is obtained
under the assumption that the density of the sampled medium is uniform across the cell of the
SU. The size of the coring tool will be selected based on the volume of the increments, which is
in turn calculated based on number and depth of the increments and the fact that an adequate
total sample mass is typically 1-2 kilograms dry weight (to overcome effects of compositional
heterogeneity due to the inherent particulate nature of soil and sediment). It is not necessary to
determine by the Global Positioning System location of every increment collected, as long as the
SU has been properly i dentified and the relative position of the increm ent locati on within each
cell is recorded.
The SU or DU will be demarcated in the field using pin flags, spray paint, or rope and fixed with
a Global Positioning System. Increments will be selected as defined in the sampling plan.
Prior to MI sampling activities, the field team will don the personal protective equipment. The
increments will be collected from the depth specified in the planning documents (usually up to
6 inches deep) using a coring tool or other method that ensures equal volume is collected for
each increment. Unless specified in the sampling plan, the vegetative mat will be included in the
sampled interval. Of note is that some plans may require only sampling native soil; the
horizontal limits of sampling will be dependent on past disposal practices and the decision to be
made. If used, the stainless-steel sampler will be pushed into the soil until the sampler is full and
will not penetrate further. The sampler is then removed carefully, and the soil is pushed out of
the sampler with the lever on the side of the instrument (see photos below).
Multi-Incremental Sampling
-------
SOP No. 057
Revision: 0
Page 5 of 6
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. April 2011
Place the sample (increment or aliquot) directly into a large re-sealable bag, 5-gallon bucket, or
alternative large container (note the above photos show placing the aliquot into a sampler's hand
only for aliquot visualization purposes). Field experience has found that placing samples into a
decontaminated 5-gallon bucket and then pouring the whole sample into a bag is a better process.
The likelihood of spilling increases with the use of a bag alone because as the bag fills up it
is harder to eject additional soil increments into the bag. The bucket is more stable and may
prevent loss of fines. The holes left by sampling will be filled using surrounding soil or, if
necessary, sand may be used to bring the subsurface sampling areas back to original grade.
Soil samples should not include large rocks or pebbles unless they are part of the overall soil
matrix. It is not necessary to decontaminate the sampling tool between the increments within
a DU or SU.
If collecting an MI sample for volatile organic compound analysis, a wide-mouth glass container
and methanol will be obtained from the analytical laboratory for sample aliquot preservation.
The collection of the increments will be performed using EnCore™ or TerraCore™ sampling
tools, meaning that a much smaller increment volume will be collected, resulting in a smaller
total sample volume. The field team will place the 5- to 15-milligram increments into the glass
container and care should be taken to follow the health and safety precautions associated with
methanol handling. To prevent loss of methanol through volatilization, the sample container will
be kept closed as much as feasible and only opened to place sample aliquots within the container.
Prior to the collection of replicate samples or MI samples from another SU or DU, the sampling
tool will be decontaminated according to requirements set forth in EA SOP No. 005 - Field
Decontamination. The replicate samples from the same SU/DU will be collected following a
different path, as shown in Figure SOP No. 057-1. The specific relative location of the replicate
increments within each SU cell will be established in a random manner to eliminate potential
bias. To select the relative increment location for a replicate increment in a cell, the cell may be
divided in turn into sub-grids and a sub-cell may be selected by randomly generating a number
on a calculator. Another selection method is performed by rolling a dice for a 6 x 6 sub-grid in
the SU cell; the first die would indicate the row and the second die the column of this sub-grid.
The large re-sealable bag containing the total sample volume will be labeled with indelible ink
and then double-bagged. The samples will be bubble-wrapped and taped for shipping and placed
into iced coolers for transport under chain-of-custody protocol to the analytical laboratory. The
field procedures will follow the requirements set forth in EA SOP No. 002 - Chain-of-Custody
Form and EA SOP No. 004 - Sample Packing and Shipping. Copies of the chain-of-custody
forms and shipping documents will be retained in the project file. Field activities will be
documented according to logbook procedures specified in EA SOP No. 016 - Surface Water,
Groundwater, and Soil/Sediment Field Logbooks.
4. MAINTENANCE
Not applicable.
Multi-Incremental Sampling
-------
SOP No. 057
Revision: 0
Page 6 of 6
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. April 2011
5. PRECAUTIONS
Safety precautions documented in the Site Health and Safety Plan will be followed. If sampling
procedures are to occur in areas where unexploded ordnance is known or potentially exist, the
area will not be entered until unexploded ordnance support is provided. If, at any time, an unsafe
condition is identified, stop work immediately until the unsafe condition is mitigated. If
sampling for volatile organic compound analysis, follow precautions associated with handling
methanol. Also, because much larger quantities of methanol are employed for MI sampling,
follow all requirements associated with transportation of these samples. In most cases, these
samples are driven to the analytical laboratory rather than shipped via air, which constitutes a
limitation in using this method at sites not located in close proximity of a laboratory.
6. REFERENCES
State of Alaska Department of Environmental Conservation. 2009. Draft Guidance onMulti
Increment Soil Sampling. Division of Spill Prevention and Response Contaminated Sites
Program. March.
State of Hawai'i Department of Health. 2009. Technical Guidance Manual for the
Implementation of the Hawai 'i State Contingency Plan Interim Final. Office of Hazard
Evaluation and Emergency Response. June.
U.S. Army Corps of Engineers. 2009. Interim Guidance 09-02, Implementation of Incremental
Sampling of Soil for the Military Munitions Response Program. 20 July.
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. 2006. SW-846 Method 8330B, Appendix A Collecting
and Processing of Representative Samples for Energetic Residues in Solid Matrices from
Military Training Ranges.
Multi-Incremental Sampling
-------
~
-I—
* *
o o o o o o
<> o o o o o
*4
A • o
»; w
*T
*
X I
¦t
*
It I
.~
I
«r
C i O
Kg *' X
*90
MA * 1 *
"ft
* J K H
^OO
X 1 X X
boo
X I X X
600
*[ * n
(poo
X, X X
o o
o o
x x
o o
x x
o o
X X
o o
X X
o o
X X
o o
X X
o o
x n
o o
X X
o o
It X
o o
X X
o o
X X
o o
II X
o o
X X
o o
X X
o o
X X
o o
X X
o o
X X
o o
X X
o o
X X
o o
It It
o o
It It
o o
It It
o o
It It
| Path of travel
(grid cells (100) not shown)
o x Increment collection points
for replicate Ml samples
\
Decision Unit
Figure SOP057-1. Example incremental sampling in a Decision Unit.
-------
This page intentionally left blank.
-------
SOP-59:
Standard Operating Procedure for Field Logbook
-------
This page intentionally left blank.
-------
Standard Operating Procedure No. 059
for
Field Logbook
Prepared by
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc.
11019 McCormick Road
Hunt Valley, Maryland 21031
Revision 0
October 2011
-------
SOP No. 059
Revision: 0
Contents, Page 1 of 1
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. October 2011
CONTENTS
Page
1. SCOPE AND APPLICATION 1
2. MATERIALS 1
3. PROCEDURE 1
4. MAINTENANCE 2
5. PRECAUTIONS 3
6. REFERENCES 3
Field Logbook
-------
SOP No. 059
Revision: 0
Page 1 of 3
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. October 2011
1. SCOPE AND APPLICATION
The purpose of this standard operating procedure is to delineate protocols for recording field
survey and sampling information in the Field Logbook.
2. MATERIALS
The following materials may be required:
• Field Logbook (Teledyne 415 Level Book, or equivalent)1
• Indelible ink pen.
3. PROCEDURE
All information pertinent to a field survey or sampling effort will be recorded in a bound
logbook. Each page/form will be consecutively numbered, dated, and signed. All entries will be
made in indelible ink and all corrections will consist of line-out deletions that are initialed and
dated. The person making the correction will provide a brief explanation for the change. There
should be no blank lines on a page. A single blank line or a partial blank line (such as at the end
of a paragraph) should be lined to the end of the page. If only part of a page is used, the
remainder of the page should have an "X" drawn across it. At a minimum, entries in the logbook
will include but not be limited to the following:
• Project number
• Unique, sequential field sample number
• Purpose of sampling
• Location, description, and log of photographs of each sampling point
• Details of the sample site (e.g., elevation of the casing, casing diameter and depth,
integrity of the casing, etc.)
• Name and address of field contact
• Documentation of procedures for preparation of reagents or supplies which become an
integral part of the sample (e.g., filters and absorbing reagents)
1 Pre-printed, bound forms are approved as well. See SOP No. 016 for recommended content and format.
Field Logbook
-------
SOP No. 059
Revision: 0
Page 2 of 3
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. October 2011
• Identification of sample crew members
• Type of sample (e.g., groundwater or surface water)
• Suspected waste composition
• Number and volume of sample taken
• Sampling methodology, including distinction between grab and composite sample
• Sample preservation
• Date and time of collection
• Collector's sample identification number(s)
• Sample shipment (e.g., name of the laboratory and cartage agent: Federal Express,
United Parcel Service, etc.)
• References such as maps of the sampling site
• Field observations (e.g., oily sheen on groundwater sample, incidental odors, soil color,
grain size, plasticity, moisture content, layering, Unified Soil Classification System
classification, etc.)
• Any field measurements made (e.g., pH, conductivity, explosivity, water depth, organic
vapor analyzer readings, etc.)
• Signature and date by the personnel responsible for observations
• Decontamination procedures.
Sampling situations vary widely. No general rules can specify the extent of information that
must be entered in a logbook. However, records should contain sufficient information so that
someone can reconstruct the sampling activity without relying on the collector's memory. The
Project Manager will keep a master list of all field logbooks assigned to the Sampling Team
Leaders. One logbook kept by the Project Manager will be a master site log of daily activities
and will contain the list of field logbooks assigned to Sampling Team Leaders.
4. MAINTENANCE
Not applicable.
Field Logbook
-------
SOP No. 059
Revision: 0
Page 3 of 3
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. October 2011
5. PRECAUTIONS
None.
6. REFERENCES
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. 1980. Interim Guidelines and Specifications for
Preparing Quality Assurance Project Plans, QAMS-005/80.
. 1990. Sampler's Guide to the Contract Laboratory Program. EPA/540/P-90/006,
Directive 9240.0-06, Office of Emergency and Remedial Response, Washington, D.C.
December.
. 1991. User's Guide to the Contract Laboratory Program. EPA/540/0-91/002,
Directive 9240.0-0 ID, Office of Emergency and Remedial Response. January.
Field Logbook
-------
This page intentionally left blank.
-------
SOP-A1:
Draft Analytical Method for Determination of Acid Volatile Sulfide
in Sediment (EPA-821-R-91-100)
-------
This page intentionally left blank.
-------
i&) EPA-821-R-91-100
lier Waihmgion. DC 20460
Draft Analytical Method
for Determination of Acid
iie Sulfide in Sediment
-------
-------
DETERMINATION OF ACID VOLATILE SULFIDE AND
SELECTED SIMULTANEOUSLY EXTRACT ABLE METALS IN
SEDIMENT
December 1991
H. E. Allen and G. Fu
University of Delaware
Newark, Delaware
W. Boothman
Environmental Research Laboratory - Narragansett
U. S. Environmental Protection Agency
Narragansett, Rhode Island
and!
D.M. DiToro and J.D. Mahony
Manhattan College
Bronx, New York
4 '
-------
-------
DETERMINATION OF ACID VOLATILE SULFIDE AND SELECTED
SIMULTANEOUSLY EXTRACT ABLE METALS IN SEDIMENT
1. SCOPE AND APPLICATION
1.1 This method describes procedures for the determination of acid volatile sulfide (AVS)
and for selected metals that are sdubilLzed during the acidification step (simultaneously
extracted metal, SEM). As a precipitant of toxic heavy sulfide is inipngmnt in
controlling the bioavailability of metals in anoxic sediments (1). Research has
established that the relative »nwiint« of SEM and AVS are mymnt in die prediction of
potential metal bioavailability; if die Ends- ratio of SEM for bivalent metals to AVS
exceeds one, the toxic heavy metals iri that sample are potentially bioavailabfe. Tins
method uses the same conditions far release of both sulfide and metal from the
sediment and thus provides a useful means of a
-------
AYS which can be determined is at leat 1000 limoles/gram dry sedinrnt. In an
alternative procedure the HjS is trapped in an antioxidant buffer before using an ion-
selective electrode (4,5).
2.4 After release of the H2S, the acidified sediment sample is membrane filtered before
determination of the SEM by atomic absorption or inductive coupled plasma
spectiometic methods (6,7).
3. DEFINITIONS
3.1 ACID VOLATILE SULFIDE (AVS)- AVS is operationally defined as sulfides thai form
hydrogen sulfide under the conditions of this test. This includes amorphous,
moderately crystalline mooosulfides, and other sulfides (8).
3.2 SIMULTANEOUSLY EXTRACTED METALS (SEM) - SEM are operationally defined
as metals, commonly cadmium, copper, lead, mercury, nickel and zinc, that form less
soluble sulfides than do iron or manganese, and which are at least partially soluble
under the conditions of this test
3.3 METHOD DJfc'llaUiiON LIMIT (MDL) - The minimum concentration of i analyte that
can be measured and reported with 99% confidence that the analyte concentratkn is
greater than zero. The MIX. is determined from the analysis of a sample that cofliiins
the analyte within a given matrix.
3.4 LABORATORY REAGENT BLANK (LRB) - An aliquot of reagent waer or reagents
that is treated exactly as a sample including exposure to all glassware, equipment, and
reagents that are used with samples. The LRB is used to determine if method analyses
or other interferences are present in the laboratory environment, reagents or apparatus.
3.5 STOCK STANDARD SOLUTION - A concentrated solution of the analyte prepared in
die laboratory using assayed reference compounds or purchased from a reputable
commercial source.
3.6 CALIBRATION STANDARDS - Solutions prepared from the stock nanrtaid solution
that is used to calibrate the method response with respect to analyte cooce&Dation.
3.7 LABORATORY FORTIFIED BLANK (LFB) - An aliquot of reagent wtta or reagents
to which a known quantity of the method analyte is added in the laboraicxy. The LFB
is analyzed exactly like a sample. Its purpose is to determine whether the method is
within accepted control limits.
3.8 LABORATORY FORTIFIED SAMPLE MATRIX (LFM) - An environmental sample to
which a known quantity of the method analyte is added in the laboratory. The LFM is
AVS and SEM Procedure
December 2,1991
-------
analyzed exactly line a sample. Its purpose is to determine whether the sample m»tm
contributes bias to the analytical results.
4. INTERFERENCES
4.1 Contact with oxygen must be avoided in all stages from sampling to analysis.
Consequently, the samples and standards should be protected from air from the Hm of
sampling through the analytical procedure. This can be achieved by deaerating and
maintaining the samples under nitrogen or argon at all times.
5. SAFETY
5.1 The toxicity or carcinogenicity of reagents used in this method have not been fully
established. Each chemical and environmental sample should be regarded as a potential
health hazard and exposure should be minimized. Each laboratory is responsible far
maintaining a current awareness file of OSHA regulations regarding the safe handling
of the chemicals specified in this method A reference file of material safety data sheets
should be available to all personnel involved in the chemical analysis.
5.2 Hydrogen sulfide is a highly poisonous, gaseous compound having a characteristic
odor of rotten eggs. It is detectable in air by humans at a concentration of
approximately 0.002 ppm. Handling of acid samples should be performed in a hood or
wdl ventilated area. If a high concentration of hydrogen sulfide is detected in the air by
the laboratory staff, sample handling procedures must be corrected. According to Sax
(9) an air concentration of 10 ppm of H2S is permitted for an 8 hour shift for 40 hours
per week.
5.3 If samples originate from a highly contaminated area, appropriate sample handling
procedures to minimize worker exposure must be followed.
6. APPARATUS AND EQUIPMENT
6.1 Glassware
6.1.1 AVS evolution and HgS trapping - Glassware in Section 6.1.1.1 is
recommended. Glassware in Section 6.1.1.2 may be used, but will not provide
as high precision or accuracy for samples.
6.1.1.1 For highest precision and low AVS levels • For each analytical train
500 mL gas washing Ixjttles or oxygen trap, one 250 mL round
bottom with a septum (Ace Glass 6934 or equivalent), 100 or
AVS and SEM Procedure
December 2,1991
page3
-------
250 mL impingers with noo-fritted outlets. The round bottom
contains the sediment and acid is introduced to it by a syringe inserted
through the septum. The flasks are connected by tubing. Because
sulfide may react with tubing and other surfaces, minimum lengths of
tubing should be used as slieves to connect the glass tubing. The
analyst should pay particular attention id the recovery of sulfide from
standards in evaluating the apparatus. In all cases the inlets are below
the liquid level and the outlets are above the liquid leveliL The
apparatus is assembled as shown in Figure 1 and more than one
analytical train can be connected to a single cylinder of nitrogea or
argon if flow controllers are installed in the line. Different amounts of
glassware are required for each of the three means of sulfide
determination.
i*—
Figure 1. Apparatus for AYS drtrnrnnatinn- 1. Nj or Ar cylinder 2. Gas washing bottles: (a)
oxygen scrubbing solution or an oxygen trap may be used in replacement of this gas washing
bottle, (b) deionized water. 3. Three-way stopcock; 4. Flow controller, 5. Reaction flask; 6.
Magnetic stirrer; 7. Impingers with non-fritted oadets.
6.1.1.2 For routine analysis - Erlenmeyer flasks, 250 mL, are substituted for
the gas washing bottle, the round bottom flask and die impingers.
The fladr size should be consistent with sample size and reagent
volumes. A thistle tube fitted with a stopcock or a separatocy funnel is
provided to introduce acid to the flask containing the sediment sample.
This is fitted with a three hole stopper. One hole is for the thistle
tube or separatory funnel and the other two are for the gas inlet and
AVS and SEM Procedure
December 2,1991
-------
outlet The other ffcisks arc fitted with two bole stoppers; one hok: is
for the gas inlet and the other is for the gas outlet The gas are
below the liquid level and the gas outlets are above die liquid level
The flasks are connected by tubing. Because sulfide may react with
tubing, stoppers and other surfaces, minimum lengths of tubing
should be used as sieves to connect the glass tubing. The analyst
should pay particular attention to the recovery of sulfide from
standards in evaluating the apparatus.
6.1.2 Evaporating dishes, porcelain, 100 mL.
6.1.3 Assorted calibrated pipettes and volumetric flasks.
6.2 Drying oven - Capable of maintaining a constant temperature in the range of 103-
1Q5*G
6.3 Analytical balance-capable of weighing to 0.0001 g.
6.4 Magnetic stirrer, thermally insulated, and Tefko-coated stirring bar.
6.5 Gravimetric method
6.5.1 Filtering flask.
6.5.2 Filter bolder for 47 mm filter.
6.6 Cokjrimetric method
6.6.1 Spectrophotometer - Capable of measuring absorbancs at 670 am.
6.6.2 Spectrophotometer cells.
6.7 Ion-selective electrode method
6.7.1 Electrometer, pH meaer or ioo-sellectivc meter - Compatible with the use of ion-
selective electrodes.
6.7.2 Sulfide selective electrode.
6.7.3 Doable-junction reference electrode.
6.8 Atomic absorption or inductive couple plasma spectrophometcr for the determination of
SEM.
7. REAGENTS AND CONSUMABLE MATERIALS
7.1 All water and reagents used in this method must be free of dissolved oxygen and
sulfide. Freshly prepare and use deaeraied, deionized water by removing dissolved
AVS and SEM Procedure
December 2,1991
page5
-------
oxygen from the deiooized water by vigorously bubbling with oxygen-free nitrogen or
irgon for approximately one hour. Deaenue reagents immediately before use by
deaerating with oxygen-free nitrogen or argon.
7.2 Sodium sulfide standard-Required for quality assurance and calibration.
7.2.1 Sulfide stock standard solution, approximately 0.05M or 50 fimnU^ir
7.2.1.1 Weigh about 12 gram of N^S-9H20 and dissolve it in 1,000 mL of
water. Store in a brown bottle. To prevent air oxidation,
the sulfide solution should be maintained under oxygen-free nitrogen
or argon.
7.2.1.2 Standardize again** ririrvtnfff>n»
7.2.1.2.1 Pipette 10.00 mL of 0.025N standard iodine solution
(Section 7 >2.2} into each of two 125-mL Erlenmeyer
flasks.
7.2.1.2.2 Pipette 2.00 mL of sulfide stock standard solution into one
flask. Pipette 2.00 mL of deiooized water, as a laboratory
reagent blank, into the other
7.2.1.2.3 Add 5.00 mL of 6M HQ into each fl*glr, swirl slighdy,
then cover and place in the dark for 5 minutes.
7.2.1.2.4 Titrate each with 0.G25N thiosulfate (Section 7.2.3) until
the yellow iodine color fades to a pale straw. Just before
all the iodine has been titrated, add starch indicator
(Section 7.2.4) dropwise to form a pale blue color.
Continue the titration with die thiosulfate. The end point is
reached when the blue color first disappears.
7.2.1.2 J Calculate the sulfide concentration as follows:
Sulfide (pmol/mL) - (W' x ' x'«» Mmoles
V,-,,, 2 equiv S 1 mmole
where T 3 volume of titrant used for the blank and sample (mL)
N * concentration of titrant
V = volume of sample used (mL), 2.00 mL recommended
7.2.2 Standard iodine solution, 0.025N - Dissolve 20 to 25 gram potassium iodide,
H, in a small volume of A+irmi-™* water, add 3.2 gram iodine, and dilute to
I,000 mL. Standardize against 0.025N sodium thiosulfate (Section 7.2.3)
AVS and SEM Procedure
December 3,1991
page 6
-------
7.2.3 Standard sodium thiosulfate solution, 0.025N. May be purchased
commercially or prepared in the laboratory. Standardize against potassium bi-
iodate. .
7.2.3.1 Weigh approximately 6.2 g of sodium thiosulfate, N%S20)-5 H20,
into a 500 mL beaker. Add 0.1 g sodium carbonate, NsjOOj, and
dissolve in 400 mL cleionized water. Pour into a 1.0 L volumetric
flask and dilute to volume with deionized water.
7.2.3.2 Standardization against potassium bi-iodate, KHCK^^.
7.2.3.2.1 Prepare 0.00208M potassium bi-iodate by dissolving
0.8123 g KHCIO^. previously dried 2 hr at 103-105X,
in distilled water. Pour into a 1.0 L volumetric and
dilute lo volume with deionized water.
7.2.3.2.2 Dissolve approximately 2 g KX, free from iodate, in an
etienmeyer flask with 100 to 150 mL deionized water.
Add 1 mL of 6N H2S04 or a few drops of concentrated
H2S04 and 20.00 mL of standard bi-iodate solution.
Dilute to 200 mL and titrate the liberated iodine with the
thiosulfate solution until the yellow color fades to a pale
straw color. Then add a couple (hops of starch indicator to
form a pale blue color and continue the titration with the
thiosulfate until the blue color first dasappesrs..
7.2.3.2.3 20.00 mL of 0.00208M KHCIO^ requires exactly 20.00
mL of 0.025N sodium thiosulfate. For an calculation of.
the thiosulfai e concentration use die following equation:
M(crg-\ . iKHqO^lmolciOiQO,), „12cqBhrlffl(IC^),,jooo,aL
' mL SjOf 389.9 f KH(IO,)j 1 mole KHflOsk 1L
7.2.4 Starch indicaior - Dissolve L0 gntm soluble starch in 100 mL boiling deionized
water.
7.2.5 Sulfide working standards - Prepare sulfide working standards using the sulfide
stock standard solution in Section 7.2.1. The concentrations of the following
standards will depend on the exaict concentration of the sulfide stock standard
determined in Section 7.2.1.2.5. Collect concentrations of the the standards in
the following part of this section and the amount of sulfide in standards used in
the colccimetric method in Section 12.23 by multiplying by a factor of the
concentration determined in Section 7.2.1.2.5 divided by 50 jimoIes/mL
AVS and SEM Procedure
December 2,1991
page 7
-------
7.2.5.1 Prepare sulfide working standard A by diluting 1.00 mL of qiH5A»
stock standard to 100.0 ml- This solution contains 0.5 jimole
sulfide/mL, if the concentration of the giifiH* stock standard is exactly
0.05M.
7.2.5.2 Prepare sulfide working standard B by diluting 10.00 mL of
stock standard to 100.0 mL. This solution contains 5.0 jimole
sulfkJe/mL, if the concentration of the stock standard is exactly
0.05M.
7.3 AYS evolution
7.3.1 Hydrochloric acid 6M • Dilute 500 mL of concentrated hydrochloric acid (9.
gr. 1.19) to 1L with deionized water. Dearation of this solution as described in
Sections 7.1 and 11.4 is most important
7.3.2 Nitrogen or argon gas, oxygen free, with regulator and flow controller. An
oxygen gas scrubber may be required and is available commercially or
deoxygenating solutions may be placed in die first flask or gas washing bottle in
the analytical train.
7.3.3 Plastic hypodermic syringe, 30 mL, and needle.
7.4 Gravimetric method
7.4.1 Potassium acid phthalate, 0.05M - Dissolve 10.2 g of potassium acid phthalate,
KHCgH404> in deionized water and dilute to 1L.
7.4.2 Silver nitrate, 0.1M - Dissolve 17 g of silver nitrate, AgNOj, in deionized water
and dilute to 1L. Store in a dark bottle.
7.4.3 Glass fiber filters, 1.2 micron - Rinse with deionized water, then predry filters
at 103-105*G
7.5 Colcriznetric method
7.5.1 Sodium hydroxide solution, 1M - Dissolve 40 g sodium hydroxide in 1000 mL
deionized water.
7.5.2 Sodium hydroxide solution, 0.5M - Dissolve 20 g sodium hydroxide in 1000
mL deionized water.
7.5.3 Mixed diamine reagent, MDR
7.5.3.1 Component A - Add 660 mL concentrated sulfuric acid to 340 mL of
deionized water. After the solution cools, dissolve 2.25 g N-N-
dimethy-p-phenylenediamine oxalate in it
AVS and SEM Procedure
December 2,1991
page 8
-------
7.5.3.2 Component B - Dissolve 5.4 g ferric chloride hexahydrate (FeC^*6
H20) in 100 mL concentrated hydrochloric acid and dilute to 200 mL
with deionized water.
7.5.3.3 Mixed diamine reagrat, MDR - Mix components A and B.
7.5.4 Sulfuric acid solution, l.QM - Dilute 56 mL concentrated sulfuric acid (HjSO^)
to 1L with deionized water.
7.6 Ion-selective electrode method
7.6.1 Sodium hydroxide solution - Dissolve 80 g of sodium hydroxide in 700 mL of
deionized water wiA caution. Cool £0 room temperature.
7.6.2 Sulfide anti-oxidant buffer (5SAOB) - To the sodium hydroxide solution in
Section 7.6.1 add and dissolve 74.45 g of diisodhnn ethylenediaminetetraacetic
acid and 3523 g of ascorbic acid. Dilute to 1L with deionized water.
8. SAMPLE COLLECTION, PRESERVATION AND STORAGE
8.1 Sulfide ion is unstable in the presence of oxygen. Protect sediment samples from
exposure to oxygen during sample collection and storage.
8.2 During storage sulfide can be formed or lost due to biological activity and sulfide can be
lost by volatilization or oxidation. Metil speciation can change as a result of changes in
sulfide concentration and as a result of other changes in the sample.
8.3 Samples should be collected in wide mouth Jars with a mimraum of air space above the
sediment If possible, the headspace should be filial with oxygen free nitrogen or
argon. The jar lids must have Teflon or polyethylene liners.
8.4 Samples should be cooled to 4*C as soon as possible after collection. Samples
maintained ait 4*C have been found to have no significant loss of AYS for storage
periods up to 2 weeks (3). Holding time for samples should not exceed 14 days.
9. CALIBRATION AND STANDARDIZATION
9.1 Calibrate the photometer with a minimum of four standards and a blank that cover the
expected range of the samples. Prepare a calibration graph relating absorbance 10 the
limoles of sulfide taken.
9.2 Calibrate the sulfide electrode system with a minimum of three standards that cover the
expected range of the samples. Standards must be made up in SAOB diluted 1+1 with
deionized water. Follow the manufacturer's instructions for use of the electrode.
AVS and SEM Procedure
December 2,1991
-------
9.3 Overall sulfide recovery is determined by analysis of a known amount of mfinm
sulfide standard added to deionized water from which the sulfide is liberated in the
analysis train (LFB). Recoveries of 95% ± 10% are expected.
10. QUALITY CONTROL
10.1 Each laboratory using this method is required to operate a formal quality control (QQ
program. The minimum requirement of this program consists of an initial
demonstration of laboratory capability, and the analysis of laboratory reagent
fortified blanks and fortified sampire as a continuing check on performance. The
laboratory is required to maintain performance records that define the quality of data
thus generated.
10.2 INITIAL DEMONSTRATION OF PERFORMANCE
10.2.1 The initial demonstration of performance is used to characterize instrument
performance, method detection limits, and linear calibration ranges.
10.2.2 Method detection limit (MDL) - The method detection limit should be
established for the analyte, using deionized water (blank) fortified at a
concentration two to five times the estimated detection limit (10). Todetennine
MDL values, take seven replicate afiqooe of the fortified reagent water and
process through the entire analytical method. Perform all calculations and
report the concentration values in the appropriate units. Calrailaie the MDL as
follows:
MDL * t x s
where, t * students' t value for a 99% confidence level and a standard deviation
with n-1 degrees of freedom (t - 3.14 for seven repiicatesX and
s » standard deviation of the replicate analyses.
Method detection limits should be determined every six months or whenever a
significant change in background or instrument response b expected.
10.2.3 Linear calibration ranges - The upper limit of die linear calibration range should
be established by determining the signal responses from a minimum of four
different concentration standards covering the expected range, one of which is
close to the upper limit The linear calibration range that may be used for the
analysis of samples should be judged by the analyst from resulting data. Linear
calibration ranges should be determined every six months or whenever a
significant change in instrument response may be expected.
AVS and SEM Procedure
December 2,1991
P*Se 10
-------
10.3 ASSESSING LABORATORY PERFORMANCE - REAGENT AND FORTIFIED
BLANKS
10.3.1 Laboratory reagent blank (LRB) - The laboratory most analyze at least ore
laboratory reagent blank (Section 3.4) with each set of samples. Reagent blank
data are used to assess contamination from the laboratory environment and
reagents. If an analyte value iin die reagent blank exceeds its determined MDL,
then laboratory or reagent contamination should be suspected. Any determined
source of contamination should be corrected and the samples reanalyzed.
10.3.2 Laboratory fortified blank (LFB) - The laboratory most analyze at least one
laboratory fortified blank (Section 3.7) with each set of 20 samples.
accuracy as percent recovery. If the recovery of the analyte falls outside the
control limits (Section 10.33), the analyte is judged to be out of control, and
the source of the problem should be identified and resolved before continuing
analyses.
10.3.3 Until sufficient data become available from within their own laboratory (usually
a minimum of twenty to thirty analyses), the laboratory should assess
laboratory performance against recovery limits of 85-105%. When sufficient
internal performance data becomes available, develop control limits from the
mean recovery (x) and the standard deviation (s) of the mean recovery. These
data are used to establish upper imd lower control limits as follows:
UPPER CONTROL LIMIT « x + 3s
LOWER CONTROL LD-CET « x - 3s
After each five to ten new recovery measurements, new control limits should be
calculated using only the most recent twenty to thirty data points.
10.4 ASSESSING ANALYTE RECOVERY - LABORATORY FORTIFIED SAMPLE
MATRIX
10.4.1 The laboratory must fortify a minimum of 10% of die routine samples or one
fortified sample per set of 20 samples, whichever is greater. At least one
sample from each source should be fortified. Ideally, die concentration should
at least double die background concentration. Over time, samples from all
routine sample sources should be fortified.
10.4.2 Calculate the percent recovery for the analyte, corrected for background
concentrations measured in the unfortified sample, and compare these values to
die control limits established in Section 1033 for the analyses of LFB s. Spike
recovery calculations are not required if die spike concentration is less than 10%
AVS and SEM Procedure
December 2,1991
pagell
-------
of the sample background concentration. Percent recovery may be calculated in
units appropriate to the matrix, using the following equation:
R . (C- " C>) x 100
s
where
R » percent recoveiy,
C, m fortified sample concentration,
Cfc * sample background concentration,
S » concentration equivalent of the fortified sample.
10.4.3 If the recovery of the analyte in the fortified sample fells outside the
range, and the laboratory pcrfcRiusnse oo the 1JFB for the analyte is shown 10
be in control (Section 10.3) the recovery problem encountered with the fortified
sample is judged to be matrix related, not system related.
11. GENERATION OF HjS
11.1 Assemble glassware according to the detection method to be used. Hie setup in Figure
1 should be followed as a general guide. In all cases a flask or gas washing >*XTlr
containing a deoxygenating solution may be placed in the sample train between the
nitrogen or argon tank and the first flask. Glassware is specified in Section 6.1.1. bis
recommended that nitrogen or argon be controlled by a flow controller, but an
equivalent flow rate may be regulated by a damp and bubble rate determined, hi all
cases the glassware will minimally consist of a H2S generating flask and a series of
traps.
11.1.1 Gravimetric method - The first flask contains the sediment or Mwfairi
The second flask contains 173-200mL of potassium hydrogen phthalate reagent
7.4.1 as an HQ trap. The third and fourth flasks contain 175-200 mL of silver
nitrate reagent 7.4.2. If glassware specified in Section 6.1.1.1 is used, the
second flask is a gas washing bottle and the third and fourth flasks are
infringers.
11.1.2 Cokximetric method - The first flask contains the sediment sample or standard.
The second and third flask contain an absorbant of 80 mL 0.5M NaOH reagent
7.52. If glassware specified in Section 6.1.1.1 is used, the second and third
flasks are infringers.
AVS and SEM Procedure
December 2,1991
page 12
-------
11.1.3 ton-selective electrode method - The first flask contains the sample or
standard. The second and third flask contain an absorbant of SO mL SAOB
reagent 7.62 and 30 mL dtrionized water. If glassware specified in Section
6.1.1.1 is used, the secood aiad third flasks are impingers.
112 One hundred milliliters (100 mL) of deiorared water and a magnetic stirring bar are
added to the flask that will contain tihe .sedimmt. The total volume of doomed water
plus water contained in the wet sedkeent sample should not exceed 120 mL to minimize
differences in acid concentration amcng samples. For the computation of the volume of
water contained in the wet sediment, see Section 133. The traps are filled and
tlcaamed by bubbling nitrogen or anion for 10 minute* at a flowrate of 100 cnP/mm.
Reduce flow to 40 cn^/min.
11.3 Weigh approximately 10 g of wet sediment on an analytical balance. Record weight to
die nearest milligram. If AVS concentration is high, a smaller amount of sediment may
be required; use of sediment samples smaller than 1-2 grams is not recommended due
to sulfide oxidation and sample heterogeneity. Use of large sediment samples is not
recommended because significant amounts of acid may be neutralized. Place sediment
in the standard taper round bottom flask or the Eriemneyer flask fitted with die thistle
tube or separately funnel. Parafilm has been found to be free of sulfide (4). Weigh
samples on 2 x 2 inch pieces of parafilm and introduce the parafilm and sample to the
Rinsing the sample into the flask is not recommended. Purge the sample for 10
with nitrogen or argon at a fknvrate of 40 cnP/min. Stop the flow of gas.
11.4 Using a 30 mL syringe, inject 20 miL of 6M HQ, which has been bubbled with
nitrogen or argon gas for 30 minutes, into the reactor through the septum. If the
apparatus described in Section 6.1.1.1 is used, add die HQ from the thistle tube or the
separatory funnel. Bubble nitrogen or argon through the sample for 1 hour at a
flowrate of 20 cnP/cnin ani magnetically stir the sample at the same time.
llj Analyze sulfide contained in sulfide trap by the appropriate analytical procedure in
Section 1^^
12. ANALYSIS OF SULFIDE
12.1 Gravimetric method
12.1.1 Insure that the final trap, the second silver nitrate trap, contains no precipitate.
12.1.2 Filter the silver sulfide contained in the first sulfide trap through a pre weighed
12 micron filter. Rinse filter with deionized water. Dry at 103-105"C and
weigh.
AVS and SEM Procedure
December 2,1991
page 13
-------
12.1.3 Calculate the amount of silver sulfide as the difference between the weight of
silver sulfide and the filter and the weight of the prcdried filter.
12.1.4 Calculate the amount of sulfide in the sample:
Sulfide in wet sediment (junoles) *
247.8
12.2 Coiorimetric method
12.2.1 If the AVS concentration is low so that the sulfide contained in the tube trap is
less than 15 junoles, add 10 mL of the mixed diamine reagent (MDR) directly to
the NaOH solution in each trap tube to develop the color. Transfer this solution
to a 100 mL volumetric flask and dilute to the mark with deioni7gd water. If the
sulfide contained in the NaOH in the tube trap exceeds 18 }imoles, transfer die
NaOH in each tube trap to a 100 mL volumetric flask. Rinse the trap with
deaerated 0.5M NaOH and dilute to volume with NaOH. An appropriate
volume aliquot of this solution is used for the analysis. In this case, the aliquot
is transferred to a 100 mL volumetric flask, sufficient 0.5M NaOH is added so
that the total volume is 80 mL, 10 mL MDR is added, and the solution is diluted
to 100 mL with deionized water. Use of samples smaller than 1-2
grams is not reoommended due to sulfide oxidation and sample heterogeneity.
12.2.2 After 30 minutes, but before two hours have elapsed* measure the absorfaance
of light at 670 am using a half-inch diameter or 1 cm rectangular
spectrophotometer celL
12.2.3 If the absorbance of the sample is greater than 0.6, dilute 10-fold with 1.0M
H2S04 and compare to the high range calibration curve.
12.2.4 Normally, the sulfide concentration in second trap tube is close to the blank
value in this procedure and is not significant in calculating the concentration of
sulfide. If a significant color is developed, the flow rate and amount of sulfide
in the standard or sediment should be chocked
12.2.5 Reparation of calibration curve - The indicated amounts of sulfide are based on
a 0.05M concentration of the sulfide stock standard solution. The procedure
indicated in Section 7.2JS should be used to calculate the exact amount of
sulfide in each of the standards.
12.2.5.1 Low range calibration curve - 0.0 - 23 iimoles S2" (0.0 - 80 |ig S2*)
Add 80 mL 0JS N sodium hydroxide to each of a series of 100 mL of
flasks and add 0.00, 1.00, 2.00, 3.00,4.00, and 5.00 mL of sulfide
working standard A to these flasks. These samples contain 0.00,
AVS and SEM Procedure
December 2,1991
page 14
-------
0.50, 1.00,1.50, 2.00, and 2.50 iimoles S2", respectively. Add 10.0
mL of MDR to each and dilute to 100.00 mL with water.
After 30 minutes, measure the absorbance at 670 nm.
12.2.5.2 High range calibration curve - 0.0 • 20.0 ^imoles S2*
(0.0 - 640 }ig S2*)
Add 80 mL 0J5M sodium hydroxide in 100 mL flasks and add 0.00,
1.00,2.00,3.00 and 4.00 mL of mWA* working standard B to these
flasks. These samples contain 0.0, 5.00, 10.00, 15.00, and 20.00
Iimoles S2*, respectively. Add 10.0 mL of MDR and dilute to UXL00
mL with deiomzad water. After 30 minutes, dilute the solution 10-
fold wi A 1.0M H2SO4, and measure the absorbance at 670 nm.
12.2.6 Calculate the amount of sulfide (junoles) in die sample from the caiifaKtiVm
curve. If the total volume of NaOH in the trap was not used in die analysis,
account for the portion tested.
12.3 Ion-selective electrode method
12.3.1 Calibrate the sulfide electrode and meter according to manufacturer's
recommendations, using sulfide standards prepared in SAOB reagent 7.6l2
dflmod 1:1 with deiooixed water.
12.3.2 Transfer the contents of each sulfide trap into a 100-mL volumetric flask. Rinse
the trap with deiooized water, lidding die rinses to the volumetric flask. Dilute
to volume with deiooized water .
12.3.3 Pour contents of volumetric flask into a 150-mL beaker, add a stirring bar and
place on stirrer. Begin stirring with minimum agitation to avoid entxainment of
air into the solution and minimize oxidation of die sample during the
measurement
12.3.4 Rinse sulfide and reference electrodes into waste container and bloc dry with
absorbent tissue. Immerse electrodes in sample solution.
12.3.5 Allow electrode response to stabilize (8-10 minutes), then take measurement of
sulfide concentration. Depending on the meter used, the reading may be
directly in concentration units if die meter is in the concentration mode and a 2-
point calibration has been performed. If the readings are in millivolts, convert
millivolts to concentration using the calibration curve obtained from standard
solutions.
12.3.6 Calculate die amount of sulfide (jiimoles) in the sample.
AVS and SEM Procedure
December?., 1991
page 15
-------
13. CALCULATION OF AVS CONCENTRATION IN SEDIMENTS
13.1 The sediment dry weight/wet weight ratio (R) most be determined separately. Add
volatile sulfide can be oxidized or altered to non-volatile forms during drying.
13.2 Transfer an aliquot of the sediment to a tared 100-mL tared evaporating dish. Weigh
the dish plus the wet sediment Calculate the wet weight of the sample. Dry the
sediment at 103-105"C and weigh. Calculate the dry weight of sediment.
13.3 Determine theratioofdry weight to wet weight for the sediment sample:
where R =• ratio of dry weight to wet weight,
Wd » dry weight of sediment sample (g), and
Ww s wet weight of sediment sample (g).
Also, the weight of water, Wwlte, taken in a sample for AVS analysis can be calculated.
If the weight of the wet sediment sample taken for the AVS analysis is W^the
weight of water contained in the sediment sample would be
W^'W^-CRxWJ
The volume of water in the sample equals the weight of water, assuming the density is
near unity.
13.4 Compute the sulfide concentration per gram dry weight of sediment:
AVS Oimoles/g)- R^w
where £ »«mnnnt of AVS in wiiment jimoles) from Section 12.1.4.
12^.6, or 12.3.6, as appropriate,
R * ratio of dry weight so wet weight from Section 13.3, and
Ww « wet weight of sediment (g) taken foe AVS analysis.
13 .5 The QC data obtained during the analysis provides an indication of the quality of the
sample data and should be provided with the sample results.
14. DETERMINATION OF SIMULTANEOUSLY EXTRACTED METALS (SEM)
14.1 After the generation of sulfide has been completed, filter the sediment suspension
remaining in the HjS generation flask (Section 11.4) through a 0.2 p. membrane: filter
AVS and SEM Procedure
December 2,1991
page 16
-------
resistant to attack by acid. The filtering apparatus should be soaked in 0.1M HNO3,
then rinsed with deionized water prior to use.
14.2 Transfer the filtrate to a 250-mL volumetric flask. Rinse the filtering with
water, adding the rinses to the volumetric flask. Dilute to volume with deionized water.
The volumetric flasks should be soaked in 0.1M HNO3, then rinsed with
water prior to use. Samples should be analyzed within 2 weeks.
14.3 Determine the concentrations of sulfide! binding metals of interest and those which, 00 a
molar basis, are present at more than 1 percent of the AVS concentration. Do doc
include iron and manganese whose sulfides are less stable than are the of many
trace metals. Metals which may typically be included is SEM are copper,
lead, mercury, nickel and zinc. In addition, antimony, bismuth and chromium, among
others, form insoluble sulfides. If significant concentrations of these or other metals
forming insoluble sulfides are present, their concentrations should be taken into account
in the computation of SEM. However, if these or other metals which are not divalent
are present in significant concentrations, the computation in Section 14.5 must be
modified to account for the stoichiometry. Metal concentrations may be determined by
by atomic absorption, inductive coupled plasma spectrometic, or another approved
method (6, 7). Calibration may be by the method of standard additions or by a
calibration curve If a calibration curve: is used, matrix match standards to samples by
including 20 mL of 6M HO per 100 mL for each of the calibration standards. Convert
Hg/L concentration values to iimofes^L Multiply the ^mnles/L by the solution volume
to obtain the pmoles of metaL
14.4 Report the concentrations of each of the metals in the sediment on a jimole per gram dry
sediment (jimole/g) basis.
14.5 Calculate the ratio of SEM to AVS:
SEM ^ XEmetai]
AVS * AVS
where SEM is the sum of the concentrations of metals, £ [metal], for the metals
(e.g., cadmium, copper, lead, mercury, nickel and zinc) in Section 14.4 and
AVS is the acid volatile sulfide concentration determined in Section 13.4.
Both SEM and AVS are expressed on a|imoie per gram dry sediment Ounol/g) bans.
Because memls present in the pore will be included in the analysis, the ratio could be
less than that if correction were made for this contribution. This will lead to a
conservative estimation of potential bioavailability (1).
AVS and SEM Procedure
December 2, 1991
page 17
-------
15. REFERENCES
1. DiToro, D.M., J.D. Mahony, DJ. Hansen, KJ. Scott, MB. Hicks, S.M. Mayr and
M.S. Redmond, "Toxicity of Cadmium in Sediments: The Role of Acid Volatile
Sulfide", Environmental Toxicology and Chemistry, 1990,9, 1487-1502.
2. Morse, ^-W., F J. Millero, J.C. Corn well and D. Rickird, me Chemistry of the
Hydrogen Sulfide and Iron Sulfide System in Natural Waters", Earth Science Review,
1987,24, 1-42.
3. Allen, RE., G. Fu and B. Deng, "Determination of Acid Volatile Sulfide (AVS) in
Sediment", Report to Enviroameajal Protection Agency Office of Water Regulations
and Standards, Washington, December 1990, 26 pages; Allen, H P. , G. Fu and B.
Deng, "Determination of Acid Volatile Sulfide (AVS) and Simultaneously Extracted
Metals (SEM) in Sediments", presented at the 12th Annual Meeting of the Society of
Environmental Toxicology and Chemistry", Seattle, 1991.
4. Boothman, W.S., "Acid-volatile Sulfide Determination in Sediments Using Sulfide-
specific Electrode Detection", U.S. Environmental Protection Agency Environmental
Research Laboratory, Narragansett, R.L, nnriatffd, 8 pages.
5. Bauminn, E.W., "Determination of Parts Per Billion Sulfide in Water with the Sulfide -
Selective Electrode", Analytical Chemistry, 1974,46,1345-1347.
6. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. "Methods for Analysis of Waiter and
Wastes", EPA-600/4-79-020, revised March 1983.
7. "Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater", 17th edition,
APHA, AWWA, WPCF, 1989.
8. Comwell, J.C. and J.W. Morse, "The Characterization of Iron Sulfide Minerals in
Anoxic Marine Sediments", Marine Chemistry, 1987,22,193-206.
9. Sax, NX and R.L Lewis, Sr. "Dangerous Properties of Industrial Materials, 5th. cd..
Van Nostrand Reinhold, New York, 1989.
10. Code of Federal Regulations 40, Ch. 1, Pl 136, Appendix B.
AVS and SEM Procedure
December 2,1991
page 18
-------
SOP-A2:
Sediment Bioaccumulation Test with Lumbriculus variegates
(EPA-600-R-99-064)
-------
This page intentionally left blank.
-------
PROTOCOL LV-BIO-Ol
SEDIMENT BIO ACCUMULATION TEST WITH Lumbriculus variegatus
EPA/600/R-99/064
1. TEST OBJECTIVE
To assess the toxicity and bioaccumulative effects of a whole sediment sample to an aquatic
oligochaete species.
1.1 Detection Limits
Detection limits of the toxicity of a sediment or chemical are organism dependent.
1.2 Definitions
Refer to Appendix A of EA SOP Manual (EA 2010).
2.0 INTERFERENCES
Improperly cleaned glassware and sampling equipment can add toxicity to sediment. Improper
sample collection, handling and storage also can affect the bioavailability of contaminants in
sediment. Sediment grain size and texture may influence the response of test organisms. Test
temperature and the addition of food, water or solvents to the test chambers may alter
bioavailability of toxicants. Excess food can promote the growth of bacteria. The presence of
indigenous organisms in the sediment may affect survival or growth of test organisms and
confound test results. Other naturally occurring chemical characteristics such as ammonia and
sulfide can modify organism response.
3.0 TEST EQUIPMENT
3.1 Environmental chamber capable of maintaining target test temperature, lighting and
photoperiod.
3.2 Glassware (large diameter pipets, 1-L beakers)
3.3 Meters capable of measuring temperature, pH, dissolved oxygen and conductivity.
3.4 Oil free air supply to aerate overlying water.
3.5 Aeration equipment with glass pipets
3.6 Siphon bulb
3.7 Forceps
3.8 Sieve
EA Engineering, Science,
and Technology, Inc.
Protocol Revision 1
September 2010
Page 1 of 9
-------
PROTOCOL LV-BIO-Ol
4.0 TEST ARTICLE
4.1 Description/Identification
Unless otherwise specified, the test material is supplied by the client. The test article is a whole
sediment sample. Adequate chemical specifications with special reference to hazardous
properties and storage conditions are also supplied by the client. When available, information on
the stability, composition, or other characteristics which define the test article are on the file with
the client.
4.2 Methods of Synthesis
The test article is a sediment sample. Information on the method of synthesis, stability,
composition, or other characteristics which define the test article are on file with the client.
4.3 Sample Preparation, Collection, Preservation, Shipment and Storage
Depending upon the project, the sediment may be screened through a suitably sized sieve to
remove large particles and indigenous organisms, and then homogenized before being placed in
the test chambers. Sediment and overlying water may be added to test vessels 24 hours prior to
introduction of test organisms in order to allow suspended sediments to settle.
Sediment samples analyzed by this method have a recommended holding time of eight weeks
from end time of collection to first use. Sediment samples are cooled to 4°C and shipped via
overnight courier to ensure temperature less than 6°C at receipt. When not being used for testing
sediment samples are stored in the dark at 4°C.
When EA personnel are responsible for sample collection, the sample collection procedures will
follow guidelines specified in accordance with EPA guidelines (EPA-600-R-99-064).
5. EXPERIMENTAL DESIGN
5.1 Test Organisms
5.1.1 Species
The test species is an aquatic oligochaete species, as specified by the project study plan. A
commonly tested oligochaete species is Lumbriculus variegatus.
EA Engineering, Science,
and Technology, Inc.
Protocol Revision 1
September 2010
Page 2 of 9
-------
PROTOCOL LV-BIO-Ol
5.1.2 Source
The oligochaete organisms used for toxicity tests are obtained from a biological supplier or from
in-house laboratory cultures as specified in the final report.
5.1.3 Holding Conditions
Acquired organisms are transferred to holding tanks of fresh water upon receipt at EA's Culture
Facility. Prior to use in testing, organisms are held in the laboratory a minimum of 24 hours and
are gradually acclimated to testing conditions. During the holding period, dead or unhealthy
organisms are removed as observed and recorded on appropriate log sheets as part of the quality
control program. Certain regulatory or project specific objectives may require organism
acclimation to the dilution water when it is different from the holding/culture water.
5.2 Test Concentration Series
L. variegatus is exposed in replicate chambers to whole sediment samples. A reference and/or
laboratory sediment may also be evaluated.
5.3 Overlying Water
Overlying water for sediment tests is either dechlorinated tap water, moderately hard synthetic
freshwater, or an appropriate receiving water. Batches of synthetic fresh water are prepared
using the formulation in US EPA (2002).
The source of the dechlorinated tap water is the City of Baltimore municipal water system. Upon
entry to the laboratory, the water passes through a high-capacity, activated carbon filtration
system to remove chlorine and possible organic contaminants. This water source has proven safe
for aquatic organism toxicity testing at EA, as evidenced by maintenance of multigeneration
Daphnia sp. and fathead minnow cultures with no evident loss of fecundity. The dechlorinated
tap water or deionized tap water is mixed with commercially available synthetic sea salts to a
salinity specified by the project study plan.
5.4 Test Vessels and Test Volume
Test chambers can range from 1-L beakers to 5-gallon aquaria, depending on the tissue
requirement of each specific study, which contain enough sediment to provide an even layer of
approximately 2-5 cm on the bottom of each chamber. Overlying water is added to each replicate
to bring the total volume to at least half to two-thirds the total chamber volume.
EA Engineering, Science,
and Technology, Inc.
Protocol Revision 1
September 2010
Page 3 of 9
-------
PROTOCOL LV-BIO-Ol
5.5 Test Organism Size and Number
Test organisms should be approximately equal in size and should provide enough tissue per
replicate for the selected chemical analyses after the test exposure period. The toxicity test is
typically conducted with five replicates per test sediment and reference or laboratory sediment,
with at least 5 grams of organism tissue per replicate.
5.6 Test Environment
The test vessels are maintained in an environmentally controlled laboratory with a 16-hour light,
8-hour dark photoperiod. Temperature within the environmental room is monitored continuously
using temperature recorders and is maintained at 23±1°C (unless a different project-specific
temperature is required).
5.7 Test Procedures and Observations
Test organisms are randomly distributed into the test chambers 24 hours after addition of the
sediment and overlying water to the test vessels. The ratio of total organic carbon in sediment to
dry weight of organisms at the start of the test should be no less than 50:1. Test organisms are
not fed during testing. Gentle aeration should be initiated in all replicates if the dissolved oxygen
level in any replicate drops below 2.5 mg/L. Test chambers are examined daily for general
organism appearance and behavior and obvious organism mortality.
Depending on project-specific requirements, the overlying water may be renewed during the test.
Renewals are accomplished by siphoning the overlying water from each tank to a level
approximately 2 cm above the sediment surface. Fresh overlying water is then slowly introduced
to each tank so as not to disturb the sediment surface. The minimum renewal schedule is two
volume additions per day. Alternatively, the test may be conducted under a continuous flow-
through system if required by the project.
Samples of overlying water from each test sediment and reference or laboratory sediment may be
analyzed for conductivity, alkalinity, hardness, ammonia, and total residual chlorine.
Measurements of water quality are taken at test initiation and daily thereafter for dissolved
oxygen, pH, temperature, and conductivity from a minimum of one replicate of each test
sediment and reference or laboratory sediment. Analytical determinations are conducted
according to APHA et al. (2005) and US EPA (1979). Aliquots of overlying water may be gently
aerated, if necessary, to maintain dissolved oxygen levels at or above 2.5 mg/L.
The toxicity test terminates after the 28 day exposure period. The test duration may be extended
at the request of the client. Test organisms are recovered from the test chambers, transferred to
clean freshwater chambers (one chamber per replicate), and held at least 24 hours to purge the
digestive tracts. The organisms are not fed during the purge period and any organisms that die
EA Engineering, Science,
and Technology, Inc.
Protocol Revision 1
September 2010
Page 4 of 9
-------
PROTOCOL LV-BIO-Ol
during this time are recorded and removed if possible. Organisms are then removed from the
holding tanks and processed accordingly for the chemical analyses.
5.8 Data Analysis
Statistical analyses can be performed on chemical concentrations analyzed in each sediment
sample. An analysis of variance (ANOVA) and t-Test are used to analyze significance of effects
between the control sediment and a single test sediment (US EPA 2002). Alternatively, Tukey's
Test may be performed to check the difference between all pairs of treatments. Other appropriate
statistical analyses may be performed. The statistical methods used are specified in the final
report.
6.0 FINAL REPORT
The final report is prepared to contain, at a minimum, the following information:
• Objectives and procedures stated in the approved protocol, including
any changes made to the original protocol
• Identity of the test article(s) by name or code number and their strength
(i.e., quality/purity), and a description of any pretreatment
• Source of the overlying water, its chemical characteristics, and a
description of any pretreatment
• Test treatments used and duration of the assay
• Organism tissue mass per replicate
• Water quality characteristics (pH, dissolved oxygen, temperature, etc.) of
overlying water from reference, control, and test sediment treatments
• Any unforeseen circumstances that may have affected the quality or integrity of
the study
• Signature of the project manager, senior technical reviewer, and quality control
officer authorizing release of the report
• Location of all archived data and the original copy of the final report at EA
EA Engineering, Science,
and Technology, Inc.
Protocol Revision 1
September 2010
Page 5 of 9
-------
PROTOCOL LV-BIO-Ol
Items of data to be included in the report consist of experimental design and test performance,
effects on general appearance of test organisms (if applicable), morbidity and mortality, and
presentation of water quality characteristics.
7. QUALITY ASSURANCE
7.1 Amendments to Protocol
Amendments to the authorized protocol established by EA or by the client are made only after
proper authorization. Such authorization is achieved by completion of the Protocol Amendment
Form by EA after consultation with the client.
7.2 Standard Operating Procedures
Unless otherwise specified, all procedures given in the protocol are subject to detailed Standard
Operating Procedures (SOPs) which are contained in the SOP manuals of the participating
departments. These SOPs and protocols generally follow the type of requirements in the US
EPA's Good Laboratory Practice Standards (GLPs) (US EPA 1989).
7.3 Reference Toxicant
A reference toxicant test, utilizing copper chloride or another appropriate chemical is used as an
internal quality check of the sensitivity of the test organisms. Testing is conducted on each
population of organisms purchased for testing from an outside source if reference toxicant data
are not available from the supplier on the acquired lot. The results of each test are compared
with historical, species-specific toxicological information from reference toxicant tests
performed at EA, to determine if the results are within acceptable limits. Limits are established
using the control charts outlined in US EPA (2002).
7.4 Quality Assurance Evaluation
Studies conducted under this protocol may be subject to internal audit by EA's Quality
Assurance Unit. A quality control officer is responsible for monitoring each study to assure the
client that the facilities, equipment, personnel, methods, practices, records, and controls are in
conformance with EA's QC program and, if applicable, EPA's GLPs.
7.5 Inspection by Regulatory Authorities
In the event of an inspection of EA by an outside authority during the course of the study, the
client whose study is being inspected will be consulted before examiners are permitted access to
any of the project records or the experimental areas.
EA Engineering, Science,
and Technology, Inc.
Protocol Revision 1
September 2010
Page 6 of 9
-------
PROTOCOL LV-BIO-Ol
7.6 Corrective Action
Corrective action is initiated when a quality control measure is determined to be outside of a
predetermined acceptance range. Corrective action may result from internal or external
activities. Procedures for handling out-of-control data are detailed in section 11 of the laboratory
Quality Assurance and Standard Operating Procedures Manual.
7.7 Archives
Copies of project-specific records shall be transferred to the client promptly after the project is
completed or as negotiated and budgeted. Original primary data are retained at EA for 5 years.
Primary data include chain-of-custody records, laboratory data sheets, records, memoranda,
notes, photographs, microfilm, and computer printouts that are a result of the original
observations and activities of the study and which are necessary for the reconstruction and
evaluation of the study report.
7.8 Location
Studies are conducted at the Ecotoxicology Laboratory of EA Engineering, Science, and
Technology, Inc. at the Loveton Office in Sparks, Maryland.
8.0 HEALTH AND SAFETY
8.1 Safety
All laboratory staff members are required to read EA's laboratory safety manual (EA 1993 or
most recent version) prior to working in the laboratory. The safety manual includes general
safety rules to be followed in the laboratory, procedures for cleaning up spills and reporting
accidents, the location and use of safety equipment, and the safe handling and storage of
chemicals. A copy of the safety manual is located in the testing laboratory.
8.2 Pollution Prevention and Waste Management
Wastes generated by the laboratory during toxicity testing must be properly handled and disposed
of in accordance with the laboratory safety manual and applicable local, state, and federal
regulations. Procedures for water disposal is detailed in the laboratory Quality Assurance and
Standard Operating Procedures Manual.
EA Engineering, Science,
and Technology, Inc.
Protocol Revision 1
September 2010
Page 7 of 9
-------
PROTOCOL LV-BIO-Ol
9. SPECIFICATIONS OF THE SEDIMENT BIOACCUMULATION TEST WITH
AN AQUATIC OLIGOCHAETE SPECIES
9.1 Basic References
American Public Health Association (APHA) American Waterworks Association, Water
Envrionment Federation. 2005. Standard Methods for Examination of Water and
Wastewater, 21st or most recent version. APHA, Washington, D.C.
American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM). 2007. Standard Practice for Conducting
Acute Tests with Fishes, Macroinvertebrates, and Amphibians. ASTM Designation:
E729-93, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania.
American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM). 2005. Standard Method for Measuring the
Toxicity of Sediment Associated Contaminants with Freshwater Invertebrates. ASTM
Designation: E1706-05el, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania.
EA. 1993 (or most recent version). Chemical Hygiene Plan for the EA Aquatic Toxicology and
Biology Laboratories. EA Manual ATB-CHP. Internal document prepared by EA's
Ecotoxicology Laboratory, EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc., Sparks,
Maryland.
EA. 2010 (or most recent version). EA Ecotoxicology Laboratory Quality Assurance and
Standard Operating Procedures Manual. EA Manual ATS-102. Internal document
prepared by EA's Ecotoxicology Laboratory, EA Engineering, Science, and Technology,
Inc., Sparks, Maryland.
US EPA. 1979. Methods for Chemical Analysis of Water and Wastes. EPA/600/4-79/020. U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency, Washington, D.C.
US EPA. 1989. Toxic Substances Control Act (TSCA); Good Laboratory Practice Standards.
Title 40 CFR Part 792. Fed- Resist. 54(158): 34034-34074.
US EPA. 1994. Methods for Measuring the Toxicity and Bioaccumulation of Sediment-
associated Contaminants with Freshwater Invertebrates. EPA/600/R-94/024.
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Research and Development,
Duluth, Minnesota.
US EPA. 2002. Methods for Measuring the Acute Toxicity of Effluents and Receiving Waters
to Freshwater and Marine Organisms. Fifth Edition. EPA-821-R-02-012. U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Water, Washington, D.C.
EA Engineering, Science,
and Technology, Inc.
Protocol Revision 1
September 2010
Page 8 of 9
-------
PROTOCOL LV-BIO-Ol
9.2 Test Specifications
Test Organism:
Temperature:
Light Quality:
Light Intensity:
Photoperiod:
Overlying Water:
Aeration:
Test Container:
Test Volume:
Number of Replicates:
Number of Organisms per Container:
Feeding Regime:
Test Duration:
Endpoints:
Test Acceptability:
An aquatic oligochaete species, e.g., Lumbriculus
variegatus, as specified by the project study plan
23+PC
Wide-spectrum fluorescent light
50-100 f.c.
16-hour light, 8-hour dark
Laboratory fresh water or appropriate receiving
water
None unless DO in overlying water falls below
2.5 mg/L. Gentle aeration may be provided through
a 1-ml glass pipet, placed no closer than 2 cm above
the sediment surface
Dependent on project
1 L or more dependent on TOC.
5
Approximately 5 grams of organism tissue
None, unless determined necessary
28 days
Survival and bioaccumulated concentrations of
selected chemical parameters
Sufficient biomass at end of the test to conduct
analyses
EA Engineering, Science,
and Technology, Inc.
Protocol Revision 1
September 2010
Page 9 of 9
-------
This page intentionally left blank.
-------
SOP-A3:
28-Day Sediment Toxicity Test with Hyalella azteca
(EPA/600/R99/064)
-------
This page intentionally left blank.
-------
PROTOCOL HA-CH-01
28-DAY SEDIMENT TOXICITY TEST WITH Hyalella irjeea
(EPA/600/R-99/064)
1. TEST OBJECTIVE
To assess the toxicity of a sediment sample to Hyalella azteca and determine the effects on
survival, growth (determined by dry weight), and reproductive potential of the test organisms
compared to controls.
1.1 Detection Limits
Detection limits of the toxicity of a sediment or chemical are organism dependent.
1.2 Definitions
Refer to Appendix A of EA SOP Manual (EA 2010).
2.0 INTERFERENCES
Improperly cleaned glassware and sampling equipment can add toxicity to sediment. Improper
sample collection, handling and storage also can affect the bioavailability of contaminants in
sediment. Sediment grain size and texture may influence the response of test organisms. Test
temperature and the addition of food, water or solvents to the test chambers may alter
bioavailability of toxicants. Excess food can promote the growth of bacteria. The presence of
indigenous organisms in the sediment may affect survival or growth of test organisms and
confound test results. Other naturally occurring chemical characteristics such as ammonia and
sulfide can modify organism response.
3. TEST EQUIPMENT
3.1 Environmental chamber capable of maintaining target test temperature, lighting and
photoperiod.
3.2 Glassware (graduated cylinders, 3-L pitchers, volumetric flasks, pipettes, 300-ml lipless
beakers)
3.3 Water renewal system (Zumwalt et al. 1994)
3.4 Meters capable of measuring temperature, pH, dissolved oxygen and conductivity.
3.5 Oil free air supply for supplying test solutions if needed or to aerate samples with
supersaturated dissolved oxygen levels.
3.6 Siphon bulb
3.7 Pre-weighed aluminum weigh pans.
3.8 Forceps
3.9 Balance capable of weighing to O.OOOOlg.
3.10 Desiccator
3.11 Drying oven
EA Engineering, Science,
and Technology, Inc.
Protocol Revision 1
September 2010 Page 1 of 9
-------
PROTOCOL HA-CH-01
4. TEST ARTICLE
4.2 Description/Identification
Unless otherwise specified, the test material is supplied by the client. The test article is a whole
sediment sample. Adequate chemical specifications with special reference to hazardous
properties and storage conditions are also supplied by the client. When available, information on
the stability, composition, or other characteristics which define the test article are on the file with
the client.
4.2 Methods of Synthesis
Test article is a whole sediment sample. Information on the methods of synthesis, stability, and
composition or other characteristics which define the test article are on the file with the client.
4.3 Sample Collection, Preservation, Shipment and Storage
Depending upon the project, the sediment may be screened through a suitably sized sieve to
remove large particles and indigenous organisms, and homogenized before being placed in the
test chambers. Sediment and overlying water should be added to test vessels the day prior to
introduction of test organisms in order to allow suspended sediments to settle.
Sediment samples analyzed by this method have a recommended holding time of eight weeks
from end time of collection to first use. Sediment samples are cooled to 4°C and shipped via
overnight courier to ensure temperature less than 6°C at receipt. When not being used for testing
sediment samples are stored in the dark at 4°C.
When EA personnel are responsible for sample collection, the sample collection procedures will
follow guidelines specified in the client's NPDES permit, and in accordance with EPA guidelines
(EP A-821 -R-02-013).
5. EXPERIMENTAL DESIGN
5.1 Test Organisms
5.1.1 Species
The test species is the amphipod Hyalella azteca.
EA Engineering, Science,
and Technology, Inc.
Protocol Revision 1
September 2010
Page 2 of 9
-------
PROTOCOL HA-CH-01
5.1.2 Source
H. azteca used for toxicity tests are obtained from EA cultures or from a scientific organism
vendor as specified in the report.
5.1.3 Culturing and Holding Conditions
Stocks obtained from a scientific vendor are transferred into holding tanks containing hardwood
leaves which have been presoaked or boiled to remove tannins. The organisms are gradually
acclimated to testing conditions and to the overlying water used in testing. During the holding
period, the H. azteca are fed Tetramin flake food weekly in addition to the hardwood leaves.
Dead organisms or these displaying abnormal behavior, discoloration, or pronounced lethargy are
removed as observed, and recorded on appropriate log sheets as part of the laboratory quality
control program. Certain regulatory or project specific objectives may require organism
acclimation to the dilution water when it is different from the holding/culture water.
5.1.4 Age of Test Organisms at Test Initiation
Juvenile organisms, 7-8 days old, are used for toxicity testing.
5.2 Test Concentration Series
H. azteca are exposed in replicate chambers to sediment samples and to a laboratory or reference
sediment control. Screening assays may be conducted on whole sediment samples.
Alternatively, a definitive (multi-concentration test) may be conducted on a sample using a
laboratory or reference sediment to prepare the test concentrations.
5.3 Overlying Water
The overlying water is typically dechlorinated tap water. The source of the dechlorinated tap
water is the City of Baltimore municipal water system. Upon entry to the laboratory, the water
passes through a high-capacity, activated carbon filtration system to remove chlorine and other
possible organic contaminants. This water source has proven safe for aquatic organism toxicity
testing at EA, as evidenced by maintenance of multigeneration Hyalella azteca and Pimephales
promelas cultures with no evident loss of fecundity. Reconstituted fresh water or other overlying
water may be used depending on study requirements.
5.4 Test Vessels and Test Volume
Test vessels are typically 300 ml lipless beakers with 100 ml of sediment and 200 ml of
overlying water. The size of the test vessels, and the volume of sediment and overlying water
depends on the study requirements, and is specified in the final report. The ratio of sediment to
overlying water is usually 1:2.
EA Engineering, Science,
and Technology, Inc.
Protocol Revision 1
September 2010
Page 3 of 9
-------
PROTOCOL HA-CH-01
5.5 Test Organism Number
Tests are conducted using eight replicates per sediment sample with 10 organisms per chamber.
Organisms are transferred using a large diameter pipet and are randomly assigned to each test
chamber.
5.6 Test Environment
The test vessels are maintained in an environmentally controlled laboratory with a 16-hour light,
8-hour dark photoperiod. Temperature within the environmental room is monitored continuously
using temperature recorders and is maintained at 23±1°C (unless a different project-specific
temperature is required).
The day before test initiation, the sediment is loaded into the test chambers and overlying water
is carefully added to each chamber. Aeration may be provided to each test replicate through a
1-ml glass pipet, placed no closer than 2 cm above the sediment surface. The test chambers are
left undisturbed overnight to allow any suspended sediment to settle prior to introducing the test
organisms. The introduction of the test organisms to the test chambers marks the initiation of the
toxicity test.
5.7 Test Observations
The overlying water is renewed daily, either continuously or intermittently, at a rate of at least 1
to 2 volume additions per day.
Test organisms are fed a suspension of yeast/cereal leaves/trout chow (YCT) during the exposure
period. However, the amount of food added to the test chambers is kept to a minimum to avoid
fungal or bacterial growth on the sediment surface. A typical feeding rate is 1.0 to 1.5 ml YCT
daily per replicate.
Samples of overlying water from the test sediment and control or reference sediment are
analyzed for conductivity, alkalinity, hardness, pH, and ammonia at test initiation and
termination. Water samples from the replicates of a treatment may be pooled for analysis.
Measurements of water quality are taken daily thereafter for dissolved oxygen and temperature
from a minimum of one replicate of each sediment, reference, and control treatment. The
overlying water may be gently aerated, if necessary, to maintain dissolved oxygen levels at or
above 2.5 mg/L. Analytical determinations are conducted according to APHA et al. (2005) and
US EPA (1979).
The study terminates after 28 days of exposure to the sediment sample. At test termination, test
organisms are retrieved from the sediment to determine the number of surviving organisms in
each replicate. Surviving H. azteca are observed for the formation of eggs in the oviducts or in
the brood pouch. Following fecundity observations, the H. azteca are placed in pre-weighed,
EA Engineering, Science,
and Technology, Inc.
Protocol Revision 1
September 2010 Page 4 of 9
-------
PROTOCOL HA-CH-01
oven-dried aluminum pans (one replicate per pan). Organisms are dried for a minimum of six
hours at 100°C after which each pan is weighed. Mean dry weight of the H. azteca (weight of
pan and organisms minus weight of pan/number of organisms) is calculated.
5.8 Data Analysis
Statistical analyses are performed on percent survival and mean dry weight data. For screening
tests, a t-test is conducted to determine if a single test sample is significantly different from the
control. For definitive assays, an analysis of variance (ANOVA) and either Bonferroni's T-Test
or Dunnett's Mean Comparison Test are used to analyze significance of effects. Depending on
the distributional characteristics of the data generated, it may be necessary to use Steel's Many-
One Rank Test or the Wilcoxon Rank Sum Test instead (US EPA 2002). An LC50 and/or EC50
may be calculated from a definitive test using the probit, Spearman-Karber, Trimmed Spearman-
Karber, and graphical methods as described by US EPA (2002). Depending on the nature of the
data, other methods may be used. The statistical methods are specified in the final report.
5.9 Test Acceptability
A test is considered acceptable if there is at least 80 percent survival in the control. An
individual test may be conditionally acceptable if temperature, dissolved oxygen, and other
specified conditions fall outside specifications, depending on the degree of the departure and the
objectives of the tests.
6. FINAL REPORT
The final report is prepared to contain, at a minimum, the following information:
• Objectives and procedures stated in the approved protocol, including any changes
made to the original protocol
• Identity of the test article(s) by name or code number and their strength (i.e.,
quality/purity), and a description of any pretreatment
• Source of the overlying water, its chemical characteristics, and a description of
any pretreatment
• Test concentration series used and duration of the assay
• Mean survival, fecundity, and dry weights of test organisms with the respective
standard deviations
EA Engineering, Science,
and Technology, Inc.
Protocol Revision 1
September 2010
Page 5 of 9
-------
PROTOCOL HA-CH-01
• Water quality characteristics (pH, dissolved oxygen, temperature, etc.) of
overlying water from reference, control, and test sediment treatments
• Any unforeseen circumstances that may have affected the quality or integrity of
the study
• Signature of the project manager, senior technical reviewer, and quality control
officer authorizing release of the report
• Location of all archived data and the original copy of the final report at EA
Items of data to be included in the report consist of experimental design and test performance,
effects on general appearance of test organisms (if applicable), morbidity and mortality,
presentation of water quality characteristics, survival, fecundity, and weight data.
7. QUALITY ASSURANCE
7.1 Amendments to Protocol
Amendments to the authorized protocol established by EA or by the client are made only after
proper authorization. Such authorization is achieved by completion of the Protocol Amendment
Form by EA after consultation with the client.
7.2 Standard Operating Procedures
Unless otherwise specified, all procedures given in the protocol are subject to detailed Standard
Operating Procedures (SOPs) which are contained in the SOP manuals of the participating
departments. These SOPs and protocols generally follow the type of requirements in the US
EPA's Good Laboratory Practice Standards (GLPs) (US EPA 1989).
7.3 Reference Toxicant
A reference toxicant test, utilizing sodium dodecyl sulfate (SDS), copper sulfate, or another
appropriate chemical is used as an internal quality check of the sensitivity of the test organisms.
Testing is conducted at least once monthly on organisms which are cultured in-house, and on
each population of organisms purchased for testing from an outside source if reference toxicant
data are not available from the supplier on the acquired lot. The results of each test are compared
with historical, species-specific toxicological information from reference toxicant tests
performed at EA, to determine if the results are within acceptable limits. Limits are established
using the control charts outlined in US EPA (2002).
7.4 Quality Assurance Evaluation
EA Engineering, Science,
and Technology, Inc.
Protocol Revision 1
September 2010
Page 6 of 9
-------
PROTOCOL HA-CH-01
Studies conducted under this protocol may be subject to internal audit by EA's Quality
Assurance Unit. A quality control officer is responsible for monitoring each study to assure the
client that the facilities, equipment, personnel, methods, practices, records, and controls are in
conformance with EA's QC program and, if applicable, EPA's GLPs.
7.5 Inspection by Regulatory Authorities
In the event of an inspection of EA by an outside authority during the course of the study, the
client whose study is being inspected will be consulted before examiners are permitted access to
any of the project records or the experimental areas.
7.6 Corrective Action
Corrective action is initiated when a quality control measure is determined to be outside of a
predetermined acceptance range. Corrective action may result from internal or external
activities. Procedures for handling out-of-control data are detailed in section 11 of the laboratory
Quality Assurance and Standard Operating Procedures Manual.
7.7 Archives
Copies of project-specific records shall be transferred to the client promptly after the project is
completed or as negotiated and budgeted. Original primary data are retained at EA for 5 years.
Primary data include chain-of-custody records, laboratory data sheets, records, memoranda,
notes, photographs, microfilm, and computer printouts that are a result of the original
observations and activities of the study and which are necessary for the reconstruction and
evaluation of the study report.
7.8 Location
Studies are conducted at the Ecotoxicology Laboratory of EA Engineering, Science, and
Technology, Inc. at the Loveton Office in Sparks, Maryland.
8. HEALTH AND SAFETY
8.1 Safety
All laboratory staff members are required to read EA's laboratory safety manual (EA 1993 or
most recent version) prior to working in the laboratory. The safety manual includes general
safety rules to be followed in the laboratory, procedures for cleaning up spills and reporting
accidents, the location and use of safety equipment, and the safe handling and storage of
chemicals. A copy of the safety manual is located in the testing laboratory.
EA Engineering, Science,
and Technology, Inc.
Protocol Revision 1
September 2010
Page 7 of 9
-------
PROTOCOL HA-CH-01
8.2 Pollution Prevention and Waste Management
Wastes generated by the laboratory during toxicity testing must be properly handled and disposed
of in accordance with the laboratory safety manual and applicable local, state, and federal
regulations. Procedures for water disposal is detailed in the laboratory Quality Assurance and
Standard Operating Procedures Manual.
9. SPECIFICATIONS OF THE Hyalella azteca SEDIMENT TOXICITY TEST
9.1 Basic References
American Public Health Association (APHA), American Waterworks Association, Water
Environment Federation. 2005. Standard Methods for Examination of Water and
Wastewater, 21th edition or most recent version. APHA, Washington, D.C.
American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM). 1995. Standard Guide for Conducting
Sediment Toxicity Tests with Freshwater Invertebrates. ASTM Designation: E 1383-94,
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania.
EA. 1993 (or most recent version). Chemical Hygiene Plan for the EA Aquatic Toxicology and
Biology Laboratories. EA Manual ATB-CHP. Internal document prepared by EA's
Ecotoxicology Laboratory, EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc., Sparks,
Maryland.
EA. 2010 (or most recent version). EA Ecotoxicology Laboratory Quality Assurance and
Standard Operating Procedures Manual. EA Manual ATS-102. Internal document
prepared by EA's Ecotoxicology Laboratory, EA Engineering, Science, and Technology,
Inc., Sparks, Maryland.
US EPA. 1979. Methods for Chemical Analysis of Water and Wastes. EPA/600/4-79/020.
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Washington, D.C.
US EPA. 1989. Toxic Substances Control Act (TSCA); Good Laboratory Practice Standards.
Title 40 CFR Part 792. Fed- Resist. 54(158): 34034-34074.
US EPA. 2000. Methods for Measuring the Toxicity and Bioaccumulation of Sediment-
Associated Contaminants with Freshwater Invertebrates. Second Edition.
EPA/600/R-99/064. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Research and
Development, Duluth, Minnesota.
US EPA. 2002. Methods for Measuring the Acute Toxicity of Effluents and Receiving Waters
to Freshwater and Marine Organisms. Fifth Edition. EPA-821-R-02-012. U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Water, Washington, D.C.
EA Engineering, Science,
and Technology, Inc.
Protocol Revision 1
September 2010
Page 8 of 9
-------
PROTOCOL HA-CH-01
9.2 Test Specifications
Test Organism:
Test Type:
Organism Age:
Aeration:
Temperature:
Light Quality:
Light Intensity:
Photoperiod:
Overlying Water:
Test Container:
Test Volume:
Number of Replicates:
Number of Organisms per Replicate
Feeding Regime:
Renewal of Overlying Water:
Test Duration:
Endpoints:
Test Acceptability:
Hyalella azteca
Static, renewal
Juvenile, 7-8 days old
Gentle aeration may be provided through a 1-ml
glass pipet, no closer than 2 cm above the sediment
surface
23+PC
Wide-spectrum fluorescent light
50-100 f.c.
16-hour light, 8-hour dark
Dechlorinated municipal tap water, reconstituted
fresh water, or appropriate receiving water
300 ml lipless beaker
100 ml sediment with 200 ml overlying water
8
10
1.0 ml YCT per replicate per day
Two times daily
28 days
Survival, growth, and reproduction
>80% survival in control
EA Engineering, Science,
and Technology, Inc.
Protocol Revision 1
September 2010
Page 9 of 9
-------
This page intentionally left blank.
-------
SOP-A4:
Sediment Toxicity Test (Daily Renewal) with Midge
(Chironomus sp.) EPA 100.2
-------
This page intentionally left blank.
-------
PROTOCOL CT-AC-01
SEDIMENT TOXICITY TEST (DAILY RENEWAL) WITH MIDGE
( Chironomus sp.) EPA 100.2
1. TEST OBJECTIVE
To assess the toxicity of a whole sediment sample to Chironomus dilutus (formerly tentans) or
C. riparius and determine the effects on survival and growth (determined by ash-free dry weight)
of the test organisms compared to controls.
1.1 Detection Limits
Detection limits of the toxicity of a sediment or chemical are organism dependent.
1.2 Definitions
Refer to Appendix A of EA SOP Manual (EA 2010).
2.0 INTERFERENCES
Improperly cleaned glassware and sampling equipment can add toxicity to sediment. Improper
sample collection, handling and storage also can affect the bioavailability of contaminants in
sediment. Sediment grain size and texture may influence the response of test organisms. Test
temperature and the addition of food, water or solvents to the test chambers may alter
bioavailability of toxicants. Excess food can promote the growth of bacteria. The presence of
indigenous organisms in the sediment may affect survival or growth of test organisms and
confound test results. Other naturally occurring chemical characteristics such as ammonia and
sulfide can modify organism response.
3. TEST EQUIPMENT
3.1 Environmental chamber capable of maintaining target test temperature, lighting and
photoperiod.
3.2 Glassware (graduated cylinders, 3-L pitchers, volumetric flasks, pipettes, 300-ml lipless
beakers)
3.3 Water renewal system (Zumwalt et al. 1994)
3.4 Meters capable of measuring temperature, pH, dissolved oxygen and conductivity.
3.5 Oil free air supply for supplying test solutions if needed or to aerate samples with
supersaturated dissolved oxygen levels.
3.6 Siphon bulb
3.7 Pre-weighed ceramic crucibles.
3.8 Forceps
3.9 Balance capable of weighing to O.OOOOlg.
3.10 Desiccator
EA Engineering, Science,
and Technology, Inc.
Protocol Revision 1
September 2010 Page 1 of 10
-------
PROTOCOL CT-AC-01
3.11 Drying oven
3.12 Muffl e furnace
4. TEST ARTICLE
4.1 Description/Identification
Unless otherwise specified, the test material is supplied by the client. The test article is a whole
sediment sample. Adequate chemical specifications with special reference to hazardous
properties and storage conditions are also supplied by the client. When available, information on
the stability, composition, or other characteristics which define the test article are on the file with
the client.
4.2 Methods of Synthesis
The test article is a sediment sample. Information on the method of synthesis, stability,
composition, or other characteristics which define the test article are on file with the client.
4.3 Sample Preparation, Collection, Preservation, Shipment and Storage
Depending upon the project, the sediment may be screened through a suitably sized sieve to
remove large particles and indigenous organisms, and then homogenized before being placed in
the test chambers. Sediment and overlying water may be added to test vessels 24 hours prior to
introduction of test organisms in order to allow suspended sediments to settle.
Sediment samples analyzed by this method have a recommended holding time of eight weeks
from end time of collection to first use. Sediment samples are cooled to 4°C and shipped via
overnight courier to ensure temperature less than 6°C at receipt. When not being used for testing
sediment samples are stored in the dark at 4°C.
When EA personnel are responsible for sample collection, the sample collection procedures will
follow guidelines specified in accordance with EPA guidelines (EPA-600-R-99-064).
5. EXPERIMENTAL DESIGN
5.1 Test Organisms
5.1.1 Species
The test species is the midge, Chironomus dilutus (tentans) or C. riparius.
EA Engineering, Science,
and Technology, Inc.
Protocol Revision 1
September 2010 Page 2 of 10
-------
PROTOCOL CT-AC-01
5.1.2 Source
Chironomus sp. used for toxicity tests are obtained from EA cultures or from a scientific
organism vendor as specified in the report.
5.1.3 Culturing and Holding Conditions
Stocks obtained from a scientific vendor are transferred into holding tanks containing a substrate
of brown paper toweling pulp. The midges are gradually acclimated to testing conditions and to
the overlying water used in testing, and are maintained in an environmentally controlled
laboratory with a 16-hour light/8-hour dark photoperiod cycle. The midges are fed a suspension
of Tetrafin flake food, twice daily. Egg cases and larvae are maintained in shallow glass pans
until used for testing. Certain regulatory or project specific objectives may require organism
acclimation to the dilution water when it is different from the holding/culture water.
5.1.4 Age of Test Organisms at Test Initiation
Chironomus sp. used to initiate testing are third instar or younger larvae, with at least 50 percent
of the test organisms at third instar. Pre-test weight should be measured on a subset of at least 20
organisms of the same age as those used to start the test.
5.2 Test Concentration Series
Chironomus sp. are exposed in replicate chambers to sediment samples and to a laboratory or
reference sediment control. Screening assays may be conducted on whole sediment samples.
Alternatively, a definitive (multi-concentration test) may be conducted on a sample using a
laboratory or reference sediment to prepare the test concentrations.
5.3 Overlying Water
The overlying water is typically dechlorinated tap water. The source of the dechlorinated tap
water is the City of Baltimore municipal water system. Upon entry to the laboratory, the water
passes through a high-capacity, activated carbon filtration system to remove chlorine and other
possible organic contaminants. This water source has proven safe for aquatic organism toxicity
testing at EA, as evidenced by maintenance of multigeneration Hyalella azteca and Pimephales
promelas cultures with no evident loss of fecundity. Reconstituted freshwater or other dilution
water (e.g. site water) may be used depending on study requirements.
5.4 Test Vessels and Test Volume
Test vessels are typically 300-ml high-form lipless beakers, each containing 100 ml volume of
sediment and 175 ml volume of overlying water. The size of the test vessels, and the volume of
sediment and overlying water may be changed depending on the study requirements.
EA Engineering, Science,
and Technology, Inc.
Protocol Revision 1
September 2010 Page 3 of 10
-------
PROTOCOL CT-AC-01
5.5 Test Organism Number
The number of replicate chambers per treatment depends on the test objective. Five to eight
replicates are recommended for routine testing. Each replicate test chamber has 10 organisms.
Organisms are transferred using a large diameter pipet and are randomly assigned to each
replicate.
5.6 Test Environment
The test vessels are maintained in an environmentally controlled laboratory with a 16-hour light/
8-hour dark photoperiod. Temperature within the environmental room is monitored continuously
using temperature recorders and is maintained at 23±1°C (unless a different project-specific
temperature is required). The instantaneous temperature must always be within ±3°C of the
desired temperature, and the daily mean temperature must be within ±1°C of the desired
temperature.
The day before test initiation, the sediment is loaded into the test chambers and overlying water
is carefully added to each chamber. Aeration may be provided to each test replicate through a 1-
ml glass pipet, placed no closer than 2 cm above the sediment surface. The test chambers are left
undisturbed overnight to allow any suspended sediment to settle prior to introducing the test
organisms. The introduction of the test organisms to the test chambers marks the initiation of the
toxicity test.
5.7 Test Observations
The overlying water is renewed daily, either continuously or intermittently, at a rate of at least
1-2 volume additions/day.
Test organisms are fed a suspension of Tetrafin flake food during the exposure period. However,
the amount of food added to the test chambers is kept to a minimum to avoid fungal or bacterial
growth on the sediment surface. A typical feeding rate is 1.5 ml of a 4.0 mg/ml flake food
suspension daily per replicate.
Samples of overlying water from the test sediment and control or reference sediment are
analyzed for conductivity, alkalinity, hardness, pH, and ammonia at test initiation and
termination. Water samples from the replicates of a treatment may be pooled for analysis.
Measurements of water quality are taken daily thereafter for dissolved oxygen and temperature
from a minimum of one replicate of each sediment, reference, and control treatment. The
overlying water may be gently aerated, if necessary, to maintain dissolved oxygen levels at or
above 2.5 mg/L. Analytical determinations are conducted according to APHA et al. (2005) and
US EPA (1979).
The study terminates after 10 days of exposure to the sediment sample. At test termination, test
organisms are observed to record the number of surviving midges in each replicate. For weight
EA Engineering, Science,
and Technology, Inc.
Protocol Revision 1
September 2010 Page 4 of 10
-------
PROTOCOL CT-AC-01
determinations, surviving midges are placed in pre-weighed, ashed pans (one replicate per pan).
Organisms are oven dried for a minimum of six hours after which each pan is weighed. The pans
with dried organisms are then ashed at 550°C for 2 hours, allowed to cool, and weighed again. A
mean ash-free dry weight of the midges in each replicate is calculated by subtracting the ashed
weight of pan with organisms from the oven dry weight of pan with organisms, then dividing by
the number of surviving organisms in the replicate.
5.8 Data Analysis
Statistical analyses are performed on percent survival and mean ash-free dry weight data. For
screening tests, a t-test is conducted to determine if a single test sample is significantly different
from the control. For definitive assays, an analysis of variance (ANOVA) and either
Bonferroni's T-Test or Dunnett's Mean Comparison Test are used to analyze significance of
effects. Depending on the distributional characteristics of the data generated, it may be necessary
to use Steel's Many-One Rank Test or the Wilcoxon Rank Sum Test instead (US EPA 2000).
An LC50 may be calculated from a definitive test using the probit, Spearman-Karber, Trimmed
Spearman-Karber, and graphical methods as described by US EPA (2002). Depending on the
nature of the data, other methods may be used. The statistical methods are specified in the final
report.
5.9 Test Acceptability
A test is considered acceptable if there is at least 70 percent survival and a mean ash-free dry
weight of 0.48 mg/organism in the control. An individual test may be conditionally acceptable if
temperature, dissolved oxygen, and other specified conditions fall outside specifications,
depending on the degree of the departure and the objectives of the tests.
6. FINAL REPORT
The final report is prepared to contain, at a minimum, the following information:
• Objectives and procedures stated in the approved protocol, including any changes
made to the original protocol
• Identity of the test article(s) by name or code number and a description of any
pretreatment
• Source of the overlying water, its chemical characteristics, and a description of
any pretreatment
• Test concentration series used and duration of the assay
• Percent survival and mean dry weights of test organisms in each sediment
EA Engineering, Science,
and Technology, Inc.
Protocol Revision 1
September 2010 Page 5 of 10
-------
PROTOCOL CT-AC-01
• Water quality characteristics (pH, dissolved oxygen, temperature, etc.) of
overlying water from reference, control, and test sediment treatments
• Any unforeseen circumstances that may have affected the quality or integrity of
the study
• Signature of the project manager, senior technical reviewer, and quality control
officer authorizing release of the report
• Location of all archived data and the original copy of the final report at EA
Items of data to be included in the report consist of experimental design and test performance,
effects on general appearance of test organisms (if applicable), morbidity and mortality,
presentation of water quality characteristics, survival, and weight data.
7. QUALITY ASSURANCE
7.1 Amendments to Protocol
Amendments to the authorized protocol established by EA or by the client are made only after
proper authorization. Such authorization is achieved by completion of the Protocol Amendment
Form by EA after consultation with the client.
7.2 Standard Operating Procedures
Unless otherwise specified, all procedures given in the protocol are subject to detailed Standard
Operating Procedures (SOPs) which are contained in the SOP manuals of the participating
departments. These SOPs and protocols generally follow the type of requirements in the US
EPA's Good Laboratory Practice Standards (GLPs) (US EPA 1989).
7.3 Reference Toxicant
A reference toxicant test, utilizing potassium chloride (KC1), copper sulfate, or another
appropriate chemical, is used as an internal quality check of the sensitivity of the test organisms.
Testing is conducted periodically (at least semiannually) on organisms which are cultured in-
house, and on each population of organisms purchased for testing from an outside source (if
reference toxicant data are not available from the supplier). The results of each test are compared
with historical, species-specific toxicological information from reference toxicant tests
performed at EA, to determine if the results are within acceptable limits. Limits are established
using the control charts outlined in US EPA (2002).
7.4 Quality Assurance Evaluation
EA Engineering, Science,
and Technology, Inc.
Protocol Revision 1
September 2010 Page 6 of 10
-------
PROTOCOL CT-AC-01
Studies conducted under this protocol may be subject to internal audit by EA's Quality
Assurance Unit. A quality control officer is responsible for monitoring each study to assure the
client that the facilities, equipment, personnel, methods, practices, records, and controls are in
conformance with EA's QC program and, if applicable, EPA's GLPs.
7.5 Inspection by Regulatory Authorities
In the event of an inspection of EA by an outside authority during the course of the study, the
client whose study is being inspected will be consulted before examiners are permitted access to
any of the project records or the experimental areas.
7.6 Corrective Action
Corrective action is initiated when a quality control measure is determined to be outside of a
predetermined acceptance range. Corrective action may result from internal or external
activities. Procedures for handling out-of-control data are detailed in section 11 of the laboratory
Quality Assurance and Standard Operating Procedures Manual.
7.7 Archives
Copies of project-specific records shall be transferred to the client promptly after the project is
completed or as negotiated and budgeted. Original primary data are retained at EA for 5 years.
Primary data include chain-of-custody records, laboratory data sheets, records, memoranda,
notes, photographs, microfilm, and computer printouts that are a result of the original
observations and activities of the study and which are necessary for the reconstruction and
evaluation of the study report.
7.8 Location
Studies are conducted at the Ecotoxicology Laboratory of EA Engineering, Science, and
Technology, Inc. at the Loveton Office in Sparks, Maryland.
8. HEALTH AND SAFETY
8.1 Safety
All laboratory staff members are required to read EA's laboratory safety manual (EA 1993 or
most recent version) prior to working in the laboratory. The safety manual includes general
safety rules to be followed in the laboratory, procedures for cleaning up spills and reporting
accidents, the location and use of safety equipment, and the safe handling and storage of
chemicals. A copy of the safety manual is located in the testing laboratory.
8.2 Pollution Prevention and Waste Management
EA Engineering, Science,
and Technology, Inc.
Protocol Revision 1
September 2010 Page 7 of 10
-------
PROTOCOL CT-AC-01
Wastes generated by the laboratory during toxicity testing must be properly handled and disposed
of in accordance with the laboratory safety manual and applicable local, state, and federal
regulations. Procedures for water disposal is detailed in the laboratory Quality Assurance and
Standard Operating Procedures Manual.
9. SPECIFICATIONS OF THE Chironomus sp. SEDIMENT TOXICITY TEST
9.1 Basic References
American Public Health Association (APHA) American Water Works Association, Water
Environment Federation. 2005. Standard Methods for Examination of Water and
Wastewater, 21th or most recent version. APHA, Washington, D.C.
American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM). 2007. Standard Practice for Conducting
Acute Tests with Fishes, Macroinvertebrates, and Amphibians. ASTM Designation:
E729-96, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania.
American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM). 2005. Standard Test Methods for
Measuring the Toxicity of Sediment-Associated Contaminants with Freshwater
Invertebrates. ASTM Designation: E1706-05el, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania.
EA. 1993 (or most recent version). Chemical Hygiene Plan for the EA Aquatic Toxicology and
Biology Laboratories. EA Manual ATB-CHP. Internal document prepared by EA's
Ecotoxicology Laboratory, EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc., Sparks,
Maryland.
EA. 2010 (or most recent version). EA Ecotoxicology Laboratory Quality Assurance and
Standard Operating Procedures Manual. EA Manual ATS-102. Internal document
prepared by EA's Ecotoxicology Laboratory, EA Engineering, Science, and Technology,
Inc., Sparks, Maryland.
US EPA. 1979. Methods for Chemical Analysis of Water and Wastes. EPA/600/4-79/020.
Environmental Monitoring and Support Laboratory, Cincinnati, Ohio.
US EPA. 1989. Toxic Substances Control Act (TSCA); Good Laboratory Practice Standards.
Title 40 CFR Part 792. Fed- Resist. 54(158): 34034-34074.
US EPA. 2000. Methods for Measuring the Toxicity and Bioaccumulation of Sediment-
Associated Contaminants with Freshwater Invertebrates. Second Edition. EPA/600/R-
99/064. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Research and Development,
Duluth, Minnesota.
US EPA. 2002. Methods for Measuring the
EA Engineering, Science,
and Technology, Inc.
Protocol Revision 1
September 2010
Toxicity of Effluents and Receiving Waters
Page 8 of 10
-------
PROTOCOL CT-AC-01
to Freshwater and Marine Organisms. Fifth Edition. EPA-821-R-02-012. U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Water, Washington, D.C.
9.2 Test Specifications
Test organism:
Test Type:
Organism Age:
Aeration:
Temperature:
Light Quality:
Light Intensity:
Photoperiod:
Overlying Water:
Test Container:
Test Volume:
Number of Replicates:
Number of Organisms per Container:
Feeding Regime:
Chironomus dilutus (tentans) or C. riparius
Static, renewal
Third instar larvae or younger
None unless dissolved oxygen falls below
2.5 mg/L; gentle aeration may be provided through
a 1-ml glass pipet, placed no closer than 2 cm above
the sediment surface.
23+PC
Wide-spectrum fluorescent light
50-100 f.c.
16-hour light, 8-hour dark
Dechlorinated municipal tap water, reconstituted
fresh water, or appropriate receiving water
300-mlbeaker
100 ml of sediment with 175 ml of overlying water
5 to 8
10
1.5 ml of 4.0 mg/ml Tetrafin flake food suspension
daily per replicate
Renewal of Overlying Water:
Test Duration:
1 to 2 times per day
10 days
EA Engineering, Science,
and Technology, Inc.
Protocol Revision 1
September 2010
Page 9 of 10
-------
PROTOCOL CT-AC-01
Endpoints: Survival and growth
Test Acceptability: >70% survival in control sediment and a minimum
mean ash-free dry weight of 0.48 mg/organism in
control sediment
EA Engineering, Science,
and Technology, Inc.
Protocol Revision 1
September 2010 Page 10 of 10
-------
SOP-A5:
Method 8330B: Collecting and Processing of Representative
Samples for Energetic Residues in Solid Matrices From Military
Training Ranges
-------
This page intentionally left blank.
-------
APPENDIX A
COLLECTING AND PROCESSING OF REPRESENTATIVE SAMPLES FOR
ENERGETIC RESIDUES IN SOLID MATRICES FROM MILITARY TRAINING RANGES
FORWARD
The information provided in this Appendix is based on EPA's evaluation of
currently available data and technology as applied to the most appropriate sample
collection, handling and processing procedures to determine representative
concentrations of energetic material residues in solid matrices, such as soils, solid
waste, or sediments. These procedures are designed to minimize the random error
associated with heterogeneity of constituents that are distributed as particles into the
environment. The intended users of this Appendix guidance are those individuals and
organizations involved in the collection and preparation of samples for energetic material
residue analysis during the characterization of solid materials under the Resource
Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA). The procedures and techniques described in
this Appendix are not presented in any preferential order nor do they represent EPA
requirements, but rather they are intended solely as guidance and should be selected
and utilized based on the stated project-specific data quality objectives.
This Method 8330 Appendix was developed under the direction of Mr. Barry
Lesnik, U.S. EPA, Office of Solid Waste (OSW), Methods Team in collaboration with Mr.
Alan Hewitt, Dr. Thomas Jenkins, Marianne Walsh, and Jay Clausen of U.S. Army
ERDC-CRREL, Charles Ramsey of EnviroStat, Inc., and the SW-846 Organic Methods
Workgroup Members. The Methods Team is the focal point within OSW for expertise in
analytical chemistry and characteristic testing methodologies, environmental sampling
and monitoring, and quality assurance. The Methods Team provides technical support to
other OSW Divisions, EPA Program Offices and Regions, state regulatory agencies, and
the regulated community.
DISCLAIMER
The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency's Office of Solid Waste (EPA or the
Agency) has prepared this Method 8330 Appendix to provide guidance to those
individuals involved in the collection and preparation of samples for energetic material
residue analysis during the characterization of solid materials under the Resource
Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA). This Appendix provides guidance for selecting
an appropriate sample collection, handling, and laboratory processing techniques that
are suitable for residues of secondary explosives and propellants in order to meet the
data quality requirements or objectives for the intended use of the results.
EPA does not make any warranty or representation, expressed or implied with respect to
the accuracy, completeness or usefulness of the information contained in this report.
EPA does not assume any liability with respect to the use of, or for damages resulting
from the use of, any information, apparatus, method or process disclosed in this report.
Reference to trade names or specific commercial products, commodities, or services in
this report does not represent or constitute an endorsement, recommendation, or
8330B-A-1
Revision 2
October 2006
-------
favoring by EPA of the specific commercial product, commodity, or service. In addition,
the policies set out in this Appendix are not final Agency action, but are intended solely
as guidance. They are not intended, nor can they be relied upon, to create any rights
enforceable by any party in litigation with the United States. EPA officials may decide to
follow the guidance provided in this Appendix, or to act at variance with the guidance,
based on an analysis of specific site or facility circumstances. The Agency also reserves
the right to change this guidance at any time without public notice.
CONTENTS
A.1.0 PURPOSE AND OVERVIEW A-3
A. 1.1 What are energetic material residues A-3
A.1.2 How are energetic compounds dispersed on military training ranges?..A-5
A.1.3 What constitutes a representative energetic material residue sample?.A-6
A.1.4 Who is the intended audience for this Appendix? A-6
A.1.5 What does this guidance not cover? A-6
A. 1.6 What equipment is needed? A-7
A.2.0 PROJECT PLANNING - Data Quality Objectives A-7
A.3.0 SAFETY - Sampling, shipping, field screening A-9
A.4.0 SECONDARY EXPLOSIVES AND PROPELLANT RESIDUES -
Guidance on the sampling strategy, design, and tools for collecting
representative samples A-11
A.5.0 LABORATORY PROTOCOL FOR SOLID MATRICES
CONTAINING SECONDARY EXPLOSIVES AND PROPELLANT
RESIDUES- Guidance on the handling and processing of whole samples
for representative subsampling and analysis A-15
A.6.0 ANALYSIS - Overview of analytical equipment and energetic compounds of
concern A-17
A.7.0 REFERENCES A-21
8330B - A-2 Revision 2
October 2006
-------
A.1.0 PURPOSE AND OVERVIEW
This appendix provides guidance for the collection and processing of samples for
characterization of secondary explosive and propellant residues in solid matrices, such
as soils, solid wastes, and sediment obtained on military training ranges. Analysis of
subsample extracts can be by High Performance Liquid Chromatography (HPLC), by
Gas Chromatography (GC) Electron Capture (EC) or with other appropriate analytical
techniques.
A. 1.1 What are energetic material residues?
Energetic material residues are unreacted explosives and propellant compounds
that remain after firing or the detonation of munitions. Energetic compounds are used by
the military in the formulation of propellants, explosives, and pyrotechnics (PEP).
Explosives are classified as 'primary' or 'secondary' based on their susceptibility to
initiation. Secondary explosives are present in much greater quantities within military
munitions than primary explosives and are far more prevalent among the energetic
residues dispersed at military testing and training facilities. Secondary explosives include
2,4,6-trinitrotoluene (TNT), 1,3,5-hexahydro-1,3,5-trinitrotriazine (RDX), octrahydro-
1,3,5,7-tetranitro-1,3,5,7-tetrazocine (HMX), 2,4,6-trinitro-phenylmethylnitramine (tetryl)
and ammonium picrate (AP). Secondary explosives can also be classified according to
their chemical structure. For example, TNT and picric acid/ammonium picrate are
classified as nitroaromatics, whereas RDX and HMX are nitramines. Primary explosives,
which include lead azide, lead styphnate, and mercury fulminate are highly susceptible
to ignition and are often referred to as initiating explosives. Other energetic materials
present at military facilities include 2,4-dinitrotoluene (2,4-DNT), 2,6-dinitrotoluene (2,6-
DNT), nitroglycerin (NG), perchlorate, nitrocellulose (NC), nitroguanidine (NQ), and
pentaerythritol tetranitrate (PETN). NC, NG, DNT, NQ and perchlorate are used in
several different types of artillery, mortar and rocket propellants, in the form of single
base (NC/2,4-DNT), double base (NC/NG), triple base (NC/NG/NQ), and composite
(ammonium perchlorate containing) propellants (Refs. 59, 2, and 13). PETN is the major
component of detonation cord and blasting caps, often used during demolition activities.
8330B - A-3
Revision 2
October 2006
-------
Examples of pyrotechnics and smokes are white and red phosphorous, potassium
perchlorate, hexachloroethane-zinc (HC), and metal nitrates (Refs. 12, 9 and 2).
White phosphorus is pyrophoric and will auto ignite when exposed to air, however
is persistent in anaerobic sediments (Ref. 72). For this reason, white phosphorus is not
compatible with processing protocols where the sample needs to be air-dried, and thus
cannot be processed by the laboratory protocols described in this appendix. In addition,
the laboratory protocols described herein have not been evaluated with compounds
classified as primary explosives and pyrotechnics. The occurrence of residues of primary
explosives on military training ranges is believed to be very infrequent. The protocols
covered in this appendix are currently being evaluated for use with perchlorate residues.
TNT and RDX constitute the largest quantity of secondary explosives used in
military applications, since they are major ingredients in nearly every formulation used
for high explosive munitions (Table A-1 -1, Ref. 70). In addition to the chemicals
developed for secondary explosive formulations, production impurities or decomposition
by-products have been detected. For example, military grade TNT often contains a
number of impurities, including 2,4-DNT and other isomers of dinitrotoluene and
trinitrotoluene (Ref. 40). In addition, TNT is susceptible to photo and microbial
degradation from which a variety of transformation products have been identified (Ref.
71). The major impurity in production grade RDX is HMX, which can be present at
concentrations as high as 12% (Ref. 66).
Table A-1-1. Common Secondary Explosives
Name
Composition
Common Use
Composition A
91% RDX: 9% wax
Grenades and Projectiles
Composition B
60% RDX: 39% TNT: 1% Wax
Projectiles, Shells, Grenades, E
Composition C-4
91% RDX: 9% plasticizer
Demolition Explosive
Explosive D "Yellow D"
Ammonium Picrate, Picric Acid
Bombs and Projectiles
Octol
70/75% HMX: 30/25% TNT
Shaped and Bursting Charges
TNT
100% TNT
Projectiles and Shells
Tritonal
80% TNT: 20% Aluminum
Bombs and Projectiles
H6
80% Composition B: 20% Alumini
Bombs and Projectiles
8330B - A-4
Revision 2
October 2006
-------
A.1.2 How are energetic compounds dispersed on military training ranges?
Energetic material residues are heterogeneously distributed as particulates of
various sizes, shapes, and compositions over large areas (> 100 m2) at firing points,
around targets, and around individual detonation events (Refs. 24-28, 31-33, 36, 56, 76,
55, 18, 43-47, and 8). Most of the energetic material residue deposition on DoD training
ranges occurs as particles of pure or mixtures of secondary explosive compounds and
as fibers or particles of gun propellants and solid-rocket fuels or motor grains. The
highest concentrations of energetic material residues have been found on or close to the
ground surface at firing points, and around targets where rounds have ruptured (low-
order detonation or casing breach), where Unexploded Ordnance (UXO) or Discarded
Military Munitions (DMM) have been blown-in-place (BIP) as part of a range clearance
activity, and on demolition ranges used for open burn/open detonation (OB/OD) disposal
of munitions. Gun and rocket propellant residues are dispersed at firing points, and in
the case of rocket motors, down range around targets. Propellant residues at firing
points are typically smaller than 2-mm nominal dimension. Residues of propellants
around targets vary in size up to several cm nominal dimensions depending on the
amount of unconsumed solid rocket fuel present at the detonation site. Residues of
secondary explosives are found in locations where munitions detonate. Low-order (or
partial) detonations are munitions that have breached the casing because of impact with
hardened surfaces or rupture by shrapnel; these can release particles in a variety of
sizes up to several cm nominal dimension. High-order detonations (detonation as
designed, normal detonation train of fuse, booster, secondary explosive with a sealed
casing) produce very fine micron and sub-micron sized particles.
The sample processing protocol in this appendix addresses only those energetic
material residues of secondary explosives and propellants that fall within the size
classification of soil (< 2 mm). Particles of energetic material residues larger than 2 mm
should not be included in any sample sent off-site for processing and analysis. When
residues of secondary explosives and propellants greater than 2-mm nominal dimension
are observed, they should be gathered and weighed in the field by military explosive
ordnance disposal (EOD) personnel or contractor UXO technicians.
8330B - A-5 Revision 2
October 2006
-------
A.1.3
What constitutes a representative energetic material residue sample?
A representative sample is one that answers a question about a decision unit with
an acceptable level of confidence. This requires a complete understanding of the data
quality objective (DQO) process, selecting the appropriate sampling design and strategy,
and including proper quality controls to assess sample representativeness (Ref. 50). For
example, if a representative mean concentration is desired for a given area, then the
sample(s) collected should contain the same proportion of energetic residue particles as
exists within the area and depth selected for sampling. The most efficient means to
achieve this goal is to collect a multi-increment sample with an appropriate mass and
number of increments to address the compositional and distributional heterogeneity
(Refs. 49, 76, 77, and 34). To estimate the total uncertainty associated with a given
sampling strategy and design, replicate samples must be collected.
A.1.4 Who is the intended audience for this Appendix?
This appendix is designed for people who need to characterize ranges to sustain
training range activities or to transfer property under the Base Realignment and Closure
Act (BRAC) and Formerly Used Defense Site (FUDS) programs. Users of the guidance
in this Appendix are individuals involved the collection, preparation and analysis of solid
samples collected on the surface of operational or non-operational Military Training
Facility. This may include:
Field sampling personnel
Laboratory analysts
Environmental project managers
Federal, state, and local regulators
Quality assurance personnel
Data quality assessors
A.1.5 What does this guidance not cover?
This appendix does not provide guidance on how samples containing either
primary explosives or pyrotechnics compounds should be processed for laboratory
8330B - A-6
Revision 2
October 2006
-------
analysis. In addition, very little information is known about the physical and distributional
characteristics of perchlorate residues on military training ranges from pyrotechnics and
composite propellant use and disposal; therefore, this guidance may not be applicable.
Guidance on the analysis of secondary explosives and propellant residues will address
some of the new instrumentation and separations that have been achieved with new
columns; however, it will not duplicate the information covered in Methods 8330 and
8095.
A.1.6 What equipment is needed?
Surface sampling can be performed with hardened plastic or metal scoops,
spoons, or corers. In cases where surface vegetation is present, coring tools aid in the
collection of surface samples with minimal surface disturbance, and help to avoid
inadequate (biased) sampling, i.e., sampling only the exposed soil surfaces (Ref. 79).
The Expray kit (Plexus Scientific, Silver Spring, MD) may be practical for screening large
pieces of materials believed to be chunks of energetic materials prior to sample
collection, provided that it can be demonstrated to generate data that is applicable for its
intended use (see Sec. A.3.0).
In the laboratory, the entire sample should be processed, including organic
material such as vegetation (moss, grass, roots, etc.). Furthermore, to help ensure that
representative subsamples can be removed from the portion of the sample that is
consistent with the classification of soil (< 2 mm) a particle size reduction step is
necessary (Refs. 75 and 76). It may be necessary to acquire large trays, storage racks,
#10 (2 mm) sieves and a mechanical grinder to meet the recommendations within this
appendix.
A.2.0 PROJECT PLANNING - Data Quality Objectives
The EPA's Data Quality Objectives (DQO) seven-step process provides guidance
for the development of a scientific plan for data collection (Ref. 64). This systematic
planning process helps to define the type, quantity, and quality of environmental data
needed for a specified decision. Two very critical components of the DQO process are a
8330B - A-7 Revision 2
October 2006
-------
Quality Assurance Project Plan (QAPP) and a Field Sampling Plan (FSP), both of which
comprise a site-specific Sampling and Analysis Plan (SAP). Refer to Guidance for the
Data Quality Objectives Process (G-4) (August 2000, EPA/600/R-96/055), Guidance for
Quality Assurance Project Plans (G-5) (February 1998, EPA/600/R-98/018) and RCRA
Waste Sampling Draft Technical Guidance (August, 2002, EPA530-D-02-002)
The EPA's support of the performance-based measurement systems (PBMS)
eliminates the requirement that only standard or consensus methods be used for sample
collection and preparation. However, standard methods may have a long history of
performance that should be considered when selecting the appropriate analytical
method(s) for use on a site-specific basis. The EPA defines the PBMS process as "a set
of processes wherein the data quality needs, mandates or limitations of a program or
project are specified, and serve as criteria for selecting appropriate methods to meet
those needs in a cost effective manner." Moreover, the use of PBMS requires that the
project generate initial and sufficient continuing method performance data to
demonstrate the appropriateness of the selected methods.
Paramount to all environmental samples is the desire that the resulting data be
representative of the environmental media subject to investigation. The aerial extent of
the media that needs to be sampled typically is dependent on whether risk is driven by
an acute (short term, higher level) or chronic (longer term, lower level) exposure
scenario. In both cases, the data obtained should represent the mean concentration of
the constituents of concern, or a statistically valid upper confidence limit, such as the
95% UCL. Simply stated, the portion of the sample taken for analysis should contain the
constituents of concern in the same proportions as the bulk sample of the media, which
in turn should have the same proportions as present within the area (decision unit) under
investigation. In the absence of the acquisition and analysis of the entire media area
under investigation, the only scientifically defensible supporting evidence that can
address this criterion is reproducibility. That is, does the repeatability of data from
replicate field samples meet the DQOs? "If evidence for representativeness is not
presented, then the data cannot be characterized as effective for project decision-
making (Ref. 11)."
8330B - A-8
Revision 2
October 2006
-------
A.3.0 SAFETY - Collection, shipping, and screening.
A site visit to a location where energetic residues may be present should occur
only after reviewing all the historical information and attending a safety briefing that
addresses how to recognize and avoid military munitions. The reason for the briefing is
that most military firing ranges contain unexploded ordnance (UXO) or discarded military
munitions (DMM) on and below the ground surface. Therefore, all sample collecting
activities must occur under the direct supervision of military EOD personnel or qualified
contractor UXO technicians. Clearance provided by EOD personnel or UXO technicians
is mandatory for areas where UXO/DMM are present or may exist. Safety clearances on
military testing and training ranges can be performed at three different levels. Level one
clearance consists of identifying and/or removing surface UXOs. Level two clearance
consists of identifying and/or removing surface UXOs and screening the top 30-45 cm of
soil for detected metallic anomalies (i.e., potential UXO/DMM) with the use of a hand held
analog magnetometer. Level three clearance involves completely clearing the site of
UXO/DMM in the area where work will be performed, normally based on a detailed
digitally recorded geophysical mapping survey. As a minimum, surface UXOs and near-
surface potential UXO/DMM should be marked for avoidance and all sampling areas or
locations should receive level two clearances prior to initiating any surface or near-
surface sampling activity.
Extreme care must also be taken in areas where energetic material residues are
visible. Secondary explosives in excess of 12% w/w can propagate a detonation
throughout the mass, if sufficient initiating force is placed on the material (Refs. 39, 53,
and 59). In general, secondary explosives can violently detonate, deflagrate, or burn if
exposed to heat, shock, impact, friction, or an electrostatic discharge. Shipping soils that
contain reactive levels (> 12%) of energetic material residues using domestic carriers is
prohibited. It should be noted that concentrations as high as 120,000 mg/kg of explosives
material residues are rarely encountered. However, these high levels could exist around
ruptured (low-ordered or breached) munitions and in areas where the operation of open
burning / open detonation (OB/OD) of off-specification, obsolete, or excess energetic
materials has been performed. When these high concentrations have been encountered,
large pieces of pure crystalline energetic materials (e.g., "chunks") were present.
8330B - A-9 Revision 2
October 2006
-------
When chunks of energetic material residues need to be verified, field analytical or
screening techniques can be applied. These tests can be performed on-site to provide
immediate information with respect to any potential risks (Refs. 57 and 10). The field
analytical methods approved by the Environmental Protection Agency are colorimetric
SW-846 Methods 8510 and 8515 and immunoassay Methods 4050 and 4051 (Refs. 63
and 60-62). Other screening methods, such as the Expray kit, may be used provided
that they can be demonstrated to generate data that is applicable for its intended use.
However, the Expray Kit, which has not yet been formally validated by EPA for inclusion
in SW-846, provides qualitative and semi-quantitative (screening level) results, is very
economical and is the easiest to use and transport. This screening tool is based on
colorimetric products and uses chemical reactions similar to those in Methods 8510 and
8515 (Ref. 16).
The lightweight (less than 1.4 Kg) Expray Kit contains analysis paper, quality
assurance test strips, and three aerosol cans of chemical reagents. To analyze
hardened surfaces the first step is to wipe (rub) the exposed surfaces with a white sheet
of analysis paper. Soil samples can be prepared for analysis by first extracting with
acetone (hardware store grade is acceptable) for a couple of minutes then transferring a
small volume (5 |a,L) of extract to an analysis sheet. If needed, several (6 to 12) sample
extracts can be screened simultaneously by carefully placing multiple aliquots on one
analysis sheet. The next step is to spray the surface of the analysis sheet following the
kit instructions. If a color appears after spraying with the first aerosol, then
polynitroaromatics (e.g. TNT, TNB, DNT, Picric acid, tetryl, etc.) are present. The
appearance of a pink color after spray from the second aerosol can indicates the
presence of nitramines or nitrate esters (e.g., RDX, HMX, NG, PETN, NC, NQ, and
tetryl). If the first two aerosols have produced no color, the analysis sheet is sprayed with
the third aerosol can. Formation of a pink color after applying the third aerosol indicates
presence of an inorganic nitrate (ammonium, potassium, sodium, barium, and strontium
nitrates). To estimate the explosives concentrations in the soil sample extracts, a visual
calibration scale can be prepared with 10, 100, and 1000 mg/L standards of TNT and
RDX (Ref. 6).
If energetic material residues are present within an order of magnitude of 12%
8330B-A-10 Revision 2
October 2006
-------
w/w in a soil sample, it should be blended with background soil or Ottawa sand. This
dilution is not a remedial action by itself, but a safety measure that will allow the safe
handling, storing and shipping of samples. Blending should be carried out precisely in
order to calculate the initial concentration present in the sample. If the soil was not
diluted, transport of the samples with 12% w/w secondary explosives would require the
same safety waiver (manifested as a RCRA characteristic hazardous material due to
reactivity and shipped according to DOT and EPA requirements for waste explosives) as
that required for transporting pure secondary explosive material (Ref. 1).
A.4.0 SECONDARY EXPLOSIVES AND PROPELLANT RESIDUES - Guidance
on the sampling strategy, design, and tools for collecting representative samples.
Energetic material residues often exist at detectable levels in heavily impacted
areas (i.e., around targets), at firing positions, and where repeated demolition activities
(e.g., OB/OD) occur (Refs. 28, 31-34, 36, 43, 47, 75, 76, and 8). The mass loading of
energetic residues in these locations could potentially serve as a source for dissolved
constituents in surface water runoff or ground water and present a potential risk to
human health and ecological receptors. When characterizing the mass loading of
energetic residues, the size of the decision unit selected for sampling can be based on
several factors: the area influenced by a single event, the area influenced by an activity,
or the area of concern for human health or ecological exposure (habitat).
Studies using fresh snow-covered ranges as a collection template for energetic
material residues have been performed at artillery and mortar firing positions, and for
live-fire and blow-in-place detonations. The results showed that energetic material
residues were spread over large areas, typically on the order of hundreds of square
meters (Refs. 29, 19, 80 and 81). With the exception of the explosives safety risk posed
by UXO/DMM, the ecological risk associated with energetic material residues is usually
a chronic exposure scenario (Ref. 42), for which the mean concentration, or statistically
valid upper confidence interval, over the exposure area of concern is the most
appropriate descriptor (Refs. 34, 35 and 44). Risk to ground water should be based on a
representative evaluation of surface mass loading, which - similar to chronic exposure -
8330B - A-11
Revision 2
October 2006
-------
should be based on the best estimate of the mean concentration for the potential source
zone, and the fate and transport of energetic residues from the source area(s). This
information coupled with range records, munitions properties, range function and design,
and surface conditions should all be considered when developing the conceptual site
model to guide the sampling activities (Refs. 67, 33 and 37).
The selected sampling depth can strongly influence the concentration of
energetic material residues in samples. Most energetic material residue deposition on
DoD training ranges is at the surface and occurs as particles of pure or mixtures of
explosive compounds and as fibers and particles of gun and rocket propellants (Refs.
75, 76, 55, and 33). Profile samples collected where particles of energetic material
residue have accumulated on the surface near firing and detonation events have shown
that soil concentrations drop off rapidly with depth, often by one or two orders of
magnitude within the top 10 cm (Refs. 45, 47, 48, and 18). Two notable exceptions are
hand grenade and demolition ranges where the filling of craters is common maintenance
practice. On these two types of ranges energetic residues often are distributed over
greater depths (Ref. 37). Moreover, because of the limited solubility of energetic
compounds and the low moisture content of most solid media, it is seldom practical to
measure these constituents in soil pore waters without isolating the aqueous phase and
performing a pre-concentration step.
A sampling plan to assess energetic material residues should stratify the
following from the remainder of the range: 1) firing points, 2) target locations, and 3)
locations where OB/OD demolition activities have occurred. Moreover, the sampling
plans should have the flexibility to further stratify areas where ruptured munitions or
other visual evidence of chunk explosives and propellants are encountered. These areas
could be stratified separately from the remainder of the decision unit because they are
potential point sources for migration of energetic residues into surface or ground water.
Sampling performed near chunks of energetic residues has resulted in
concentrations of energetic compounds in excess of 100 and even 1000 mg/kg in the <
2 mm surface soil fraction (Refs. 28, 31, 32, 43-47, and 20). The decision unit for
sampling around a ruptured munition item should encompass all of the visible residue
8330B-A-12 Revision 2
October 2006
-------
chunks and any surface discolorations. When chunks are present, they should be
gathered and removed by EOD personnel or UXO technicians, so they are not
inadvertently sampled. To prevent cross contamination, samples collected where chunk
residues were present just prior to sampling should be segregated from other samples
during storage, transportation, and laboratory processing. The Expray kit (Plexus
Scientific, Silver Spring, MD) may be applicable to identify chunk residues as energetic
compounds prior to sample collection (See Sec. A.3.0). Energetic chunk material > 2
mm in diameter should not be included in the sample.
The sampling strategy for acquiring a representative sample must address
compositional and distribution heterogeneity of the constituents of concern.
Compositional heterogeneity exists because not all particles within a population have the
same concentration of target analytes. This heterogeneity is at a maximum when the
target analyte is present as a few discrete particles of pure material. Error due to
compositional heterogeneity is called the fundamental error and is inversely related to
the sample mass. Distributional heterogeneity is due to contaminant particles being
scattered across the site unevenly. Error associated with distributional heterogeneity is
inversely related to the number of individual increments used to build the sample. This
type of error is at a maximum when a single discrete sample is used to estimate the
mean for a larger decision unit. To reduce the influence of these sources of error in the
estimate of the mean concentration for a decision unit, the collection of a 1 kg or larger
sample comprised of 30 or more evenly spaced soil aliquots (i.e. increments) of the top
2.5 to 5.0 cm of the ground surface is recommended (Refs. 31, 32, 34, 77, and 18). The
collection of several discrete samples is discouraged because of the large amount of
uncertainty that will be associated with the estimation of mean concentrations (Refs 33
and 34).
Collecting a multi-increment sample at evenly spaced positions within the
decision unit creates a sample that is much more reproducible than a discrete or small
set of discrete samples (Ref. 34). Therefore, with respect to energetic material residues,
a multi-increment sample is much more likely to contain the same proportional number
of particles of different sizes (< 2 mm), composition (e.g. Tritonal, Composition B, octol,
etc.), and configuration (e.g. crystalline spheres or elongated fibers) as exists within the
8330B-A-13 Revision 2
October 2006
-------
decision unit. A square or rectangular decision unit is recommended for ease of planning
and implementing this task. The decision unit size is typically from 25 to 10,000 m2. The
choice of size depends on how residues are dispersed or on the size of the exposure or
remediation decision unit, or the habitat for the ecological indicator of concern (Ref. 37).
Sample increments should be collected while walking side-to-side and moving from one
end to the other of the 25-m2 or 10,000-m2 area. The ability to obtain mean energetic
material residue concentrations with a low level of uncertainty cannot be predetermined.
Past sampling activities using this approach have shown that percent relative standard
deviation (RSD) is inversely related to concentration and that, in general, lower RSDs
(n = 3; < 30% RSD) are more frequently obtained at firing points than in impact areas
(Refs. 76, 77, 31, 32, 34, 20, and 48). To establish the sampling uncertainty for
estimating mean concentrations of energetic material residues, triplicate multi-increment
samples should be collected for each type of activity under investigation. To avoid
collecting co-located samples and to be random, each replicate of multi-increment
samples should be collected starting at different corners of the decision unit or different
random start locations within the same starting corner. If replicate samples are not
included in a sampling plan, sampling error cannot be estimated.
Surface sampling can be performed with hardened plastic or metal scoops,
spoons, or coring tools. Scoops and spoons are necessary for non-cohesive soils and
heavily cobbled surfaces. Coring tools are recommended for cohesive surface soils with
and without vegetation. Coring tools minimize surface disturbance, help maintain the
consistently of the sampled surface area and depth, and can help eliminate the tendency
to remove increments only from areas with no vegetation (Ref. 79). The sampling tool
does not need to be cleaned between increments, since within a decision unit individual
increments are part of the same sample. Tools should be cleaned between the collection
of replicate samples and between decision units. The cleaning process involves first
removing all adhering soil, then rinsing the sampling head with clean water. The final
cleaning step is a rinse with acetone.
Multi-increment samples should be stored in clean plastic bags or clean large
mouth glass bottles for off-site shipment. Splitting the sample in the field to reduce the
volume sent for laboratory analysis or for QA purposes is not recommended (Refs. 75
8330B-A-14 Revision 2
October 2006
-------
and 76). When the samples cannot be air-dried on site, they should be stored and
shipped on ice. Once samples have been air-dried, it is only necessary to maintain them
at room temperature (25°C) or below during shipping and storage.
A.5.0 LABORATORY PROTOCOL FOR SOLID MATRICES CONTAINING
SECONDARY EXPLOSIVES AND PROPELLENT RESIDUES - Guidance on the
handling and processing of whole samples for representative subsampling and analysis.
It is well recognized that inadequate sample processing causes poor subsampling,
which results in highly variable and biased analytical results (Ref. 65). No explicit
guidance is presently available for environmental laboratories to follow regarding how to
process large samples properly, particularly those that may contain vegetative detritus,
grasses, mosses, and plant roots. Currently, when analyzing for energetic material
residues, laboratories often only remove a small (< 50 g) portion of soil from the top of
the sample container to dry, sieve, and grind using a mortar and pestle, prior to
subsampling. Laboratory studies of this approach, and several others, all have shown
that anything short of processing the whole sample introduces a large amount of
uncertainty (Refs. 75, 76, and 17).
To facilitate air-drying of large samples and limit the amount of floor or bench
space occupied, the use of large trays and racks is recommended. Once air-dried, the
entire sample, less large pebbles and sticks, should be sieved. Care must be exercised
not to eliminate soil agglomerates during this step. This is critical for clay soils. There are
several ways to disaggregate soil agglomerates. The moist soil can be broken into small
pieces with a gloved hand prior to drying coupled with applying pressure with a gloved
hand or another instrument (e.g. spoon) to the dried material on top of the 2 mm screen.
If this approach is used care must be taken not to damage the screen or force legitimate
> 2mm material through. Another option is to break apart the dried agglomerates with a
mortar and pestle.
The particle size cutoff for energetic residues should include those that fall within
the classification of soil (< 2 mm) to comply with risk models for ecological exposure and
to encompass those particles that can be readily dissolved (Refs. 46 and 20). In
8330B-A-15 Revision 2
October 2006
-------
addition, mosses and other types of fine vegetation should be physically shredded while
sieving to release entrapped crystalline or fibrous residues. Including vegetation and
increasing the size cutoff from the currently recommended <0.6 mm to < 2-mm (Methods
8330 and 8095) to eliminate extraneous environmental materials such as pebbles, twigs,
and shrapnel often results in more representative estimates of energetic residue
concentrations. In other words, using the current method, which excludes energetic
residue fibers and particles between 2 and 0.6 mm, produces analyte concentrations
that can be biased low, particularly for propellant residues (Refs. 46 and 77).
Within the < 2-mm soil size class, particles of energetic material residues exist as
a variety of sizes, shapes and compositions. Therefore, either the entire sample must be
extracted or it must be processed further prior to the removal of subsamples for analysis
(Refs 75 and 76). Grinding the < 2-mm fraction in quantities of between 200 and 500 g
for 60 seconds on a LabTech Essa LM-2 Ring Mill equipped with a B800 bowl reduces
the particle size to less than 75 microns. This particle size reduction prior to subsampling
reduces subsampling error to acceptable levels (n = 3; < 10 %RSD) for samples
containing crystalline secondary explosives (Refs. 75 and 77). For samples containing
NC based propellant residues, five 60-second grinding intervals are needed to
adequately pulverize the same quantities of soil. Furthermore, to prevent the ring mill
from warming to temperatures where more volatile energetic compounds may be lost, a
2-minute or longer cool down period is recommended between the grind cycles. When
handling and processing samples from areas where chunk energetic material existed,
the samples should be screened prior to mechanical grinding (see Section A.3.0).
To further reduce the uncertainty among subsamples, a 10-g subsample size is
recommended for analysis instead of a 2.0-g subsample as currently cited in Methods
8330 and 8095. The entire ground sample should be mixed, spread out on a clean
surface, and 30 or more randomly located increments removed from the entire depth to
form this 10-g subsample. Moreover, to lower the detection limits of Methods 8330 and
8095 and minimize the consumption of solvent, the 10-g subsample of soil should be
extracted with 20 ml of acetonitrile, instead of the 1:5 ratio cited in Methods 8330 and
8095 (Ref. 77). Extraction of energetic compounds from soils can either be performed
using an ultrasonic bath or a platform shaker table (Ref. 78). To assess if the grinding,
8330B - A-16
Revision 2
October 2006
-------
mixing, and subsampling adequately addressed the compositional and distribution
heterogeneity in the sample, triplicate subsamples should be removed and analyzed for
every 5 to 20 samples processed.
A.6.0 ANALYSIS - Overview of analytical equipment and energetic compounds
of concern.
Since the development of Method 8330 in the late 1980s (Refs. 21, 22 and 23),
several additional RP-HPLC separations have been recognized as providing adequate
resolution for the Method 8330 target analyte list (Table A-6-1). Analysts must be aware,
however, that solvent strengths for extracts may need to be adjusted to be similar to the
solvent strength of the mobile phase used for separation. If that is not done, peak
shapes will be degraded and resolution reduced. There have also been improvements in
the stability of the UV detectors allowing for improvements in the detection limits quoted
in the method, and more importantly, dual and multi-wavelength detectors are now
available.
Table A-6-1. RP-HPLC columns for the analysis of energetic residues.
Primary Columns
C-18 reversed-phase HPLC column,
25-cm x 4.6-mm, 5 |jm
C8 reversed-phase HPLC column,
15-cm x 3.9-mm, 4 |jm
Secondary Columns
CN reversed-phase HPLC column,
25-cm x 4.6-mm, 5 |jm
Luna Phenyl-Hexyl reversed-phase HPLC column,
25-cm x 3.0-mm, 5 |jm
GC-ECD methods for explosives were first developed in the 1970s and later
were improved for routine commercial laboratory applications (Refs. 3, 15, 73, 74, and
5). Walsh and Ranney (Refs. 73 and 74) developed GC-ECD methods for both soil and
aqueous media that were complementary to Method 8330, i.e., the same solvent
extraction protocol for soils and the use of solid phase extraction for water samples
(Method 3535). Hable et al. (Ref. 15) has successfully demonstrated the use of isoamyl
acetate to extract nitroaromatics, nitramines and nitrate esters from both soils and water
8330B - A-17
Revision 2
October 2006
-------
samples.
The detection limits for the GC-ECD methods are one to two orders of magnitude
lower than those for RP-HPLC. For some applications, this improved detection capability
may be important to achieving project goals. However, all GC methods must deal with
the thermal instability of some of the energetic compounds. Specifically, tetryl, RDX and
HMX can be problematic in this regard. Method 8095 requires a much more rigorous QA
program in order to maintain the same high quality of data as provided by RP-HPLC,
and therefore, has not been adopted by many commercial laboratories.
Methods 8330 and 8095, respectively, contain target lists of 14 and 17
compounds. These lists include secondary high explosives (TNT, RDX, HMX, Tetryl),
TNT manufacturing impurities (2,4-DNT; 2,6-DNT; 1,3-DNB), environmental
transformation products of TNT (1,3,5-TNB; 2-amino-4,6-dinitrotoluene; 4-amino-2,6-
dinitrotoluene; 3,5-DNA), gun propellant additives (nitrogylcerin (NG), 2,4-DNT),
pentaerythritol tetranitrate (PETN), and several mononitroaromatics. The
mononitroaromatics (nitrobenzene NB, ortho, para, and meta-nitrotoluene, o-NT, p-NT,
and m-NT) were presumed to be present because of incomplete nitration in the
production of TNT and 2,4-DNT. Analysis of many thousands of samples indicates that
the major energetic-related compounds found in soil samples from manufacturing
facilities, load and pack plants, and depots were TNT, RDX, 1,3,5-TNB; 2,4-DNT; 1,3-
DNB; 2-ADNT, 4-ADNT, HMX, and tetryl (Ref. 70). NB and the NTs were only detected
in manufacturer's effluent (Ref. 54). Subsequent analyses of samples from over 25
military training ranges throughout the United States and Canada indicate that the most
commonly encountered energetic compounds are TNT, RDX, HMX, NG, 2,4-DNT; 2-
ADNT and 4-ADNT, with most of the other target analytes detected occasionally. NB and
the NT's have not been detected in samples from military training ranges; therefore, they
could potentially be eliminated from the analyte list for range investigations.
NG and PETN are not target analytes in Method 8330. The major reason for this
is that these compounds do not absorb strongly at 254 nm, the recommended
wavelength for Method 8330. NG and PETN can be determined at much lower
concentrations using Method 8332, since the recommended wavelength is 214 nm. With
the advent of HPLC systems with either a dual wavelength detector or a diode array
8330B-A-18 Revision 2
October 2006
-------
detector, all the analytes originally recognized by Methods 8330 and 8095 and have
been frequently detected can be determined in a single analysis.
Some laboratories using Method 8330 have relied on spectral matching with a
diode array detector instead of recommended second column confirmation. In most
cases, either approach would be acceptable, but specific samples may prove
troublesome. This is particularly true when concentrations are near analytical detection
limits. At lower concentrations, a successful approach is to conduct primary analysis by
RP-HPLC (Method 8330), then confirm the results using GC-ECD (Method 8095).
On a case-by-case basis, several other energetic compounds associated with
secondary explosives and propellants may be included in a scope of work for a training
range investigation (Table A-6-2). Picric acid (PA)/Ammonium Picrate (AP) is an
example of a secondary explosive used in some older munitions such as armor piercing
naval gun projectiles. The compounds 2,4-diamino-6-nitrotoluene and 2,6-diamino-4-
nitrotoluene are by-products of TNT following the reduction of a second nitro-group from
2-amino,-4,6-dinitrotoluene and 4-amino-2,6-dinitrotoluene isomers. Hexahydro-1-
nitroso-3,5-dinitro-1,3,5-triazine (MNX), hexahydro-1,3-dinitroso-5-dinitro-1,3,5-triazine
(DNX), and hexahydro-1,3,5-trinitroso-1,3,5-triazine (TNX) are intermediate
environmental reduction products of RDX. Nitrocellulose (NC), nitroguanidine (NQ),
diphenylamine (DPA), nitro- and dinitro-diphenylamines, n-nitrosodiphenylamine
(NDPA), and ethyl centralite (EC) are examples of energetic residues in propellants
(Refs. 82, 83, 66, and 13). Some of these compounds and perhaps others not listed in
Table A-6-2 may be of greater interest in the future once information on their fate and
transport becomes available. Toxicity values for several of these compounds can be
found on the EPA IRIS database (www.epa.gov/iris). Table A-6-2 provides references to
published methods of analysis for these different energetic residues.
8330B - A-19
Revision 2
October 2006
-------
Table A-6-2. Energetic compounds not currently target analytes of Methods 8330
and 8095.
Energetic Compound
References
picric acid (PA)/Ammonium picrate (AP)
58
2,4-diamino-6-nitrotoluene
69, 74
2,6-diamino-4-nitrotoluene
69, 74
hexanitro-hexaazaisowurtzitane (CL-20)
30
1,3,3-trinitroazetidine (TNAZ)
30
hexahydro-1-nitroso-3,5-dinitro-1,3,5-
triazine (MNX)
14, 51, 52, 4, 7
hexahydro-1,3-dinitroso-5-nitro-1,3,5-
triazine (DNX)
14, 51, 52, 4, 7
hexahydro-1,3,5-trinitroso-1,3,5-triazine
(TNX)
14, 51, 52, 4 ,7
nitrocellulose (NC)
41
nitroguanidine (NQ)
68
diphenylamine (DPA)
84
n-nitroso-diphenylamine (NDPA)
82, 66, 13
2-nitrodiphenylamine
40, 87, 69
4-nitrodiphenylamine
84, 66
2,4-dinitrodiphenylamine
38, 84, 66
ethyl centralite (EC)
82, 83
n-nitroso-2-nitrodiphenylamine
38, 66
8330B - A-20
Revision 2
October 2006
-------
A.7.0 REFERENCES
1. AEC (1994) Standard comments for health and safety document review.
Memorandum for record, SFIM-AEC-TSS, 18 July 1994, Aberdeen Proving
Ground, Maryland: U.S. Army Environmental Center.
2. Akhavan, J. (1998) The Chemistry of Explosives. Cambridge, UK: Royal Society
of Chemistry (RSC).
3. Belkin, F., R. W. Bishop, and M. V. Sheely (1985) Analysis of explosives in water
by capillary gas chromatography. Journal of Chromatography Science 24:532-
534.
4. Beller, H. R. and K. Tiemier (2002) Use of liquid chromatography/tandem mass
spectrometry to detect distinctive indicators of in situ RDX transformation in
contaminated groundwater. Environmental Science and Technology 36(9):2060-
2066.
5. Bishop R. W., M. A. Hable, C. G. Oliver, and R. J. Valis (2003) The USACHPPM
gas chromatographic procedures for the analysis of waters and soils for
energetics and related compounds. Journal of Chromatographic Science 41:73-
79.
6. Bjella, K. L. (2005) Pre-screening for explosives residues in soil prior to HPLC
Analysis Utilizing Expray. ERDC/CRREL TN-05-2. Hanover, NH: U. S. Army
Engineer Research and Development Center.
http://www.crrel.usace.armv.mil/techpub/CRREL Reports/reports/TN05-2.pdf
7. Cassada, D. A., S. J. Monson, D. D. Snow, and R. F. Spaulding (1999) Sensitive
determination of RDX, nitroso-RDX metabolites, and other munitions in
groundwater by solid-phase extraction and isotope dilution liquid
chromatography-atmospheric pressure chemical ionization mass spectrometry.
Journal of Chromatography A 884:87-95.
8. Clausen, J. L., J. Robb, D. Curry, B. Gregson, and N. Korte (2004) Contaminants
on Military Ranges: A Case Study of Camp Edwards, Massachusetts, USA.
Environmental Pollution 129:13-21.
9. Conkling, J.H. (1985) Chemistry of Pyrotechnics. New York: Marcel Dekker, Inc.
10. Crockett A. B., T. F. Jenkins, H. D. Craig, and W. E. Sisk (1998) Overview of on-
site analytical methods for explosives in soil. Special Report 98-4. Hanover, NH:
U. S. Army Cold Regions Research and Engineering Laboratory.
11. Crumbling, D.M. (2001) Applying the concept of effective data environmental
analysis for contaminated sites. EPA 542-R-01-013. Washington, DC: U. S.
Environmental Protection Agency.
12. Ellern, H. (1968) Military and Civilian Pyrotechnics. New York: Chemical
Publishing Co.
8330B - A-21
Revision 2
October 2006
-------
13. Folly, P. and P. Mader (2004) Propellant Chemistry. Chimia 58(6):374-382.
14. Groom, C. A., S. Beaudet, A. Halasz, L. Paquet, and J. Hawari (2001) Detection
of the cyclic nitramine explosives hexahydro-1,3,5-trinitro-1,3,5-triazine (RDX)
and octahydro-1,3,5,7-tetranitro-1,3,5,7-tetrazine and their degradation products
in soil environments. Journal of Chromatography A. 909:53-60.
15. Hable M., C. Stern, C. Asowata, and K. Williams (1991) Determination of
nitroaromatics and nitramines in ground and drinking water by wide-bore capillary
gas chromatography. Journal of Chromatographic Science, 29: 131-135.
16. Hewitt, A. D., T. F. Jenkins, and T. A. Ranney (2001) Field gas chromatography/
thermionic detector system for the analysis of explosives in soils. ERDC/CRREL
TR-01-9. Hanover, NH: U. S. Army Engineer Research and Development Center.
http://www.crrel.usace.armv.mil/techpub/CRREL Reports/reports/TR-01-9.pdf.
17. Hewitt, A. D. and M.E. Walsh (2003) On-site homogenization and subsampling of
surface samples for analysis of explosives. ERDC/CRREL TR 03-14. Hanover,
NH: U. S. Army Engineer Research and Development Center.
http://www.crrel.usace.armv.mil/techpub/CRREL Reports/reports/TR03-14.pdf.
18. Hewitt, A. D., T. F. Jenkins, C. A. Ramsey, K. L. Bjella, T. A. Ranney, and N. M.
Perron (2005) Estimating energetic residue loading on military artillery ranges:
Large decision units. ERDC/CRREL TR-05-7. Hanover, NH: U. S. Army Engineer
Research and Development Center.
http://www.crrel.usace.armv.mil/techpub/CRREL Reports/reports/TR05-7.pdf.
19. Hewitt, A. D. T. F. Jenkins, M. E. Walsh, M. R. Walsh, S. Taylor (2005) RDX and
TNT residues for live-fire and blow-in-place detonations. Chemosphere 61:888-
894.
20. Hewitt, A.D. and S. Bigl (2005) Elution of Energetic Compounds from Propellant
and Composition B Residues. ERDC/CRREL TR-05-13. U.S. Hanover, NH: U. S.
Army Engineer Research and Development Center.
http://www.crrel.usace.armv.mil/techpub/CRREL Reports/reports/TR03-14.pdf
125
21. Jenkins, T. F., D. C. Leggett, C. L. Grant and C. F. Bauer (1986) Reversed-
phase high performance liquid chromatographic determination of nitro-organics in
munitions wastewater. Analytical Chemistry 58:170-175.
22. Jenkins, T. F. and C. L. Grant (1987) Comparison of Extraction Techniques for
Munitions in Soil. Analytical Chemistry 59:1326-1331.
23. Jenkins, T. F., M. E. Walsh, P. W. Schumacher, P. H. Miyares, C. F. Bauer and
C. L. Grant (1989) Liquid chromatographic method for determination of
extractable nitroaromatic and nitramine residues in soil. Journal of AO AC
72:890-899.
8330B - A-22
Revision 2
October 2006
-------
24. Jenkins, T. F., C. L. Grant, G. S. Brar, P. G. Thorne, P. W. Schumacher, and T.
A. Ranney (1996) Assessment of sampling error associated with the collection
and analysis of soil samples at explosives contaminated sites. CRREL Special
Report 96-15. Hanover, NH: U. S. Army Cold Regions Research and Engineering
Laboratory.
http://www.crrel.usace.armv.mil/techpub/CRREL Reports/reports/SR96 15.pdf.
25. Jenkins, T. F., P. W. Schumacher, J. G. Mason, and P. T. Thorne (1996) On-site
analysis for high concentrations of explosives in soil: extraction kinetics and
dilution procedures. CRREL Special Report 96-10. Hanover, NH: U. S. Army
Cold Regions Research and Engineering Laboratory.
http://www.crrel.usace.armv.mil/techpub/CRREL Reports/reports/SR96 10.pdf.
26. Jenkins, T. F., C. L Grant, G. S. Brar, P. G. Thorne, P. W. Schumacher, and T. A.
Ranney (1997) Assessment of sampling error associated with the collection and
analysis of soil samples at explosives contaminated sites. Field Analytical
Chemistry and Technology 1:151-163.
27. Jenkins, T. F., M. E. Walsh, P. G. Thorne, S. Thiboutot, G. Ampleman, T. A.
Ranney, and C. L. Grant (1997) Assessment of Sampling Error Associated with
Collection and Analysis of Soil Samples at a Firing Range Contaminated with
HMX. CRREL Special Report 97-22. Hanover, NH: U. S. Army Cold Regions
Research and Engineering Laboratory.
http://www.crrel.usace.armv.mil/techpub/CRREL Reports/reports/SR97 22.pdf.
28. Jenkins, T. F., J. C. Pennington, T. A. Ranney, T. E. Berry, Jr., P. H. Miyares, M.
E. Walsh, A. D. Hewitt, N. Perron, L. V. Parker, C. A. Hayes, and Maj.
E.Wahlgren (2001) Characterization of explosives contamination at military firing
ranges. ERDC/CRREL TR-01-05. Hanover, NH: U. S. Army Engineer Research
and Development Center.
http://www.crrel.usace.armv.mil/techpub/CRREL Reports/reports/ERDC-TR-01-
5.pdf
29. Jenkins, T. F, M. E. Walsh, P. H. Miyares, A. D. Hewitt, N. H. Collins, and T. A.
Ranney (2002) Use of snow-covered ranges to estimate explosive residues from
high-order detonations of Army munitions. Thermochimica Acta 384:173-185.
30. Jenkins T. F., C. Bartolini, and T.A. Ranney (2003) Stability of CL-20, TNAZ,
HMX, RDX, NG and PETN in moist unsaturated soil. ERDC/CRREL TR-03-07.
Hanover, NH: U. S. Army Engineering Research and Development Center.
http://www.crrel.usace.armv.mil/techpub/CRREL Reports/reports/TR03-7.pdf
31. Jenkins, T.F., T.A. Ranney, A.D. Hewitt, M.E. Walsh, and K.L. Bjella (2004)
Representative Sampling for Energetic Compounds at an Antitank Firing Range.
ERDC/CRREL TR-04-7. Hanover, NH: U. S. Army Engineer Research and
Development Center.
http://www.crrel.usace.armv.mil/techpub/CRREL Reports/reports/TR04-7.pdf
8330B - A-23
Revision 2
October 2006
-------
32. Jenkins, T.F., A.D. Hewitt, T.A. Ranney, C.A. Ramsey, D.J. Lambert, K.L. Bjella,
and N.M. Perron (2004) Sampling strategies near a low-order detonation and a
target at an artillery impact area. ERDC/CRREL TR-04-14. Hanover, NH: U. S.
Army Engineer Research and Development Center.
http://www.crrel.usace.armv.mil/techpub/CRREL Reports/reports/TR04-14.pdf
33. Jenkins, T. F., S. Thiboutot, G. Ampleman, A. D. Hewitt, M. E. Walsh, T. A.
Ranney, C. A. Ramsey, C. L. Grant, C. M. Collins, S. Brochu, S. R. Bigl, and J.
C. Pennington (2005) Identity and distribution of residues of energetic
compounds at military live-fire training ranges. ERDC/CRREL TR-05-10.
Hanover, NH: U. S. Army Cold Regions Research and Engineering Laboratory.
http://libweb.wes.armv.mil/Archimaqes/70962.PDF
34. Jenkins, T.F., A. D. Hewitt, M. E. Walsh, T. A. Ranney, C. A. Ramsey, C. L.
Grant, and K. L. Bjella (2005) Representative sampling for energetic compounds
at military training ranges. Environmental Forensics 6:45-55.
35. Jenkins, T. F., A. D. Hewitt, C. L. Grant, and C. A. Ramsey (2005) Comment of
"Data representativeness for risk assessment by Rosemary Mattuck et al., 2005."
Environmental Forensics 6:321-322.
36. Jenkins, T. F., A. D. Hewitt, C. L. Grant, S. Thiboutot, G. Ampleman, M. E.
Walsh, T. A. Ranney, C. A. Ramsey, A. J. Palazzo, and J. C. Pennington (2006)
Identity and distribution of residues of energetic compounds at army live-fire
training ranges. Chemosphere 63:1280-1290.
37. Jenkins, T. F., et al. (in prep) Protocols for collection of representative soil
samples at various types of military live-fire training and testing ranges for
characterization of energetic munition constituents.
38. Kansas, L. and D. Robertson (1994) Analysis of 2-nitrodiphenylamine and its
major derivatives in double and triple base propellants. Propellants, Explosives
and Pyrotechnics 19:171-173
39. Kristoff, F. T., T. W. Ewing, and D. E. Johnson (1987) Testing to determine
relationship between explosives contaminated sludge components and reactivity.
Prepared by Arthur D. Little Inc. for U.S. Army Toxic and Hazardous Materials
Agency, USATHAMA Reference AMXTH-TE-CR-86096.
40. Leggett, D. C., T. F. Jenkins, R. P. Murrmann (1977) Composition of vapors
evolved from military TNT as influenced by temperature, solid composition, age,
and source. Special Report 77-16. Hanover, NH: U. S. Army Cold Regions
Research and Engineering Laboratory.
41. MacMillan, D. K., C. R. Majerus, R. D. Laubscher, and J. P. Shannon (in prep) A
reproducible method for determination of nitrocellulose in soil.
Denise.k.macmillan@nwo02.usace.armv.mil
8330B - A-24
Revision 2
October 2006
-------
42. Mattuck R., R. Blanchet, A. D. Wait (2005) Data Representativeness for Risk
Assessment. Environmental Forensics 6:65-70.
43. Pennington, J.C., T. F. Jenkins, J. M. Brannon, J. Lynch, T. A. Ranney, T. E.
Berry, Jr., C. A. Hayes, P. H. Miyares, M. E. Walsh, A. D. Hewitt, N. Perron, and
J. J. Delfino (2001) Distribution and fate of energetics on DoD test and training
ranges: Interim Report 1. ERDC TR-01-13. Vicksburg, MS: U. S. Army Engineer
Research and Development Center, Environmental Laboratory.
http://el.erdc.usace.armv.mil/elpubs/pdf/tr01-13.pdf
44. Pennington, J. C., T. F. Jenkins, G. Ampleman, S. Thiboutot, J. M. Brannon, J.
Lynch, T. A. Ranney, J. A. Stark, M. E. Walsh, J. Lewis, C. H. Hayes, J. E.
Mirecki, A. D. Hewitt, N. M. Perron, D. J. Lambert, J. Clausen, and J. J. Delfino
(2002) Distribution and fate of energetics on DoD test and training ranges:
Report 2. ERDC TR-02-8. Vicksburg, MS: U. S. Army Engineer Research and
Development Center, Environmental Laboratory.
http://el.erdc.usace.armv.mil/elpubs/pdf/tr02-8.pdf
45. Pennington, J. C., T. F. Jenkins, G. Ampleman, S. Thiboutot, J. M. Brannon, J.
Lewis, J. E. Delaney, J. Clausen, A. D. Hewitt, M. A. Hollander, C. A. Hayes, J.
A. Stark, A. Marois, S. Brochu, H. Q. Dinh, D. Lambert, R. Martel, P. Brousseau,
N. M. Perron, R. Lefebvre, W. Davis, T. A. Ranney, C. Gauthier, S. Taylor, and J.
M. Ballard (2003) Distribution and fate of energetics on DoD test and training
ranges: Report 3. ERDC TR-03-2. Vicksburg, MS: U. S. Army Engineer
Research and Development Center, Environmental Laboratory.
http://el.erdc.usace.armv.mil/elpubs/pdf/tr03-2.pdf
46. Pennington, J. C., T. F. Jenkins, G. Ampleman, S. Thiboutot, J. M. Brannon, J.
Clausen, A. D. Hewitt, S. Brochu, P. Dube, J. Lewis, T. A. Ranney, D. Faucher,
A. Gagnon, J. A. Stark, P. Brousseau, C. B. Price, D. J. Lambert, A. Marois, M.
Bouchard, M. E. Walsh, S. L. Yost, N. M. Perron, R. Martel, S. Jean, S. Taylor,
C. Hayes, J. M. Ballard, M. R. Walsh, J. E. Mirecki, S. Downe, N. H. Collins, B.
Porter, and R. Karn (2004) Distribution and fate of energetics on DoD test and
training ranges: Interim Report 4. ERDC TR-04-4. Vicksburg, MS: U. S. Army
Engineer Research and Development Center, Environmental Laboratory.
http://el.erdc.usace.armv.mil/elpubs/pdf/tr04-4.pdf
47. Pennington, J. C., T. F. Jenkins, S. Thiboutot, G. Ampleman, J. Clausen, A. D.
Hewitt, J. Lewis, M. R. Walsh, M. E. Walsh, T. A. Ranney, B. Silverblatt, A.
Marois, A. Gagnon, P .Brousseau, J. E. Zufelt, K. Poe, M. Bouchard, R. Martel,
D. D. Walker, C. A. Ramsey, C. A. Hayes, S. L. Yost, K. L. Bjella, L. Trepanier, T.
E. Berry, D. J. Lambert, P. Dube, and N. M. Perron (2005) Distribution and fate of
energetics on DoD test and training ranges. Report 5. ERDC TR-05-2. Vicksburg,
MS: U. S. Army Engineer Research and Development Center, Environmental
Laboratory, http://el.erdc.usace.armv.mil/elpubs/pdf/tr05-2.pdf
8330B - A-25
Revision 2
October 2006
-------
48. Pennington, J.C., T.F. Jenkins, S. Thiboutot, G. Ampleman, S, Thiboutot, H.
Colby, A.D. Hewitt, J. Lewis, M.R. Walsh, M.E. Walsh, S. Taylor, B. Silverblatt, K.
Poe, A. Marois, A. Gagnon, S. Brochu, E. Diaz, R. Martel, C.A. Ramsey, C.A.
Hayes, S.L. Yost, K.L. Bjella, S. Bigl, L. Trepanier, T.E. Berry, M.J. Bishop, D.J.
Lambert, P.Dube, K. Groff, K. Heissen, J. Lynch, B. Rice, J. Robb, M. Wojtas, K.
Harriz, and T.A. Crutcher (in prep) Distribution and fate of energetics on DoD test
and training ranges: Report 6. ERDC Technical Report. Vicksburg, MS: U. S.
Army Engineer Research and Development Center, Environmental Laboratory.
49. Pitard, F.F. (1993) Pierre Gy's Sampling Theory and Sampling Practice. CRC
Press. 2nd Edition.
50. Ramsey C. A. and A. D. Hewitt (2005) A methodology for assessing sample
representativeness. Environmental Forensics 6:71-75.
51. Ringleberg D. B., C. M. Reynolds, M. E. Walsh, and T. F. Jenkins (2003) RDX
loss in a surface soil under saturated and well drained conditions. J. Environ.
Quai. 32:1244-1249.
52. Sheremata, T. W., A. Halasz, L. Paquet, S. Thiboutot. G. Ampleman, and J.
Hawari (2001) The fate of the cyclic nitramine explosive RDX in natural soil.
Environmental Science and Technology 35(6): 1037-1040.
53. Sisk, W. (1992) Reactivity testing and handling explosives-contaminated soil,
explosives and munitions. In Proceedings, 1992 Federal Environmental
Restoration Conference, p. 91-92. Vienna: Hazardous Material Control
Resources Institute.
54. Spanggord R. J., B. W. Gibson, R. G. Keck, and D. W. Thomas (1982) Effluent
analysis of wastewater generated in the manufacture of 2,4,6-trinitrotoluene. 1.
Characterization study. Environ. Sci. Technol. 16(4): 229-232.
55. TaylorS., A. Hewitt, J. Lever, C. Hayes, L. Perovich, P. Thorne, P. Daghalin
(2004) TNT particle size distribution for detonated 155-mm howitzer rounds.
Chemosphere 55:357-367.
56. Thiboutot, S., G. Ampleman, T. F. Jenkins, M. E. Walsh, P. G. Thorne, T. A.
Ranney, and C. L. Grant (1997) Assessment of Sampling Strategy for
Explosives-Contaminated Soils. In Proceedings of the 90th Annual Air & Waste
Management Meeting, 8-13 June 1997. Paper 94-WP 101.08. Toronto, CA: Air
and Waste Management Association.
57. Tomkins, B. A. (2000) Explosives analysis in the environment. In R.A. Meyers
(Ed) Encyclopedia of Analytical Chemistry. New York: John Wley & Sons Ldt
58. USACE (1989) Method LW-13. Piciric acid in soil samples. Aberdeen Proving
Ground, Maryland: USA Toxic and Hazardous Materials Agency.
8330B - A-26
Revision 2
October 2006
-------
59. U. S. Environmental Protection Agency (1993) Handbook: Approaches for the
remediation of federal facility sites contaminated with Explosive of radioactive
wastes. EPA/625/R-93/013. Washington, D.C.: U.S. Environmental Protection
Agency, Office of Research and Development
60. U. S. Environmental Protection Agency (1996) Method 4050: TNT explosives in
soil by immunoassay. In Test Methods for Evaluating Solid Waste,
Physical/Chemical Methods, Office of Solid Waste and Emergency Response.
SW-846. Washington, D.C: U. S. Environmental Protection Agency.
http://www.epa.gov/epaoswer/hazwaste/test/main.htm
61. U. S. Environmental Protection Agency (1996) Method 4051: Hexahydro-1,3,5-
trinitro-1,3,5-triazine (RDX) in soil by immunoassay. In Test Methods for
Evaluating Solid Waste, Physical/Chemical Methods, Office of Solid Waste and
Emergency Response. SW-846. Washington, DC: U. S. Environmental
Protection Agency, http://www.epa.gov/epaoswer/hazwaste/test/main.htm
62. U. S. Environmental Protection Agency (1996) Method 8515: Colorimetric
screening method for trinitrotoluene (TNT) in soil. In Test Methods for Evaluating
Solid Waste, Physical/Chemical Methods, Office of Solid Waste and Emergency
Response. SW-846. Washington, DC: U. S. Environmental Protection Agency.
http://www.epa.gov/epaoswer/hazwaste/test/main.htm
63. U. S. Environmental Protection Agency (2000) Method 8510: Colorimetric
screening procedure for RDX and HMX in soil. In Test Methods for Evaluating
Solid Waste, Physical/Chemical Methods, Office of Solid Waste and Emergency
Response. SW-846. Washington, D.C: U. S. Environmental Protection Agency.
http://www.epa.gov/epaoswer/hazwaste/test/main.htm
64. U. S. Environmental Protection Agency (2000) Guidance for the data quality
objectives process QA/G-4. EPA/600/R-96/055. Washington, DC: U. S.
Environmental Protection Agency.
65. U. S. Environmental Protection Agency (2003) Guidance for Obtaining
Representative Laboratory Analytical Subsamples from Particulate Laboratory
Samples. EPA 600/R-03/027. Washington, DC: U. S. Environmental Protection
Agency.
66. U. S. Department of the Army (1984) Military Explosives. TM 9-1300-214.
Washington, DC: U. S. Department of the Army.
67. U. S. Department of the Army (2003) Conceptual site modeled for ordnance and
explosives (OE) and hazardous, toxic, and radioactive waste (HRTW) projects.
EM 1110-1-1200. Washington, DC: U. S. Department of the Army.
68. Walsh M. E. (1989) Analytical methods for determining nitroguanidine in soil and
water. Special Report 89-35. Hanover, NH: U.S. Army Cold Regions Research
and Engineering Laboratory.
8330B - A-27
Revision 2
October 2006
-------
69. Walsh, M. E. and T. F. Jenkins (1990) Liquid chromatographic separation of
2,4,6-trinitrotoluene and its principal reduction products. Analytics Chimica Acta
231:313-315.
70. Walsh, M .E., T. F. Jenkins, P. S. Schnitker, J. W. Elwell, and M. H. Stutz (1993)
Evaluation of analytical requirements associated with sites potentially
contaminated with residues of high explosives. CRREL Report 93-5. Hanover,
NH: U. S. Army Cold Regions Research and Engineering Laboratory.
71. Walsh, M. E., T. F. Jenkins, and P. G. Thorne (1995) Laboratory and Field
Analytical Methods for Explosives Residues in Soil. In Proceedings of the
Symposium on Alternatives to Incineration for Disposal of Chemical Munitions
and Energetics, June 5-6, 1995. 2:17. Hoboken, NJ: Stevens Institute of
Technology.
72. Walsh, M. E., C. M. Collins, and C. H. Racine (1996) Persistence of white
phosphorus particles in salt marsh sediments. Environmental Toxicology and
Chemistry 15:846-855.
73. Walsh. M. E. and T. A. Ranney (1998) Determination of nitroaromatic, nitramine,
and nitrate ester explosives in water using SPE and GC-ECD: comparison with
HPCL. CRREL Report 98-2. Hanover, NH: U. S. Army Corps of Engineers Cold
Regions Research and Engineering Laboratory.
http://www.crrel.usace.armv.mil/techpub/CRREL Reports/reports/CR98 02.pdf
74 Walsh. M. E. and T. A. Ranney (1999) Determination of nitroaromatic, nitramine
and nitrate ester explosives in soils using GC-ECD. CRREL Special Report 99-
12. Hanover NH: U. S. Army Cold Regions Research and Engineering
Laboratory.
http://www.crrel.usace.armv.mil/techpub/CRREL Reports/reports/SR99 12.pdf.
75. Walsh, M. E., C. A. Ramsey, and T. F. Jenkins (2002) The effect of particle size
reduction by grinding on subsample variance for explosive residues in soil.
Chemosphere 49:1267-1273.
76. Walsh, M. E., C. M. Collins, A. D. Hewitt, M. R. Walsh, T. F. Jenkins, J. Stark, A.
Gelvin, T. S. Douglas, N. Perron, D. Lambert, R. Bailey and K. Meyers (2004)
Range Characterization Studies at Donnelly Training Area, Alaska: 2001 and
2003. ERDC/CRREL TR-04-3. Hanover, NH: U. S. Army Engineer Research and
Development Center.
http://www.crrel.usace.armv.mil/techpub/CRREL Reports/reports/TR04-3.pdf.
77. Walsh, M. E., C. A. Ramsey, C. M. Collins, A. D. Hewitt, M. R. Walsh, K. Bjella,
D. Lambert, and N. Perron (2005) Collection Methods and Laboratory Processing
of Samples from Donnelly Training Area Firing Points Alaska 2003.
ERDC/CRREL TR-05-6. Hanover, NH: U. S. Army Engineer Research and
Development Center.
http://www.crrel.usace.armv.mil/techpub/CRREL Reports/reports/TR05-6.pdf.
8330B - A-28
Revision 2
October 2006
-------
78. Walsh, M. E. and D. Lambert (2006) Extraction kinetics of energetic compounds
from training range and army ammunition plants soils: Platform shaker versus
sonic bath methods. ERDC/CRREL TR-06-6. Hanover, NH: U. S. Army Engineer
Research and Development Center.
http://libweb.wes.armv.mil/uhtbin/hyperion/CRREL-TR-06-6.pdf
79. Walsh, M. R. (2004) Field sampling tools for explosives residues developed at
CRREL. ERDC/CRREL TN 04-1. Hanover, NH: U. S. Army Engineer Research
and Development Center.
http://www.crrel.usace.armv.mil/techpub/CRREL Reports/reports/TN04-1.pdf.
80. Walsh M. R., M. E. Walsh, C. A. Ramsey, and T. F. Jenkins (2005) An
examination of protocols for the collection of munitions-derived explosives
residues on snow-covered ice. ERDC/CRREL TR-05-8. Hanover, NH: U. S. Army
Engineer Research and Development Center.
http://www.crrel.usace.armv.mil/techpub/CRREL Reports/reports/TR05-8.pdf.
81. Walsh M. R., S. Taylor, M. E. Walsh, S. Bigl, K. Bjella, T. Douglas, A. Gelvin, D.
Lambert, N. Perron, and S. Saari (2005) Residues from Live Fire Detonations of
155-mm Howitzer Rounds. ERDC/CRREL TR-05-14. Hanover, NH: U. S. Army
Engineer Research and Development Center.
http://www.crrel.usace.armv.mil/techpub/CRREL Reports/reports/TR05-14.pdf.
82. Yinon, J. and S. Zitrin (1981) The Analysis of Explosives. Pergamon Series in
Analytical Chemistry, Vol. 3, New York: Pergamon Press.
83. Yinon, J. and S. Zitrin (1993) Modern Methods and Applications in Analysis of
Explosives. New York: Wiley.
84. Zink, N. (2006, personal communication) Army Propellant Surveillance
Laboratory, U.S. Army RDECM-ARDEC, Picatinny Arsenal, NJ 07806
(Nathan.zink@us.armv.mil)
8330B - A-29
Revision 2
October 2006
-------
This page intentionally left blank.
-------
SOP-A11:
Photoionization Detector
-------
This page intentionally left blank.
-------
Standard Operating Procedure No. Oil
for
Photoionization Detector
Prepared by
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc.
11019 McCormick Road
Hunt Valley, Maryland 21031
Revision 0
August 2007
-------
SOP No. Oil
Revision: 0
Contents, Page 1 of 1
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. August 2007
CONTENTS
Page
1. SCOPE AND APPLICATION 1
2. MATERIALS 1
3. STARTUP/CALIBRATION PROCEDURE 1
4. BATTERY CHARGING 2
5. PRECAUTIONS 2
6. REFERENCES 2
Photoionization Detector
-------
SOP No. Oil
Revision: 0
Page 1 of 2
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. August 2007
1. SCOPE AND APPLICATION
The purpose of this Standard Operating Procedure (SOP) is to delineate protocols for field
operations with the photoionization detector (MiniRae). The photoionization detector uses an
ultraviolet emitting lamp designed to detect, measure, and display the total concentration of
airborne ionizable gases and vapors. This information is used to determine control measures
such as protection and action levels.
Use of brand names in this SOP is not intended as endorsement or mandate that a given brand be
used. Alternate equivalent brands of detectors, sensors, meters, etc. are acceptable. If alternate
equipment is to be used, the contractor will provide applicable and comparable SOPs for the
maintenance and calibration of same.
2. MATERIALS
The following materials may be required:
Battery pack
Tedlar bag
Calibration gas (100 ppm isobutylene)
Tygon tubing
Microtip/MiniRae
Regulator
3. STARTUP/CALIBRATION PROCEDURE
Turn the instrument on by pressing the back of the power switch located on the handle of the
instrument.
The message "Warming up now, please wait" will be displayed for up to 3 minutes. After
normal display appears, the instrument is ready for calibration.
Fill a tedlar bag with the desired calibration gas (usually 100 ppm Isobutylene).
Press SETUP button and select the desired Cal Memory using the arrow keys (normally set to
200 ppm). Press EXIT button to leave setup function.
Press CAL button and expose instrument to Zero Gas. (Usually clean outdoor air will be
suitable. If any doubt exists as to the cleanliness of the background air a commercial source of
zero gas should be used.)
The instrument then asks for the Span Gas concentration. Enter the known span gas
concentration and then connect the tedlar bag containing the Span Gas.
Photoionization Detector
-------
SOP No. Oil
Revision: 0
Page 2 of 2
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc. August 2007
NOTE: The span gas concentration is dependent upon both the concentration of the span gas
used and the rating of the UV lamp in the instrument at time of calibration. If using 100 ppm
isobutylene and the standard 10.6 eV lamp, the span gas concentration will be 56 ppm.
Press enter and the instrument sets its sensitivity. Once the display reverts to normal, the
instrument is calibrated and ready for use. Remove the Span Gas from the inlet probe. The
instrument should be calibrated at least once a day.
4. BATTERY CHARGING
Ensure instrument is off. Set the voltage selector switch on the bottom of the battery charger to
the appropriate AC line voltage. Press the release button on the bottom of the instrument and
remove the battery pack by sliding it backwards. Plug charger into the battery pack and then into
an AC outlet and allow the battery to charge for at least 8 hours. After charging, remove the
charger, first from the outlet then from the battery pack, and slide the battery pack back onto the
instrument.
5. PRECAUTIONS
Instrument does not carry an Intrinsic Safety Rating and must not be used in a hazardous location
where flammable concentrations of gases or vapors are constantly present.
All calibration, maintenance, and servicing of this device, including battery charging, must be
performed in a safe area away from hazardous locations.
Do not open or mutilate battery cells. Do not defeat proper polarity orientation between the
battery pack and battery charger. Substitution of components may affect safety rating.
6. REFERENCES
Instrument User's Manual.
Photoionization Detector
-------
SOP-A12
ADDITIONAL PROCEDURES FOR PREPARATION AND ANALYSIS OF
INCREMENTAL SAMPLES
-------
This page intentionally left blank.
-------
SOP-A12
Additional Procedures for Preparation and Analysis of Incremental Samples
Accordingly:
1. Laboratory must be certified to perform SW-846 EPA Method 8330b by one of the four
Department of Defense Environmental Laboratory Accreditation Program (DOD ELAP)
accreditation bodies. See http://www.denix.osd.mil/edqw/Accreditation/index.cfm for more
information. Contractor shall supply proof of accreditation for Method 8330b upon request by
the Contracting Officer.
2. Subcontracting of any portion of the analysis is not allowed.
3. Laboratory must utilize a puck mill or equivalent to grind all samples. Demonstration of
alternate grinding equipment equivalency must be provided as part of bid.
4. Laboratory must provide the standard operating procedure(s) (SOP) that is utilized for sample
preparation, e.g., drying, sieving, grinding and sub-sampling.
5. Incremental Samples (IS) will be on the order of 2.5 to 4.0 kg, prior to drying; the entire
sample must be processed, e.g., dried, sieved, ground pursuant to SW-846 EPA Method 8330b
and laboratory SOP. See attached investigation Sampling and Analysis Plan for more detail.
6. Sub-sampling of ground samples shall be conducted pursuant to Section A.5.0 of Appendix A
of SW-846 Method 8330b and laboratory SOP.
7. Sub-samples shall be collected using a rectangular scoop. See image below.
8. Instructions in Attachment 1, Laboratory Quality Assurance Modifications to SW-846 EPA
Method 8330b, must be followed by the laboratory.
9. All laboratory method detection limits (MDLs) and quantitation limits (QLs) shall be
provided for target contaminants. See attached list with contaminants and Project Action Limits
(PALs) and Project Quantitation Limits (PQLs). The goal is for all QLs to be below or equal to
the PQL for each respective contaminant. In the event the laboratory is unable to reach this, the
1
-------
DLs need to be below or equal to the PQL. If the laboratory QLs and DLs cannot achieve the
PQLs, the QLs (and if not the QL, then the DL) should be equal to or less than the PALs. If the
laboratory QLs and DLs cannot achieve the PALs, the QL (and if not the QL, then the DL) must
be within an order of magnitude of the PAL.
10. The selected laboratory shall provide the data results for the associated laboratory QC that
they perform, e.g, Laboratory Control Samples (LCS) and MS/MSD. EPA will designate which
samples will be used for MS/MSD.
11. Unless required to be higher by the specific method, a minimum extraction mass of lOg
must be used for all samples.
2
-------
Attachment 1 - Laboratory Quality Assurance Modifications to SW-846 Method 8330b
Lower Darby Creek Area Superfund Site - Folcroft Landfill (Operable Unit #2) Sampling
Event
For this sampling event, SW-846 Method 8330b will be modified to provide additional quality
assurance data for evaluation as follows.
To evaluate the variability attributable 1) contaminant loss during processing and 2) laboratory
subsampling, three incremental samples (IS) will be subsampled in triplicate after the sample has
been dried and sieved. After grinding, an additional triplicate sample will be collected. Each
subsample will be analyzed for the entire suite of analyses assigned to the laboratory. The IS
samples that are to follow this process will be identified prior to sample shipment.
To address potential contamination introduced during the drying and grinding process, blanks
shall be prepared and analyzed as per Method 8330b including: Drying and Grinding Blank -
One, 500 gram portion of Ottawa sand will be air dried and ground under the same conditions as
the samples. One blank will be prepared per 20 field samples.
3
-------
This page intentionally left blank.
-------
Appendix B
Field Forms
-------
This page intentionally left blank.
-------
Form 1:
Field Calibration Form for Photoionization Detector
-------
This page intentionally left blank.
-------
FIELD CALIBRATION FORM
Site Name:
INSTRUMENT:
INSTRUMENT ID No:
OPERATOR:
WEATHER:
SPAN GAS TYPE:
DATE:
CALIBRATION NOTES:
COMMENTS:
SIGNATURE:
DATE:
-------
------- |